JON LANG Urban Design: A Typology of Procedures and Products Illustrated with over 50 Case Studies Paternoster Square, London in 2004 Urban Design: A Typology of Procedures and Products Illustrated with over 50 Case Studies Jon Lang The Master in Urban Development and Design Program University of New South Wales Sydney, Australia AMSTERDAM • BOSTON • HEIDELBERG • LONDON • NEW YORK • OXFORD GO • SAN FRANCISCO • SINGAPORE • SYDNEY • TOKYO Architectural Press is an imprint of Elsevier """press" 1 i'i y } PARIS • SAN DIEGO - SAN FRANCISCO • SINGAPORE • SYDNEY ■ TOKYO ELSEVIER Architectural Press is an imprint of Elsevier tw- Architectural Press An imprint of Elsevier Linacre House, Jordan Hill, Oxford OX2 8DP 30 Corporate Drive, Burlington, MA 01803 © 2005, Jon Lang. All rights reserved First published, 2005 The right of Jon Lang to be identified as the author of this work has been asserted in accordance with the Copyright, Design and Patents Act 1988 No part of this publication may be reproduced in any material form (including photocopying or storing in any medium by electronic means and whether or not transiently or incidentally to some other use of this publication) without the written permission of the copyright holder except in accordance with the provisions of the Copyright, Designs and Patents Act 1988 or under the terms of a licence issued by the Copyright Licensing Agency Ltd, 90 Tottenham Court Road, London, England WIT 4LP. Applications for the copyright holder's written permission to reproduce any part of this publication should be addressed to the publisher Permissions may be sought directly from Elsevier's Science and Technology Rights Department in Oxford, UK: phone: (+44) (0) 1865 843830; fax: (+44) (0) 1865 853333; e-mail: permissions@elsevier.co.uk. You may also complete your request on-line via the Elsevier homepage (http://www.elsevier.com), by selecting 'Customer Support' and then 'Obtaining Permissions' British Library Cataloguing in Publication Data A catalogue record for this book is available from the British Library ISBN 7506 6628 5 For information on all Architectural Press publications visit our website at www.architecturalpress.com Typeset by Charon Tec Pvt. Ltd, Chennai, India www.charontec.com Printed and bound in UK Working together to grow libraries in developing countries www.elsevier.com | www.bookaid.org | www.sabre.org ELSEVIER BOOK AID International Sabre Foundation Contents Preface Acknowledgements The text Illustrations A final acknowledgement Introduction: the argument An observation A preliminary note on urban design An evolving typology Case studies: successes and failures The selection of the case studies Developing the argument XI xiii xiii xiv xiv xix xx xxi xxii xxiii xxiv xxvi Part 1 The Nature of Urban Design and Urban Designing 3 1 The public realm of cities and urban design 6 The physical public realm 7 The elements of the physical public realm 7 The functions of the physical public realm 1 The public realm of decision-making 1 7 The scope of concern of public sector decision-making 1 7 The quasi-public role of property developers 19 The objectives of urban design 20 The issues 20 The design professions and urban design 2 1 Commentary 22 Urban design processes and procedures Urban design in autocratic and democratic societies The urban designing process Total urban design All-of-a-piece urban design Piece-by-piece urban design Plug-in urban design Financing The market 24 25 26 28 30 32 33 33 35 CONTENTS Controls and incentives 3 5 Carrots and sticks in urban design 36 Design review 39 Commentary 41 3 An evolving typology of urban design projects 42 Types and typology 42 The utility and problems of typologies 43 Urban design procedural types and product types 44 New towns 44 Precincts 45 Infrastructure design 5 1 Miscellaneous: individual objects in urban space 53 Urban design paradigms 53 A typology of urban design projects 56 Commentary 57 Part 2 The Traditional Design Professions, their Products and Urban Design 59 4 The products of city planning and the nature of urban design 61 Traditional planning product types: comprehensive plans 62 The design dimension of comprehensive planning for existing cities 62 City planning public realm policies and urban design 63 Urban design as part of comprehensive planning 65 New town planning and urban design 67 Case Study: Runcorn, England, UK 69 Commentary: Is planning just urban design? Is urban design just planning? 73 5 The products of landscape architecture and the nature of urban design 75 The products of landscape architecture: malls, squares, streets and parks 75 Pedestrian malls, walkways and experiential trails 79 Case Study: Oak Park Center Mall, Oak Park, Illinois, USA 8 1 Case Study: The Freedom Trail, Boston, Massachusetts, USA 84 A NOTE: The Heritage Walk, Ahmedabad, Gujarat, India 86 Squares 88 Case Study Pershing Square, Los Angeles, California, USA 90 Case Study La Place des Terreaux, Lyon, France 94 Streets 97 Case Study George Street, Sydney, Australia 98 VI CONTENTS Parks 101 Case Study: Kuching Waterfront, Sarawak, Malaysia 102 Case Study: Pare de la Villette, Paris, France 105 A NOTE: The Shanghai Waterfront Park, Shanghai, People's Republic of China 109 Some notes on detailing the environment 111 Commentary: Are these landscape architectural products urban design? 112 6 The products of architecture and the nature of urban design 1 14 The products of architecture: buildings 1 14 Contextual design 115 Case Study: Pioneer Place, Portland, Oregon, USA 117 Buildings as catalysts for urban development 120 Case Study The Guggenheim Museum and the Abandoibarra master plan, Bilbao, Spain 120 Buildings as urban designs? 124 Megastructures 124 A NOTE: Arcosanti, Arizona, USA 1 2 5 CASE STUDY Bielefeld University, Bielefeld, Germany 128 Neighbourhoods 130 Case Study The Unite d'Habitation, Marseilles, France 131 Building complexes as urban designs 1 34 Case Study The cemetery of San Cataldo, Modena, Italy 135 Case Study Kresge College, University of California at Santa Cruz, California, USA 138 Case Study Ghirardelli Square, San Francisco, USA 140 Urban objects 143 Commentary: Are these architectural products urban design? 144 Part 3 The Core of Urban Design Work: Procedures and Products 147 7 Total urban design 149 The case studies 150 New towns 151 Capital cities 151 Case Study Brasilia, Brazil 152 Company towns 157 Case Study The GSFC Township, Vadodara, India 158 Precincts: green-field and cleared brown-field sites 161 Case Study The Capital Complex, Chandigarh, India 162 Case Study The Barbican, London, England, UK 164 Precincts: urban renewal 167 VII CONTENTS Case Study: Rockefeller Center, New York, NY, USA 1 68 Precincts: historic preservation and urban revitalization 1 73 Case Study: Clarke Quay, Singapore 1 74 Precincts: housing complexes 178 Case Study Pruitt-Igoe, East St Louis, Missouri, USA 1 8 1 Case Study Raleigh Park, Sydney, Australia 1 84 Case Study Trudeslund, near Copenhagen, Denmark 187 Precincts: campuses 189 Case Study Universidad Central de Venezuela, Caracas, Venezuela 191 Case Study The State University of New York at Albany, New York, USA 195 Precincts: streets 198 Case Study The Avenue of the Victory of Socialism, Bucharest, Romania 1 99 Commentary 202 All-of-a-piece urban design 204 Design guidelines 205 The case studies 208 New towns 209 Case Study Seaside, Florida, USA 210 Precincts: green-field and cleared brown-field sites 215 A Note: The Citizen Centre, Shenzhen, People's Republic of China 216 Case Study La Defense, Hauts-de-Seine, France 217 Case Study Canary Wharf, Isle of Dogs, London, England, UK 224 Case Study Euralille, Lille, France 229 Case Study Lujiazui, Pudong, Shanghai, People's Republic of China 232 Case Study Battery Park City, New York, NY, USA 240 Case Study Paternoster Square, London, England, UK 248 Case Study Pariser Platz, Berlin, Germany 254 Case Study Potsdamer Platz, Berlin, Germany 259 A Note: The World Trade Center site development, New York, NY, USA 2 64 Precincts: urban renewal 270 Case Study Charles Center, Baltimore, Maryland, USA 271 Case Study Central Glendale, California, USA 276 Precincts: campuses 282 Case Study The State University of New York, Purchase, NY, USA 283 Case Study The Denver Technological Center, Denver, Colorado, USA 287 VIII CONTENTS Precincts: housing 290 Case Study: Stadtvillen an der Rauchstrasse, Berlin, Germany 290 Precincts: waterfront festival markets 294 Case Study: Darling Harbour, Sydney, Australia 295 Commentary 300 9 Piece-by-piece urban design 304 Planning districts and urban design 304 Case Study: The Theater and other districts, New York, NY, USA 306 Case Study Central Bellevue, Washington, USA 309 Case Study The Center City District, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, USA 314 Commentary 317 10 Plug-in urban design 318 Plugging-in as an idea 320 The case studies 323 Urban links: binding cities into units 323 Case Study Curitiba, Brazil 325 Case Study The MRT system, Singapore 330 Case Study The Jubilee Line extension, London, England, UK 334 Precinct links: binding precincts into units 339 Designing the infrastructure to be plugged into 339 Case Study Expo '92, Seville, Spain 341 Case Study Aranya Township, Indore, India 344 Plugging in the infrastructure 346 Case Study The skywalk system, Minneapolis, Minnesota, USA 347 Case Study Paseo del Rio, San Antonio, Texas, USA 350 Plugging-in components: strategic investments as catalysts 353 A Note: Chattanooga, Tennessee, USA 354 Commentary 356 Part 4 The Future of Urban Design 3 59 1 1 Learning from the case studies: current and future issues in urban design 362 Substantive issues 364 The range of variables (and people) of concern 365 Efficiency: are efficient environments efficient? 367 The segregation and integration of activities and people 368 The segregation of vehicular and pedestrian traffic: the nature of streets 370 A sense of place 370 A healthy biogenic environment and sustainable development 3 74 IX CONTENTS Changing technologies and urban form 377 The impact of vandalism, crime and terrorism 379 Procedural issues 380 The nature of the design process 380 Who leads? 381 The nature of public consultation 383 The nature of creativity 3 84 Dealing with the future 385 The degree of control 387 Commentary 388 12 Afterthoughts: Urban design - field or discipline and profession? 390 So what then is urban design? 391 Urban design, a discipline? 392 Conclusion 394 References and further reading 397 Index 411 Preface The term 'urban design' may have been coined in the mid-1950s but 20 years later it was still largely unused outside a small circle of people concerned with the four-dimensional development of precincts of cities. Now it is used for almost anything concerned with human settlements. This change has occurred for two reasons. The first is the importance of urban design's spheres of interest in pro- viding opportunities for the development of, if not for determining, the quality of life of people and, indeed, of the planet. The second is that mainstream archi- tects and city planners have come to understand that it was foolhardy to distance themselves, intellectually and professionally, from urban design activities how- ever demanding they may be. The distancing was a response to the criticism that architectural ideologies and the resultant multi-building architectural schemes of the 1950s and 1960s had received. Those works was based on the paradigms of environmental quality that were inherited from the Modernists. Luckily, a rela- tively small group of, primarily, architects scattered around the world learnt from the criticism and took the emerging field of urban design forward to the point where it can be seriously discussed as a potential discipline in its own right. The writing of this book has been motivated by a need: (1) to provide a typo- logy of procedures and products that makes some sense of what various people (and fields) are talking about when they refer to urban design; (2) to present pro- fessionals and students with a number of case studies that illustrate the range of interpretations of urban design and (3) to provide an incipient set of such studies that can be used as evidence in arguments about how to proceed in specific cir- cumstances. Urban designing, like any creative activity, is an argumentative process. As the United States Supreme Court decreed during the 1 990s, argu- ments need to be based on evidence, not just opinions or claims of professional expertise. Case studies constitute one source of evidence. XI This page intentionally left blank Acknowledgements It is clear from the most cursory glance at this book that it has drawn heavily on the work of others. Much of the material on the case studies has come from sec- ondary sources. All those of significance have been referenced in the text and are listed in the References and further reading. These sources have often been sup- plemented by interviews of the people involved - designers, property developers, sponsoring agencies, and residents and users - and by site analyses. Many people have thus been involved in completing this work. I thank them all for without their assistance my contemplating this work, let alone bringing it to fruition would have been impossible. Assembling the data and illustrations for a book of this type is cosdy. The research has been supported financially over the years, whether they know it or not, by grants from the Grosser Family Fund, the American Institute of Indian Studies, the Australian Research Council and from the Faculty of the Built Environment at the University of New South Wales. Their support made site visits possible. Without it the production of this work would have been impossible. The Text I am particularly in debt to a number of people who read this work in manuscript form at various stages in its development. They are Alexander Cuthbert, Arza Churchman, Bruce Judd, George Rolfe, Arlene Segal, Ahmad Soemardi and Alix Verge. The extremely helpful comments of anonymous reviewers resulted in a major reorientation to the argument presented. In addition, special mention must be made of all the critics, stakeholders and authors with whom I have dis- cussed the cases included in this book or who have reviewed specific case studies. The list of people is lengthy. It includes Amilio Ambaz, Alan Balfour, Jonathan Barnett, David Chesterman, George Clafien, Abner Colmenares, Ian Connolly, Vicente del Rio, Balkrishna Doshi, David Gordon, Gary Hack, Sir Peter Hall, Heng Chy Kiang, Jesus Roman Herrera, Mark Hinshaw, Arun Jain, Kathy Kolnick, Liu Thai Ker, Rene Masson, William Morrison, Waikeen Ng, Laurie Olin, Margaret Petrykowski, Boon Powell, Jim Rez, Susan Shick, Michael Sorkin, Cassio Taniguchi, Bernard Tschumi, Alfonso Vegara, Alix Verge, Elise Vder, Mike Watkins, James Weirick and Tingwei Zhang. They have helped me to enrich the text and to get the story straight. Tracking down sources of material and illustrations has been a time-consuming affair in which I have been assisted by colleagues and students at a number of educational institutions: the University of Pennsylvania in Philadelphia, the University of New South Wales in Sydney, Sinan Mimarlik Universitesi in XIII ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS Istanbul and CEPT, the Centre for Environmental Planning and Technology in Ahmedabad. The individuals who have assisted me include El-Hassan Amr, Oleksandra Babych, Clare Billingham, Kevin Brake, Giancarlo Cerutti di Ludovico, Nick Chapin, Carol Chan, Tao Cheehai, Cheng Tan Fui, Chiu Kuo- Wei, Elizabeth Cox, Janaka Dharmasena, Rich Fowler, Fu Yuan Yuan, Ahmad Kamal Abdul Ghani, Hu Min, Hu Xin, Lee Yun Tae, Lesley Thomas Jacob, Wilderich Kalthoff, Keith Koh, Kwon Kwi Suk, Lim Tracee Way Le, Jian Li, Handy Limandibrata, Liu Yu-Ning, Johnson Tan Boon Loke, Nadira Yapa Mendis, John Milkan, Jagdeep Oberoi, Shudong Pang, Andrew Napier, Ni Ming-Te, Yudi Prastowo, Sarah Rock, Ewan Saunders, Monik Setyaningsih, Malvin Soh, Andrew Tarn, Tran Thai Nguyen, Wang Bo, Wang Chao, Kathryn Werner, Michael White, Stephen White, Susanti Widiastuti, Dennis Wong, Wong Po Yin, Ringo Kee Fu Wong, Yan Gu, Yang Ke, Yang Lee, Yee Ling Lai, Howard Yu, Yuan Zhe, Yun Ni, Yin Yin, Nor Hamiza Zakaria and Zi Yu-fen. Illustrations There are many illustrations in this book. With a number of exceptions the photo- graphs, diagrams and drawings used are by me or I hold their copyright. The copyright has lapsed for some of the others while yet others are in the public domain. The source of each illustration for which I do not hold the copyright and/or which I have used due to the courtesy of others is noted with the item. Giancarlo Cerutti di Ludovico, George Clafien, Vicente del Rio, Rohan Dickson, Ruth Durack, Robert Freestone, Mark Francis, Peter Kohane, Kathy Kolnick, Susannah Lang, William Morrison, Deepti Nijhawan, Laurie Olin, Tata Soemardi, Jennifer Taylor, Bernard Tschumi, the Universitat Bielefeld, Alix Verge and Herti Verge all provided me with photographs. Oleksandra Babych, Susanti Widiastuti, Thanong Poonteerakul, Lee Yuntai, Munir Vahanvati, Alix Verge, Wang Chao, Yin Yin and Zhe Xian prepared drawings for me from a variety of sources. These photographs and drawings have enriched my whole work so I owe a great debt to the generosity of many people. A final acknowledgement It has been difficult to track down some of the sources of information included in this book. A number of the photographs that form part of my collection were given to me by students and colleagues over the past 20 years. I no longer have a record of their provenance. A number of the drawings prepared for this text are based on more than one source and who holds the original copyright is unclear. Every effort has, however, been made to contact and credit the copyright holders of all this material. In a number of cases it has been in vain. I thus apologize for any copyright XIV ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS infringements that might have inadvertently occurred. If copyright proprietorship can be established for any of the work not specifically or erroneously attributed please contact me at the Faculty of the Built Environment, University of New South Wales, Sydney, Australia 2052 or at jonl@unsw.edu.au. Jon Lang Sydney February 2005 xv A good city is not the result of individual, independent, selfish decisions (Enrique Penalosa, Mayor of Bogota) Man tract und G-d lacht [People plan and God laughs] (Yiddish proverb) For three Verges Herti Mix Madeline The Grand Arche at La Defense, Hauts-de-Seine in 2004 Introduction: the argument Of all the design fields, urban design has the greatest impact on the nature of cities and city life. However logical the land-use pattern prescribed by city planners, the beauty and utility of its buildings and the nature of the land- scape, it is the overall three-dimensional combination of forms and spaces as seen in time and over time that gives a city its character. Cities evolve at the hands of a myriad designers consciously or subconsciously seeking to fulfil their own interests. Urban design involves coordinated and self-conscious actions in designing new cities and other human settlements or redesigning existing ones and/or their precincts in response to the needs of their inhabitants. Above all it represents acts of will in creating positive changes to the world, physical and social. It needs to be done well. To be done well urban design needs to have a sound knowledge base. That base can probably be best coordinated in the form of an abstract descriptive and explanatory theory of urban form and the forces that shape it but designers generally do not care to derive solutions from such a knowledge base. They rely heavily on precedents. We can certainly learn much from what we have done in the past, from case studies of completed developments. Urban design is a confusing term. If the goal of this book is to clarify its meaning in terms of the products it creates and the processes used in creating them, then it needs to start by describing why such a clarification is necessary. To some design professionals there may seem to be no need to do this. Urban design can mean anything one wants it to mean. It is, however, difficult for a field to make progress if it fails to be conceptually clear about its nature, purposes and methods. The book's goal is not, however, only to give some clarity to the meaning of urban design but also to demonstrate the variety of types of urban design efforts that have taken place during the past 50 years. It is now possible, given all the experience we have had, to create a preliminary typology of urban design activities that provides some structure to the domain of the field. XIX INTRODUCTION: THE ARGUMENT This typology is developed from: (1) theories in the disciplines of architecture, landscape architecture and planning and (2) an analysis of a series of what have been deemed to be urban design projects. The typology is then used to clas- sify a number of case studies that illustrate specific points in specific cultural and political contexts. The classification system may not be as sharp as purists might like but the borderlines amongst urban design processes are often blurred and so difficult to draw with precision. If this is so why should we bother? An Observation In his essay, 'Politics and the English Language,' written in 1946, George Orwell observed that words such as democracy, socialism, freedom, patriotic, realistic and justice have several different meanings that 'cannot be reconciled with each other'. In the case of democracy, he noted, 'not only is there no agreed on definition, but the attempt to make one is resisted from all sides'. The consequence is that 'the defenders of every kind of regime claim it is a democ- racy' (Orwell, 1961). The art world also finds high utility in the ambiguity of words. Words such as 'romantic, plastic, values, human, dead, sentimental, natural, vitality', Orwell claimed, are meaningless. Moreover, those who use them do not expect them to have a meaning. Consequently, critics can discuss a topic without knowing what each other is talking about and can agree or, if they pre- fer, disagree with each other. Orwell could have made much the same remarks about the field of architecture. The terms human scale, organic, dynamic and context are equally loosely used by architects. It is advantageous in all three worlds (politics, art and architecture) for the words to be ambiguous or multiva- lent and thus largely meaningless. It allows the discourse to flow freely, albeit without clarity. The same comment can be made about the use of the rubric 'urban design' today. Certainly the majority of the design professionals and others involved in what they call urban design avoid having to define the term. The advantage is that each can claim to have expertise as an urban designer and, if Orwell is correct, talk about it with others without having a common understanding. This confusion is both unnecessary and unhelpful if architects, landscape archi- tects and city planners are to make a positive contribution to the development of cities and other human settlements. We really need to know what we are talk- ing about when we use the term. Are we, however, capable of clarifying what we mean? An analysis of the building projects completed during the past five decades that have been regarded as 'urban design' presents us with an opportunity to understand what the domain of urban design has become. A set of systematic case studies focusing on these projects as products and on how they were generated xx INTRODUCTION: THE ARGUMENT makes it possible to develop a typology, a system of classification of urban design projects, that adds clarity to discussions on urban design. A clear typology also enables design professionals to understand how different approaches to urban design have created the results they have in different socio-political situations. Before creating a typology, however, it is necessary to understand what urban design might mean at a general level. Then the specifics can be considered. A Preliminary Note on Urban Design It is 50 years since the term, 'urban design', was first used and probably three decades since it came into widespread usage. It is now difficult, if not impossible, to identify the actual sources of the term. A conference on urban design was held at Harvard University in 1956 under the leadership of Jose Luis Sert and the first education programmes in urban design were initiated before the end of the decade at Harvard University and the University of Pennsylvania. These pro- grammes had antecedents in the civic design programmes that had worldwide impacts such as those at the University of Liverpool and the Ecole des Beaux- Arts in Paris. Urban design, as we know it today, has developed in response to the limita- tions of the philosophies and design paradigms, rationalist and empiricist, of the modern movement in architecture and city planning (see Chapter 1). Somewhat ironically, it developed in response to the very types of design paradigms - generic design approaches that are regarded as exemplars of good practice - that Sert advocated. The types of criticism received by architects involved in the Garden Cities movement and those using the Rationalist approaches to urban design of Continental Europe (as applied throughout the world) drove many city planners away from a concern with the physical character of cities and many architects away from dealing with problems with a social nature. Those archi- tects who maintained their interest in social concerns and four-dimensional physical design were inspired to do better by the criticism of Jane Jacobs (1961), in particular, but also the reflections of architects such as Brent Brolin (1976) and Peter Blake (1977). There were three points to the criticism of the way urban design was carried out under the aegis of the Modernists. They were: (1) that the models of people, human behaviour and the way people experience the environment used by designers were simplistic; (2) that the person-environment relationship was poorly understood and, as a consequence, (3) the paradigms and theory on which many large-scale urban development projects were based were inadequate for their purpose. Few critics would claim that we have succeeded in fully respond- ing to the criticism but there have been many very well-received urban design projects around the world. Much can be learnt from them. Much can also be XXI INTRODUCTION: THE ARGUMENT learnt from those that have been regarded as failures. Both types are included in this book. There are many definitions of urban design. Going back 50 years to the very origins of the term 'urban design' serves us well. In 1955, Clarence Stein said urban design 'is the art of relating STRUCTURES to one another and to their NATURAL SETTING to serve CONTEMPORARY LIVING' (Stein, 1955). Implicit in this statement is a concern in meeting public interest needs in the design of the public realm of human settlements. The statement is also so general that few will dispute it. A range of work that has attempted to follow Clarence Stein's dictum is included in this book. The purpose is to understand the resources, intellectual and financial upon which specific projects have drawn. To adequately achieve this end some sort of classification system is, however, needed if other than a haphazard set of observations is to be made. An Evolving Typology Typology, when it does not refer to the study of printing fonts, refers to the clas- sification or categorization of specimens. 'We think, conceive, represent, and talk of places in and through categories, and we fabricate, occupy, and regulate places in categories as well' (Schneekloth and Franck, 1 994). There is a long history to the classification of projects by architects and other design professionals usually in terms of use - building types, for instance, but also in terms of geometrical types, and structural and constructional systems (Pevsner, 1976). The classifica- tion of examples enables designers to refer to processes and products that might be of use in informing them about the situation that they face and the possible ways of dealing with it. The argument presented in this book, particularly in Chapter 3, is that in order to understand the domain of urban design it is useful to categorize urban design projects using a three-dimensional matrix of types - in terms of: (1) the design and implementation procedure, (2) the product type and (3) the major paradigm that structures the process and gives form to the product. Implicit in the paradigm is the focus of design concern (i.e. the functions of the product considered to be more important). There are many more dimensions that one could add to the typology but there needs to be a balance between striving to achieve exhaustive completeness and the need to be able to use the typology. For the moment a three-dimensional model will have to suffice (see Figure 3.8). This three-dimensional classification system enables the basic characteris- tics of any individual project to be identified and thus the important distinctions amongst project types to be understood. For design professionals this catego- rization provides the basis for asking questions about how best they might proceed in any given situation. The danger is that the similarities between the situation in a case and the situation that a designer faces may be seen to be XXII THE PRODUCTS OF CITY PLANNING AND THE NATURE OF URBAN DESIGN stronger than they are. A design is then imposed on a situation for which it is inappropriate (see Brolin, 1976 and Marmot, 1982 for examples). The problem being addressed in each case and the success or failure of the patterns used to solve it have to be clear. Case Studies: Successes and Failures Case studies represent the accumulated history of many fields of human endeav- our. The design fields use them extensively although what is meant by 'case study' varies. When designing we rely heavily on the knowledge developed through individual cases being cumulatively converted into prescriptive theories or paradigms. The design fields are not alone in acting this way. Law and medi- cine rely heavily on case histories in both practice and education. If Orwell had been writing today not only could he have included urban design in his set of dubious terms, but also case studies. What we designers call 'case studies' tends to be descriptive statements of the geometric qualities of specific designs. The way the schemes were brought into existence (if they have been), the dynamics of the political forces that shaped them, their cost, and modes of financing, even the way they function, all fall outside the realm of concern of such studies. If done thoroughly, however, case studies can provide empirical evi- dence of the processes and methods used to achieve specific design ends. Case studies take a variety of narrative forms. The form chosen here is descrip- tive and analytical. The purpose is to demonstrate the nature of urban design and urban designing to both professionals and lay people, particularly politicians. The form should also be useful in the education of budding designers. The objective is thus to provide professionals with an information base that they can use in the creation of the appropriate design and implementation process for tackling a given urban design problem, and students and other interested people an understanding of the scope of urban design. Good case studies present comprehensive histories of projects from their inception to their conclusion. They distinguish between the pertinent and the peripheral, identify the problems being addressed in context, the constraints act- ing on the development of solutions, the solution and how it evolved, and the strategies and implementation devices used to reach it. They can also identify the successes and failures of design projects in place. What is perceived to be a success or a failure depends on a perspective. Many of the schemes included in this volume are highly regarded because of their financial successes. Financial benefits and costs can be measured although the arguments as to who has benefited and who has not persist. Yet a number of these apparently financially successful projects have been challenged in terms of the quality of life they provide specific segments of the population that inhabit or use them. The multi-dimensionality of the functions of the built environment means that every project that is studied here is successful in somebody's eyes and a fail- ure in somebody else's. XXIII INTRODUCTION: THE ARGUMENT Most case studies in urban design consider a designed product from the actor's (the creator's) point of view. Case studies courses offered in universities consist of designers explaining what they did and, ideally, why. In doing so they tend to miss describing the dynamics of the design/decision-making process. They focus on the form, the architecture. The emphasis in developing case studies needs to be placed on drawing from the observations, secondary though they may be, of those outside the process looking critically in on them. The designers' voices need to be heard but placed into context. There have been a number of case stud- ies of urban design work that do this. Martin Millspaugh (1 964) wrote a critical study on Charles Center, Baltimore, Leonard Ruchleman (1977) studied the dynamic political and design processes that brought about the building of the late World Trade Center in New York, Alan Balfour (1978) described the various machinations involved in building the Rockefeller Center, and David Gordon (1997) has written on the history of the ups and downs in the development of Battery Park City. There are also extensive statements on La Defense and on Canary Wharf, already volumes on the barely initiated World Trade Center site development. Scattered references to many aspects of the urban development and design processes appear in the architec- tural and planning literature. This book draws, unashamedly, on existing com- mentaries. An attempt has, however, been made to triangulate information by studying diverse, often contradictory, data sources, conducting interviews and by carrying out field observations. The Selection of the Case Studies The case studies included here are typical examples of different approaches to, and concerns of, urban design. They could have been drawn from one major city that has been self-consciously interested in the quality of its built form over the past 50 years or even those whose citizens have been less interested in or have not known how to deal effectively with physical design issues. The projects instead are a selected sample of what has been happening around the world. With two exceptions, Rockefeller Center in New York and Riverwalk in San Antonio, the sample has been chosen from those projects carried out since the term 'urban design' came into use in the 1950s. They are not necessarily the best known, the most successful or the most notorious projects. They have been cho- sen to illuminate particular points in order to enhance our understanding. As urban designs often take a considerable period to evolve from initial idea to built form, a number of the cases covered have their origins in the 1960s, 1970s and 1980s. Others, however, were initiated much more recently and have moved ahead rapidly. They were begun and completed during the late 1 990s and early 2000s. XXIV INTRODUCTION: THE ARGUMENT Completed Projects Many of what are called case studies deal with projects that have never been built but are architecturally interesting. These schemes sit in reports on the shelves, some very dusty, of redevelopment authorities and architectural offices around the world. Other schemes do deal with significant issues - sustainability, contex- tuality and scale - but are only at the design stage. All the schemes receiving Architectural Record Urban Design Awards in 2004 - the Chicago Central Area plan, the latest of many plans for Mission Bay in San Francisco, the Urban River Vision for Worcester, Massachusetts, the Coyote Valley plan in California, and the Recreation Corridor plan for St Louis - are projects that exist only on paper (Urban Design, 2004). Interesting and well crafted though they may be, when and how they are implemented, if they are, and the final form they take remains to be seen. The cases presented here focus on the process used to complete schemes as much as their final forms and how they function. Thus, all but four have been brought to fruition although many (e.g. Lujiazui in Shanghai) are only partially complete and others have undergone radical changes since their official completion date. The schemes still largely on the drawing board (i.e. in 2004) are the World Trade Center redevelopment in New York, the Shanghai Waterfront scheme, the use of new schools as catalysts for development in Chattanooga and the Shenzhen Citizens Centre. The comments on them are referred to as 'notes' rather than 'case studies'. They have been included because they are of particular interest in the political climate of today. The Heritage Walk in Ahmedabad has also been included as a note because it does not involve much physical design. Arcosanti is still far from completion so its study is also referred to as a note. The International Character of the Case Studies The studies have been drawn from across the world. In an era of global practice it is important to understand the similarities and differences in the range of work being done in a variety of locations. The form that urban design products take is very much shaped by the aspirations of the social and political context in which they take place. It is fine to examine the form of products but if one does not understand the values that brought them about one learns little from them. There is some emphasis in this book on schemes in the United States, the United Kingdom and other countries whose legal systems have antecedents in English common law rather than the Napoleonic Code. The reason is that if one can understand urban design processes in the societies where individual rights, particularly individual property rights, are held to be paramount and where the role of precedents is important in establishing legal rights then one has the back- ground for asking questions about the nature of urban design in the political and XXV INTRODUCTION: THE ARGUMENT legal context of other societies. There are, however, also examples drawn from countries whose constitutions, legal systems, and the rights of individuals and communities within them are unknown to me. Cases that fall into this category have been covered because they illustrate a specific procedure that is common to all urban design. Developing the Argument The book is divided into four parts. The first part, 'The nature of urban design and urban designing', is concerned with defining the nature of urban design as a professional activity. The argument is that urban design deals with enhancing the qualities of the public realm of cities and other urban places. In so doing, it deals with what actually constitutes the public realm and with the role of conflicting public and private interests in shaping it. It is more important to think of differences amongst urban design projects not in the usual way in terms of the nature of products (new towns, urban renewal, squares, etc.), but in terms of the differences amongst four ways of carrying out a project. In particular, a distinction, as explained in Chapters 2 and 3, is drawn amongst 'total urban design' and 'all-of-a-piece urban design', 'piece-by-piece urban design' and 'plug-in urban design'. The typology developed in the first part of the book is based on these differences. The second part of the book, 'The traditional design professions: their prod- ucts and urban design', argues that the design fields tend to look at urban design in terms of product types particular to each. City, or town, planning tends to look at urban design as the distribution of land uses in relationship to transportation systems although this view varies from country to country. In some countries urban design is city planning and to some people within all countries city plan- ning is synonymous with urban design. Landscape architecture tends to look at urban design as the design of the horizontal plane between buildings: streets, parks and squares. Architecture, in contrast, tends to consider urban design to be the design of buildings in context and/or the design of building complexes. The argument in this book is that urban design while recognizing these views encom- passes much more. The heart of urban design work is described in the third part of the book tided, unimaginatively, 'The core of urban design work: procedures and products'. The four chapters outlining the range of types act as a defence, or a demonstration, of the typology proposed here. The goal is not only to show how the typology frames the field of urban design but also to illustrate the examples of urban design work that can be used as precedents (or should not be used as precedents) for urban design projects of specific types in the future. Some of the examples have already served as precedents for later urban design projects. The final part of the book, 'The future of urban design' is, perhaps, the most important. It addresses a series of questions: 'What can we learn from the case XXVI INTRODUCTION: THE ARGUMENT studies?' 'What are the issues being addressed today in urban design and what are they are likely to be in the future?' 'And where do we go from here?' and 'Is urban design a field of professional endeavour or is it a discipline and profession in its own right?' The answer to this last question depends on the willingness of the traditional design professions to engage in serious discussions about the future of cities based on a knowledge of how built forms function rather than a set of beliefs about what makes a good place drawn from their own professional interests or dreams. The fields need to have a sound empirical foundation on which to base their decisions. Case studies can provide an important part of that base. XXVII I " •* 2 ^ 1 "n ki LJ T< The Barbican, London in 2004 The nature of urban Part design and urban designing Today the term 'urban design' is used to describe almost any design that takes place in any city setting. 'It seems that every person and their dog is an urban designer; it's sexy and it's chic' (Tennant, 2004). Legally any person can call him- self or herself an urban designer. Many people in the design fields without experi- ence or formal training or any observable interest in dealing with urban design concerns automatically tag the tide on to their basic qualification in order to better market their services. Designers are, after all, generally small business operators. Many architects believe anybody who can design a building well is capable of designing a good city. Many architects and fewer, but notable, landscape archi- tects have designed (or rather led the designing of) fine urban environments for people (and, sometimes, other animate species). Sadly, although being well inten- tioned, they have also created some less than desirable worlds. The design process is indeed similar in all decision-making fields but the problems addressed are very different. The objective of the first part of this book is to identify the dif- ferent ways in which the design process is carried out in dealing with urban phe- nomena and the types of products to which the label 'urban design' has been applied. The story presented in this book begins, in 'Chapter 1 : The public realm of cities and urban design', with a discussion of the concerns of urban design and the nature of the public realm of cities and societies. Many fields are concerned with the quality of the public realm of cities and other human settlements. It is an interest shared by city planners and often land- scape architects. Architects, working as architects, are in contrast primarily con- cerned with the design of buildings for specific clients. They become strong advocates for their clients' interests and for their own rights as artists. Urban design, however, is seen as an integrative design field addressing the traditional and overlapping concerns of city planning, landscape architecture, civil engineer- ing (now often called environmental engineering) and architecture. It is con- cerned with the design of specific products: new towns, new suburbs, new precincts of cities and suburbs, urban renewal, and urban squares and streets. The list is almost endless. Broadly speaking, however, there is a single concern: the design of the public, urban realm at a city and precinct level. THE NATURE OF URBAN DESIGN AND URBAN DESIGNING Urban design deals with the creation of the physical public realm of human settlements within the public realm of decision-making. The objective in the opening chapter is thus not only with giving a broad definition to urban design but also with coming to some understanding of the nature of the public realm of the physical fabric of cities and the public realm of decision-making. There are many questions about what actually constitutes the physical public realm. The answers depend on prevailing political attitudes towards community and individ- ual rights. The stand taken here is a broad one and with it in mind the nature of urban designing is described and explained in 'Chapter 2: Urban design processes and procedures'. The nature of urban design varies considerably based on the process by which its various product types are implemented. Historically, many now much- admired urban design schemes were implemented through the use of autocratic power, political and/or financial. Some still are. Examples of both are included in this book. The principal concern here is, however, with urban design in demo- cratic, capitalist societies. After his experiences with the evolving design of the World Trade Center site development in New York, Daniel Libeskind noted that design in democratic societies is 'complex . . . with many pressures and tensions . . . We are not living in Haussmann's Paris . . . We live in a pluralistic society' (Lubell, 2004). Actually Haussmann found many tensions in the redevelopment of Paris too (see Jordan, 1995). The objective in this second chapter is to outline the steps involved in design: the analysis, synthesis, and evaluation of potential designs on the drawing board, their implementation and the evaluation of how well they function in place. Function too is an ambiguous term. In any discourse on urban design there is thus also the need to take a stand on what 'function' means. It is defined here to include how the physical forms of cities work symbolically, as an aesthetic ensem- ble, and as a supporter of desired activity patterns. The physical fabric of cities is also a financial investment and those investing in it expect a financial return on their investments. A fundamental question in both autocratic and democratic societies is: 'Who actually controls the development of an urban design product whatever it is?' This question leads to a series of others. 'Who defines the problem to be addressed and the opportunities to be seized?' 'Who designs the solutions?' No definitive single answer can be given to these questions. The chapter describes the possibilities. In the past I have argued for a strongly problem-oriented urban design process relying on a knowledge base of abstract descriptive and explana- tory theory (see Lang, 1987, 1994). The criticism of this position has been that designers simply do not want to work that way nor will they (see Frascati, 1989). They will rely on precedents and generic solutions. In the final chapter of this part of the book, 'Chapter 3 : An evolving typology of urban design projects', the domain of urban design is mapped. Explicidy stated in the chapter is that it is primarily the processes of implementation and control that should differentiate amongst types of urban design projects. In the typology, THE NATURE OF URBAN DESIGN AND URBAN DESIGNING the distinction between the four procedural types of urban design identified in the 'Introduction: the argument' - total urban design, all-of-a-piece urban design, piece-by-piece urban design and plug-in urban design - forms the primary dimension of any categorization. A further distinction can be made amongst urban design projects based on the vocabulary of patterns that forms the basis of their design. The vocabulary, in turn, depends on what is perceived by a set of design theorists, or ideologists, to be the model, or paradigm, of good practice. During the past 50 years we have seen Modernist views on what makes a good city give way to other ideas based on a much broader definition of the functions of the public realm than the Modernists had. Nevertheless, the major paradigms that have shaped urban design schemes over the past 50 years are still with us and are still valid in specific circumstances: the City Beautiful (or Baroque), the Modernist in its rationalist and empiricist forms, and the post-Modernist in its rationalist and empiricist forms. The typology is thus based on the observation that urban design projects can be divided into categories based on the procedure that was used to imple- ment them, the product types they represent and the paradigms within which they were designed. The case studies included in this book provide the evidence for the typology being a useful way of organizing the examples of work that define the urban design field. The utility of the typology will be demonstrated in Part 3 of this book. Prior to that, however, Part 2 argues that the traditional design disciplines consider urban design in terms of the types of products they, themselves, pro- duce. They do not see urban design as a collaborative venture. Their typologies are product-driven. That approach reveals neither the dynamics of the decision- making process nor the full scope of concern of urban designers. The public realm of cities and urban design Almost all definitions of urban design state that it has something to do with the public realm (or the public domain or with public space) and the elements that define it. One of the best is: Urban design draws together the many strands of place-making, environmen- tal responsibility, social equity and economic viability; for example - into the creation of places of beauty and identity. Urban design is derived from but tran- scends related matters such as planning and transportation policy, architectural design, development economics, landscape and engineering. It draws these and other strands together. In summary, urban design is about creating a vision for an area and the deploying of the skills and resources to realise that vision (Llewellyn-Davies, 2000: 12). The last sentence is particularly important. Here is another statement: Urban design should be taken to mean the relationship between different build- ings; the relationship between buildings and streets, squares, parks and waterways and other spaces which make up the public domain . . . and the patterns of move- ment and activity which are thereby established; in short, the complex relation- ships between the elements of built and unbuilt space (DoE, 1997: paragraph 14). Urban design consists of multi-building projects that vary in size from building complexes to precincts of cities to whole cities. Sometimes urban design includes the design of the buildings themselves, but often it impinges on the architecture of buildings only to the extent that their uses and facades, particularly on the ground floor, define the public domain. But what then is the public domain? Human organizations consist of public and private components. The distinc- tion is not always clear because there are also semi-public and semi-private behav- iours and places. In addition, what is considered to be private and what is considered to be public varies from culture to culture and within cultures over time (Madanipour, 2003). For professionals involved in any of the environmental design fields the public realm is comprised of two parts. The first deals with the public components of the physical environment (artificial and natural) in which THE PUBLIC REALM OF CITIES AND URBAN DESIGN behaviour occurs and the second specifies how communal decisions are made by governments and in the marketplace as defined by a country's constitution (or in the case of the United Kingdom by precedent). The first affects perceptions of the elements of urban design and the second, the process of urban designing. The Physical Public Realm Does the physical public realm simply consist of all the open spaces outside the pri- vate domain of building interiors, secluded courtyards, and gardens? Is it every- thing that can be perceived (seen, smelled, heard or touched) from places to which everybody has right of access? Does it consist of all those elements that have an impact on the quality of publicly owned open space and/or space to which the pub- lic has freedom of access? All answers to these questions are politically charged. The physical public realm is not necessarily conterminous with publicly owned property. In a society where property rights are sacrosanct and where individuals have the right and freedom to build what they desire, the public realm and public open space - spaces to which the public has right of entry - may refer to the same thing. The definition has, however, often been extended to include all publicly owned property, such as schools and libraries, whose location is deter- mined by the public sector. In an editorial (2 7 December 2002), the French newspaper, Le Monde, took the position that anything visible in situ should be part of the public realm in terms of photography work. The position taken here is that the public realm consists of those places to which everybody has access, although this access may be con- trolled at times. It consists of both outdoor and indoor spaces. The outdoor spaces include streets, squares and parks, while the indoor may include arcades, and the halls of railway stations and public buildings, and other spaces to which the public has general access such as the interiors of shopping malls. The problem is that the nature of many 'public' places is ambiguous because although the public has relative freedom of access to them they are under private ownership. As the common domain of cities is increasingly privatized (or rather, the private domain is providing public spaces), this ambiguity is likely to continue. If past history is any guide, attitudes towards what is private and what is public will follow a cyclical pattern in the future. The scope of what is regarded as public will wax and wane. The perceived need to control or not con- trol in the name of the public interest what is designed will follow as political atti- tudes vary. The Elements of the Physical Public Realm Any statement of what constitute the elements of the public realm of built forms is likely to evolve over time. It will depend on a political stance and help to define that stance. In the 1930s, Le Corbusier wrote that the basic elements of urban design are: 'the sun, sky, trees, steel, cement, in that order of importance' THE NATURE OF URBAN DESIGN AND URBAN DESIGNING Figure 1.1 Sixteenth Street, Denver in 1993. (Le Corbusier, 1934). Certainly the sun and sky are of importance everywhere and have been commodities with which to bargain in recent urban design work. Nevertheless, Le Corbusier's list is not a particularly helpful one in thinking about the nature of the public realm. A fruitful way of looking at the public realm is to consider it as a set of behaviour settings - a term coined by ecological psychologists in the 1960s (see Lang, 1987). A behaviour setting consists of a standing (or recurring) behaviour pattern, a milieu (pattern of built form) and a time period. The milieu must have the affordances for the behaviour to occur, but because the affordances are there does not mean that a specific behaviour will take place there. What actually occurs depends on the predis- positions, motivations, knowledge and competencies of the people involved. Thus the same pattern of built form may afford different patterns of behaviour for differ- ent people at different times of the day, week or year. Some of the patterns may be occurring frequendy on a daily basis or even throughout the day or year, while others may occur only on special occasions (e.g. the celebration of national days). The milieu consists of the floor of the ground, the surfaces of buildings and other physical elements, and the objects that both bound it and structure it intern- ally. The variables are diverse and their attributes even more so. Of particular importance in urban design are such concerns as the sequential experiencing of the environment as one moves through it, the ground floor activities, or lack of them, that are housed in the milieu, and the attributes of the enclosing elements of spaces. In the urban scenes shown in Figures 1 . 1 and 1 .2 , the physical public realm consists of the elements of the artificial environment around a person. In THE PUBLIC REALM OF CITIES AND URBAN DESIGN Figure 1.2 Orchard Road, Singapore in 2003. the former it consists of the square, the trees, the facades of buildings, the ground floor uses, and the entrances onto the open spaces. On a more typical street (Figure 1 .2) the elements are essentially the same but take on a different form. If, however, urban design is concerned with the whole nature of human experience it has to address the nature of the activities and the people who engage in them as well. It is the set of behaviour settings and how the milieu affords activities and simultaneously acts as an aesthetic display that is important. In 1 748 Giambattista Nolli drew a figure-ground plan of Rome (see Figure 1.3). It shows the public space of the city at the ground level during the time of Pope Benedict XIV. Much interior space (principally of churches) and courtyards was accessible to the public. It also illustrates the amount of open space that existed in cities of that time. Much of it is not discernible from the streets. As important as the figure-ground relationship is the nature of the facades that form these spaces. What are they made of and how are they fenestrated? What are the uses that face onto the open space? How frequent are entrances along the streets and squares? What is the nature of the pavement, or sidewalk? How tall are the buildings that enclose the spaces? How are the spaces illuminated? What are they like at night? What are the activity patterns that take place in the spaces? Who are the people engaged in them? These are the variables that distinguish one place from another - one city from another, and one precinct, or neighbour- hood, in a city from another. The bird's eye perspective of the Banking District of Mumbai and the cut away ground floor plan tell much about the nature of the public realm (see Figure 1.4). They tell little about the life of the place, although THE NATURE OF URBAN DESIGN AND URBAN DESIGNING Figure 1 .3 The Nolli Map of Rome, 1 748. it is possible to speculate on what it is. The functions afforded by the pattern are very different from that provided by Double Bay in Sydney (see Figure 1.5). The Functions of the Physical Public Realm Conceptually, the functions afforded by the built environment have not changed over the millennia. What has changed is what its users, policy-makers and designers consider important. Designers seldom consciously include more than a limited set of the potential functions that the built environment can serve in their analyses and designs. The world is too complex for every function of built form to be considered simultaneously. The same patterns of the physical public realm, either as surroundings or as objects, will, almost certainly, serve different func- tions for different people. One of the major functions of the components of the built environment is as a financial investment. All designers know this but it is seldom clearly articulated as a function of buildings in architectural theory. Architectural critics seldom write about it. Many urban development decisions are made on fiscal grounds. For banks and other lending institutions, and for their owners, buildings represent an invest- ment on which they hope to make a profit. The public realm, in this case, is only important to the extent that it affects investment decisions. Property developers may, however, voluntarily or under public coercion use their own funds to improve those aspects of the public realm that their developments affect or that affect their developments. Public agencies may use tax income to improve the public realm created by buildings in order to increase the value of properties and increase the inflow of tax revenues. These revenues are then used to support other governmental activities. For architects, landscape architects and sculptors 10 THE PUBLIC REALM OF CITIES AND URBAN DESIGN Cirato'^'/^P. gfe,:™ 1 *" "■">-•. saw ! '/. .Hor«ii»n i Crreta "'^ ' " ' P _, f^^'M ^, (b) Figure 1 .4 Horniman Circle, Mumbai in 2003. (a) Bird's eye view and (b) cut-away ground floor plan. 11 THE NATURE OF URBAN DESIGN AND URBAN DESIGNING Figure 1 .5 Double Bay, Sydney in 2001 . (a) Bird's eye view and (b) cut-away ground floor plan, 12 THE PUBLIC REALM OF CITIES AND URBAN DESIGN their professional work is not only a means of income but also an advertisement of their tastes and skills that, they hope, will yield additional income in the future. In summary, there are three basic amenities that the milieu can provide. It can afford activities, provide shelter, and act as a display that communicates meanings. The design concerns thus range from '(1) instrumental aspects which are the most manifest through, (2) how activities are carried out, (3) how they are associated into systems, to (4) their meanings, their most latent aspect' (Rapoport, 1997). These functions can best be understood within a model of human needs. There is nothing new in this statement. It was central to the thinking of the Modernists. Our models are, however, much richer than those they had. Human Purposes and the Functions of the Public Realm There are a number of models of human needs. None is perfect but that devel- oped by Abraham Maslow is held in the highest esteem because it seems to explain the most (Maslow, 1987). Maslow suggested that there is a hierarchy of human needs from the most basic (survival) to the most abstract (aesthetic). These needs trigger motivations to behave in one way or another and inspire people (and communities) to own valued objects and to be in settings that display specific characteristics. These motivations may result from inner drives but they are culturally shaped and often define a culture. This observation is one reason that urban design patterns developed within one culture are not necessarily transfer- able to others with success. A model relating Maslow's hierarchy of human needs to the functions of built form is presented in Figure 1.6. The model specifies that both needs and the mechanisms to fulfil them have to be perceived within a social order. In urban design, the polar extremes of social order are represented by autocratic and demo- cratic societies. In the former, decisions are centralized in the hands of an individual or a coterie of people; in the latter it is more diverse and, ultimately subjected to the opinions of the population concerned. The diagram shows that the mechanisms (or patterns of built form) for achiev- ing many needs are interrelated. The most basic needs, according to Maslow, are physiological. The fundamental need is for survival, which means that the envir- onment has to afford us shelter. It must also protect us from life-threatening events. Some of these events, such as earthquakes, are natural phenomena, but we humans have created others. The perception of the potential occurrences of such events very much shapes what we demand of the built environment. Once basic physiological needs are at least partially met, people are motivated to seek a sense of safety and security. Physiologically, safely and security needs are highly related to the need for survival. How best to segregate pedestrian and moving vehicles is a recurrent issue in urban design. Dealing with crime and now terrorism has become a constraint on what we can do to celebrate cities. Providing for people's psychological sense of security involves them having appropriate levels of privacy and their being in control over their social environments. People 13 THE NATURE OF URBAN DESIGN AND URBAN DESIGNING ( SOCIAL ^V V. ORDXR J Figure 1 .6 Human needs and the functions of the built environment. Office Complexes Cultural Centers Retail Shopping Areas ANTHROPOZEMIC (The Machine Rules) ANTHROPOPHIL1C (Human Environments) Ports Tank Farms Industrial Areas Children's Playgrounds Residential Areas Figure 1.7 Anthropozemic and anthropophilic environments. 14 THE PUBLIC REALM OF CITIES AND URBAN DESIGN have an expectation of privacy for every activity pattern in which they engage as individuals or groups. Many of these expectations are subde and depend on the personalities of the people involved. The diagram also shows that the socio-physical mechanisms used by people to attain a feeling of self- worth are closely related to the achievement of safety and security. The built environment is very much an indicator of people's social sta- tus. It acts as a symbol of who we are. One of the debates in current urban design is whether to create images that refer to specific locales or to create international images favoured by the institutions of the global economy. (Compare for instance the designs of Battery Park City, Canary Wharf, Lujiazui and Paternoster Square as described in Chapter 8). For many people the layout of the built environment being in accordance with spiritual beliefs also meets these needs. It is important to recognize that the built environment, public and private, is a symbol of who we are and/or who we aspire to be. The highest level in Maslow's hierarchy of basic needs is that for self- actualization - to be what one can be. The design implications for this level of need are unclear. Cognitive and aesthetic needs, however, have more under- standable implications. They are manifest throughout our lives. We need to be able to learn to survive as well as to make advances in life so learning is present in achieving all our basic needs. Aesthetic needs not only have to do with the symbolic meanings of the environment as they refer to status and aspirations but also, for some people, to the understanding of designers' logics. For instance, understanding the nature of deconstruction philosophy and seeing it applied in the creation of architectural and landscape forms (as in the design of the Pare de la Villette; see Chapter 5) is meaningful to some observers. For most people, however, it is what they perceive and not the logic behind its creation that is important. It is not only we humans that have needs but also the biological world of other animate species as well as, implicitly, the inanimate. Vegetation and animals serve many purposes in defining a healthy world but machines often rule. Kyoto Izumi, a Canadian architect, drew a diagram that distinguishes between those settings where questions of meeting human motivations are paramount (anthropophilic environments) and those in which the needs of machines are most important (anthropozemic environments) (see Figure 1.7; Izumi, 1968). Machines, it must be remembered, serve human lives. This book is primarily concerned with anthropophilic environments in Izumi's terms. Tank farms could certainly be regarded as an urban design product type but their design really falls into the domains of engineering and ergonomics. Multiplier and Side Effects: The Catalytic Function of Urban Design Decisions Multiplier effects generally refer to the positive impacts of particular investment decisions and patterns of the built environment on their surroundings; side 15 THE NATURE OF URBAN DESIGN AND URBAN DESIGNING effects generally refer to the negative. The urban design concern is with the cata- lytic effect both have on future developments. Do they start trends in investment policies or not? Do they establish new aesthetic attitudes? Many of the case stud- ies presented in this book show how specific buildings (e.g. the Guggenheim Museum in Bilbao) and building complexes (e.g. Pioneer Place) have been successful in this sense (see Chapter 6). A prime function of many urban designs is to enhance the quality of the urban environment by changing investment patterns. Unfortunately some urban design paradigms have been inappropriately applied and have had unanticipated nega- tive impacts. The 'de-malling' of many streets that had been converted to pedes- trian ways is an example (e.g. Oak Park, Illinois; see Chapter 5). Of great public concern nowadays is the impact of the built environment on the natural environ- ment but it has yet to be reflected in urban design on any large scale. Although there have been some preliminary explorations, the paradigms for designers to follow have yet to be clearly articulated. Buildings and other hard surfaces change the patterns of winds and breezes flowing through the environment, the processes by which water tables are cre- ated, and heat is reflected and absorbed. They, in particular, create heat-islands changing local climatic patterns. We are only just beginning to be conscious of these matters in urban design and in most localities the political will to deal with them has yet to emerge. In addition, our science is still poor on many dimen- sions. For instance, our knowledge of how winds move through cities flushing out pollutants is in its infancy. We are much better off in dealing with issues of energy consumption. The Cultural Dimension 'All people have the same needs' Le Corbusier observed. Assuming that the models for designing the built environment can be reduced to a number of uni- versal paradigms has proven to be a cosdy error. The ordering of needs, as Maslow perceived them, may be universal but the ways we strive to meet them show considerable variability. The activity patterns, from those of everyday life to the most obscure ceremonies, depend on our stage in life cycle, our gender, and our social roles, within specific cultural contexts. What we are accustomed to do and the environments we are accustomed to inhabit very much shape what we seek in the future. We are habituated to what we know. Departures from the norm, particularly major departures, can be highly stressful. Yet history is replete with examples of attempts, sometimes successful, sometimes not, to change the face of society through radical architectural and urban changes. It is not only the activity patterns that vary from culture to culture, but also con- cepts of privacy and territoriality and attitudes towards public displays of status and wealth. In some societies there is considerable social dislocation and high crime rates and in others much less. Patterns of the environment, the materials of what they are made, their colouring and the whole manner in which they are 16 THE PUBLIC REALM OF CITIES AND URBAN DESIGN illuminated carry meaning based on learnt associations. In some societies, the cod- ing of status through design is readily observable and in others it is highly subde. Possibly the most important culturally based variable for urban design is the attitude towards individualism and cooperation. Much-admired urban places such as Piazza San Marco in Venice were built piece-by-piece over the centuries with each new developer and architect being conscious of fitting in with what had already been built. They had, what architectural historian Peter Kohane calls, a 'sense of decorum'. The same attitudes were a hallmark of traditional Islamic societies where a host of unwritten laws drawn from the Koran governed the design of individual components of the environment, ensuring an integrated whole. Such attitudes do persist but they are not a significant characteristic of the societies in which the case studies included in this book exist. The reason urban design has emerged as a field of professional endeavour has been in order to seek cooperative procedures that will enhance the quality of specific areas of cities. Cultures evolve; they are not static. In an era of globalization, not only of the economy but also of information, various patterns of the public realm are per- ceived by officials as symbolically desirable because of what the international media promote as desirable. The desire for universal images in the public realm of cities often means that the requirements of many local activity patterns are overridden in the search for international symbolic patterns that enhance people's self-image. Many professionals receive their education, particularly at the advanced level, in societies other than their own and they bring home the patterns appropriate to their host societies as part of their intellectual equipment. They take time to readapt to facing their own societies' needs. Some never do! The Public Realm of Decision-making The obligations that members of a society have to each other establish the respective roles of governments and individuals in the conduct of their lives. The debate over what is private and what is public, and what the rights of individual are versus the rights of the community (however one defines the term) is central to urban design. The debate is over the rights of individual property owners to build what they want versus the rights of their neighbours and the broader soci- ety to impose restrictions on those rights in the name of the public interest. The Scope of Concern of Public Sector Decision-making Perceptions of what should be public concerns and what private vary over time. The twentieth century saw the flow and ebb of the welfare state. The late 1980s saw the beginning of the second capitalist revolution and a greater emphasis being placed on the individual and individual rights than earlier in the twentieth century. The belief is that personal freedom of action benefits everybody In many ways the translation of this ideology into action has been highly successful especially at the global marketplace level of finance. The processes of change have, however, been 17 THE NATURE OF URBAN DESIGN AND URBAN DESIGNING a painful experience for many people and laissez faire approaches to urban devel- opment have had many opportunity costs associated with them. 'To what extent should the public sector decision-makers intervene in the property development process?' 'Should it be only to control development to ensure public health and safety?' or 'Should it be to promote public amenities?' In other words, should the public sector be concerned with the use of sticks or carrots or both in shaping the nature of human settlements, and their compon- ents? 'How far can the public sector support, through legislation or subsidies, private profit making investment actions that are perceived to be in the public interest?' In the United States, recent court cases (e.g. Southwestern Illinois Development Authority versus National City Environmental, 2002) have limited the power of governments to use the power of eminent domain to acquire land to be sold on for private uses even though the public amenity of any ensuing develop- ment might have highly beneficial consequences. The case studies included in this book show a wide variety of roles of the gov- ernment in property development. In some cases the development has been part of a national policy to redistribute a population. These policies have been imp- lemented through the acquisition of land, the creation of a development pro- gramme, the hiring of a designer or set of designers, and the implementing of a design for whole cities. In other cases the whole development process has been entirely privately funded and subject only to standard zoning controls. Many urban development projects have involved the public and private sectors of an economy in a partnership that has set the requirements for a scheme, organized the process of its development and its funding, and then implemented it (Frieden and Sagalyn, 1991; Garvin, 1995). The scope of the public's concern about the cities they inhabit (as represented in a government's rights to make decisions on everybody's behalf) has varied over time. Recendy, for instance, it has been seen as the government's role to be concerned about the health of the planet Earth. Inevitably this concern raises questions about the shape of cities, policies for reducing pollution and the heat-island effect of large- scale developments and the use of breezes to flush cities. Dealing with such issues all requires communal action. So do the broad questions about the liveability of cities. As the twentieth century progressed governments intervened more and more in the ways cities are developed. Municipal authorities have, for instance, been deter- mining land-use policies, where and how the infrastructure necessary for develop- ment should be provided, and they have been ensuring that what is built is safe and healthy. They have also intervened in determining the aesthetic nature of the environment, from the ambient quality of streets and public spaces to the appear- ance of buildings. In using their power to do so, they have had, in the United States at least, to demonstrate that the goals they establish are in the public inter- est and that the mechanisms they use to achieve those goals are constitutional and are based on evidence that they work (see Daubert versus Merrell Dow, No. 92-102, 1993; and Dolan versus the City ofTaggert, 1994; Stamps, 1994). In an even more recent hearing (the United States Supreme Court decision in the case of City of 18 THE PUBLIC REALM OF CITIES AND URBAN DESIGN Los Angeles versus Alameda Book, 2002) it was stated that a municipality 'cannot get away with shoddy data or reasoning.' These legal decisions are not universally applicable but the implied suggestion is that designers should seek evidence before claiming what the outcomes of design decisions will be. Knowing the outcomes of previous urban design efforts is one source of supportive evidence. The Quasi-public Role of Property Developers The entrepreneurs creating large-scale property developments often play a quasi-public role in the development of cities. This observation is particularly true of the 1980s and even more so of the 1990s. Public institutions now rely heavily on private sector investments in developing the public realm. Simultane- ously there is demand for regulation on what these private sectors entrepreneurs seek to achieve and how they seek to achieve it. It is the private sector that sees opportunities for investing profitably in new buildings or building complexes. They, like the banks who sponsor their works, want what they do to be a financial success. To be a financial success there must be some public demand for the products they are creating. At the same time, developers often have to be cajoled into building items that are perceived to be in the public interest but are not as profitable as other types of development. It requires public sector incentives to make the private sector take on such less- profitable ventures (see Chapter 9). Property developers generally look at the city in terms of the opportunities for creating what they are used to building. For instance, a developer of office build- ings will look for opportunities for building office buildings; one interested in parking garages will look for opportunities for building parking garages. Few ask the question 'What is the best use of this site?' or 'How will the way I do this building improve the cityscape and the amenity for pedestrians?' The conserva- tive political view is that this process of individuals 'doing their own thing' bene- fits us all and should only be interfered with on health and safety grounds. Developers' attitudes vary considerably and they do not represent a common block of thought. Some are vitally interested in the common good; others are not. They do, however, have one thing in common. They have to make a profit on their investments. They are not necessarily opposed to governmental controls over their work provided the controls make sense and do not inhibit their work arbitrarily. Developers have a history of supporting design guidelines if the improvements the guidelines lead to ensure that their own investments are suc- cessful. Most developers, nevertheless, like architects, have powerful egos - they want to do things their own way. A major debate nowadays in thinking about urban design is over how compre- hensive a set of concerns it should encompass. What should be subject to public control and what should be left to the prerogative of the individual? The case stud- ies included in this book vary considerably in their answers to this question. Much depends on the context of a project and the goals that it is supposed to fulfil. 19 THE NATURE OF URBAN DESIGN AND URBAN DESIGNING The Objectives of Urban Design A number of generic objectives can be identified in the writings on urban design. The built environment should be efficient in the way it handles the variables described in Figure 1.6. It should be designed to encourage economic growth. It should provide a sense of historic continuity to enhance people's self-images. It should help sustain the moral and social order of a society and should be designed with a sense of justice for all to the extent that these are physical design concerns (see Harvey, 2003). The broad goal of urban design is to provide opportunities, behavioural and aesthetic, for all the citizens of and visitors to a city or one of its precincts. These opportunities have to be accessible. What, however, should the opportu- nities be and how does one deal with accessibility? Who decides? The market- place? The public policy question is 'How far should the public sector intervene in the marketplace in providing opportunities for what range of people?' and then 'How accessible should the opportunities be?' 'For whom?' 'People in wheelchairs?' Secondarily, if one accepts Maslow's model, there is a need for people to feel comfortable in engaging in the activities they desire and that are regarded by society as acceptable. Comfort has both physiological and psychological dimen- sions. The concern is with the nature of the microclimate and with the provision of feelings of safety and security as people go about their lives. Safety and secur- ity are related to feelings of control over one's privacy levels and over the behav- iour of others towards one. How much privacy are we prepared to give up in order to feel safe because we are under public surveillance? Safety concerns are also related to the segregation of pedestrians from vehicular traffic flows and the construction quality of the environment around us. One design concern is to enhance the ambience of links (streets, arcades and sidewalks) and places (squares, parks and roofs). The ambience of places and links is related to the provision of a sense of security as well as to feelings of self- worth and being part of a worthwhile society. Ambience is also related to the aesthetic qualities of a place, its layout and illumination, the activities that are taking place there, and to the people engaged in them. The artificial world does not exist in a vacuum. It exists in terrestrial niches formed by the climate, geology, and flora and fauna of a place. One of the object- ives of urban design is certainly to ensure that this niche is not destroyed. The concern is, or should be, with improving its quality so that it functions better as a self-sustaining system that, in return, enriches human experiences. The Issues The basic urban design question is always 'What makes a good city?' The ques- tion is asked at both a global and at a detailed level. 'Who should decide?' 'Once decisions are made, who should be responsible for implementing them?' 'Is a good 20 THE PUBLIC REALM OF CITIES AND URBAN DESIGN city the product of a whole set of individual decisions largely uncoordinated, or does one attempt to coordinate them?' 'What are the opportunity costs for work- ing one way or another?' Secondly, 'How far should the controlling authority (public or private) go in defining the specification of ends and means?' The corollary is 'What are the limits, if any, to the rights of individual developers and their architects to build what they want, where they want, and how they want?' 'What is in the public interest?' 'What is the public interest?' It has been notoriously difficult to define. It is represented in democracies by the stands that politicians take but they are hardly disinterested parties. Presumably, the goal is to design for the welfare of all concerned but, at best, any design product should represent the interests of particular parties without harming the interests of others. What is in the public interest will always be a bone of contention. Thirdly, although in an age of fiscal pragmatism one might argue that it is the primary issue, is the concern for return on capital invested. In capitalist societies, property developers (private or public) take the lead or have to be coerced into building the city piece-by-piece. One of the objectives of urban design is indeed to ensure fiscal responsibility. Another is to develop carrots and sticks through incentives and penalties for developing cities in particular ways: to create specific facilities in specific locations. Fourthly, how is development to be phased? 'Where does one begin?' 'How disrupted will the lives of those who inhabit the first phase be as the project moves into another phase of construction?' 'Whose responsibility is it to ensure that those people's lives are disrupted as little as possible?' The goal of this book is to show through case studies how architects, landscape architects and city planners have addressed these issues in urban design projects of various types. Having done so it will be possible at the end of the book (in Chapter 1 1) to return to this discussion and ask the questions: 'What concerns have really been addressed in the urban designs of the past 50 years as represented in this book?' and then 'What will the issues be in the future?' Many of them will continue to be the ones that we have addressed in the past and are addressing now. Some will be a surprise. The Design Professions and Urban Design All three of the major environmental design fields use the term 'urban design' to describe aspects of their own work. Civil engineering has yet to do so even though infrastructure design is a key element in urban design. To many people urban design and urban planning are the same thing but the products they produce are very different (see Chapter 4). Often, however, urban planning is concerned primarily with the distribution of land uses in relationship to trans- portation networks. It has focused on economic development regardless of the physical design consequences. Yet, at its best city planning does consider the third and fourth dimension of cities rather than allowing them to be by-products 21 THE NATURE OF URBAN DESIGN AND URBAN DESIGNING of other decisions. Urban design as a separate design activity arose largely because city planning neglected the built environment in its deliberations of urban futures. The quality of the urban landscape is a major contributor to perceptions of the qualities of cities. A city's physical character is defined by the nature of its streets, squares and other open spaces in terms of how they are shaped by enclosing elem- ents (Goldfmger, 1942). The biological health of cities depends on the inter- actions between the natural and the artificial. Few landscape architects since the era of Olmsted have, however, engaged themselves in urban design. They have tended to shy away from dealing with more than designing open spaces. They have been concerned only with select types of products (see Chapter 5). Architects, as architects, too have looked at urban design in terms of specific types of products: buildings as objects rather than as space makers (see Chapter 6). The leadership in developing urban design as a professional field has, nevertheless, come from architects with broader concerns. They have been interested in the design of complexes of buildings, and what cities and neighbourhoods might be like. Some of their ideas and conceptual schemes have been based on rationalist thought and others on empirical observations about cities. Still other architects have, however, been highly pragmatic. They have been concerned only with how to get projects ini- tiated and carried through. Some of the projects reviewed here may have been whimsical ego-trips but most, I would argue, have been based on a sense of idealism. Part of the difficulty in defining the scope of urban design today is that each of the professions wants to claim it as its own. Architectural societies give urban design awards to single buildings, landscape architects to squares, and city plan- ners to a wide variety of items. Urban design, however, involves all these matters, not individually but in concert. It is a collaborative effort between public and pri- vate sectors, between professions, and between practitioners and researchers. It deals with the four-dimensional inhabited world. Commentary Urban design covers a multitude of professional activities. It does involve design. Defining the context, political and physical, of urban design work with precision is difficult. The model of the purposes served by the public realm and the built environment in general as shown in Figure 1 .6 provides a framework for consider- ing what variables have been of importance in the different cases to be covered in this book. The more multipurpose the public realms in the case studies covered here are supposed to be and the more varied their contexts, the more complex the issues and the process of decision-making. Many more actors are involved. The more open and diverse a society, the more intricate and involved are the debates over ends and means and the more diverse the opinions about the results achieved. Collaborative work dealing with planning, landscape architecture and architectural concerns as well as those of various types of engineering in a polit- ically volatile context is difficult and, often, highly stressful. 22 THE PUBLIC REALM OF CITIES AND URBAN DESIGN The goal of this chapter has been to set the scene for the discussion of the vari- ous types of urban development work that have been subsumed under the rubric of urban design by somebody or other. The objective of the next chapter is to present a framework for considering urban design procedural types and the understanding of the mechanisms available for shaping design ends and means. Its goal, in turn, is to provide a typology for understanding the range of urban design work that has been conducted over the past 50 years and is being conducted today- the subject matter of Chapter 3. 23 Urban design processes and procedures Around the world many urban design schemes have been brought from the glimmer of an idea in somebody's head to being a completed part of a city. Many pro- posals remain unimplemented. Some were simply explorations of possibilities. Many were, in contrast, concrete proposals for specific projects. Some were designed with implementation processes that proved to be unfeasible. Some were the victims of political vagaries. Others simply disregarded the rights of individ- ual landowners and/or the implied sources of funding were unavailable. Many were not implemented because property developers could not be induced to participate in building the scheme's components. Many developers, public and private, hold competitions for design projects. A noticeable proportion of the case studies presented in this book were initiated through competitions. In its short history the World Trade Center site has been the subject of a number. There are many more examples. The People's Committee of Ho Chi Minh City, for instance, held an international design competition in 2003 for the design of a new central business district for the city. The entries had to consider the phasing of development but not how it was to be financed. They presented the officials of the city with a lode of ideas to mine. In such competi- tions winning entries often have to undergo substantial changes to make it finan- cially possible to implement them. Many architects and landscape architects regard issues of the financial feasibil- ity of the urban design schemes they propose to lie outside their concerns. This attitude is surprising because the budget available is a central factor in the design of buildings and landscapes. Often, however, the issue of financing and how to get properly developers to build what is desired only becomes an issue when a design proposal has been prepared. A proposal gives stakeholders something that they can understand. In almost every case the design is likely to change due to fis- cal limitations. An urban designer with any stamina soon becomes embroiled in the issues of financing and the design of carrots and sticks to shape designs in par- ticular directions. In autocratic societies implementing grandiose schemes is easy provided one is working for the dictator! 24 URBAN DESIGN PROCESSES AND PROCEDURES Urban Design in Autocratic and Democratic Societies The major difference between urban designing in autocratic states and in demo- cratic is that centralized powers of decision-making in autocratic societies are not subject to any control from the citizenry or their representatives. As a result they tend to be large scale and located where the whim of the dictator decrees. In urban renewal, projects are ruthlessly driven through existing built-up areas (e.g. the redevelopment of Bucharest under Ceausescu; see Chapter 7). Baron Georges- Eugene Haussmann in the Paris of Napoleon III set the example for modern times in 1853. In the first half of the twentieth century Hitler, Stalin and Mussolini all had grandiose projects on the drawing board. The latter two dic- tators saw parts of their urban design ambitions in place. Mussolini's Via della Conciliazione, lined with new buildings and 28 obelisks, gives a commanding view of St Peter's (see Figure 2.1). Such projects have been difficult to put in place in democratic countries because of the amount of demolition of the exist- ing city required to build them. The City Beautiful scheme for Philadelphia saw only one component, the Benjamin Franklin Parkway, built. It had to be cut through a number of neighbourhoods (Brownlee, 1989). During the middle third of the twentieth century in both totalitarian and demo- cratic countries many urban design schemes were housing estates (e.g. the public housing schemes in the United Kingdom, the United States and continental Europe and, more spectacularly, the mass developments across the former Soviet Union, and in many Asian countries). Their sizes have varied enormously. Few new towns, other than company towns, in democratic countries have turned out Figure 2.1 The Via della Conciliazione, Rome in 1961 . 25 THE NATURE OF URBAN DESIGN AND URBAN DESIGNING to be autocratically developed. They tend to be a collage of work by different designers. In socialist countries with centralized political and administrative power much was achieved in quantity if not quality. Major references Benevolo, Leonardo (1980). The History of the City [translated by Geoffrey Culverwell]. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. Cavalcanti, Maria de Betania Ochoa (1992). Totalitarian states and their influence on city form. Journal of Architectural and Planning Research 9: 275-86. Mazumdar, Sanjoy (2000). Autocratic control and urban design: the case of Tehran, Iran. Journal of Urban Design 5 (3): 317-38. The Urban Designing Process There have been a number of efforts to model the process and procedures of urban designing. Most generic models suggest a rational step-by-step procedure that moves from perceptions of a problem to post-implementation evaluation of a completed work as in Figure 2 .2 . While the models give some structure to our thinking and to our design of the decision-making process appropriate to a job at hand, urban design does not take place in the neat sequential manner that the models suggest. It is a highly argumentative process of conjecturing - putting out ideas - and testing them in an iterative fashion. The participants in the development of any urban design project will be argu- ing with each other and with themselves as they speculate about what the issues are and how best to deal with them. Urban designing is an argumentative process INTELLIGENCE DESIGN I CHOICE I IMPLEMENTATION ! OPERATION MORAL ORDER Present Public Realm 17 Predictions of Future Contexts and Constraints Perception __ of Problem(s}~" -Goals • It Behavioral _ Program LA Urban { Reiterative Design— 4*- Design ol " Program | Po88lble Solutions 4 r Prediction and Evaluation of Performances One Qood ,, implement Enough 1 ? Ye? Post- Implementation Evaluation Values of the Stakeholders URBAN DESIGN THEORY, PARADIGMS AND CASE STUDIES Figure 2.2 A model of the rational design process. 26 URBAN DESIGN PROCESSES AND PROCEDURES in which participants in it learn as they go along. They learn about goals and means as perceived by different stakeholders, they learn from the evidence that each provides for its views. They take stands on what they believe the public realm should be to be in the public interest. They argue about the variables that should be taken into consideration and what good design entails. Conjectures are tested by individuals using their own logics based on their predictions of the consequences of different design actions. It is easy to be cynical about who wins the arguments (i.e. those holding the purse strings) but good information based on empirical knowledge is a powerful tool that designers can employ. So are their reputations (except when facing cross-examination in court). In his design for the DG Bank building on Pariser Platz in Berlin, Frank Gehry showed that reputations allow for concessions that less-renowned architects might not get (see Chapter 8). The rational model of design suggests that the urban designing process begins with the perception of an opportunity worth exploiting or a problem worth over- coming. According to the model a designer should start with an open mind. We all, however, have heads full of generic solutions, examples and anecdotal know- ledge that guide us. It is likely that all designers begin designing with some vague image of a possible solution in mind. This design gets shaped though a series of approximations as designing progresses and new information becomes available. Most, if not all, of the case studies included in this book have antecedents or a mix- ture of antecedents. How much should designers rely on precedents? (see Rowe, 1983). Case studies and sound generic solutions are certainly helpful both in understanding the problems that require attention in specific situations and in creating solutions. The world is, however, changing. Inventing new generic solu- tions is thus a worthwhile task. Whose responsibility is it to do so? In the past they have been the products of visionaries and practitioners, professionals and lay-people, social scientists and artists. Future models need to be culture and climate specific. Much can be learnt from the generic qualities of case studies. There are great similarities amongst the decision-making processes used in all the case studies included in this book. All urban designing involves the basic steps of deciding to engage in a situation, developing a brief and building programme, finding the finances, and seeing that programme through to completion. What differs is how the overall process is handled and the way each step is carried out. Who controls? Who does what? There are four generic types of urban design work that vary in the procedure that is followed and/or the degree of control that a designer, as an individual or as a team, has over the creation of a product. They are as follows: 1 Total urban design, where the urban designer is part of the development team that carries a scheme through from inception to completion. 2 All-of-a-piece urban design, where the urban design team devises a master plan and sets the parameters within which a number of developers work on components of the overall project. 27 THE NATURE OF URBAN DESIGN AND URBAN DESIGNING 3 Piece-by-piece urban design, in which general policies and procedures are applied to a precinct of a city in order to steer development in specific directions. 4 Plug-in urban design, where the design goal is to create the infrastructure so that subsequent developments can 'plug in' to it or, alternatively, a new element of infrastructure is plugged into the existing urban fabric to enhance a location's amenity level as a catalyst for development. The borderline between categories is fuzzy. The first two types, total and all-of-a- piece urban design have historically been the core of urban design work but all four are considered as such in this book because they focus on the four-dimensional built environment and require the collaborative actions of all the design disciplines. Total Urban Design Total urban design is really a combination of large (in geographical area or num- ber of buildings) architecture and landscape architecture. It involves the design of both the public realm and the buildings that frame it. A team of people work- ing as an individual unit holds total development and design control. The infra- structure and buildings are designed as a unit by the team. Much of the detail of the design is then completed by transportation engineers, architects and land- scape architects who form part of the team. The debate about ends and means takes place within the team. In many people's minds, total urban design is seen as the norm of urban design practice. It seldom is. There have been some major urban design projects around the world that sit comfortably in this category of total urban design. They vary in scale from new cities to precincts of cities to the design of plazas and other urban open spaces. Brasilia, as described in Chapter 7, is perhaps, the best known of such city designs (see Figure 2.3). Many of the new towns built in the Soviet Union between 1950 and 1980 are similar in character and the myriad of company towns around the world are other examples of total urban design. Company towns are all 'administered communities' at the outset although they may evolve into ones in which controls are in the hands of the inhabitants themselves rather than being dictated by a sin- gle authority- the company (Gottschalk, 1975). Administered communities are totalitarian in nature even when located in the most democratic of countries. Most total urban designs deal with precincts of cities rather than cities as a whole. Two of the best known are the capital complex (see Chapter 7) and the city centre superblock in Chandigarh (see Figure 2.4). Le Corbusier was given a free hand in their design. Over the past 50 years there have been many precincts of cities that have been designed and developed by one organization but the devel- opments are seldom more than three or four traditional city blocks in size. In contrast, there are many large developer-initiated suburban estates around the world that are total urban designs. In many countries with socialist governments they were developed, designed and built by Public Works Departments or their 28 URBAN DESIGN PROCESSES AND PROCEDURES Figure 2.3 The plan of Brasilia. Figure 2.4 The City Centre, Chandigarh in 1996. equivalents but in capitalist countries they have also been privately developed. Some total developments have been vast in size, covering many square kilo- metres. Often they have ended up being visually and behaviourally boring! Caution is needed in thinking of total urban designs as really totally under the control of a single auspice. Within the market economy of democratic societies 29 THE NATURE OF URBAN DESIGN AND URBAN DESIGNING the development team seldom has a completely free hand to do as they wish. Almost all projects are embedded within geographical areas whose population imposes some control over what can take place, either through having elected representatives to act on their behalf or by direct community action. In addition, the project has to be carried out within the laws of a country. There are, however, many examples of the laws being relaxed for political reasons. Raleigh Park in Sydney is an example (see Chapter 7). In totalitarian societies the situation is different. In redeveloping Bucharest during the 1970s, President Nicole Ceausescu did what he wanted to do (see Chapter 7). After his demise market forces have ruled. A totalitarian ruler was also responsible for the development of Yamoussoukro, the new capital of the Ivory Coast. The future of that city is open to question. By all reports it stands empty, unused and unloved. Perhaps, in the future it will come to life. All-of-a-piece Urban Design Many urban redevelopment projects and suburban developments are so large in size that single developers and their backers are incapable of financing them single-handedly. In other cases land holding patterns are so fragmented that hav- ing a single developer tackling all the sites in a coordinated manner is legally or administratively impossible. In these cases, a consulting team develops one illus- trative three-dimensional design (or master plan or concept plan) of the whole development. The pieces of the scheme are then parcelled out to different develop- ers and their design professionals to finance and design. The scheme illustrated in Figure 2.5 has potentially over 30 sub-developments within it. Difficulties in financing so many projects often mean that the construction period can extend f ^ .« g (i _. Figure 2.5 Chinatown North, Philadelphia: development proposal, 1990. 30 URBAN DESIGN PROCESSES AND PROCEDURES into three or four decades. Devised in 1989, by the year 2000 only the projects designated as 20 and 22 of the example had been built. In such projects the major developer, public or private, may build the overall infrastructure, or alternatively all the sub-developers may have to provide those components that relate to their own schemes or contribute to the cost of having them built. Once the conceptual design devised by the master planner is accepted, a pro- gramme and set of guidelines is developed for each block that is to be built by a sub-developer (see Figure 8.1 for the example of the Dallas Arts District). Some design review and overall development and construction management procedures then have to be created to administer the whole development along with the process for managing the project when it has been completed. In some cases a single review committee presides over all the developments in a city; in other cases the review committee is appointed to oversee a single project. The problems in implemen- tation, either in financing projects or in meeting the goals of a project as assessed by its clients or a review board, often lead to the redesign of the master plan. The end result may be vastly different from that originally envisaged (e.g. see Battery Park City, or Charles Center, or Potsdamer Platz; all described in Chapter 8). The all-of-a-piece design process follows a set of steps approximating that shown in Figure 2.6. A prime developer, public or private, initiates the project through the acquisition of land and then decides on what to build (or vice versa) given either a local market demand and/or some assumption as to what is in the public interest. Some private developers may forgo profit to pursue public inter- est goals but, in general, it is a public agency that sets the public interest agenda for a project. It is the property developer, public or private, who hires the urban designer, an individual or a team, to produce a conceptual design and to develop the design brief. In democratic societies this process benefits from and is buffeted by a whole set of public and private interests. To ensure that the intention of the master plan is not lost, each sub-development has to be built in accordance with a set of guidelines. Sometimes these guidelines Entrepreneurs/ Property Developers PERCEPTION OF A DEVELOPER A PROBLEM/ —=► TAKES THE CASE- OPPORTUNITY ON BOARD . * t I Lay Public Design Professionals THE CURRENT SITUATION t EFFECTS AND ^ Analysis* SIDE EFFECTS d Urban Theory/ Perceptions of the functioning of the city I Programming Processes • PROGRAM 5 DEVELOPMENT \ Procedural Theory]— ■ Public Agencies SELECTION OF AN ■ '■ URBAN DESIGNER/ DESIGN TEAM Urban design paradigms/ Creative Thinking - ADMINISTRATION^- CONSTRUCTION c TO D. s% Q. (/> (E -* O £ 15°- §° 11 1 Chevy Chase Garden Plaza 8 7 1 1 2 6 2 4 1 2 2 1 2 3 42 12 -6 r 2 Artery Organization Headquarters Building 9 7 7 4 1 4 4 6 2 1 1 2 1 5 54 4 5 c 3 7475 Wisconsin Avenue 9 1 2 5 6 1 1 5 4 4 4 5 5 6 58 10 4 Gateway Building 9 8 7 3 3 2 3 8 3 3 3 4 8 4 68 11 « E 5 4600 East- West Highway 9 2 7 7 7 3 6 9 5 5 8 7 3 1 79 4 Bo 1 CT 6 Community Motors 6 5 5 7 4 6 7 9 6 7 5 3 6 7 83 3 O'E 7 Franklin C. Salisbury Building 9 4 3 2 5 8 5 9 7 6 6 6 9 7 86 14 0. 8 Air Rights Hotel 5 3 6 6 8 5 7 9 8 9 9 9 9 7 100 4 9 Woodmom Air Rights 9 6 4 fi 8 7 7 9 9 8 7 8 9 7 104 Totals 73 43 42 41 44 42 42 68 45 45 45 45 52 47 674 Figure 2.9 Potential projects evaluation scorecard, Bethesda, Maryland. context' or 'urbane character' are not. They can, however, be defined oper- ationally in a set of design guidelines as they were for Rector Place. Whether one agrees with the definition explicated in the guidelines or not, a building design can be objectively assessed by a review panel against the guidelines' demands. When the criteria are less sharply defined a scorecard such as that used in Bethesda, Maryland for projects forming part of the MetroCenter complex at least displays the design reviewers' thinking (see Figure 2.9). In many planning jurisdictions around the world design policies and controls are poorly articulated or miss important issues. As a result, the review of devel- opment proposals and of designs is opaque. The clearer the design policies and guidelines, the more logically the choice of the best scheme can be made from amongst the possibilities available. The guidelines need to be based on evidence that they meet required ends in order to withstand challenges in the courts (Stamps, 1994). The power that design review boards have in enforcing design guidelines and other design controls varies. At one extreme they have absolute veto power; at the other end they can merely make suggestions. In jurisdictions where there is a demand for development the coercive powers of design review boards are poten- tially more substantial than in places crying out for anybody to develop anything. In capitalist societies where the developer is a private company contracting out work to other property developers or selling off land to be developed by others, the power of the company's review panel may well be absolute. In the new town of Las Colinas outside Dallas in Texas, for example, the Las Colinas Association is a quasi-governmental group responsible for overseeing the quality of all the 40 URBAN DESIGN PROCESSES AND PROCEDURES work done in the new town. It had a veto power over proposals as did the panel supervising the development of the Denver Technological Center (see Chapter 8). Commentary All urban designs are ultimately shaped not only by design ideas but also by pub- lic and private sector marketing decisions and sources of financing. The change in nature of urban design products since the beginning of the 1 990s is due not only to changes in urban design ideologies but also to the change in capital mar- kets. Finances for investments are being moved around internationally. Much development in the United States is financed by British and Canadian sources. Asian institutions have invested heavily in Australia, Canada and the United States. Much of the recent development in Vietnam (e.g. South Saigon) has come from Taiwan. Reliance on local sources still exists but financiers look for investment opportunities internationally and architects work internationally. Neither architects nor investment sources have shown much interest in local sensitivities (Abel, 2000; Olds, 2001). This attitude explains why so many projects (e.g. Lujiazui, Shanghai; see Chapter 8) are now financially pragmatic designs that are architec- turally global in nature. The range of mechanisms available to public officials and urban designers aim- ing to shape the behaviour settings and aesthetic qualities that they aim to create in specific schemes are generally universal but subject to local legal codes and precedents. The willingness of public agencies charged with protecting the pub- lic interest to do so varies from place to place too, as does the level of corruption and the willingness of government bodies and the courts to enforce laws and design guidelines. The case studies presented in this book range from those in totalitarian societies to laissez faire ones. Each needs to be seen within its political and social context. 41 An evolving typology of urban design projects Urban designing involves the self-conscious intervention, great or small, into the marketplace for development and architectural services and the legal processes that shape the public realm of cities. The term public realm is understood here, as outlined in Chapter 1, in its broadest sense to include not only those elements of the built environment that are publicly owned and serve the public but also those elements, physical and social, that define public space and impinge on it visually and behaviourally The question is: 'Can the cumulative experience rep- resented in a set of case studies be organized into a framework that aids profes- sionals to deal with the situations they confront?' Types and Typology A type, as understood here, is a construct of a product or a process that serves as a generic model of a way of thinking. There are many books in architecture on building types: schools, hospitals and houses. Design professional use them because they bring attention to the commonality of form requirements resulting from the purposes a building serves primarily in housing human activities, effi- ciently and in comfort. The concept of type has also, but less often, been applied to the aesthetic qualities of buildings. Architects also design types to be emulated in solving categories of problems. Historically, the Unite d'Habitation was developed by Le Corbusier to be a type to be reproduced across the world (see Chapter 6). More recendy, the pedestrian pocket has been promoted as a way to deal with problems of transportation and quality of life issues in residential area design (see Calthorpe, 1993). Contempor- aneously the New Urbanist paradigm proposes an approach to design to be emu- lated (Staff of New Urban News, 2001). In all-of-a-piece design the buildings required to meet the specifications of a master plan are often identified by type (use, mass, aesthetic character). Here a type is concerned with the communality between cases, or examples, of urban designs. There are many ways of looking at types of urban design. The goal here is to make some sense of them by placing them in categories - by developing a typology of projects. 42 AN EVOLVING TYPOLOGY OF URBAN DESIGN PROJECTS The word 'typology' is ambiguous. In its purest sense it refers to the study and theory of types and of classification systems. Here typology refers to a classification system. A good one is simple but powerful. It must be easy to use and cover all the types of concern with clarity. It has the least number of variables that can explain phenomena. It must enable a person to understand the constancies that lie behind specific examples. Categorization helps us to organize our thoughts. One simple way is to distin- guish among the various product types generally subsumed under the rubric 'urban design' and, more importantly, procedural types. The former deals with the products of urban design work and the latter the processes by which they are implemented. It is the latter, as argued in Chapter 2, that really gets to the heart of urban designers' activities. In a diverse field it is inevitable that types of activity overlap and are not nec- essarily easy to categorize. Is a building such as the Unite d'Habitation, a vertical neighbourhood, a work of urban design or a work of architecture? Or both? It was part of a broader plan for the city of the future (Le Corbusier, 1953). The investment in individual buildings so that they act as catalysts for urban develop- ment is both a policy issue and a concern for buildings as urban design. As a result, the idea of buildings as catalysts for urban development appears in two chapters in this book: under the rubric of 'The Products of Architecture and the Nature of Urban Design' (see Chapter 6) and 'Plug-in Urban Design' (see Chapter 10). The ambiguities in any categorization can be disturbing but have to be tolerated. As the field of urban design develops so no doubt will the precision of the categorization of its types. The Utility and Problems of Typologies The design fields rely heavily on types in thinking about designing building programs, or briefs, and buildings themselves (Symes, 1994; Francis, 2001). All professional offices have books describing building, street, or open space config- urations pertaining to classes of activities. Any classification system that can help recall information and/or bring attention to key variables that have to be addressed by a designer in a particular situation is helpful. How good is the typology developed here? Fifty-odd case studies have been classified in this book. The typology presented has enabled them to be classified firsdy according to the process by which they were generated and built, secondly, according to the type of product they are and thirdly, according to the urban design paradigm within which they were designed. By using the typology presented here a person can begin to understand the process, the product and design ideology within which a particular design was created. The potential problem in using any typology is that it focuses on classifying the similarities between examples and not their differences. In practice it is easy to see the situation one is facing as being a particular type because of some super- ficial similarities and then to use the procedures common to that category in trying 43 THE NATURE OF URBAN DESIGN AND URBAN DESIGNING to solve current problems (Schneekloth and Franck, 1994). There are a number of examples in this book where urban design paradigms have been used out of the con- texts in which they were developed. This problem can be avoided if the cases are presented clearly focusing on their essences rather than their superficialities. Urban Design Procedural Types and Product Types I stated earlier that there are four major procedural types of urban design. They were: 1 total urban design where one team is in control of the whole project; 2 all-of-a-piece urban design where one team creates a master, or concep- tual, plan and writes guidelines for the development of individual sites within that plan by different entrepreneurs and their architects; 3 piece-by-piece urban design where proposals to get specific activities into an area are controlled by zoning codes and incentives and penalties; 4 plug-in urban design in which infrastructure elements are used as catalysts for development. Design professionals, however, most frequendy think of urban design in terms of product types and much of the literature deals with urban design in that way. Urban design product types can be categorized in many ways. It is impossible to devise a fine-toothed categorization system that is exhaustive and in which the types do not overlap. The typology used here is simple. Urban design product types can be: 1 new towns; 2 urban precincts of which there are many types, new and renewed; 3 elements of infrastructure; 4 possibly individual items within the city that add lustre to it: clock towers, monuments, works of art and curiosity objects. The focus of attention in this book is on the first three types but each has many subcategories. They all encompass planning, landscape architecture, and archi- tectural work in a unique manner that adds up to being urban design. New Towns A 'new town', to purists, is a settlement that is self-consciously built from scratch, usually on previously unbuilt-on land. To be a new town it has to provide all the amenities of life including employment opportunities. There is no census of new towns designed and built during the second half of the twentieth century but the number is in the thousands. They range in size and importance from small company towns to the capitals of countries. Almost all have been either total or all-of-a-piece urban designs. 44 AN EVOLVING TYPOLOGY OF URBAN DESIGN PROJECTS A number of countries have had the creation of new towns as part of their political agenda. The policies have resulted in fiat towns, some large enough to be thought of as cities. Between 1950 and 1990, the Soviet Union employed new setdements to extend central control over its constituent republics. The reasons elsewhere have been economic or social. During the latter half of the twentieth century, over 20 new towns were built in the United Kingdom in order to keep London's population down to a manageable size and to encourage industry to locate outside the southeast corner of the country. Runcorn is an example (see Chapter 4). In Europe the new towns tend to have been the products of government policy. In North America, in contrast, private companies have built the genuine new towns (rather than simply large suburbs) not the public sector. Columbia in Maryland and Reston, Virginia are probably the best-known examples. Begun in the 1960s, Columbia has a population of 100,000 and employment opportunities approximating the number of workers in the city although many people commute into Columbia to work and many residents in the city commute out. There are few such new towns in the United States because the land acquisition and infra- structure costs are high and the developing company must be capable of consider- able investment prior to any return on capital being received. New towns do, however, continue to be built in the country. Las Colinas in Texas has been under construction for almost 20 years now (see Figure 3.1a to see the imagery sought). Elsewhere too they are being built, especially satellite cities. Shongshang Lake in southern China, for instance, is barely underway (see Figure 3. lb). Many new towns are company towns. Some have a mining or other resource base and others have been manufacturing cities or military settlements. Some of the non-military examples are the products of government policy, particularly in socialist countries, but others have been built by private industrial organizations to suit their own purposes. The towns vary considerably in size and longevity. They have been as small as 500 people while others have over a hundred thou- sand inhabitants. The designs of the new towns fall into a number of categories depending on the paradigms prevalent at the time of their creation. The new towns in the Anglo- American world have generally followed Garden City principles while those in continent Europe and East Asia have followed Rationalist principles. Even within the prevailing paradigm there have been differences in designs. British new town designs, all loosely garden cities, fall into four eras depending on contemporary perceptions of the problems to be solved and the patterns required to solve them. Las Colinas is being designed with the automobile in mind. In addition, individual designers strive to stamp their own identity on the designs. Precincts Most urban designs do not deal with new towns but with precincts - smaller areas of cities and new, predominandy residential, areas on the edge of cities. They may 45 THE NATURE OF URBAN DESIGN AND URBAN DESIGNING Figure 3.1 New town design, (a) Central Las Colinas proposal, 1986 and (b) Sonshang Lake, Guangdong proposal, 2004. be designed de novo or be the subject of renewal. The precincts in cities may be for commercial, residential, or for entertainment uses, but many are now mixed types. Some have been built as total designs; others have been all-of-a-piece designs. There are a number of new precincts of cities that have been called 'new towns'. The use of this term can be a little misleading. The new towns of the city- state of Singapore, although they contain many of the amenities of a city and are also employment centres, have little industry and the heart of Singapore remains the cultural centre of the city. These new towns are, given the terms used in this 46 AN EVOLVING TYPOLOGY OF URBAN DESIGN PROJECTS wmmm Figure 3.2 Roosevelt Island, New York in 1993. book, major precincts of the larger Singapore metropolitan area. There are other similar examples. During the 1970s the term 'new-town-in-town' was used to describe large mixed-use urban design projects on cleared brown-field sites. In New York City, for instance, Roosevelt Island (see Figure 3.2), formerly Welfare Island, and Battery Park City were referred to as such. Welfare Island, the home to a num- ber of aging hospitals and other obsolete institutions has been transformed into a residential precinct with the retail and other institutional facilities required to support it. Surrounded by water, it is indeed a clear entity. So is Battery Park City with the Hudson on one side and the West Side Highway on the other. Neither was considered to be a self-contained entity. Much urban design in cities consists of relatively small enclaves of like use buildings. They may be commercial or institutional types. Penn Center in Philadelphia, a relatively small enclave of commercial buildings related to a rail- way station and the new CBD for Beijing, are examples of commercial precincts (see Figure 3.3a). Lincoln Center in New York is an example of a cultural com- plex (see Figure 7.7). One of the great urban debates is over whether such facil- ities should indeed be agglomerated into a single unit or distributed throughout the city. This question was also raised about the decision to assemble so many of the facilities that were required for the highly successful 2000 Olympic Games in Sydney, Australia into a single precinct (see Figure 3.3b). Campuses are a special type of precinct - a unified set of buildings set in a pre- dominandy park-like environment and separated by distance (by the use of a park or roadway) or fences from the remainder of the city or countryside. The univer- sity campus is typical. While some universities are merged into the surrounding city: the Sorbonne, Stellenbosch and the University of the District of Columbia, many others, especially recent ones, are separate entities. The same urban design idea appears in the layout of office and business parks. The Denver Technological Center on the periphery of that city clearly falls into this category and it is, in many ways, the city's new downtown (see Chapter 8). 47 THE NATURE OF URBAN DESIGN AND URBAN DESIGNING Figure 3.3 Precinct design, (a) The plan of the 2000 Olympic games site, Sydney and (b) a model of the proposed CBD for Beijing, 2004. 48 AN EVOLVING TYPOLOGY OF URBAN DESIGN PROJECTS In cities throughout the world the considerable expansion has taken place at the periphery. While the population of the metropolitan Philadelphia continues to grow, the population of the core city itself declined from over two million in 1950 to a little over a million in 2000. The major growth has been suburban. Vast tracts of housing and accompanying commercial and retail facilities have been built in the suburbs. In countries, such as India, the major developers of such urban designs have been the Public Works Departments of the Central and State governments. In the United States, it has been the private developer who has been responsible for almost all the development although much has been made possible by the federally funded highway system and other federal government subsidies. At best these suburbs have been thoughtfully designed in terms of providing the amenities to enable all seg- ments of the population to lead full lives. At worst, they are simply dormitories. The new suburbs have generally been built along one of two different lines of thought: the Bauhaus/Le Corbusian model or the Garden City model. The out- skirts of many cities in Europe (such as Paris and Madrid) and Latin American cities (such as Caracas; see Figure 3.4) have major developments of tower or slab blocks of housing set in park-like areas on their peripheries. They have been influenced by Le Corbusier. Most of the suburban development in countries such as the United States and Australia have followed the Garden City ideal and still do. More recently the New Urbanist ideology, a Neo-Traditionalist approach to urban design, has had a wide degree of support. Many precincts do not have clear edges but have strong cores such as a square or a street. The design of streets and squares is generally the purview of land- scape architecture but it can be urban design. It is landscape architecture if only the open space is designed; it is urban design if the enclosing elements are included in the design. In the latter case they form a precinct. Urban renewal Urban renewal, as its name suggests, refers to the process of rebuilding areas of cities that have become obsolete and abandoned, or are in a state of considerable decay. Unless cities become economically static urban renewal projects will con- tinue to be undertaken. Over the last half of the twentieth century much has been learnt about how best they can be conducted. The field of urban design as a pro- fessional endeavour has grown with the experience of building total or all-of-a- piece urban renewal projects. Sometimes, urban renewal has involved slum clearance and the total rebuilding of environments but more usually now it has involved selective demolition and the integration of the old and the new in their design (e.g. Charles Center, Baltimore; see Chapter 5). Often the urban renewal occurs in a laissez faire manner without any overall cooperative intention. It would not be regarded as urban design here (although some projects might be regarded as piece-by-piece urban design). Some urban design projects have involved the retooling of existing areas by upgrading their physical infrastructure and the provision of new uses for existing buildings 49 THE NATURE OF URBAN DESIGN AND URBAN DESIGNING (a) Figure 3.4 The 23 de enero (originally 2 de deciembre) housing development, Caracas in 1998. (a) Massing diagram and (b) a view of one housing block, (e.g. Ghirardelli Square, San Francisco and Clarke Quay, Singapore, both described later in this book). Others have retained the original mix. After the devastation of World War II in Europe, vast segments of cities were rebuilt sometimes replicating the past (e.g. Warsaw), but more frequently they were modernized. Cities such as Coventry and Rotterdam acquired new hearts. In European and the North American cities, major slum clearance and 50 AN EVOLVING TYPOLOGY OF URBAN DESIGN PROJECTS new housing estate projects have been carried out. They have had mixed results because the highly physically deteriorated world they replaced was often socially viable. The new products were unable to provide an environment for the re-creation of that social stability. Many of them have been demolished and rebuilt too. In some cases, such as the Paternoster Square precinct north of St Paul's cathedral in London, areas were rebuilt only to be later demolished and rebuilt anew (see Chapter 8). A new type of urban renewal project began to appear during the last two decades of the twentieth century. As the demographic characteristics of suburban areas changed so the demand for new facilities in their shopping centres occurred. What have appeared are new suburban downtowns rather like the tra- ditional cores of cities. Sometimes this process has been abetted by the building of a new rail link (e.g. Bethesda, Maryland; see Figure 2.8). At other times it has happened because the suburbs have strategic locations on major traffic routes between major cities (Garreau, 1991). What has generally occurred has been that two- or three-storey high precincts have been replaced by high-rise commercial and residential developments. This process has often taken place willy-nilly but there are many examples where the redevelopment has involved a concerted urban design effort (e.g. Glendale, see Chapter 8 and Bellevue, Washington, see Chapter 9). Infrastructure Design The nature of the infrastructure is what visually distinguishes one city from another as much as the nature of its architecture. There are various ways of considering the infrastructure of cities but the most inclusive manner covers everything that is part of the public domain whether privately or publicly owned. In this view the streets and other transport facilities, the schools and public insti- tutions, such as libraries and museums, can all be part of the infrastructure of cities. Many of the issues involved in the design of infrastructure fall outside the scope of urban design per se, falling into one or other of the realms of city plan- ning and civil engineering. The consequences of such decisions for the design of precincts of cities are, however, substantial because of the multiplier and side effects they create. The public concern in designing infrastructure components is not only with the services they supply but also with their catalytic effect. Clearly the location and design of roads and streets had a major effect on the twentieth century city. It will in the twenty-first too. For instance, highway development has made edge cities possible and the building of rail links and new train stations has spurred major developments around them in many cities. Bethesda in Maryland has already been cited. In London the hope has been that the new Jubilee Line of the underground system will do the same thing (Wordsearch et ah, 2001). Sometimes land development and station location have followed a coordinated plan before construction begins, as in Singapore (see Chapter 10). 51 THE NATURE OF URBAN DESIGN AND URBAN DESIGNING Figure 3.5 The University of Illinois, Chicago campus in 1970. Often, however, it has been left to the marketplace to dictate the results after the infrastructure has been built. There are a number of issues involved in infrastructure design that have been of direct concern in urban design. One has been the separation of pedestrian and vehicular traffic in order to provide a more congenial and safer environment. The separation can take place in horizontal or in vertical space. The former approach has been standard, with separate sidewalks being provided for pedestrians, but there have been many examples of vertical segregation too. In many places throughout the world some vehicular streets have been closed off to traffic and turned into pedestrian malls. The goal has been to attract people to use the facilities that line them. Sometimes such malls have proven to be highly successful, and at other times not (see the case of Oak Park, Illinois, in Chapter 5). These schemes have been predominandy landscape architecture projects. They continue to be built. The separation of pedestrians and vehicular traffic vertically has been carried out in many places, again with varying degrees of success. These systems take various forms. One form is with vehicular traffic kept at ground level and pedes- trian plazas and walkways built above them (e.g. La Defense, Paris; see Chapter 8), and the University of Illinois, Circle Campus, Chicago; see Figure 3.5). Another such type provides pedestrian bridges linking interior quasi-public spaces of buildings in an extended skyway pedestrian system (e.g. Minneapolis, Minnesota; see Chapter 10). Another form has pedestrians moving below vehicles. Many cities have underground networks of passages enabling pedestrians to cross from block to block without interference. They continue to be built too. They can be bright and vibrant places but often they are gloomy. 52 AN EVOLVING TYPOLOGY OF URBAN DESIGN PROJECTS Figure 3.6 Pedestrian ways as objects in space, Battery Park City, New York in 2003. Miscellaneous: Individual Objects in Urban Space There are two types of objects apart from buildings that get awards for urban design. The first is comprised of works of art, usually sculptures but also murals that are often introduced to give some focus and interest to a dull space or to enliven a blank wall, or as an element of civic or corporate boosterism. The sec- ond category is primarily comprised of individual elements of the city, such as monuments, fountains, clock towers and street furniture. The design of such objects falls outside the scope of this book although when included as part of a larger scheme they are discussed in passing. Monuments are of particular importance. They have a special significance as preservers of collective memories and as symbols of the identity and the self- worth of nations or smaller groups of people. They can sometimes be the foci of the collective life of a people. Clock towers, obelisks and fountains are used as visual focal points in many urban design schemes, particularly those imbued with City Beautiful, or Baroque, overtones (Robin ette, 1976). They act as landmarks and reinforce the nodes of urban life (Figure 3.6). Urban Design Paradigms Another way of classifying urban design is by the major paradigm used as the basis for design. Paradigms are models regarded as exemplars of good practice. Much 53 THE NATURE OF URBAN DESIGN AND URBAN DESIGNING architectural history involves identifying the paradigms of the major movements in architecture and the patterns they promoted in response to what their propon- ents perceived to be contemporary problems. In urban design the twentieth cen- tury began with the City Beautiful, a Baroque approach to the geometry of cities, as the predominant paradigm (see Figure 3.7a). Almost all the entries in the com- petition for the design of Canberra (191 1) were City Beautiful schemes. Contempo- raneously the Empiricist (the realist) and Rationalist (the idealist) branches of the modern movement developed. The Garden City (see Figure 3.7b) and the neighbourhood unit (see Figure 6.10) exemplify the former; Tony Garnier's Cite Industrielle (c. 1910) and the generic urban design models of Le Corbusier (see Figure 3.7c) and the Bauhaus (see Figure 7.18) exemplify the latter. Throughout the twentieth century there were tensions between the two lines of thought that still persist (Buder, 1990; Ellin, 1999). There has also been the urban design of com- mercial pragmatism (see Figure 3.7e) and explorations with radical geometries (mainly implemented at the building scale: see Figure 3.7f). The Empiricists tend to rely on precedents and the observation of what works and does not work as the basis for design thinking. There are many pasts that one can look at so there are divergent lines of thinking about the future amongst Empiricists. The small country town was one past; the medieval city was another. Similarly there are divergent lines of thinking about the future amongst Rational- ists. Rationalists break away from past ideas (or, at least they claim to do so). Their models are based on various assumptions about imagined future ways of life. Simplistically, the urban design paradigms of the former school of thought are exemplified by organic plans and the latter by rectilinear geometries. The former face streets and the latter turn their backs to the street (see Ellin, 1 999, for a fuller analysis of current directions in urban design). All these paradigms held sway to a greater and lesser extent during the second half of the twentieth century giving way, partially at least, to post-Modernist ideas as the result of the severe criticism that Modernist design ideologies received in the 1960s and 1970s. These ideas are represented in the work of both the Neo-Rationalists and the Neo-Empiricists (see Broadbent, 1 990; Lang, 1 994; Ellin, 1999). The latter is best represented by the Neo-Traditional approaches to urban design that evolved into the New Urbanist (Katz, 1994) and Smart Growth models. Understanding these paradigms is important because they illus- trate what many urban designers considered and consider the contemporary problems of their societies to be. Each paradigm represents a worldview. Each represents a perception of the best way to go about addressing the urban problems of the world in the public interest. None address the question of how one goes about identifying problems and their potential solutions; they deal with products not procedures. The devel- opment of each paradigm, nevertheless, involves considerable creative thought. The difficulty is that each tends to become frozen into a formula of patterns that are applied without much thought because they are perceived to represent the 'best practice' and being 'up-to-date' - modern. 54 AN EVOLVING TYPOLOGY OF URBAN DESIGN PROJECTS H P L^.. - jl if Iff . ^CUSBBiMM^H ^^^Saiitai (a) Figure 3.7 A sample of twentieth century design paradigms, (a) The City Beautiful, (b) the Garden City, (c) the Rationalist City, (d) the Neo-Traditional City, (e) the city of commercial pragmatism and (f) a model for the deconstructed city? 55 THE NATURE OF URBAN DESIGN AND URBAN DESIGNING A Typology of Urban Design Projects Each project described in this book can be categorized by procedural type, pro- ject type and the major paradigm employed, and thus the foci of concern it rep- resents (Figure 3.8). The capital complex in Chandigarh (see Chapter 7), for instance, is a total urban design, a precinct design, with its major focus being on the symbolic function of urban design as a display (what some critics call 'urban design as theatre') and carried out within a Rationalist mode of thought. Battery Park City, in contrast, is an all-of-a-piece precinct design carried out within a Neo-Empiricist intellectual framework. Geometricism Commercial pragmatism Non-judgmental kitsch Landscape urbanism New urbanism Le Corbusian school / / Rationalism Bauhaus School / Townscape ^ Garden City / Empiricis City Beautiful Baroque Plug-in PRODUCT TYPES Figure 3.8 A typology of urban design projects. 56 AN EVOLVING TYPOLOGY OF URBAN DESIGN PROJECTS Commentary In discussing the nature of urban design, the literature has focused much more heavily on product types and design paradigms than on procedural types. There are many books on new towns and new urban places. They focus on the architec- ture of places and neither on the processes of bringing them into existence nor on what dimensions they are successes or failures. The reason is that design is largely a mimetic process in which known, or generic, types are adapted to par- ticular situations. In this book, I have classified projects primarily by procedural type and then by product types but have attempted to point out their focus of attention and the intellectual paradigms within which they fall. An understanding of types is the basis for problem solving in all the design fields. For architecture it is building types (e.g. for housing types, see Building Types Study 832, 2004), for landscape architecture open space types (e.g. Plazas; see Krier, 1990) and for planning it is probably city types (e.g. global cities; Simmonds and Hack, 2000). How types will be used, professionally and in edu- cation, shapes their nature. No single typology is correct. Each has advantages and poses potential constraints on whoever uses it. The one presented here should be regarded as a first, but significant, step in developing a typology of urban design projects. Its utility will depend on how others can or cannot use it. The basic categorization is, however, sound although the labels given will sound strange to many ears. No doubt the typology will evolve as the field of urban design and the range of projects that are subsumed under that title evolve. 57 Kresege, College, Santa Cruz, California in 1993 The traditional design Part professions, their products and urban design One of the reasons for there being so much confusion over the nature of urban design is that each of the traditional design professions regards the products of its own domain as urban design if they are located in cities. In addition, architects assume many urban problems can be treated as architecture, landscape architects as landscape architecture and city planners as city planning. They look at urban design through the norms of their professional products. The position taken here is that most of such professional work in urban environments is on the periphery of urban design per se. By stating that it is on the periphery does not mean that it is unimportant in enhancing the quality of human settlements, but that it really is part of the core work of the three professions: city planning (see Chapter 4), landscape architecture (see Chapter 5) or architecture (see Chapter 6). The labours of these three major environmental design fields (civil engineer- ing could easily be added to the list) involve collaborative work. City planning involves the collaboration of sociologists, economists and lawyers as well as plan- ners in designing urban policies and programmes. Architecture involves a variety of engineers and specialists in the design of any building and landscape architec- ture the assistance of engineers and horticulturalists. Urban design is the field that involves all three design fields but except for some total urban designs not at the level of detail that they address. Urban design products are different and so is the process by which they are developed. The nature of the city-planning endeavour varies considerably across the world. In a number of countries in Europe and Asia, it is very much urban design oriented. It deals not only with broad urban policies but also with precinct plans and specifications for the buildings within them. More generally in the English- speaking world, however, city-planning deals with broad policy concerns that may or may not have an impact, predicted or not, on the physical quality of cities. Much of the attention in recent years has been focused on social and economic change with policies and programmes as the products of this type of planning. Physical planning, other than in dealing with the desired distribution of land uses, has been very much neglected. The product of such city-planning work is the land-use master plan with zoning codes as the mechanism for achieving its ends. The social and economic policies developed by municipal governments do 59 THE TRADITIONAL DESIGN PROFESSIONS, THEIR PRODUCTS AND URBAN DESIGN impinge on urban design, but whether city planning and urban designing are conterminous or whether urban design is simply a sub-field of city planning or vice versa is open to considerable debate. Some product types may well be both city planning and urban design. Many new towns fall into this category. Both landscape architecture and architecture are concerned with the detailed design and implementation of specific products at one time. Given this obser- vation it could be argued that what has been identified as total urban design is often simply large-scale architecture. The logic for including some such work in the mainstream of urban design in Part 3: 'The Core of Urban Design Work: Procedures and Products' is that its comprehensive treatment brings together all the design fields into focusing on single three-dimensional, multi-building design endeavours. Neither landscape architectural nor architectural work, per se, does that. The qualities of streets, squares and other urban places and the links between them, as behaviour settings and as aesthetic displays, are amongst the core con- cerns of urban design. The distinction between landscape architecture and the core of urban design work described in 'Part 3 ' depends on whether the enclos- ing elements form part of the design or whether it is simply the ground surface between buildings that is of concern. The first is urban design; the latter falls into the realm of landscape architecture. Many landscape architects will dispute this position saying that any design in cities is urban design. In this way, landscape architecture differentiates itself from horticulture and garden design. If land- scape architecture broadens its concerns to embrace the three-dimensional world of buildings it is well placed to claim urban design as its very own. Architectural societies around the world give urban design awards to the prod- ucts of everyday architectural work - individual buildings. Certainly, all buildings affect their surroundings but many architects pay little heed to how their work affects the public realm. Either they know not how to do so or the social context in which they are working prevents them from doing so. Most buildings represent private rather than public interests. Architects' prime obligations are to their clients - those who pay them - and to their own need to market themselves in order to stay in practice. It is only through the application of controls and design guidelines that they are compelled to deal with public interest concerns. Single building design is not urban design except, perhaps, when a building has been located as a catalyst to encourage development around it as part of a public policy. Designing a complex of buildings may well be urban design. The three chapters that comprise this part of the book cover the work of the tradi- tional design professions and the products that are associated with them. The products described in the case studies used to illustrate the work of what these three professions regard as urban design are only really urban design if they deal: (1) with the three-dimensional world and (2) their impact on their context, and not simply the consequences of the context for the design. The conclusion ultimately is that the product-oriented view of urban design is an important but limited one, if the desire is to really understand the nature of the field and its complexities. 60 The products of city planning and the nature of urban design Urban design is often considered to simply be city planning. Is it? To many archi- tects any scheme containing more than one building is city planning. Thus to them most of what is described as the core of urban design in Part 3 of this book is city planning. To other observers, city planning is land-use planning and to yet others it involves the formulation of economic and social policies. All city plans deal, explicidy or implicitly, with urban design in one form or another. This statement does not mean that city planning is focused on urban design, but that many planning policies that are not seen to have design implications do shape the architectural and urban landscape of cities and rural areas alike (Craighead, 1991). City, or town, planning is seen differently in much of Europe, Latin America and Asia than in the English-speaking world. In addition, the concerns of the field have not been stable. In the United States, for instance, emphases have var- ied from city to city and have changed over time. For much of the period covered in this book, the focus of attention has been on social and economic planning. In continental Europe, planning and architecture are generally more closely allied in a single field that focuses heavily on the physical qualities of cities. As a result city planning is often urban designing. A number of city-planning leaders such as Edmund Bacon, once head of the City Planning Commission in Philadelphia, were very much concerned with urban design in the 1960s and 1970s (see Bacon, 1974). The economic state of American cities in that era and the following decade was, however, so precarious that urban design concerns were often thrust aside. Planners began to regard the built environment as only marginally important in establishing the quality of life of people. The lesson of having done so has been learnt from those cities that strove for development at any cost as well as those that successfully maintained an interest in urban design. The latter have tended to do well. The quality of the built city and its behaviour settings has proven to be eco- nomically important. From the early 1990s onwards many planning agencies have established sections on urban design and have been employing profession- als knowledgeable either through education or practice about urban design. In many places this heightened awareness of the importance of the cityscape 61 THE TRADITIONAL DESIGN PROFESSIONS, THEIR PRODUCTS AND URBAN DESIGN represents a dramatic turn around in the perceptions of what makes a good city amongst mainstream city planners. It also represents an effort by the planning profession to recapture an area of concern that they turned their backs on. Traditional Planning Product Types: Comprehensive Plans Most city-planning deals with existing cities. If its purpose is to shape the future of a city, the products will be in the form of written policies. These policies have to be accepted as binding by some legislative body - at the city level it is the municipal council - if they are to lead to any action. The task of creating specific programmes then has to be assigned to specific agencies and a budget has to be established to fund the programmes. If the goal of planning is to create a land- use pattern for the future city, the product will be in the form of a two-dimen- sional master plan coloured according to a code designating the type of activities (industrial, commercial, residential, etc.) that a block of land should house. Almost always the streets have been regarded as borders between land uses not as seams linking their two sides into a unified precinct. To implement such plans, zoning codes are developed, and the site coverage and, in the United States, the Floor Area Ratio (FAR) (the ratio of total usable floor area to the site known as Floor Space Ratio (FSR) elsewhere) are specified. The zoning code will assign permissible land uses but may also specify the allowable height of buildings and the number of parking places required. The goal has been to avoid conflicts between the activities that take place in each area of a city. The design implica- tions of these ordinances on what the resulting built environments will offer are seldom fully considered. One of the reasons for the development of urban design as a specialized professional activity is that environmental quality has been poorly considered in city planning. Urban design and city planning overlap when city planning involves the actual physical design of cities or their precincts. It overlaps when these plans deal with visions for the three-dimensional city and with methods to achieve that vision. Thus the design of Brasilia (see the case study in Chapter 7) or Seaside (see Chapter 8) can be seen as both city planning and urban design. The prime prod- uct of city planning has, however, been the comprehensive plan. It is clearly a city-planning product. The Design Dimension of Comprehensive Planning for Existing Cities Comprehensive planning attempts to deal simultaneously with economic, social, and physical development and design policies. Sometimes the quality of the built environment is a concern but at other times, particularly in eras or localities of slow economic growth, it is peripheral. What becomes important then is devel- opment at any cost, provided it brings in jobs and/or increases in the tax base of 62 THE PRODUCTS OF CITY PLANNING AND THE NATURE OF URBAN DESIGN the cash-strapped municipality. In such circumstances even the most basic of environmental concerns - pollution, traffic problems and the degradation of the natural world - are shelved in the name of progress. Design quality is seen as a minor issue; it is perceived to be concerned only with urban cosmetics and not with life - not with behaviour settings. Physical planning has very much focused on the distribution of land uses and transportation concerns (ideally in an interrelated manner) and, until recently, certainly with the segregation of activities so that polluting and annoying uses are kept out of residential areas. Much planning legislation began with concerns for public health and safely by insisting that buildings and neighbourhoods be designed to provide at least a minimum standard of public open space and sun- light and ventilation to habitable rooms. These concerns together with efficiency in transportation and the elimination of air and water pollution remain import- ant in city planning and in urban design, but they are not the only matters that require attention in making good cities. Urban design concerns within city planning reflect the state of public policies towards planned intervention in the development process. At times there are calls for more control over what is being built and how it is built and at others there are calls for less control and greater freedom for private actions. Economic conservatives see design controls as a deterrent to economic growth while social- ist politicians see design quality as an elitist concern. Interestingly enough many large-scale property developers recognize both the financial benefits derived from rich, high-quality design and that purchasers are making increasingly dis- cerning choices. Sometimes developers form their own private regulations to control the quality of the public realm created by sub-developers. They take on the quasi-public role described in Chapter 1 . In many places the public is demanding a greater role in deciding the future directions in which their cities should go. The diversity of its views has led to many architects, in particular, taking the position that all design concerns are arbitrary and subjective and that their personal beliefs are as good as those of anybody else. The development of the theoretical body of knowledge about the interaction of people and the environment has, however, led to the recognition that serious questions about goals and means can be discussed intelligently within public forums. City Planning Public Realm Policies and Urban Design It is the public realm policies within city planning that are often closely related to the urban design endeavour. Most such policies do not deal directly with the geo- metrical qualities of built form but they, nevertheless, have a direct impact on the form, liveliness or quietness, and general ambience of the places and links of a city. They deal with such matters as eliminating antisocial behaviour and provid- ing a high-amenity level for the inhabitants and users of public spaces. These general policies may be urban -wide or targeted at specific precincts of cities. The 63 THE TRADITIONAL DESIGN PROFESSIONS, THEIR PRODUCTS AND URBAN DESIGN urban design guidelines for the central area of Glendale in California, for instance, form the public realm policies for the downtown area of the city (see Chapter 8). Much can be learnt about the interrelationships of city planning and urban design from such examples. Public realm policies deal almost universally with accessibility, the servicing of buildings and the ways traffic is to be handled. Strong lobbying has led to the almost universal development of policies specifying accessibility for people in wheelchairs to places open to the general public. As the public's fear of crime increases so are public policies being more specific in formulating design prin- ciples that deal with the natural surveillance, territorial control and the lighting of public spaces. These concerns are related to the accessibility and safety needs of people shown in Figure 1.6. The more general concerns of urban design are, however, poorly considered. 'Broader considerations of the network of public streets and public spaces, the permeability of blocks and . . . questions of the qual- ity of the public realm are largely neglected' in city planning in Britain (Punter and Carmona, 1997: 169). Design issues come to the forefront only when citizens and planners are discussing the physical and symbolic character of an existing place and the desire to retain it. Questions of the character of places are seldom addressed with any specificity. When they are, the formulation is poor. For example, at a community meeting the inhabitants of a town decided it wanted to retain its 'rural character'. What was meant by this objective was not articulated with precision verbally or in drawings. The town planning board developed a land-use regulation for two zones in the locale: one a rural/agricultural zone and the other a commercial zone. The former was aimed at retaining the rural character of the area by spe- cifying 1-acre (0.40-hectare) lots. Where an extensive amount of road frontage was required, the lots were to be 3 acres (1.21 hectares) in size. In the commer- cial zone the lot size was to be at least 1 acre. The goal was to have houses scat- tered in a dotted pattern around the countryside. Instead what was achieved were the sites with short street frontages and thus buildings lining the roads. The rural character that citizens sought was lost (Craighead, 1991). Many planning policies conceal such hidden urban design processes. One of the major areas in which hidden urban design occurs is in the design of roads. The prime criterion may be designing for public safety and accessibility. The definition of safety is, however, often established only by the size of the equipment - ambulances and fire engines - that have to be able to manoeuvre through a street. Such space requirements are often grossly overstated. Accessibility is also narrowly defined in terms of the speed of traffic flow. Streets have other functions and if simple criteria alone are selected as the basis for their design, their amenity level for pedestrians and their overall character may well be lost. Street width becomes the sole design specification. Visualizing dimensions and their consequences is not easy for lay-people on planning boards. Many of the design ideas developed by well meaning architects during the first half of the twentieth century have been found to be counter-productive when 64 THE PRODUCTS OF CITY PLANNING AND THE NATURE OF URBAN DESIGN translated into zoning regulations. The idea that sunlight should penetrate all habitable rooms in housing area design is a sound one but when applied as the sole criterion in the design of residential precincts of high-rise apartments it creates dull boring environments with few opportunities for exploratory behaviour by children (e.g. see Figures 7.1 and 11.3). At least the space between buildings needs to be well considered and a greater range of behavioural opportunities provided. A recent review of the impact of land -use regulations in Houston, Texas shows their unintended impact on the quality of urban places (Lewyn, 2003). Decrees about lot size for single-family homes, parking requirements (1.33 cars per bed- room in apartment buildings) street widths and block sizes (600 feet/185 metres between intersections) makes life hard for pedestrians and encourages driving for even the most local of necessities. The density of development that results from such codes makes all kinds of housing developments and public transit financially unfeasible. At the same time the codes have not alleviated the problems of traffic congestion that they were legislated to address. What is needed in developing item-by-item planning and building regulations is to fully understand their three-dimensional implications and how they work as a system of controls. Current zoning regulations throughout the world make it impossible to build new precincts that have the characteristics of the well-loved areas of existing cities. They would make the design of today's Paris, London, Boston and San Diego impossible. The codes were designed to avoid obnoxious facilities such as smoke-belching factories being located in residential areas and not much more. The world has changed and much needs to be rethought. Urban Design as Part of Comprehensive Planning Urban development is an endless process. Edmund Bacon portrayed it as in Figure 4.1 (Bacon, 1969). Urban design is very much part of the development Comprehensive Plan J \ Functional Plan Capital Program i t Area Plan Money Entity v. / Project Plan Architectural Image Figure 4.1 Urban design (project planning and architectural imagery) as part of the development process. 65 THE TRADITIONAL DESIGN PROFESSIONS, THEIR PRODUCTS AND URBAN DESIGN process as he considered it. He thought of area plans and, particularly, project plans being urban design because they show the three-dimensional character that is sought for precincts of cities. The problem with these area plans is that they failed to deal with the implementation process beyond the formation of zoning codes. They did not consider the plans to be representing end states to be actively pursued and built. The diagram does not show that the urban development process, explicitly or implicidy, involves social and economic designs for a city. Nor does it show the battle amongst different interest groups for the attention of planners - the tugs between physical design, social design and economic design concerns. What it does show is that urban design concerns should be derived from and then fed back into any comprehensive plan for a city's future. Most comprehensive plan- ning fails to do so. Singapore is one place where that is different. The statutory comprehensive plan for Singapore is based on a two-dimensional concept plan (originally developed in 1 97 1 but updated in 1 99 1 and again in 2 00 1 ; see Figure 10.12). The plan envisioned a series of new towns strung along trans- portation routes binding the city-state into a single entity. For planning purposes the city-state is divided into 50 planning precincts, each with its set of design objectives, specifications for building uses and with design guidelines for each new development. Until recently, all these decisions were made by either the Urban Redevelopment Authority (for central Singapore) or the Housing Development Board (for the new towns) in accordance with the specifications of the statutory authorities. Now the market is allowed to play a greater role. No other city with a democratically elected government has had such clearly delineated lines of authority and such centralized control in setting design direc- tions. In Singapore urban design occurs within an overall city-planning frame- work or, perhaps more accurately, city planning occurs within an urban design framework! Singapore is a case where highly educated politicians, in particular the coun- try's leadership ever since independence, have been concerned with the quality of the physical environment. Their concern has been with both its efficiency and aesthetics. The leadership has recognized that the economic benefits of a positive working and living environment with a modern image are vast. It came belatedly to understand that the preservation and rehabilitation of the city's history through its physical fabric has important economic (in terms of tourism) and social benefits (in terms of identity) for Singaporeans. Many out- siders see the controls imposed to achieve the state's objectives to have been too harsh but nowhere in the world has a city upgraded itself as much in as short a time period. Avery different approach was used in Curitiba, Brazil (see Chapter 10). There the comprehensive plan was translated into a number of infrastructure develop- ment strategies. The goal was to have development projects plugged into the new infrastructure of transportation links and other facilities, such as community 66 THE PRODUCTS OF CITY PLANNING AND THE NATURE OF URBAN DESIGN centres. The infrastructure design involved urban, engineering and architectural components. Major references Hopenfeld, Morton (1961). The role of design in city planning. American Institute of Architects Journal 35 (5): 4-44. Lewyn, Michael (2003). Zoning without zoning, http://www.planetizen.com/oped/item. php?id=112. Punter, John and Matthew Cannona (1997). Public realm policies. In The Design Dimension of City Planning: Theory, Content, and Best Practice for Design Policies. London: E & FN Spon, 169-77. Wasserman, Jim (2004). Growth experts push new zoning to spark aesthetic renaissance. San Diego Union Tribune. 22, February. http://www/signonsandiego. com/news/state/ 20040222-1144-ca-reinventinggrowth.html New Town Planning and Urban Design In the design of new towns, the comprehensive planning objectives are presented in the form of a master plan. The master plan presents a vision of what the city- hopes to be at some future date. Often this master plan is a statement allocating land uses to areas based on some image of a transportation network. At other, but less frequent, times it is a three-dimensional representation of the future state of a city as was the case for Runcorn, the case study included here. Runcorn has been chosen because it was celebrated for its architectural experi- ments and also because the distinction between planning and urban design is totally blurred in its development. Runcorn consists of a number of clear urban design projects within an overall master plan that was developed in three- dimensional form. Its overall organization follows a standard model. The first generation of twentieth century British new towns as well as places such as Columbia, Maryland (see Figure 4.2) all follow it. It is a normative model still widely used. A city is divided into a hierarchy of precincts. Runcorn's design was also so based on a clear transportation network that it could almost be regarded as a plug-in urban design. The planning and designing procedures in Runcorn were similar in character to much current work in continental Europe. Planning and designing are wrapped up into a single design effort. In the development of Zuidas, the new central business district for Amsterdam, planning and urban design have gone hand-in hand. Its designers refer to their work as city planning rather than urban design showing that the distinction between the two is often not made even though much in Zuidas is architecturally specific. The same was true during the second half of the twentieth century in the communist countries of Eastern Europe. In the former Soviet Union a number of fiat cities with populations as large as one million people were developed across northern and central Asia in the same manner. 67 THE TRADITIONAL DESIGN PROFESSIONS, THEIR PRODUCTS AND URBAN DESIGN Irrter-CHy Ml9h*«Y ,-- Village Center rtokghborhcmd Neighborhood Center 1 I n ^3 'EH *"L *? c— 1 * ■■" _— 1=. - Figure 4.2 The organization of Columbia, Maryland, (a) The conceptual layout of the city, (b) a view of the city centre in 1993, (c) a village centre and (d) a neighbourhood centre. 68 THE PRODUCTS OF CITY PLANNING AND THE NATURE OF URBAN DESIGN Case Study Runcorn, England, UK: city planning urban design (1965+) Runcorn is a satellite town of Liverpool located on the south bank of the Mersey River. It was designed to house a population of 90,000 people on a site of 7250 acres (about 2800 hectares). The goal was to provide new employment opportunities and good housing for the people of Merseyside. The development was heavily subsidized by the central government in London through the Runcorn Development Corporation and designed by the corporation in conjunction with Arthur Ling Associates. Ease of accessibility and providing for high mobility were major criteria in design- ing Runcorn. The goal was to establish a balance between the use of private vehicles and public transport. The importance of the infrastructure can be seen in the conceptual diagram and model of the layout of the town (see Figures 4.3a and b). An express- way encompasses the town. Feeder streets off it give access to the Runcorn's various precincts. The local mass transportation system was based on having single-decker buses operating on a dedicated track. The objective was to have a rapid public transit system and to have easy access to it (i.e. to have the majority of the population living within 500 yards of stops). A figure eight plan was deemed to be the most efficient high-speed road system. It would link residential areas to both what was proposed to be the town centre - an enclosed shopping mall - and the industrial areas on the outside. The proposed centre - now the Halton Lea Shopping Centre - would also be reached by cars off the expressway and be encompassed by a road as architecture as giving access to car parks that surround it. Such concerns are as much urban design issues as planning ones. What is now called the Town Centre is not the shopping centre as designated in the original plan but rather the core of the old Runcorn village (see Figure 4.4a). People's hearts designated it as such. The Halton Lea Shopping Centre is a total precinct design (see Figures 4.4b and c); it is a megastructure. David Gosling and Keith Smith were the principal architects. It is a proud architectural statement representing the abandonment of the past idea of a town centre as an accretion of buildings (as in the core of the village of Runcorn) and of all-of-a-piece precinct design as the modus operandi of urban design. Coordinated urban design using controls, incentives and guide- lines were replaced by architectural design on a grand scale as an embracing of the future. The actual functioning of centres of this type (e.g. the similar one at the last of the British new towns, Milton Keynes) has led to the abandoning of such designs as a prototype for town centres (Francis, 1991 ). The limitations of such 'functional' designs have given rise, sensibly or not, to the Neo-Traditional movement in urban design. The standard suburban shopping mall in Columbia, Maryland operates more suc- cessfully as a centre than that at Runcorn being tied into an automobile-based trans- portation society well understood by prop- erty developer James Rouse. In Runcorn the line of thinking applied to the shopping centre as the heart of the town 69 THE TRADITIONAL DESIGN PROFESSIONS, THEIR PRODUCTS AND URBAN DESIGN Runcorn new town Diagram of Master Plan Figure 4.3 The Runcorn master plan, (a) The conceptual diagram for the town's layout and (b) the model of the proposed Runcorn. 70 THE PRODUCTS OF CITY PLANNING AND THE NATURE OF URBAN DESIGN Figure 4.4 The Town Centre and the shopping centre, Runcorn, (a) The Town Centre in 2004, (b) a conceptual diagram of the proposed Town Centre (now Halton Lee Shopping Centre), (c) the Halton Lee Shopping Centre (first stage) and (d) Halton Lea Shopping Centre in 2004. 71 THE TRADITIONAL DESIGN PROFESSIONS, THEIR PRODUCTS AND URBAN DESIGN I I 1 -" 15" -m-j- y^g -^Tfc; -. ^~^*c* Figure 4.5 Residential area design, Runcorn, (a) A conceptual diagram of the community structure, (b) a sketch plan of a community layout adapted to the topography, (c) a conceptual diagram of the dwelling-parking relationship at the cluster level and (d) a view of a residential cluster in 2004. 72 THE PRODUCTS OF CITY PLANNING AND THE NATURE OF URBAN DESIGN was also applied to the transportation structure - pedestrian and vehicular - at the 'community' level. Each community has its own centre that provides everyday social and shopping needs. The infrastructure was designed with this end in mind and the resi- dential areas were then plugged into the system. The community centres, like the bus stops, lie within 500 yards (5-minute walk) of all residents. The vehicular routes act as seams for residential areas and a network of pedestrian paths links the various compon- ents of a community together. The communities have about 8000 people in them subdivided into four neighbour- hoods (see Figure 4.5a). The neighbour- hoods are further subdivided into clusters of 100 to 200 people who form the local social unit. The distance of the walk to primary school, the picking up points on the transit system and the nature of the service areas of different facilities determined the sizes of the various residential areas not any social state- ment on the nature of 'community'. The pro- vision of electricity and a reticulated water system can be provided within almost any framework, but sewer lines and drainage sys- tems need to take the natural topography into consideration (see Figure 4.5b). These latter two elements of infrastructure and the greenway system further structure the town. The open areas consist of an outer green belt and fingers following lower land areas in towards the centre of the town and the centre of the communities. Clustering the dwelling units around pedestrian quasi cul-de-sacs afford the development of a social network. The park- ing of cars is clustered in landscaped park- ing areas. From there people walk to their dwellings all of which are located within 50 yards of the parking lots (see Figure 4.5c and d). The goal was to provide opportun- ities for the types of activities that would fos- ter social interactions between neighbours, particularly children, by encouraging casual contacts that would lead to neighbouring. The layout of Runcorn's infrastructure has many generic qualities. The hierarchical nature of the town is similar to that of many other new towns around the world. The designs of Brasilia and the Gujarat State Fertilizer Corporation (GSFC) Township in Vadodara were based on a similar idea (see Chapter 7). The search for efficient lay- outs is also clear in the design of Aranya Township (see Chapter 10). The detailed design of their infrastructure systems, the nature of their streets and the relationship of buildings to open space distinguish them from each other. Major references Runcorn Development Corporation (1967). Runcorn New Town. Nottingham: Midlands Engraving Co. Ltd. Gosling, David and Barry Maitland (1984). Concepts of Urban Design. London: Academy Editions, 91-4. Thomas, Ray and Peter Cresswell (1973). The New Town Idea. Milton Keynes: The Open University. Commentary: Is Planning just Urban Design? Is Urban Design just Planning? The overlap between mainstream urban planning and urban design concerns is clearly substantial, particularly in precinct planning and design. It is easy, but misleading, to see the process of planning as a unidirectional one in which 73 THE TRADITIONAL DESIGN PROFESSIONS, THEIR PRODUCTS AND URBAN DESIGN city-planning decisions are translated into urban design decisions that are then translated into building and landscape designs. The flow of decision-making should go the other way as well. Important decisions at the detailed level have ramifications for larger-scale decisions. Thus the whole process of city planning can be seen as moving from the precinct level to the city level, and then to the regional level. As decisions and their effects are so interwoven at each scale, it is possible to see urban design as a sub-specialization within planning, where planning meets architecture and land- scape architecture. On the other hand it is possible to see urban design as the mediator between planning and architecture and neither one nor the other, although it encompasses both. Perhaps planning is a sub-area of urban design! In this view once decisions are made at the precinct level the problems of interrela- tionships amongst precincts can be addressed. The design of linkages is particularly part of the overall planning and physical development strategy of a city. It is the armature on which the whole fabric of a city hangs. It is the shaping force of new town design; it feeds into urban design at the precinct level. Thus urban design is part of and contributes to city plan- ning. City planning itself is seldom urban design, although in the design of places such as Brasilia, city planning and urban design are indistinguishable. Perhaps the same can be said of Runcorn. There are two types of products of city-planning work that can be urban design: master plans and precincts plans. Precinct plans can be divided into large number of types; city centre designs and neighbourhood designs in particular. There are other examples of precinct plans as well; for example, industrial precincts and urban renewal districts. To be urban design all need to deal with the three-dimensional qualities of the city and with the processes required to meet specific objectives in accordance with the vision of the future that they represent. 74 The products of landscape architecture and the nature of urban design All, without exception, total and all-of-a-piece urban designs include elements of landscape architecture. Many plug-in urban designs are landscape design pro- jects and vice versa. The historical trails, squares and parks described here are all plugged into existing city frameworks to act as catalysts for development or, at least, to halt decay. What then differentiates the products of landscape architec- ture from those of urban design? The landscape quality of open spaces is crucial to the experiencing of cities and perceptions of their quality. The streets, squares and parks of cities, such as London form part of their international image. It is difficult to consider Paris without its boulevards, or Singapore without the walkways along its riverfront or St. Louis without Gateway Plaza (see Figure 5.1). The character of all these places is, however, defined not only by the landscape but also by the buildings that face them and the activities they generate. It is this consideration of the three- dimensional world as experienced in time that is central to urban design work. Much landscape architecture in the city is, however, concerned only with the space between buildings. It is concerned primarily with the horizontal surface. The Products of Landscape Architecture: Malls, Squares, Streets and Parks The design of streets, squares, parks and other public spaces is often referred to as urban design by landscape architects. A number of the Bruner Awards for urban design, which have an intellectual basis in the broad thinking about the functions of built form represented in Figure 1.6, have gone to such designs. Many, if not most, of such spaces are actually designed by architects rather than landscape archi- tects perhaps because of their 'hard' rather than their 'green' character. Sometimes they are the result of collaborative work between architects and landscape archi- tects (e.g. Pershing Square in Los Angeles). Historically, the buildings that frame many of the best-loved plazas in Europe have been built up piece-by-piece over a long period of time. Sometimes each piece has been subjected to design controls but at other times the architects involved have designed with a sense of decorum - with a sense of concern for the context in which they are designing. Piazza San Marco in Venice is probably the best-known example (see Figure 5.2). 75 THE TRADITIONAL DESIGN PROFESSIONS, THEIR PRODUCTS AND URBAN DESIGN Figure 5.1 Gateway Plaza, St Louis. Figure 5.2 Piazza San Marco, Venice. 76 THE PRODUCTS OF LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE AND THE NATURE OF URBAN DESIGN Figure 5.3 Stairway to Bunker Hill, Los Angeles. Some designs of walkways, staircases, experiential trails, plazas, street beautifi- cations and parks sit more easily under the rubric of urban design than others. The design of an open space is, however, really simply landscape architecture unless designed as a unit with surrounding buildings (as in Pariser Platz, Berlin; see Chapter 8). Such designs occur more frequently in the creation of new towns and de novo precinct designs (e.g. Paternoster Square; also in Chapter 8) than when redesigning open spaces in existing cities (Figure 5.3). More and more city administrations recognize the importance of open-space design in creating positive images of their cities. For example, this attitude is clear in Canary Wharf (see Chapter 8). Pordand, Oregon, with its variety of squares in its downtown and attention to streetscape has been particularly successful in cre- ating a positive image of its central area. Lively squares, stairways (often as pieces of sculpture), and well-paved sidewalks add a sense of dignity to urban life and provide places at which to pause. We have learnt much about their design from examining those that are regarded as lovely, and are well used (see, for example Broto, 2000; Billingham and Cole, 2002; Gehl and Gemzoe, 2003). We need to learn as much from those that are deserted, and those that have decayed rapidly (e.g. Plaza d'ltalia in New Orleans, 1975-8, a sculpture; see Figure 5.4). In these cases it is often not the design itself that was the problem but the surroundings. The context was either not considered in terms of what it offered a new design or else the predicted catalytic value of the new landscape did not materialize. Deeply embedded in both architectural and landscape architectural thinking is that open spaces in cities are always a good idea, anywhere and everywhere. One of the lessons of the twentieth century is that in terms of urban life this belief 77 THE TRADITIONAL DESIGN PROFESSIONS, THEIR PRODUCTS AND URBAN DESIGN Figure 5.4 Two urban squares, (a) The Ira C. Keller Fountain, Portland, Oregon and (b) Plaza d'ltalia, New Orleans in pristine state. needs to be tempered (see J. Jacobs, 1961). In the Anglo-American world there is also the belief that trees and plants are automatically desirable elements of the cityscape. Often they are, but the world is replete with examples of much-loved treeless squares, such as the Piazza San Marco, and streets. Cities are replete with 78 THE PRODUCTS OF LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE AND THE NATURE OF URBAN DESIGN forlorn, tired, unloved parks that do not even serve as 'lungs' for the city. In arid climes they can be detrimental. The intellectual level at which landscape architects are best placed to make a contribution to urban design is not only at the detailed design level but at the citywide scale (Bunster-Ossa, 2001). Landscape architects' concern should extend to include the health of the biogenic environment of cities and its side effects on the functioning of the planet, Earth. While there have been ardent proponents of 'designing cities with nature in mind' (e.g. Spirn, 1984), few land- scape architects have become deeply involved in urban design. Major references Billingham, John and Richard Cole (2002). The Good Place Guide: Urban Design in Britain and Ireland. London: T. Batsford. Broto, Carles (2000). New Urban Design. Barcelona: Arian Mostaedi. Gehl, Jan and Lars Gemzoe (2003). New City Space [translated by Karen Steenhard]. Copenhagen: Danish Architectural Press. Jacobs, Jane (1961). The peculiar nature of cities. In The Death andLife of Great American Cities. New York: Random House, 29-140. Spirn, Ann Whiston (1984). The Granite Garden: Urban Nature and Human Design. New York: Basic Books. Pedestrian Malls, Walkways and Experiential Trails Links, as part of urban design projects, can take many forms depending on the mode of transport being used. At one level of speed of movement it involves the use of vehicles. At another, walkways, stairways and arcades have been designed to enhance the experience of pedestrians. Sometimes the purpose is simply to provide shelter and comfort, but at other times it is to enhance the sequential experiencing of cities as one walks their streets. One of the prejudices of many design professionals is that cars are bad and need to be kept out of the way. What needs to be recognized is that automobile usage is very much part of many lives and the generator of activity. Often cars and pedestrians really need to be segregated. The standard manner is to provide streets with pavements/sidewalks. Pedestrianizing streets and forming super- blocks is another way. Yet another way of separating pedestrian and vehicular traffic has been vertically. Skywalks and subterranean passageways have been designed to ease the flow of people. However, their designs have not been con- sidered to be the purview of landscape architects. In many cities around the world, key streets have been closed to vehicular traf- fic and converted into pedestrian malls. Some, such as the Strogret in the narrow winding streets of Copenhagen are internationally famous (see Figure 5.5). Such conversions continue to be built (e.g. Nanjing Road, Shanghai, 1999). The goal 79 THE TRADITIONAL DESIGN PROFESSIONS, THEIR PRODUCTS AND URBAN DESIGN Figure 5.5 Str0get, Copenhagen. has been to make life more pleasant for pedestrians and so to enhance their shop- ping experience and thus boost the economic status of the shops. In some places, usually where the street is narrow and there are clear destinations at both ends, these conversions have been highly successful. At other times they have failed and many have been converted back to use by vehicular traffic. In these cases, they have been accused, sometimes unfairly, of having speeded up the process of retail decay. Experiential trails highlight places and link them together based on some theme. These themes are usually historical but could be based on odours and touches for the blind or some set of activities or simply a set of aesthetic experi- ences. One of the goals of these trails has been to enhance the image of areas and/or the self-image of subgroups of people by bringing attention to socio- historic places whose importance might otherwise not be recognized. Places along the routes have had their images enhanced primarily through landscape design and building renovation. Some of the trails simply link places where events took place without much additional detail (e.g. the Haymarket Massacre trail in Chicago), while others have plaques and photographs and have received considerable recent landscape architectural attention to raise their ambient qual- ities. This step may include special paving and street furniture (lamp poles, seating and rubbish bins), murals and planting. There are many such trails. Almost every large city and many smaller cities have them. Many cities have architectural trails showcasing their architectural 80 THE PRODUCTS OF LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE AND THE NATURE OF URBAN DESIGN histories. To many people the design of these trails is urban design work; to others it is landscape architecture or even social planning. Much depends on the extent to which the trail integrates buildings and the space between them, and to what extent it is simply a path through a city's streets. Boston's Freedom Trail has had much attention to its design over the years; Ahmedabad's almost none. Major references Brambilla, Roberto and Gianni Longo (1977). For Pedestrians Only: Planning and Management of Traffic-Free Zones. New York: Whitney Library of Design. Hayden, Dolores (1995). The Power of Place: Urban Landscapes as Public History. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. Rubenstein, Harvey M. (1992). Pedestrian Malls, Streetscapes, and Urban Spaces. New York: John Wiley. Case Study Oak Park Center Mall, Oak Park, llli demolished (1967, 1989) City planners, architects and landscape architects promote the 'mailing' of streets in many countries, as a mechanism to help marginal retail activity along them thrive. Retailers have collaborated because they were 'clutching at straws' in the hope of their businesses surviving. Sometimes they have been rewarded by the closures, some- times not. Lake Street between Harlem Avenue and Forest Avenue in Oak Park, Illinois was closed to traffic and pedestrian- ized in the early 1970s. It has now been reopened to vehicular traffic. In the mid-1960s Oak Park city planners followed a well-developed generic urban design solution of the era with the goal of renewing interest in Oak Park's downtown. The street became the Oak Park Center Mall. Joe Karr and Associates of Chicago were the landscape architects. Street furniture nois, USA: a mall built and was installed and 1 0-year-old oak trees were planted to create an attractive pedestrian- friendly retail area at a cost of $1.5 million (see Figure 5.6a and b). Trees dominated the design as can still be seen on the one segment of the mailed area, Marian Street, that remains. The design of the mall was much admired but by the late 1980s the total retail sales on the strip had declined and a number of stores had closed. Retail sales along the mall peaked at $50 million in 1972 but declined to $26.5 mil- lion in 1987. The mall was blamed. Fairly? The major anchor stores - the Wiebolt, Lytton, Montgomery Ward and Marshall Field had left. The first three had planned to leave before the mall was built and the last mentioned had vehicular access so the mall could not be blamed for their demise. In 1988, Projects for Public Spaces (PPS) 81 THE TRADITIONAL DESIGN PROFESSIONS, THEIR PRODUCTS AND URBAN DESIGN Figure 5.6 Oak Park Center Mall, (a) A sketch of Lake Street pedestrianized, (b) a view of the Mall in 1988, (c) the master plan for returning Lake Street to vehicular traffic, (d) a cross- section of Lake Street as proposed in the master plan and (e) Lake Street in 2004, 82 THE PRODUCTS OF LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE AND THE NATURE OF URBAN DESIGN worked with the Oak Park Mall Commis- sion, property developers, and city officials to determine the mall's successes and lack of them. It conducted surveys and used time-lapse photography to ascertain the frequency and intensity of pedestrian activ- ity on the mall. The results were presented in a series of public meetings and conse- quently a set of design and management decisions were made. The city-planning commission decided, over considerable local opposition and that of critics, to re-open the street to vehicular traffic. Opposition to the idea arose because people liked to stroll down the mall. It was a pleasant place. Henry Arnold (1993) said it would have become an exemplar of urban design if it had been allowed to develop for another 10 years and shops to adapt to the changes in the surrounding neighbourhood. In addition, the idea of spending $2.76 million on returning the street to what it was before the conversion when the original bonds were only due to be retired in 1992 was anathema to many people. PPS pre- pared a design and integrated the reopened street with a retail management plan and a public space plan. The master plan was prepared by the Lakota Group with S. B. Friedman and Company, DLK Architecture and Metro Transportation on the team (see Figure 5.6c and d). The destruction of the mall and the reconstruction of Lake Street took place in 1989. Considerable attention was paid to the landscape design of the sidewalks and to the planting in order to retain the admired atmosphere that the pedestrian mall had possessed. In 1990, there was a decline in vacancy rates to 19% and much interest in other retail properties by poten- tial new tenants. Pleasant enough, Lake Street is now simply another suburban shopping street (see Figure 5.6e). What city planners have learnt is that a landscape architectural project by itself will not improve business in such situations however well it is executed. It is not a lesson that has been universally taken to heart (Fitzgerald, 2004). The pedestrian ization of streets is still an idea that appeals. To be successful such road closures have to be in highly strategic, well-functioning locations. Lake Street is successful now because two unobtrusive parking structures were built to enhance access and the mix of types of stores has responded to marketplace demands. It serves the affluent shoppers that the gentrification of Oak Park has brought into the area but on a considerably smaller scale than in its heyday. In the smaller cities in the United States that have strong competition from subur- ban strip retail development and shopping centres, such 'mailing' of main streets does not work. In Europe, there are many examples of highly successful pedestrianized central areas of cities: Gloucester in England, Wageningen and Arnheim in the Netherlands, Grenoble in France and Munich in Germany are amongst them. Pedestrianization is not, however, a panacea for a city's ills. Nor is it strictly urban design. At the policy level it is city planning and at the design level it is land- scape architecture. Major references Arnold, Henry F. (1993). Trees in Urban Design (second edition). New York: Van Nostrand Reinhold, 105-8. Houstonjr, Lawrence O. (1990). From streets to mall and back again. Planning 56 (6): 4-1 0. Zotti, Ed (1 988). Un-malling a downtown [Oak Park, Illinois]. Inland Architect 32 (4): 14, 18. 83 THE TRADITIONAL DESIGN PROFESSIONS, THEIR PRODUCTS AND URBAN DESIGN Case Study The Freedom Trail, Boston, Massachusetts, USA (1951-8+) The Freedom Trail through the heart of Boston is a 4-kilometre (2.5-mile) pedestrian route that links 16 sites of historical interest in the city (see Figure 5.7a). They are prima- rily places of importance in the United State's independence movement but the trail touches on many twentieth century develop- ments. It begins at Boston Common, once a cattle pasture, and leads via important build- ings (e.g. the Old State House; the home of the British colonial government prior to inde- pendence), the location of important events (e.g. the Boston Massacre site), a site of literary importance (Old Corner Bookstore), burial grounds (e.g. Granary Burial Ground; see Figure 5.7c), the Quincy Market/Faneuil Hall area (an eighteenth century public meet- ing hall revitalized as part of a shopping district in mid-twentieth century; see Figure 5.7d) to an ending at the Bunker Hill Monument across the Charles River. The Government of the City of Boston provided the funds and sponsored the trail. Since 1976 (spurred by the bicentennial of the American declaration of independence) the National Park Service has spent more than $50 million on capital improvements of sites along the trail. The project was, how- ever, initiated in 1951 as the result of public pressure led by a journalist, William Schofield of the Boston Herald-Tribune. Schofield wrote editorials decrying the lack of recognition of the role of Boston in the history of the United States and agitating for the trail to be created. He received political support from the Mayor of Boston, John Hynes. The development of the trail illustrates the power of simple, workable ideas in fos- tering a variety of public realm designs. Schofield lived until 1996 seeing his dream fulfilled. The Freedom Trail Foundation (FTF) was established in 1958 with the John Hancock Insurance Company a major sponsor. The Boston Chamber of Commerce and the Advertising Club of Boston later joined the group. The Foundation finances maps and guides but volunteers run the whole programme. In 1964, the FTF was incorpo- rated as a non-profit organization commit- ted to the development of the trail and to a variety of activities, such as educational programmes, related to it. Although the trail has been added to continuously over the years, its develop- ment can be said to have taken place in two phases. The first was somewhat casual with a red line painted on the surface of the ground leading from one site to the next. The line was regarded as aesthetically unacceptable. During the second phase more attention was paid to the landscape quality of the trail. The red line was replaced with red paving stones, pedestrian ramps were installed, signage quality was enhanced and bronze medallion location markers were put in place. The trail is regarded as a major success. Over 4 million people walk it each year and the visitors to each point along the trail increased as soon as it was put into place. It is estimated to contribute $400 million to Boston's $9 billion per annum tourism industry. Walking the trail is an emotional expe- rience for patriotic Americans and many international tourists alike. It has enhanced the knowledge that Boston's citizens have about their own city's history and, 84 THE PRODUCTS OF LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE AND THE NATURE OF URBAN DESIGN Bunker Hil! Monument CHARLESTOWN BEACON HILL BOSTON COMMON Stale House Old Stan a Benjamin Franklin Statue House Boston Massacre Site Old Corner Bookstore *- Park Sireel Church m So J b Mming House Informalion Kiosk (a) Figure 5.7 The Freedom Trail, Boston, (a) The Freedom Trail route, (b) Boston Common, (c) the Granary Burial Ground and (d) Quincy Market/Faneuil Hall area with Boston City Hall in the background. 85 THE TRADITIONAL DESIGN PROFESSIONS, THEIR PRODUCTS AND URBAN DESIGN particularly, in the historic preservation of significant buildings. The existence of the trail has indirectly raised the city's profile. It might be regarded as a catalyst for the later Quincy Market redevelopment because it showed what could be done when inter- ested parties rally around a cause. In the year 2000, the Freedom Trail was one of 1 6 such trails in the United States to receive an award as part of the White House's Save Our National Treasures project. Places change. As the Freedom Trail winds its way through the city's financial district the fear is that the increasing number of skyscrapers being built along the way will overshadow it. The question then arises: 'What is in the public interest - development and/or preservation?' The French govern- ment decided to maintain the scale of build- ings of the historic core of Paris and displace development to the periphery of the city. The creation of outlying Amsterdam Zuidas as a business district is preserving the his- toric core of that city. This tactic has not been pursued in Boston. Major references Freedom Trail Foundation, The (2002). www. thefreedomtrail. org Kanda, Shun and Masami Kobayashi (1991). Boston by Design — A City in Development. Tokyo: Process Architecture. A Note The Heritage Walk, Ahmedabad, Gujarat, India Not all heritage walks link iconic monuments nor are they all in the western world. The concern for cultural history is universal. It appears to be especially strong when people see the world around them changing rapidly. The Heritage Walk in Ahmedabad, the major industrial city of the Indian state of Gujarat, was initiated by the Foundation for Conser- vation and Research of Urban Traditional Architecture (CRUTA). The city, founded by Ahmed Shah in 141 1, is rich in historic build- ings and places, but the city administration has been unwilling or unable to effectively preserve or exploit them. The city is not on the major tourist circuit of India and many of those who visit are either interested in seeing the Ashram of Mahatma Gandhi or the Modernist architecture of Le Corbusier and Louis Kahn for which the city is renowned. CRUTA' s goal is to preserve the old, walled city of Ahmedabad sadly often rent by sectarian violence between Hindus and Muslims. The focus of attention in develop- ing the Heritage Walk is not only on the city's major monuments (many Islamic) but also on its pols. Pols are tightly knit, self- contained, cul-de-saced, gated neighbour- hoods of caste (and occupation) groups (see Figure 5.8c). The walk begins at the Swaminarayan Mandirin Kalupurand ends at the Jamma Masjid (the City's Friday Mosque; see Figure 5.8b). Along the way, it passes through a series of chowks (squares), linking a number of pols, mosques and temples. It also includes one of the city's outstanding Modernist buildings - the Calico Shop (1 962, a shallow domed build- ing designed by Gautam and GiraSarabhai who had worked for Frank Lloyd Wright at Taliesen) - and the Fernandez Bridge, an overpass from which the street-life of the city can be seen below. 86 THE PRODUCTS OF LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE AND THE NATURE OF URBAN DESIGN Figure 5.8 The Heritage Walk, Ahmedabad. (a) The route map of the Heritage Walk (dots indicate historical sites/buildings), (b) the Jamma Masjid and (c) a pol. 87 THE TRADITIONAL DESIGN PROFESSIONS, THEIR PRODUCTS AND URBAN DESIGN Little has actually been designed along the way. What has been designed is the idea of the trail not a physical entity. Whether it should be regarded as urban design is a moot point. The identification and publica- tion of the trail has led to a rise in the num- ber of tourists in the area and encouraged CRUTA to catalogue almost 30,000 build- ings deemed worthy of preservation in the old city. Perhaps pride in the trail as a community asset can lead to the healing of the deep scars of mob violence in Ahmedabad. Much depends on the leader- ship role of the middle class in the city. Major references Ahmedabad Municipal Corporation (c. 2002). The Heritage Walk of Ahmedabad. Ahmedabad: Danapith. Squares Squares, or plazas, take on an extraordinary range of configurations with a var- iety of enclosing elements (Krier, 1990; Cerver, 1997). The character of a square depends on the enclosing buildings, their heights and what happens on their ground floors as much as the design of the square itself. The urbane character of Rittenhouse Square in Philadelphia today (see Figure 5.9) is largely as Jane Jacobs described it years ago (Jacobs, 1961). Its liveliness depends on the variety of the building uses around it: clubs (largely incognito), hotels, a church, a music institute and apartment buildings all of at least three stories in height. People are Figure 5.9 Rittenhouse Square, Philadelphia in 1985. 88 THE PRODUCTS OF LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE AND THE NATURE OF URBAN DESIGN coming and going all the time. As a result people use the square at different times of day as a short cut and for relaxation; children wade in the fountains during the summer and clamber on the statues. Dogs are walked and people sit watching the people cutting across the square who, in turn, are watching them. The design of the square by Paul Cret adds to its ambience but, by itself, would have achieved little. The Lawrence Halprin designed squares in Portland, Oregon add much to the city. Individually they provide attractive destinations and are much used. As a group they might be regarded as part of an urban design effort to give life to the central area of the city. They remain, however, works of landscape architecture and should be cele- brated as such. The water garden Halprin designed in Fort Worth, dramatic though it is, has yet to act as a catalyst in the development of its surroundings (see Figure 5.10). It remains an isolated work of art in a forlorn cityscape. The two examples of squares included in this book are of the types that many landscape architects regard as urban design. The physical frame in both cases was, however, given and not part of the design commission. The first example, Pershing Square, is certainly a highly urban space. It has had a life of being designed and redesigned. It has yet to fulfil a role as a great urban outdoor room. The second of them, the La Place des Terreaux in Lyon, France, is included in Carles Broto's collection of new urban designs (Broto, 2000). Through careful research we have learnt much about what makes lively, well-loved urban spaces (Whyte, 1980; Cooper Marcus and Francis, 1990; Madanipour, 1996, 2003; Carmona etal., 2003). The problem is that the desire to create active places often conflicts with the desire to create a work of art. The two can be reconciled. Figure 5.10 The Water Garden, Fort Worth in 2003. 89 THE TRADITIONAL DESIGN PROFESSIONS, THEIR PRODUCTS AND URBAN DESIGN Handling cars in cities remains a problem. Many great squares of Italy and other European countries serve as parking lots today, at least during the daytime. The original functions have been lost. Both the squares described here have parking garages below them. The garage is handled well in one case but not in the other. Major references Carmona, Matthew, Tim Heath, Taner Oc and Steve Tiesdell (2003). Public Places, Urban Spaces: The Dimensions of Urban Design. Oxford: Architectural Press. Gehl, Jan (1987). Life Between Buildings: Using Public Space. New York: Van Nostrand Reinhold. Krier, Rob (1990). Typological elements of the concept of urban space. In Andreas Papadakis and Harriet Watson, eds., The New Classicism: Omnibus Volume. New York: Rizzoli, 213-19. Case Study Pershing Square, Los Angeles, California, USA: a revamped urban square (1950-2, 1994) Pershing Square (named in 1918 in honour of World War I General John Pershing) has a long history dating back to its designation as a formal Spanish plaza in 1866. It has gone through a number of redesigns since then at the hands of a variety of architects, landscape architects and gardeners: Fred Eaton's (in the 1890s), John Parkinson's (1911), Frank Shearer's (1928), Stiles Clements' (1950-1) and in 1994 those of Ricardo Legoretta and Laurie Olin. It is the last mentioned proposal that is of interest here. The history of the square's transform- ations shows that urban spaces in cities are surprisingly enduring despite the changes in a city's fortunes. The 1951 building of the underground parking garage led to the square being a patch of grass with trees in planter boxes on its edges. The decision made by the city gov- ernment to build a car park was predicated on the belief that it would decongest the area and lead to a revival of the city's theatre district. Downtown Los Angeles today is remarkably uncongested by world stan- dards but this state is due to the buildings in the area being largely abandoned above ground floor level - something that is begin- ning to change. The garage failed to recharge the theatre district and the entrances to the parking garage tended to cut the park off from its surroundings. By the late 1 980s, the square has become a place for the homeless, indigent and drug addicts to 'hang-out' in (see Figure 5.1 1 ). It was so despised that the Biltmore Hotel had turned its back on the square by estab- lishing an entrance on its side away from the square. The square was decrepit and the furnishings vandalized. The surround- ings, while housing a noticeable number of middle-class people, were populated heavily 90 THE PRODUCTS OF LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE AND THE NATURE OF URBAN DESIGN i 5th Street Waiting for Bus Vending Food Figure 5.1 1 A behavioural map of Pershing Square, Los Angeles in 1988, by inhabitants of single-room occupancy units (SROs). The two groups inhabited two different worlds and the park was no seam. The former inhabited private spaces and the latter public. What then to do with the square? The Pershing Square Management Association commissioned the Jerde Part- nership to conduct an evaluation of the park in 1 984. This study initiated the process that led to the park we see today. The redevelopment of the square in 1994 cost $US14.5 million. The Center City Man- agement Association representing property owners and the Community Redevelopment Agency (CRA) of Los Angeles financed it. The goal was to have an open public space of broad appeal. It was to be a place of meeting, have a positive image and be an oasis for casual leisure activities. Special events and temporary facilities (e.g. an ice rink in winter, a bandstand in the summer) were to be able to be accommodated. The park level, because of the parking garage below, was unfortunately a metre above that of the sur- rounding streets but the park did have a promising set of enclosing buildings that give the square some character. Most of these buildings date back to the 1920s with the building of the Subway Terminal Building, the Title Guarantee and Trust Building, the Biltmore Hotel and the Philharmonic Auditorium. The Public Library is only a block away. They provided the basis for mak- ing a fine square but it has not happened. The Center City Management Association, other civic associations, the CRA of Los Angeles, the City's Department of Parks and Recreation and the Cultural Affairs Commission organized an international competition for the redesign of the square in 1986. It attracted 242 entries from 17 countries with the winning entry being pro- duced by Sculpture In The Environment (SITE), a New York based architectural firm headed byjames Wines and Michelle Stone. It was designed in collaboration with land- scape architects EDAW, Inc. with architects Charles Kober Associates and engineers Delton Hampton and Associates. The predicted cost of building their design, a 'metaphorical carpet', was $12.5 million but $20 million was thought to be more realistic by many observers. That price plus the expectation of cost overruns was simply too high to be considered feasible. The SITE scheme (see Figure 5.12a) was based on a 13'6' grid (the column spacing of the garage below). The surface of the park was designed to be undulating and 91 THE TRADITIONAL DESIGN PROFESSIONS, THEIR PRODUCTS AND URBAN DESIGN So. 5 -o Figure 5.12 Three proposals for Pershing Square, Los Angeles, (a) The SITE proposal, (b) the second Legoretta and Olin scheme and (c) the final Legoretta and Olin scheme. planted with tropical trees in order to cre- ate mini-environments that would attract people. The design was, however, an inde- pendent object that 'turned the park on its surroundings'. Construction was supposed to begin in 1 988 but the surrounding prop- erty owners protested. They would have had to make up much of the shortfall between the public funds available ($6 mil- lion from the Los Angeles Redevelopment Authority and other contributions from the Department of Recreation and Parks, and the Board of Public Works) and the expected construction cost. The design that was implemented was a product of the collaboration of architect Ricardo Legoretta, landscape architect Laurie Olin and artist Barbara McCarren (see Figures 5.12b-c and 5.13). Maguire Thomas Partners, the leading property developers in Central Los Angeles, hired them. One of the design goals was to have a park that represented both the Latino and Anglo populations of the city. The design went through several iterations but the final one the team produced was never fully implemented. Legoretta aspired to create a zocalo, the heart of many a Mexican city, but it is difficult see the connection in the design. An orange grove marks the centre of the park as a reminder of the importance of orange farming in Los Angeles County. At the southern end of the park is a sculpted court with a fountain, pool and a reminder, in the form of a jagged line cutting across the park, of the fault line on which Los Angeles is located. The park also contains a 'Mayan' style amphitheatre, benches in which images of Los Angeles are embedded, works of art and mementoes of the past (e.g. a canon). A Star Walk paving pattern resembles a con- stellation visible in the winter and the sum- mer sun. Despite these varied components, the park is a still lifeless place. The former inhabitants have been chased away by the police but users to replace them are few and those that are there tend to be similar to the ones who were there before the changes took 92 THE PRODUCTS OF LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE AND THE NATURE OF URBAN DESIGN Figure 5.13 Pershing Square, Los Angeles in 2004. (a) Pershing Square in context, (b) Pershing Square with the Biltmore Hotel in the background and (c) a view of the square from the northwest corner. 93 THE TRADITIONAL DESIGN PROFESSIONS, THEIR PRODUCTS AND URBAN DESIGN place. Perhaps the idea of a square is out of place in the contemporary social and cultural climate of Southern California. It is more likely that the surrounding uses do not gener- ate the variety of people who would be square users. Only the poor are habitues. The events in the Square do attract people even though questions have been raised about how the park is managed by the Los Angeles Parks Department. The benches in Pershing Square do provide a place for the homeless to gather. At lunchtime workers from the surrounding buildings take lunch there and the square is a popular place for rallies. It, however, consists of a number of poorly integrated fragments. Time will tell whether the mixture of elements will hold up well. Overcoming the presence of the under- ground garage has proven to be a continuing concern. Having a plaza above the surround- ings ground level presents a difficult design problem. Maybe having too many panhandlers for the middle class to tolerate cannot be overcome by design although the redesign of Bryant Park by Olin seems to have been successful in revitalizing a previ- ously notorious open space. Perhaps the revitalization of central Los Angeles that is now (in 2004) beginning to take place will make the park a more congenial place with- out any design changes. Major references Boles, Daralice D. (1986). SITE selected for Pershing Square. Progressive Architecture 67 (10): 36. Hinkle, Ricardo (1999). Panning Pershing (the flaws and shortcomings of Pershing Square). Landscape Architecture 89 (6): 9. Loukaitou-Sideris, Anastasia and Tridib Banerjee (1998). Urban Design Downtown: Poetics and Politics of Form. Berkeley and Los Angeles: University of California Press, 153-60. McCarren, Barbara (1999). And in this corner (designing the landscape for the Pershing Square project). Landscape Architecture 89 (6): 9 + . Case Study La Place des Terreaux, Lyon, France: a revamped historical square (1994+) Improving the quality of the public realm can be a catalyst for urban development and/or redevelopment. During the 1 980s the municipality of Lyon, France's third largest city, initiated a series of planning and design initiatives - the Lyon 2010 project. The model was the designs in Barcelona carried out under the direction of Oriel Bohigas. In Lyon a series of public works has been undertaken, many by internation- ally renowned architects: the Opera House was renovated by Jean Nouvel, the Satolas Station was designed by Santiago Calatrava and the Cite International by Renzo Piano. The process was driven by politicians Henry Chabert (who was closely aligned with Lyon's mayor) and Jean Pierre Charbonneau. These works were part of a number of coordinated plans of which the Schema d'Amenagement des Espaces Publics focused on seven spaces in the city. The Place des Terreaux was one of them. The overall budget for the seven spaces was tight - 350 million francs (about $US60 million). The square 94 THE PRODUCTS OF LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE AND THE NATURE OF URBAN DESIGN (named for the city's earlier fortifications) is located in the very heart of Lyon. It has a long history but its present form began to take shape in the seventeenth century. The square has served as a marketplace, a place for public executions, and as an administra- tive centre. The nature of its enclosing elem- ents and the history embedded in them has given the Place des Terreaux its character. In 1990 the paved square was directly abutted on three sides by buildings and on the fourth a narrow street separated the adjacent buildings from it. Trams still run along this street adding life to the square. The buildings, largely unchanged, still serve to enclose the square. They themselves are of great historic note: the St. Pierre Abbey (1687 in its presentform), the Hotel de Ville de Lyon (Town Hall, 1545-1651), houses that had become banks and other commer- cial uses, and a museum. Coffeehouses were located on the ground floor of a number of the buildings. On the south side was a foun- tain designed by Auguste Bartholdi. This sculpture was bought and erected in 1892 under the direction of the then mayor of Lyon. Called the 'Tank of Freedom', it sym- bolizes the flowing of the Garonne, the river running through Lyon, into the sea. The automobile parking problem in the tight-knit heart of Lyon became acute in the 1990s so a decision was made to plug in a parking garage under the square - the solu- tion the Los Angeles city administration had implemented at Pershing Square. The project was carried out under the overall control of the Urban Community of Lyon with a private company handling the engineering concerns. The design goal was to create a new place rep- resenting the 1 990s while respecting the her- itage value of the square. Tout changer sans rien toucher - change everything without touching anything - was the design principle; water and light were the design elements. The design team hired by the city comprised Daniel Buren as the sculptor, Christian Drevet as the architect, and Laurent Fachard as the lighting engineer. They were aided by Bruno Bossard and Catalin Badea of Lyon. Matt Mullican and Pierre Favre of Lyon designed the under- ground garage. La Place des Terreaux remains a paved space but with some significant changes. The Bartholdi Fountain was moved across the square in order to allow for the installation of 69 mini water and light fountains. The fountains, fed by 17 pumps that spout water to different heights, cross the square in five lines 5.9 metres apart. A row of columns erected across the facade of the Palais St. Pierre is the only change to the enclosing elements of the square. The street on the south side of the square has bound- ary markers and different surface materials that distinguish it from the remainder of the square. The traffic along this one side con- tinues to add a sense of bustle to the square. The entrances to the car park are outside the enclosing elements of the square and do not affect it as they do Pershing Square. Coffee shops and restaurants on the periphery open directly onto the space. The surrounding buildings are subtly floodlit during the hours of darkness adding to the ambience of the place at night (Figure 5.14). The square is a centre of tourism with the cafes and restaurants being major attrac- tions for people and the people themselves becoming major attractions for yet others. In addition to the public benches, the edge of the Bartholdi fountain is used for seat- ing. Children (and teenagers) use the 69 fountains and the Bartholdi fountain as a playground. Critics regard the redesigned square as a great artistic success (Broto, 2000). It has 95 THE TRADITIONAL DESIGN PROFESSIONS, THEIR PRODUCTS AND URBAN DESIGN Figure 5.14 La Place des Terreaux, Lyon, (a) A sketch of the square from the top of the Hotel de Ville, (b) the layout of the underground parking and (c) a sketch of the daytime use of the square. 96 THE PRODUCTS OF LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE AND THE NATURE OF URBAN DESIGN been and remains the centre of Lyon, and is product is a fine collaborative landscape thus an important element, possibly the architectural project in a city. most important, in terms of giving the city an identity, in the city's public realm. The Ma J or references decision to redesign the Place des Terreaux Bedarida, Marc (1995). Lione: la politica degli spazi was certainly one made in the public realm publica. Casabella 59 (629): 8-23. of politics and the square is an urban space. Brot °> Carles (2000). La Place des Terreaux. In New Is it urban design? The design of the park- Urban Desi ^ Barcelona: Arian Mostaedi, 26-33. . . ii- Gehl, Jan and Lars Gemz0e (2003). Place des ing garage is an architectural and engineer- _ , ., _.. - r ' . ' . , „ ° ° ° ° Terreaux. In New City Spaces [translated by Karen ing feat, the fountains a work of art and Steenhard]. Copenhagen: Danish Architectural the paving landscape work. Overall the final Press, 1 56-61 . Streets The perceived quality of a city is very much dependent on the quality of its streets. Their character depends on the lengths of their blocks, their cross sections (the widths of their roadbeds and sidewalks, the nature of the abutting building setbacks and heights, the frequency of entrances to buildings, the pres- ence or absence of shop windows, etc.). The quality is also affected by the nature and speed of vehicular traffic passing along them, how car parking is arranged, the nature of the ground floor uses of the buildings that line them, and their paving and street furniture. This knowledge is only slowly seeping into design action. Jane Jacobs described the relationship between the nature of street blocks and the character of city precincts (J. Jacobs, 1961). Allan Jacobs has identified and described a number of 'great streets' of various types around the world (A. Jacobs, 1993). His book along with others (e.g. Southworth and Ben-Joseph, 1997) has focused attention on their importance as elements of urban design. During 2002 a conference on Great Asian Streets was held in Singapore (Low Boon Liang, 2002) This conference was particularly important because in the recent mega- projects in the Asia-Pacific region the establishment of the quality of streets has been seen to be the purview of the traffic engineer. The primary goal has been to allow vehicles to be driven as rapidly as possible. The ambient quality for pedes- trians has been neglected. Much recent urban design has focused on the nature of city streets in strong reaction to the Modernists turning their backs on them. Many urban design schemes nowadays contain guidelines for how the buildings that form streets must meet them, building uses and setbacks (if any), in much the same way as written for the boulevards of Haussmann's Paris 150 years ago. The large-scale all-of-a-piece urban developments, such as Seaside in Florida and Poundbury in England, designed under the banner of the New Urbanism, are being controlled 97 THE TRADITIONAL DESIGN PROFESSIONS, THEIR PRODUCTS AND URBAN DESIGN in this manner. The concern here is not, however, with such designs but with the landscape architecture of a street. Major references Jacobs, Allan (1993). Great Streets. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. Moudon, Anne Vernez, ed. (1987). Public Streets for Public Use. New York: Van Nostrand Reinhold. Rudofsky, Bernard (1969). Streets for People: A Primer for Americans. New York: Doubleday. Case Study George Street, Sydney, Australia: a street upgrading project (1997-9) The responsibility for planning and man- aging change in the City of Sydney (as opposed to the metropolitan area) has been the responsibility of the Sydney City Council since its inception in 1855. The state government, however, has retained its veto power over planning and urban design decisions in the city. The redesign of George Street is an example of a landscape project often referred to as urban design. It was carried out under one auspice even though a number of eminent consultants were involved in dealing with various aspects of the project. They worked as one team under the direction of Margaret Petrykowski of the New South Wales Public Works Depart- ment (PWD) who was responsible for the overall design and many of the details. The light pole design was by Alexander Tzanes, Barry Webb and KWA, the landscape archi- tects were Tract Consultants, and Philip Cox and J. C. Decaux Australia designed the street furniture. George Street is the major street running through central Sydney. It changes charac- ter considerably along its course from Sydney Harbour (Port Jackson) in the north to the Central Railways Station in the south (see Figure 5.15a). Until it was refurbished its sidewalks were narrow (3.6 metres wide) and crowded, and their surfaces varied from asphalt to patched concrete and a variety of other paving materials. Few would describe George Street as a great street. A Statement of Environmental Effects of the George Street Urban Design and Transportation Study (1993) noted that the street possessed neither visual unity nor did it afford pedestrian amenity. It had been shaped incrementally over its 200-year history by piecemeal design. In the mid-1990s a decision was made to upgrade the street from Alfred Street at the harbour end to Central Station, a length of 2.6 kilometres (about 1.8 miles). The city council was the client for the project but the PWD had overall responsibility. It delegated the design to its Projects Department in con- junction with City Projects with Petrykowski as designer. Contract drawings were done by Noel Bell Ridley Smith, Architects. During implementation the project architect was Bill Tsakalos of the New South Wales Government Architect's office. The design of the programme, the civil and the electrical 98 THE PRODUCTS OF LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE AND THE NATURE OF URBAN DESIGN j mm 1 J I J \ i (e) (c) Figure 5.15 George Street Sydney, improvements, (a) The George Street location, (b) George Street North Proposal, (c) a typical intersection detail, (d) a general view towards the south, (e) a detail, (f) the bus station at the southern end. 99 THE TRADITIONAL DESIGN PROFESSIONS, THEIR PRODUCTS AND URBAN DESIGN Figure 5.15 (g) footpath detail at the Town Hall steps. engineering, and the quantity surveying were all contracted out to private firms. The budget for the whole upgrading was $A75 million (approximately $US50 million in 2000). The project was developed in three phases. The first two involved the prepar- ation of the street for rebuilding rather than the actual reconstruction. The first step con- sisted of the removal of the median strips where they existed, the relocating of existing traffic lights and the creation of temporary traffic lanes and other street markings. The second phase involved the installation of mobile barriers between the roadway and the sidewalk to protect pedestrians while the sidewalks were widened by up to 2.5 metres (8 feet) and were prepared for new kerbs and paving. The third and final phase involved the relocation of existing services, the installation of new services and the prep- aration of the area for the reconstruction of the sidewalks, their surfacing in bluestone and the insertion of new granite curbed gut- ters to the street. The installation of a coor- dinated set of street furniture followed. London Plane trees, chosen because of their resistance to pollution, were planted along the street to give it a sense of unity. During construction, there was much opposition to the changes being made. There were also some design problems. The kerb cuts, for instance, were too steep for wheel- chairs and had to be altered. Disruptions to the flow of both vehicular and pedestrian traffic were frequent. Despite the complaints the project had the continuous support of the major of Sydney, Frank Sartor and the New South Wales State Government. 100 THE PRODUCTS OF LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE AND THE NATURE OF URBAN DESIGN The result of all the work is a tidier street unified by consistent paving materials and street furniture. Cluttered areas were de- cluttered to give an air of roominess, wider sidewalks were provided and street furni- ture was made simpler and modern. The changes have not, however, made George Street a great street. Its cross section is given and in the absence of an autocratic power advocating change it will remain much as it is. The George Street upgrading remains a highly competent award-winning landscape architecture project. The refurbishment of George Street has had a catalytic effect leading to the upgrad- ing of a number of shopfronts along it and, particularly, around Railway Square. In com- bination with other similar projects and the increase in the number of apartment units in Sydney's central business district (CBD) it has enabled more sidewalk cafes to be located on the city's streets and thus initi- ated a chain reaction of events that have added to the precinct's vitality. It has also led to the redesign of other city streets. A precedent has been set. The goal for George Street in the present Central City Development Control Plan is to maintain: 1 the street line and the current building- street relationship; 2 the height of buildings as they abut the street, and to create; 3 continuous colonnading along it. Doors and entranceways should, according to the plan, be 'emphasized' in any new buildings. In combination the development control plan and the landscaping work on George Street are certainly urban design. One without the other is hardly so. Major references Department of Public Works and Services and the Council of the City of Sydney (1997). George Street and Railway Square Redevelopment: Statement of Environmental Effects. Sydney: The authors. Lochhead, Helen (1999). Sydney afresh. Architecture Australia 88 (September/October): 68-75. Urban Projects Unit (1993). George Street Urban Design and Transport Study — A Draft for discussion with the Sydney City Council. Sydney: The authors. http://www.statetrail.nsw.gov.au/Railestate/VOL- UME1/ NUMBER4/5a57f74.htm Parks Park design has been an aspect of the work of landscape architects that often merges with urban design. Frederick Law Olmsted's work during the late nine- teenth century included the design of the Columbian Exposition of 1893 in Chicago and a number of suburbs. He is, however, probably best known for the design of New York's Central Park. It is one of the most urban of parks in the world. Parks may form parts of urban design schemes but they themselves are products of landscape architecture. Parks are designed and redesigned as fashion changes. Many new parks are also being built. They vary considerably in size and the roles they play in the city. The redevelopment of the proposed Shanghai waterfront is an example of an almost seamless melding of buildings and landscape architecture. It has hardly got off the ground. The design of the waterfront in Kuching is one that is very much related to its context - environmentally and socially. In contrast, Pare de la 101 THE TRADITIONAL DESIGN PROFESSIONS, THEIR PRODUCTS AND URBAN DESIGN Villette is very much an object in the Paris cityscape as well as an environment for those who use it. To be urban design, park design and architecture need to be integrated into a single-design approach. Bernard Tschumi did this in the design of the Pare de la Villette. It is, however, still predominandy a landscape architec- tural scheme containing architectural elements. Major reference Baljon, Lodewijk (1995). Designing Parks. Amsterdam: Architecture and Nature Press. Case Study Kuching Waterfront, Sarawak, Malaysia: a waterfront park as a catalyst for urban redevelopment (1989-93) Kuching lies on the Sungai Sarawak 20 kilo- metres in from the sea. The city's riverfront used to be the regional shipping and distribu- tion point of the Malaysian state of Sarawak. It intervened or acted as a seam, depending on one's point of view, between the commer- cial area on Main Bazaar and the river. The commercial area contained Chinese shop- houses, a high-rise hotel and office buildings. The development of a road network and air transportation during the 1960s and 1970s, and the change in shipping technology led to the abandonment of the godowns (warehouses) and the general deterioration of the waterfront. The river wall had deterio- rated, mud-flats filled former shipping chan- nels, and squatters had built shacks along the waterfront. At the same time it was a lively colourful area of fishing boats and commerce. The area contained historic build- ings, commuter jetties, and government and commercial buildings. It was also a mess. The client for the redevelopment of the waterfront was the Sarawak State Econo- mic Development Corporation (SEDC), a statutory agency established in 1972 to promote the industrial, commercial and socio-economic development of the state. SEDC's Tourism and Leisure Agency has been responsible for carrying out a number of joint ventures with private developers. These works have included cultural facili- ties, golf clubs, shopping areas and hotels that cater to tourists from East Asia, in par- ticular. Most of the properties carry inter- national brand names, such as Holiday Inn, Arnold Palmer and Crowne Plaza. In order to upgrade the image of Kuching, the re-invention of the waterfront became a necessity. In the early 1980s the Chief Minister of Sarawak envisaged a new link between the city and river but it took some time to initiate a project that would achieve this end. In 1989, SEDC was assigned the role of developer of the waterfront by the state's government. The next year it, in turn, hired the project team. The team was comprised of a local and an international consultancy. The former was United Consultants (Kuching) and the inter- national team was Conybeare Morrison and Partners, a Sydney landscape architecture and urban design firm. It was the latter that led the design effort from beginning to end. 102 THE PRODUCTS OF LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE AND THE NATURE OF URBAN DESIGN >%S Ww (a) (b) Figure 5.16 The Kuching Waterfront Park, (a) Conceptual plan, (b) first phase plan and (c) a view of the waterfront. 103 THE TRADITIONAL DESIGN PROFESSIONS, THEIR PRODUCTS AND URBAN DESIGN A former Colombo Plan Malaysian student who had studied in Sydney was the connect- ing link between client and the Sydney firm. The design goal was to provide a mix of facilities along the waterfront that would appeal to both local and international visitors, and establish a specific local sense of place. The desire of SEDC was also to retain the historical and cultural settings of the waterfront but to get rid of the dirt and truck traffic and to link Main Bazaar to the water and views across it. It was to be a showpiece for Kuching and an exemplar for waterfront design in Malaysia. It was perceived to be a 'quality of life project' and well funded. There were thus several design objectives. One was to open up the riverfront to the city by creating view corridors to the water. Another was to preserve the historic elements in the area and a third was to be 'Kuching in character'. The artworks, and food outlets are hence predominantly local in nature rather than parts of international chains. Indigenous tribal patterns were adapted for the paving patterns. The materials, however, had to be robust and easy to maintain. No local materials that possessed this quality were available so granite stocks were imp- orted from China and mosaic tiles from Ravenna in Italy. A further objective was to remove the mudflats that locals regarded as ugly. The riverfront was extended and parts of the new development are located on reclaimed land. The tidal difference on the Sungai Sarawak was 5 metres. A barrage built down river now keeps the water at a constant height. It also effectively cuts the city off from the sea as far as shipping is con- cerned and makes the pontoons that form part of the design redundant. The new waterfront consists of a 1 -kilome- tre (about 3040-foot) long riverside prome- nade (see Figure 5.16). The promenade was built on piles to prevent settling and lined by tropical trees at 1 2-metre intervals to provide shade. The landscape architects were under some pressure to build a colonnade but won the argument to keep it as an open walkway. The scheme has a dumbbell design linking the hotel district with downtown Kuching. Between the two ends there are a number of rotundas that serve as rest points and also a series of 'features'. There are food outlets and restaurants, a pavilion for cultural perform- ances, a series of water features and fountains and a 'thematic' playground for children. They are all aimed squarely at the tourist market but they also provide for local residents, Malays, Chinese and minorities alike, so that there is always a mix of people there. A number of special features give a unique character to the Kuching waterfront. The Courthouse is celebrated with a square in front of it. The former Sarawak Steamship Company headquarters is home to a tourist centre. At the southern end of the board- walk is the Chinese Museum housed in a building erected in 1912 by the Chinese community of Kuching for the Chinese Chamber of Commerce. A Town Square that contains a nineteenth century square tower is the centrepiece of the project. Pools and fountains now flank it. The tower, formerly a gaol, houses an exhibition. It also offers views across the new water- front to the historic features of the city and river: Malay villages, the Astana (home of the Brooke family, the white rajah's of Borneo from 1837 until the 1950s), and Fort Magherita. The art works include the Hornbill Foun- tain, a modern steel sculpture, depicting Sarawak's national bird. The balustrades are finely wrought, the furniture is well designed and the planting reflects the lush tropical environment of Sarawak. It is this 104 THE PRODUCTS OF LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE AND THE NATURE OF URBAN DESIGN integration of buildings, landscape and streetscape that makes this project as much an urban design project as a work of land- scape architecture. It was the design work of one firm from the inception of the idea down to the detailing of paving patterns. The metamorphosis of the waterfront has acted as a catalyst for the redevelopment of adjacent areas. Land values in the neighbour- hood of the riverfront have increased sub- stantially and new buildings facing the park have been erected. The old godowns and bond stores on Main Bazaar have become tourist-oriented crafts shops. An unantici- pated, but welcome, by-product of the design is that the waterfront draws all elements of the multi-ethnic Kuching population together. It is used by one and all. It received a civic design award from the Australian Institute of Landscape Architects in 1994. Major references Breen, Ann and Dick Rigby (1996). Kuching Waterfront development. In The New Waterfronts: A Worldwide Success Story. London: Thames and Hudson, 148-51. Conybeare Morrison and Partners (1990). Kuching Riverfront Masterplan. Sydney: The authors. Sara Resorts Sdn. BhD (2000). A tribute to the people: Kuching Waterfront. http:/www.sedctourism.com/ waterfront/ Case Study Pare de la Villette, Paris, France: a deconstructed park design (1979-97) The Pare de la Villette has a complex devel- A canal divides the site into two and another opment history. In 1979, the Etablissement borders much of the site on the west. The design of the park occurred in two phases: (1) an international design com- petition was held in 1982 and the winner announced in March 1983, and (2) the project was further refined by pragmatic changes by the winning team. The French Minister of Culture, Jack Lang, announced the Concours International Pare de La Villette in 1 982. The programme included a large museum of science and industry, a. cite of music, a major hall for exhibitions, and a rock concert hall as well as the park. It The site was 55 hectares (136 acres) of required two existing structures on the site semi-abandoned industrial land in the to be reused. The park was to reflect 'urban- northeast corner of Paris. It included a major ism, pleasure and experimentation' and slaughterhouse and a cattle hall/ sales yard, was to achieve a unity in its architecture and Public du Pare de la Villette (EPPV) initi- ated the development and design process that resulted in the park. The goal, along with that of a number of other contempor- ary projects, was to make Paris once more the art centre of the world. The specific objectives were: 1 to create a product of international note, 2 to build a national museum of science and technology, 3 to create an urban 'cultural' park. 105 THE TRADITIONAL DESIGN PROFESSIONS, THEIR PRODUCTS AND URBAN DESIGN landscape. The hope was that the develop- ment would be a bridge between city and suburb, and act as a 'gateway' to Paris from the east. This design agenda was a pure act of will of the French government rather than one based on a market study. It was developed under the strong influence of the then President of France, Giscard d'Estaing. He had chosen Adrein Fainsilber from amongst 27 French architects to convert the Grande Salle into a science museum. The competition for the park attracted 472 entries from 41 countries. The team headed by Bernard Tschumi won the com- petition (see Figure 5.17a). He was then appointed head of the project team to implement it. In 1 984, a closed competition for the Music Centre and for four housing schemes on the north side of the park was held (Baljon, 1995). The construction of the park began in 1985 and can be said to have been completed in 1997. The design was conceived so that it could evolve as construction progressed and changes are still occasionally being made. Its 'fin- ished' state is shown in Figure 5.17c. The design has attracted considerable attention because it was associated with a design ideology derived from contemporary literary analysis. It consists of three largely independent systems superimposed on each other. The first is a series of points at the intersections of a 1 20-metre (390-foot) grid, eight squares to the north and south and five squares east to west. At the intersections are a series of follies, their structural envelope covered by bright red-enamelled steel sheets (see Figure 5.18a). Tschumi designed them all. The second system consists of a set of lines. These are the paths of pedestrian move- ment organized in two interconnected sys- tems. One consists of cross axes of covered galleries, and the second of a meandering 'cinematic' promenade presenting a sequen- tial series of vistas and enclosures. The third system consists of the surfaces of the park. In addition, alleys of trees link the major activity sites of the park. The surface materials, grass and paving, were chosen to best afford the activities that were expected to take place in different locations. The follies are 10.8-metre (36-foot) cubes 'divided three dimensionally into 1 2-foot cubes forming "cases" '. These cases accord- ing to Tschumi 'can be decomposed into frag- ments ... or extended through the addition of other elements' (Tschumi, 1987). Certain gardens on the 'cinematic promenade' were allocated to other architects to design. Each garden had, however, to be designed within the framework established by Tschumi. The park contains of a mix of facilities. The Cite des Sciences, a science and technology museum, is housed in what was the largest of the old Villette's slaughterhouses (see Figure 5.1 8b). It is 40 metres (1 33 feet) high and stretches over 3 hectares (7 acres). Adrien Fainsilber (with Peter Rice and Martin Francis) had three major concerns in creating his design: water should surround the building, vegetation should penetrate the greenhouses, and light the cupola. The park also contains La Geode, a giant enter- tainment sphere with a high hemispherical screen, the Grande Halle, an old cattle shed converted into exhibition space, the Cite de la Musique, I'Argonauts, a navigation museum with a submarine parked outside it, and the Zenith Theatre. The theatre is a polyester tent designed for audiences of 6000 attending pop-music concerts. During the summer, the Pare attracts as many as 15,000 people a day; during the winter it has about 3000 visitors each day. The French government has achieved its goal. The park attracts international acclaim 106 THE PRODUCTS OF LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE AND THE NATURE OF URBAN DESIGN Figure 5.17 The Pare de la Villette, Paris, (a) Tschumi and team's competition winning entry, (b) the design deconstructed and (c) the park as built. 107 THE TRADITIONAL DESIGN PROFESSIONS, THEIR PRODUCTS AND URBAN DESIGN Figure 5.18 Two structures at the Pare de la Villette, (a) A folie and (b) the Cite des Sciences. 108 THE PRODUCTS OF LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE AND THE NATURE OF URBAN DESIGN and, more importantly, attention. The acclaim that the park has received is based on its intellectual aesthetic ideology as a work of art and its intellectual under-pinning. It has been embraced by the architectural cognoscenti and has been extraordinarily widely published. The ideology has been proven to be difficult to transfer to urban developments. Any such plans, and there are a number of them, have remained on paper. In many ways the Pare de la Villette is indeed an urban design project combin- ing landscape architectural and architec- tural features into a unified whole. Major references Baljon, Lodewijk (1995). Designing Parks. Amsterdam: Architecture and Nature Press. Benjamin, Andrew (1 988). Deconstruction and art/ the art of deconstruction. In Christopher Norris and Andrew Benjamin, eds., What Is Deconstruction? New York: St. Martin's Press, 33-56. Broadbent, Geoffrey (1990). Pare de la Villette. In Emerging Concepts of Urban Space Design. London: Van Nostrand Reinhold (International), 316-9. Tschumi, Bernard (1987). Cinegramme Folie: le Pare de la Villette. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press. A Note The Shanghai Waterfront Park, Shanghai, People's Republic of China: a proposed integrated park and building urban design scheme (2000+) As in many parts of the world (e.g. Battery Park City, Canary Wharf and Darling Harbour described in Chapter 8), the port facilities developed in Shanghai during the first half of the twentieth century have become redun- dant. With the development of mega-projects in the city - the Pudong in particular - the heavily polluted Huangpu River, wide though it is, instead of being the eastern edge of the city's core, has become a seam for develop- ment. The recent abandonment of many waterfront industries has led to a significant improvement in the quality of the river's water thus making land along its banks attractive for development. In 2000, the Shanghai Urban Planning Bureau organized an international compe- tition for a development plan for both sides of the Huangpu River. The area covered was 2470 hectares (6.3 square miles) and 24.7 kilometres (13 miles) in length extend- ing from the Fu-Sing Island to the south of Ruiz Jin Nan Road. The goal of the Bureau was to use this strip of riverfront for recre- ational tourism and commercial develop- ment. It was also necessary to provide flood control measures and to encompass numer- ous cultural, historical and economic elem- ents in the design. Three schemes were chosen as finalists: those by Sasaki, the Skidmore, Owings, and Merrill, San Francisco office (SOM), and the Cox Partnership of Sydney. The second of these firms was chosen to proceed with the scheme. Many of the plan- ning principles, such as the network of green links connecting the river to the inte- rior of the site, were adopted from the Cox Partnership plan. 109 THE TRADITIONAL DESIGN PROFESSIONS, THEIR PRODUCTS AND URBAN DESIGN ntf^ n t i — - i — ^»-» fi^y L ^ i f^"^ , j°° jJ ^ ' public pier walkway (b) Figure 5.19 The Shanghai waterfront proposal, (a) A sketch of the proposed Crescent and (b) A cross section through the Crescent. As often happens in large schemes, the client changed over the course of time from the one who initiated it. The Shanghai P. & K. Development Company joined the Shanghai Port Authority as the property developer. They became the investment, marketing and the coordinating authority for the scheme. SOM was responsible for the master plan while the Shanghai Urban Planning and Research Institute executed the local plan- ning. The land along the river was rezoned and the area between the proposed new development and the river was designated as parkland. One of the design goals was to extend the visual linkages between the city and the waterfront. This task is not easy, as the river has high berms to prevent the flooding of the city. The other goals established were to cre- ate distinct precincts each with its own iden- tity along the river and to enliven the front. The first goal is to be met by extending the streets down towards the river edge, the second by creating architecturally and activity 110 THE PRODUCTS OF LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE AND THE NATURE OF URBAN DESIGN unified neighbourhoods, and the third by adding to the passenger traffic on the river. Providing a coastal passenger-shipping terminal will augment the ferry services. A major feature of the park is the Crescent (see Figure 5.19a). The width of the park varies in order to obtain some variety. The planting scheme is also varied with some areas left relatively open for active recreation while others have been designed for passive contemplation. On the landside, the park is proposed to be bounded by mid-rise (up to 12 stories in height), mixed-use, podium- based buildings and a boulevard. The build- ings will give a strong definition and a sense of urbanity to the park. The boulevard has been purposefully designed to restrict its use as a major traffic artery. Its width has been kept down to two moving lanes in each direction and frequent pedestrian crossings have been introduced. The waterfront has an esplanade on the river's edge with lawns and trees between it and the boulevard. What is not clear from the sketch but is clear from the cross section is the use of a berm to con- trol flooding. Inevitably it cuts off the visual link between the public pier walkway and the park inland to it (see Figure 5.19b). The scheme, if completed as now speci- fied, would really be an all-of-a-piece urban design with a major total landscape architec- tural element. Guidelines have been written for the buildings that will line the park. The goal is to obtain a consistency in facade design with local referents. The buildings will require the investments of a variety of prop- erty developers and be designed by different architects. Whether the park itself should be considered to be an urban design is another matter. The design integrates park space and buildings but we shall have to wait and see whether the scheme actually develops as stated here. Parcels of land are being released for competition up and down the river. The analysis of how it turns out will make a worthwhile case study! Major references Dixon, John Morris (1999). Urban Spaces. New York: Visual Reference Publications. Marshall, Richard (2001 ). Waterfronts in Post-Industrial Cities. London: Spon Press. Cox Group (2002). Shanghai Waterfront masterplan, China, www.cox.com.au/projects/masterplanning_urban_ design/index, html Some Notes on Detailing the Environment Much of the detailing of the design of the public realm of cities is a problem of landscape architecture. The quality of the detailing, as displays and as behaviour settings, makes a major contribution to our feelings about places and about the cities of which they are a part. By detailing is meant the small-scale patterns - the kerbs and kerb cuts for making an environment barrier free, the grates and man- hole covers, the paving, the steps and staircases, and the seating designs. The architect Ludwig Mies van der Rohe is often quoted as saying 'God is in the details'. Certainly the quality of the public realm is not simply a function of its overall design but its details. The quality of the 16th Street Mall in Denver, Colorado owes much to its detailing (see Figures 1.1 and 5.20). Ill THE TRADITIONAL DESIGN PROFESSIONS, THEIR PRODUCTS AND URBAN DESIGN Figure 5.20 The 16th Street Mall, Denver. The quality of the detailing depends on how the elements are handled, their com- position, patterns, colours, the precision of the workmanship and what they afford in terms of human activities. Of particular importance are paving patterns, the nature of illumination, the design of street furnishings and the nature of the signage. What is fashionable can be important for it gives both designers and users of the environ- ment a sense of being up-to-date. What is regarded as fashionable does, however, change. Sometimes a richness in patterning is held in high esteem but simpler pat- terns seem to be the ones that endure (e.g. Piazza San Marco, Venice; see Figure 5.2). The manner in which the pubic realm is illuminated - naturally and/or artificially, day or night - contributes substantially to its ambient qualities. The concern is not only for safety but also for aesthetics. The perceived quality of spaces between build- ings - streets, alleys, squares and nooks and crannies - is very much dependent on how the architecture and landscape architecture are organized and illuminated. The way facades of buildings are illuminated can enrich the experience of being in places. There are many examples of finely detailed environments but many more that are carelessly designed and deteriorating rapidly. Detailing the environment is a fine art. Commentary: Are these Landscape Architectural Products Urban Design? The quality of urban spaces depends on how they are enclosed as much as on their own attributes. Impressive though individual buildings and a city's skyline may be when seen as a panorama, it is the quality of the city's open spaces - the public realm - that defines their nature and their image in people's eyes. The open spaces 112 THE PRODUCTS OF LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE AND THE NATURE OF URBAN DESIGN of a city- their landscape architecture - have been designed by a wide variety of peo- ple and during the second half of the twentieth century they went through several fashion cycles within different cultural contexts. It is clear that the quality of the landscape architecture is both the essential ingredient of the case studies included in this chapter. Can it all, or any of it, be claimed to be urban design? Of all the schemes presented in this chapter, the most urban, Pershing Square, is the one that can least be called urban design. Both the SITE and the Legoretta/Olin design focused on the surface of the square. Maybe in the long run the Square will become a true urban place integrated with its enclosing elements. It is not one yet. Important though the quality of their landscape architecture is, well-designed cityscapes and parks are not the panacea for the ills of cities. They cannot solve social or economic problems on their own. The authorities in Oak Park found that out. Parks and other landscaped areas need to be well located and well designed for specific functions in terms of people's lives as they are lived and also in terms of how the natural world works. These functions need to be understood. Urban design schemes everywhere need to be cared for after completion as well as they are in Singapore. Often the nature of maintenance required is a question avoided in design thinking. As a result many spaces when built soon deteriorate and have a negative impact on their surroundings and a people's self-esteem. What have not been at all included in this chapter are examples of designing public/open spaces in arid climates. 'Greening the city' is an unfortunate slogan for improving the biogenic quality of cities. Greening cities in arid zones, such as Phoenix, Arizona or Tehran needs to be considered very carefully. Such cities need to be 'browned' as much as 'greened'. Much can be learnt from traditional human settlement patterns in different climatic zones (see, e.g. Rudofsky, 1969). Those set- dements, however, were not designed with automobile usage in mind. We need new paradigms addressing the opportunities and problems of our contemporary world. The products described in this chapter are varied and typically landscape archi- tecture in cities. Where the projects included the framing elements of open spaces and/or contain significant buildings as an essential part of the scheme they surely are urban design. If not they are important landscape architecture projects in cities. Many landscape architects would claim that this distinction is pedantic. The dis- tinction is certainly often blurred. Riverwalk in San Antonio (see Chapter 10) is included in this book under the rubric of plug- in urban design. It could be argued that it is primarily concerned with only the design of the horizontal surfaces between buildings and so is a product of landscape architecture. It did, however, consciously set out to change the three-dimensional world around it and it suc- ceeded in doing so. Whether redesigning elements of the public realm is urban design in it purest sense or not remains an undecided issue. Landscape architects claim it is. If it is then what is landscape architecture? 113 The products of architecture and the nature of urban design Most urban design projects are architect led if not initiated. Many architects claim expertise in urban design the day they are graduated with a degree. Their image of urban design varies. Although architects have often been part of the anti-urban intellectual elite (White and White, 1964) a number of prominent practitioners and educators have been vitally interested in cities and city life. Others, while strongly socially aware find that being involved seriously in urban design, as it is described in Part 1 of this book, is just too frustrating. They thus prefer to stick to the design of individual buildings and, sometimes, building complexes. Yet others want cities to be works of art. Few cities are, except in the cumulative sense of being a collage of buildings and open spaces (Rowe and Koetter, 1978). The Products of Architecture: Buildings Architects design buildings for individual clients. The buildings serve many pur- poses but, possibly, the primary purpose is to create a return on capital monies. Property developers have learnt that having a famous architect design their buildings enhances their investment. The public interest is not of concern to them or their architects unless it enhances profitability or if it is encoded in building regulations. A building affords and shelters specific activities but it is also a display of an architect's talents and the best way of displaying a building is as an object in space to be admired. The borderline between large, multi-building architectural schemes and urban design is often fuzzy. I suspect the designers of Rockefeller Center saw the complex as an architectural project. If the term 'urban design' had, however, been coined in the 1930s, perhaps they would have regarded it as an urban design scheme. Rockefeller Center has been classified as a total urban design in this book (see Chapter 7) but its architects may have seen it as an all-of-a-piece urban design. They may not have liked to have been seen as one team of associated architects rather than a set of creative individuals each producing a building of note. Much the same can be said about the Lincoln Center (see Figure 7.7). When urban design is considered to be a high architectural art the concern in design is often reduced to how to express in geometrical forms and materials a 114 THE PRODUCTS OF ARCHITECTURE AND THE NATURE OF URBAN DESIGN currently fashionable idea - the focus is on abstract intellectual aesthetic theories rather than life as it is lived. A new norm is appearing in the architecture and urban design of the global commercial marketplace. It is based on producing building forms that are a departure from geometric norms using expensive materials. The results should not be dismissed out of hand as 'glitzy' or 'kitsch' even though much new Asian architecture has been referred to as 'non-judgemental kitsch'. The architecture versus the city literature is well established. Many of the recent buildings of architectural luminaries have paid little heed to the public spaces they are creating or how the buildings they design help make good streets. They do not relate their buildings to their surroundings other than to use their contexts as a backdrop for a display. Many, if not almost all, architectural critics support this position. They focus on a building as a work of art and many young architects strive to emulate the work. Fine though the Seattle Public Library (completed 2003) designed by Rem Koolhaas might be, it shows a 'disdain for comfortable public spaces' and turns its back on the city; it does not encourage people to hang around and participate in urban life. Nor is the plaza facing the Guggenheim Museum (1997) designed for Bilbao by Frank Gehry a hospitable place. The museum is an exciting building as is his Walt Disney Concert Hall in Los Angeles (completed 2003; see Figure 6.1). Neither adds much to the streetscape. Is this the new urban design as leading architects and their patrons see it? There are four situations in which the design of individual buildings or indi- vidual building complexes seem to be regarded by mainstream architects and architectural critics as urban design. The first is when buildings pay some respect to their built contexts - street alignments, ground floor uses and designs, and over- all massing (i.e. they have the same 'texture' as their surroundings). The second is when a building acts as a catalyst for urban development. The third is when the facilities that are traditionally in a neighbourhood or city are incorporated into a single multi-use building, and the fourth is when there are a number of buildings in a complex - large-scale architectural projects. Contextual Design One might think that the least obligation of any new building is make its sur- roundings more commodious and interesting. The trouble is that this obligation often gets in the way of an architect's desire for self-expression in built form. The urban design awards of the journal Progressive Architecture, from the inception of the scheme in the early 1970s to the demise of the journal in the mid-1990s, more often than not went to individual buildings. No awards went to completed urban design schemes. In 1999, the Royal Australian Institute of Architects (RATA) was considering giving an urban design award to a building that complied with the requirements of a master urban design plan. In a field where the individu- ality of designs is exalted and architects try to find a niche for themselves in the marketplace for services by being different, the willingness to pay attention to the public realm is indeed something to be rewarded. The development of a discrete 115 THE TRADITIONAL DESIGN PROFESSIONS, THEIR PRODUCTS AND URBAN DESIGN Figure 6.1 The Walt Disney Concert Hall, Los Angeles in 2004, (a) The Concert Hall as object and (b) the Concert Hall in context. contextual architectural attitude in Barcelona after the fall of the dictatorship of Franco has been little emulated elsewhere and indeed no longer holds sway in that city. The RAIA gave its major urban design award in 2002 to the refurbishment of an outdoor music bowl. Its secondary award that year went to a new bridge allied to a museum refurbishment. At least the bridge is an element of urban infrastruc- ture. It received the award, however, for being as much an art object as an important 116 THE PRODUCTS OF ARCHITECTURE AND THE NATURE OF URBAN DESIGN urban link (Awards, 2002). It is sad that nowadays the pressures on architects are such that simply designing with a sense of decorum, with respect for the nature of a street or precinct, brings an award. The issue of how an individual building adds to or makes its context is a fun- damental concern in urban design. Should a building meld in with those around it or stand out? Should it be a foreground or a background building? Almost all developers and their architects want their buildings to be foreground buildings and resent any guidelines or other design controls that they see as limiting their imaginative power. Interestingly, major architects seem to have less difficulty in designing background buildings than minor ones striving to make their mark. Case Study Pioneer Place, Portland, Oregon, USA: building in context (1979-90) Central Portland has a number of charac- teristics that make it unusual amongst American cities. The first difference is that its blocks are small (200 feet square; 61 metres square) and the streets are nar- row (60 to 80 feet; 18 to 24 metres) thus providing a pedestrian friendly, easily walka- ble environment. Secondly, the downtown area has block-sized parks. (There is also a linear park along the western edge of the Willamette River). Thirdly, the city has many older buildings that give it both a sense of history and visual character. Fourthly, sun- light at street level is valued; Portland is cloudier than most North American cities! Fifthly, many of the streets have views to the surrounding hills. In sum, these variables make Portland, well, Portland. They form a well-loved city pattern. A proposal by property developers Cadillac-Fairview designed by the Zimmer Gunsul Frasca Partnership in 1980 demon- strates the issues that arise in designing in cities when a building complex, architec- turally interesting, but paying little respect to its context runs into political oppos- ition. The proposal was for a multi-use four-block scheme that combined four buildings (one on each block) into a single development (see Figure 6.2). The four buildings were to be linked with skybridges such as those in Minneapolis although Portland's climate is considerably less harsh than that of Minneapolis. Unlike the sky- bridges in Minneapolis that must have glass walls (see Figure 10.22), the ones in this proposed complex were lined with shops that made them wide and opaque. Their function was to make the buildings a uni- fied cluster, an island, largely independent of its surroundings. Portland is a city with a lively street-life, yet the proposal turned life inwards as if it was a suburban shopping centre. The size of the complex was well beyond that of Portland's block structure; the skybridges blocked the view of the hills and, it was feared, as in Minneapolis, that they would take people, particularly the middle-class, off the streets. The size of the complex would have also dwarfed the adjacent Pioneer Courthouse. The proposal, if built, would have changed its context in a way that was regarded as negative and would probably 117 THE TRADITIONAL DESIGN PROFESSIONS, THEIR PRODUCTS AND URBAN DESIGN n S j Figure 6.2 The Cadillac-Fairview proposal, 5th and Morrison Streets, Portland. have acted as a catalyst for other similar developments. Portland would no longer be Portland. Negotiations between the Portland Devel- opment Commission and Cadillac-Fairview over the nature of the design broke down and the regional economic climate turned sour so the development was shelved. What it did do was act as a catalyst for other pos- sible ideas for the site so the commission invited other proposals. One presented by the Rouse Corporation was accepted. It was designed by ELS/Elbasani and Logan, Architects. It was regarded as being more in the public's interest. It too evolved as a result of negotiations; failures to attract tenants and eventual successes shaped it. Named Pioneer Place, the proposal focus- ing on Morrison Street made the Pioneer Courthouse (currently being revamped in 2004) a foreground building instead of hav- ing it dwarfed by high-rise buildings (see Figure 6.3). While the four blocks of the pro- ject changed the architectural character of the city, it maintained the city's nature of small blocks and open spaces. One of the blocks contains a 16-storey office tower with a 60,000 square feet department store - Saks Fifth Avenue, the complex's anchor store. Pioneer Place also contains an internal shop- ping pavilion of 155,000 square feet. Shops, nevertheless, grace the street frontages. The proposal does retain skybridges but they are smaller and less obtrusive than those in the Cadillac-Fairview proposal. They link the pavilion with Saks Fifth Avenue across the street. This case study shows that 'context' has to be defined with some precision. Often it is reduced to simply the poorly defined 'visual character of buildings'. It has to do with the way buildings meet the street, their height (especially on their streets facades), their ground floor uses and the distribution of entrances, their materials and fenestra- tion, cornice and roof patterns. Buildings can be designed to either support or change the context. What developers propose, depends on their values and what a society prescribes, if anything. It would have been easy for Portland to think 'We'll take any- thing' when the economy turned sour. It did not; the Morrison Street scheme is the result. Designing in context can be highly innovative but it does require additional thought. Fiscal conservatives would, never- theless, question whether the original proposal was not more in the public interest. Major reference Attoe, Wayne and Donn Logan (1989). Portland Oregon: A positive catalytic reaction requires an understanding of context. In American Urban Architecture: Catalysts in the Design of Cities. Berkeley and Los Angeles: University of California Press, 96-101. 118 THE PRODUCTS OF ARCHITECTURE AND THE NATURE OF URBAN DESIGN P SinlfflJ 3 ^ fxz "^11111111 Wsr^mtf' \i~Tli ■'■ in ' ;Jt - h! ~f r m - --"' ^i^fe^^ ——J, ... . (b) Figure 6.3 Pioneer Place, Portland, Oregon, (a) The Morrison Street concept in response to tradition, (b) an active street-life proposal and (c) the development in 2004, 119 THE TRADITIONAL DESIGN PROFESSIONS, THEIR PRODUCTS AND URBAN DESIGN Buildings as Catalysts for Urban Development One concern in considering building complexes as urban designs and as public pol- icy issues lies in their catalytic effect on their neighbourhoods. This concern was certainly a motivating factor behind John D. Rockefeller's plans for Radio City in New York (see Chapter 7 on Rockefeller Center). It was also that of Robert Moses, Head of the City Planning Commission of New York in the 1950s in promoting the proposal for Lincoln Center (see Figure 7.7). His goal was to eliminate the slums north of Columbus Circle and build a 'glittering new cultural centre' in order to change the character of the whole west side of the city. He succeeded but 7000 people were displaced by the project (Caro, 1974). The building of the World Trade Center in lower Manhattan had a similar purpose (Ruchelman, 1977). The Grands Travaux of French president Francois Mtterand in the 1980s and the recent (2000-3) development of the Walt Disney Concert Hall in Los Angeles had similar aspirations. The latter, designed by Frank Gehry, hopes to have the same catalytic effect on Grand Avenue as the Guggenheim Museum has had on Bilbao. All buildings shape the flows of people and of winds, they add to or detract from the streetscape. They form part of the skyline. They can, as the Pioneer Place scheme, result in an improvement of the cityscape in a way that makes it attractive for further development. Museums, libraries, and new well-located retail space can all spur urban development. The Canary Wharf scheme was the lead project in the development of the Docklands area of London and parking garages were in Glendale (see the case studies of both in Chapter 8). Perhaps the most widely publicized building that has acted as a catalyst for development during the past decade has been the Guggenheim Museum in Bilbao, Spain. Case Study The Guggenheim Museum (completed 1997) and the Abandoibarra master plan, Bilbao, Spain: a building as a catalyst for development (in progress) During the 1 990s, the city of Bilbao turned the most important of all in bringing Bilbao a corner. It was a declining port city in the to the eyes of the world, the Guggenheim Basque region of northern Spain largely Museum (see Figure 6.4). These projects unknown to the world. Today it is very dif- have, according to the city's mayor, Inaki ferent. A number of major projects devel- Azkuna, elevated the self-esteem of the city oped by the Basque government have and given it confidence to participate in the regenerated and modernized the city: the globalizing world. Metro, the Euskalduna Congress Hall, the The spur for the planning effort that has Tramway, the Port of Abra, the Airport and led to the revival of Bilbao was the flood 120 THE PRODUCTS OF ARCHITECTURE AND THE NATURE OF URBAN DESIGN Figure 6.4 The Guggenheim Museum in 2004. of August 1983 that wrought physical and economic havoc. The subsequent 1 987 met- ropolitan plan developed policies forenhanc- ing Bilbao's connections to the external world, increasing mobility within the city, improving environmental and urban qual- ity, investing in human resources and technology and for building a range of cul- tural facilities. Part of the cultural effort was to create an internationally prestigious museum of modern art. Contemporane- ously, the Solomon R. Guggenheim Founda- tion was looking for a second European site (after the Peggy Guggenheim Museum in Venice) where it could display parts of its collection. An agreement was reached whereby the Basque administration would pay for the building and the foundation would manage the museum and provide the collection and temporary exhibits. The Solomon R. Guggenheim Museum on Fifth Avenue, New York designed by Frank Lloyd Wright had set a precedent for having an inter- nationally renowned architect design a build- ing for the foundation. After some debate over whether a refurbished Alhondiga building in the city could suitably house the collection, a decision was made to have a limited competition for the design of a museum to be located on the banks of the Nervion River. The site was in the centre of a triangle whose vertices were the Arriago Theatre, the University of Deusto and the Fine Arts Museum. A precedent had been set for the use of limited competitions in Bilbao. The Bilbao Metro (known affectionately as Fosteritos) design competition was won by Norman Foster (the other entrants were Santiago Calatrava, Architektengruppe U-bahn and Gregotti Associates). The metro opened in 1 995 and is now being extended. The archi- tects involved in the competition for the design of the museum were Arata Isozaki (representing Asia), Coop Himmelblau 121 THE TRADITIONAL DESIGN PROFESSIONS, THEIR PRODUCTS AND URBAN DESIGN (Europe) and Frank Gehry (America). Gehry's design was chosen because it fea- tured an iconic building that might help the Basque people 'communicate an independ- ent identity to the world'. It is a much- admired sculpture of curved volumes made of stone and glass and covered in titanium. On one side is the river and on the other side a large forecourt that sets the building as a sculpture in space. What impact has the development had? It has surpassed all expectations not only as a work of Art but also as a catalyst for devel- opment. The museum drew 4.5 million visi- tors between 1997 and 2001. They have spent money on accommodation and restaurants that, in turn, has had an impact on the commercial sector of the economy. It is estimated that the museum has added an additional 660 million Euros to the Gross Domestic Product and 117 million to the annual tax base of the city. Over 4000 new jobs have been directly attributed to the development of the museum (Vidarte, 2002). It has spawned new centres of con- temporary art in the city - Artium and BilbaoArte (which provides work space for young artists) - and other galleries exhibit- ing current art. More than anything it has changed the image of the city in the world's eyes. Although it is the jewel in the crown, it is not only the Guggenheim Museum that has resulted in this change. The 'Euskalduna' Conference and Music Centre, the two bridges across the Nervion (the Zubizuri footbridge designed by Santiago Calatrava and the Euskalduna Bridge by Javier Manterola), the new airport terminal designed by Calatrava and the ongoing con- struction of the Abandoibarra precinct have all had a positive impact on the city's image. The Abandoibarra plan designed by Cesar Pelli links the Guggenheim Museum, the Fine Arts Museum and 'Euskalduna'. The scheme acts as an extension of the nineteenth century Ensanche, and the pub- lic park located on the river. Pelli was elected to do the master plan because of his experience at Battery Park City (see Chapter 8) although he was not the master planner for that scheme and his Aban- doibarra master plan depicts a more frag- mented Modernist design in which streets are dividers rather than seams of life (see Figure 6.5). The exception is in Pelli's design for the Plaza Euskadi in which the proposed buildings frame the plaza. At the head of the plaza on the axis of Elcano Street to San Jose Square in the existing central business district will be a 33-storey, 1 50-metre tower for the provincial Govern- ment of Vizcaya designed by Pelli himself. The plaza is to be designed by Diana Belmori. The Abandoibarra area also contains a Sheraton Hotel (completed in 2004) designed by Ricardo Legorreta, and build- ings that will 'emerge like giant doorjambs without a threshold' designed by Arata Isozaki. In addition, Bilbao Ri'a 2000 (an institution created in 1992 for managing the land of Metropolitan Bilbao) has a public art program to create sculptures in the zone by artists such as Eduardo Chillida and Ulrich Rucheim. The investment by the Basque govern- ment has reversed the economic decline of Bilbao. The city has been transformed from a decaying industrial and port city into a prestigious centre for the arts. It has, how- ever, focused on buildings and not on the quality of the public spaces amongst them despite the new buildings, including the 122 THE PRODUCTS OF ARCHITECTURE AND THE NATURE OF URBAN DESIGN Figure 6.5 The Guggenheim Museum as a catalyst, (a) The Abandoibarra master plan, 2000 and (b) the proposed Plaza Euskadi featuring the government of Viscaya building, 2004; the Guggenheim Museum is on the left. Guggenheim, being designed to integrate 'into the city's urban structure'. The spaces lack any human-scale detail and contain no activities that attract people to them. The blank walls of the Guggenheim, for instance, result in no eyes on the open space fronting it. This and such spaces have become havens for negative behaviour. An opportunity for good detailed urban design that enhances the life of the city has been lost. The space in front of the Guggenheim now houses Jeff Koon's mammoth 'Puppy' that helps reduce its visual size. What we do have is a 'cutting-edge' building that many critics see as being a precedent for signa- ture buildings of the twenty-first century. Major references Bilbao Rfa 2000 (2003), whole issues (December). Mas, Elfas (2002). The Ensanche of Bilbao. In Euskal Hiria. Victoria-Gasteiz: Central Publishing Services of the Basque Government, 134-41. Segal, Arlene (1999). Turning the tide: Guggenheim, Bilbao. Planning: Architecture and Planning Review for Southern Africa 1 63 (May-June): 4-9. Vidartejuan Ignacio (2002). The Bilbao Guggenheim Museum. In Euskal Hiria. Victoria-Gasteiz: Central Publishing Services of the Basque Government, 153-8. 123 THE TRADITIONAL DESIGN PROFESSIONS, THEIR PRODUCTS AND URBAN DESIGN Buildings as Urban Designs? Buildings have also been regarded as urban design when they incorporate some mix of those elements that are traditionally regarded as components of cities. They are considered to be vertical precincts. Some individual high-rise buildings contain such elements as a hotel, apartments, shops and a religious facility within them. If they are large enough such buildings are called 'megastructures'. They are cities or precincts of cities within single buildings. Megastructures During the 1960s and 1970s a number of megastructures housing various types of facilities were built. Even more were proposed. They include the works of people such as Paolo Soleri whose Arcosanti is painstakingly being constructed in Arizona. Today such large single-structure projects tend to be confined to major suburban shopping centres surrounded by parking for cars. A major twentieth century building type, such centres make a substantial impact on city forms and life. Whether the design of megastructures, by themselves, should be considered to be urban design is open to question. The City of the Future suggested by Hugh Ferris during the 1920s was one precedent for this line of thinking, and Le Corbusier's schemes for Algiers was another. Their deviations from the norms of urban development and design have attracted considerable attention. The schemes include Roadtown (1970) by Paul , r. «c/^ W K Figure 6.6 Mega-roadtown, a proposal by Paul Rudolph, 1970. 124 THE PRODUCTS OF ARCHITECTURE AND THE NATURE OF URBAN DESIGN Rudolph (see Figure 6.6) and a series of explorations by Buckminster Fuller but also earlier proposals in the 1920s and 1930s by Modernists especially expression- ists such as Sant'Elia. The 1969 City/State plan for Battery Park City (see Figure 8.33) is very much in this mould. As Rayner Banham suggested almost 30 years ago megastructures are design ideas of the past (Banham, 1976). Their attraction, however, persists. Some early twenty-first century buildings in China are close to the megastructure idea in concept. They strive to be vertical precincts. Major references Banham, Reyner (1976). Megastructure: Urban Structures of the Recent Past. New York: Harper and Row. Mansfield, Howard (1990). Cosmopolis: Yesterday's Cities of the Future. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Center for Policy Research. A Note Arcosanti, Arizona, USA: a prototype for a city in a building: a 'vision' going bad? (1969 - the anticipated completion date is 2030) Arcosanti, near Scottsdale, Arizona is the brainchild of one person, Paolo Soleri. It is one of the smallest of the generic city-in-a- building schemes that he proposed. It represents the effort to bring to reality one of his many explorations on paper of a design for an energy and resource efficient city. These studies attempted to find an alternative to the consumption of the vast swaths of land taken up by urban sprawl and the resultant energy-consuming long commutes to and from work. (These com- mutes are considerably longer now than when Soleri was initiating his ideas.) Soleri's solution was to condense cities into single three-dimensional forms. The purpose was to eliminate the space taken up by cars in the typical American suburb. The city of the future, Soleri believed, should be much denser yet possess the social and activity mixture of the traditional city. Arcosanti (see Figure 6.7) is being built to demonstrate Soleri's ideas. It has been designed to house from 1 500 to 5000 people at a density of 21 5 to 400 people per acre (about 530 to 1 000 people per hectare). It is located north of Phoenix on the edge of a valley surrounded by arid land vegetation. Today, the 'city' consists of half-completed buildings: apartments, businesses, produc- tion units, education facilities and also agri- cultural fields. In contrast to Arcosanti, which is modest in size, many of Soleri's proposals are double the height of the Empire State Building in New York and designed to house 500,000 people. They are all based on the concept of a rco logy (archi- tecture + ecology). Three principles form the basis of Soleri's arcology. He has described them in some- what esoteric language. The first is complex- ity. Soleri believed that daily activities should 125 THE TRADITIONAL DESIGN PROFESSIONS, THEIR PRODUCTS AND URBAN DESIGN Figure 6.7 Arcosanti: the proposal. be clustered together because such cluster- ing represents the processes of everyday life. The second principle, miniaturization, sought to integrate resources efficiently by reducing the sizes of spaces and the time to travel between them. The third principle he labelled duration. Duration is difficult to understand but has to do with the time consumed in carrying out the activities of life and the goal of 'living outside time' - that is, the capacity to renew oneself and one's surroundings. To build Arcosanti, Soleri formed the Cosanti Foundation to conduct research and to raise funds from philanthropic organizations, the royalties on book sales and permissions to publish his work and the sale of Soleri-designed bells (forged on site). The foundation also organizes voluntary student labour during the summer months to build the city. The foundation has about 65 staff members - volunteers and employees. About 150 students work on the project each summer. Arcosanti has become a tourist destination attracting about 50,000 visitors each year. Arcosanti had its beginnings in 1956 when Paolo and Colly Soleri bought the land that became the home base of the Cosanti Foundation. Soleri's early experi- ments there were with earth structures. He established his first office on site in 1959 and developed an apprentice programme for architects and students. They explored the building of earth-cast apses that became a feature in the design of Arcosanti. The design of the prototype city was developed in 1969 and construction began in 1970. It 126 THE PRODUCTS OF ARCHITECTURE AND THE NATURE OF URBAN DESIGN (a) (b) Figure 6.8 Arcosanti, Arizona: the progress, (a) A view in 1995 and (b) a view in 2004, had been given impetus by the success of a touring exhibition of Soleri's proposals. Over 100,000 people in Washington alone visited it. The first steps in getting Arcosanti built involved the production of the working draw- ings for the foundry and ceramic workshops. The building of a campsite and drafting room followed. The housing frame was begun in 1973 and step-by-step, apse-by-apse, room-by-room, from year to year, progress is being made. It is slow going. By 2000 the project was 3% built (see Figure 6.8). Its completion date is predicted to be 2030. Design decisions are very much made from the top down in a largely authoritar- ian manner. The reason is that an overall ideology, within the rationalist intellectual tradition, guides the design and dictates decisions. The slow construction of the projects and the emphasis on obtaining funds means that those elements that gen- erate resources are built, rather than what is needed to build a residential community - the heart of any city. Few people live there and educational facilities are not available for other than the youngest children. Arcosanti is a bold experiment. Whether it is as ecologically sound as claimed will be open to investigation as its full character develops. Perhaps it is the basis for future settlement patterns, perhaps not. Much depends on whether the world's population grows substantially and land for building becomes truly scarce. Interestingly enough many of Soleri's concerns are those that the 'smart growth' advocates are raising now. The design patterns they are promoting to deal with those concerns are, however, very different. Arcosanti is, nevertheless, a city design and, sensible a design or not, it is a type of architectural product: a new town in a single building. Major references Arcidi, Philip (1991 ). Paolo Soleri's Arcology: updating the prognosis. Progressive Architecture 72 (3): 76-9. Sherer, Dean C. (2004). Arcosanti: yesterday's vision of tomorrow revisited. CalPlanner (March-April): 1,5, 14. Soleri, Paolo (1969). The City in the Image of Man. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. 127 THE TRADITIONAL DESIGN PROFESSIONS, THEIR PRODUCTS AND URBAN DESIGN Case Study Bielefeld University, Bielefeld, Germany: a university campus in a building (1969-76) A number of universities qualify to be megastructures. Bielefeld is one. The idea of a new university in Ostwestfalen in northern Germany was initiated in early 1965 by a professor of sociology, Dr Helmut Schelksy, together with the Minister of Culture, Prof. Dr P. Mikat. Serious planning began later in that year. In June 1966, it was announced that the university would be located in Bielefeld. The first chancellor of the University, Dr E. Firnhaber, was selected in 1 968 and the first provost, Prof. Dr E. J. Mestmacker, in the following year. The academic structure of the university is the evolving work of many hands. The campus design, however, like almost all buildings, was very much in the hands of one team. Bielefeld University is located on the periphery of the city. It was the subject of a design competition that received a number of entries from well-known architects. The prize for the concept that formed the basis of the university's design went to a team comprised of Klaus Kopke, Peter Kulka, Wolf Siepmann and Katte Topper, with Michael von Tardy. That design team in conjunction with university officials and the QuickbornerTeam then developed the com- plete space program for the university. The actual final design was begun in 1970. Ground was broken for construction in April of 1971, and the building was com- pleted in 1976 at a cost of DM 623 million. The university now has 14,000 students. The building is substantial in size (see Figures 6.9a and b). It is 380 metres long and 230 metres in width (1 247 feet by 754 feet), and altogether 140,000 square metres (over 1.5 million square feet) in floor area. It is a commuter college with surface parking around it in much the same manner as a suburban shopping centre. Like a shopping centre it has a glass covered central mall, with anchors at the ends and small shops and cafes along its sides. At one end of the mall is a swimming pool and at the other end the main auditorium. The various fac- ulties and schools are located in rectangu- lar blocks perpendicular to the axis of the mall. In its publicity material the university administration notes that people accus- tomed to traditional universities 'will appreci- ate the efficiency' of moving from refectory to classes to the library all under one roof. The layout is said to foster close links between disciplines. The aspiration was also to foster a link between research and teaching follow- ing the educational model of Alexander von Humboldt. The mall is described as a vibrant meeting place for students. In the rainy Bielefeld climate, perhaps the greatest asset of the design is that one can walk from place to place without getting wet. Publicly funded, Bielefeld University is, indeed, very much a single-design effort having been guided step-by-step by one set of planners, designers and university offi- cials working as a team. In contrast to most universities where individual buildings have been located in open spaces, Bielefeld University is in a single building surrounded by parking and sports fields. A small allot- ment of student housing is on the periphery of the campus. The Teutoburger Wald (woods) lies to the north of the campus. 128 THE PRODUCTS OF ARCHITECTURE AND THE NATURE OF URBAN DESIGN I II I I I I I I (b) Figure 6.9 Bielefeld University, (a) The site plan and (b) aerial view. 129 THE TRADITIONAL DESIGN PROFESSIONS, THEIR PRODUCTS AND URBAN DESIGN Whether or not one regards the campus as Major references an urban design rather than an object sit- TroU> Gerhard (19g5) Un - versim Bielefeld Bie|efe|d: ting in open space depends on one's atti- Kramer-Druck. tude towards megastructures and towards Universitat Bielefeld (2004). http://www.uni- what constitutes urban design. bielefeld.de Neighbourhoods The planning of neighbourhoods was a preoccupation of city planners and archi- tects for the entire twentieth century and is still a subject of major attention. Debates on the utility of the concept as a unit in urban design continue (Madanipour, 2001). Clarence Perry, a sociologist, developed the idea of the neighbourhood unit as part of the 1927, The New York Regional Plan. He proposed that all the facilities of daily life be located within walking distance of a set of residential units. The focus, or the core of the unit, would be an elementary school, shop- ping facilities, and a community centre (see Figure 6. 10). It is a pattern central to New Urbanist thinking today. The unit is exemplified in the design of Radburn, New Jersey which became a prototype for new residential neighbourhoods around the world (see Stein, 1957). It is the idea behind the Runcorn 'communities'. It has seldom been copied on all its dimensions, but rather only in plan and not in three dimensions. It has had mixed success when applied in plan form only. Le Corbusier also cre- ated a neighbourhood type, but it was located in a single building. It is a vertical neighbourhood. He also called it a 'unit'. It, even more so than Radburn, has had mixed success as a prototype. It must be remembered that communities and neighbourhoods are two differ- ent phenomena. A community consists of people who interact with each other; a neighbourhood is a spatial schema. The two can coincide especially if the popu- lation is homogeneous and has shared problems and a need for mutual support. The idea that one can create a community through physical design needs to be considered with great caution. The affordances for interaction on a local level can be created but whether residents perceive or use them depends on their motivations. Major references Lang, Jon (1994). Meeting affiliation needs. In Urban Design: The American Experience. New York: Van Nostrand Reinhold, 252-79. Madanipour, Ali (2001). How relevant is 'planning by neighbourhoods' today? Town Planning Review 72 (2): 171-91. 130 THE PRODUCTS OF ARCHITECTURE AND THE NATURE OF URBAN DESIGN A SHOPPING DISTBJCT MIGHT BE SUBSTITUTED' FOR CHURCH SITE AREA IN OPEN DEVELOPMENT PREFERABLY 160 ACRES" IN ANY CASE IT SHOULD MOUSE ENOUGH PEOPLE TO REQUIRE. ONE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL • EXACT SHAPE NOT ESSENTIAL BUT BEST WHEN ALL SIDES ABE FAIRLY EQUIDISTANT FROM CENTER- / SHOPPING DISTRICTS IN PERIPHERy AT TRAFFIC JUNCTIONS AND PREFCRA6LY 8UNCHED ^N FORM \fG ,INT£R)OR. STREETS NOT NHDCR. THAN REQUIRED FOR SPECIFIC USE AND GIVING EASY ") I f 3 , ^ACCESS TO SHOPS I / 2 AND COMMUNITY^W;,.. j CENTER,, +- to »usinus outer ARTERIAL ir Figure 6.10 The Neighbourhood Unit concept. STREET rurric JUNCTION i r Case Study The Unite d'Habitation, Marseilles, France: a neighbourhood in a building (1946-52) Le Corbusier produced a number of con- ceptual designs for cities and apartment blocks during the 1920s and 1930s. Neither he nor others, however, turned his large-scale ideas into built form until the 1950s when the reconstruction of Europe after the devastations of World War II was underway. The Unite d'Habitation is part of one such total urban design scheme that moved from being on the drawing board to being built in the real world. The Marseilles Unite (see Figure 6.11a), located well out from the centre of the city on Boulevard Michelet, was the first to be built. Others followed: Nantes-Reze (1952-3), Berlin (1956-8: see Figure 6.11b), Briey en Foret (1956-8), Meaux (1956-8) and Firminy (1961-8). Most departed from the basic model as built in Marseilles in some respect. 131 THE TRADITIONAL DESIGN PROFESSIONS, THEIR PRODUCTS AND URBAN DESIGN Internal Thoroughfare Gymnasium Cafe and Sun Terrace Cafeteria Children's Playground . Health center . Creche . Nursery . Club 10. Youth Clubs and Workshops 11. Communal Laundry and Drying rooms 12. Entrance and Porter's Lodge 13 Garages 14. Standard Two-floor Flat Figure 6.11 The Unite d'Habitation, (a) The Unite d' Habitation, Marseilles in 1961, (b) the Unite, Berlin in 2002, (c) cross section through the Unite d'Habitation, Marseilles and (d) the intended site plan for the Marseilles development. Raoul Dauty, the Minister for Reconstruc- French government and seven Ministers tion in post-war France, commissioned the of Reconstruction. The central government Unite in Marseilles. The project was, how- needed mass housing and Le Corbusier ever, supported with greater and lesser sought avehicle to explore his own ideas. His enthusiasm through 10 changes in the relationship with the French bureaucracy 132 THE PRODUCTS OF ARCHITECTURE AND THE NATURE OF URBAN DESIGN was sticky because he wished to be free from all building regulations. He was also legally challenged for 'desecrating the countryside' so he saw himself battling for Architecture against great odds. Le Corbusier's idea for the Unite had antecedents in the nineteenth century Utopian principles used in the design of workers' accommodations in the Familistere, Le Cruesot and Mulhouse. The Unite is not a megastructure in a conventional sense, but rather a neighbourhood of what was supposed to be a city of like residential/ neighbourhood units. It is a vertical neigh- bourhood unit housed in a single building set in a park-like setting. A number of these neighbourhoods would form a city or, at least, three or four would form an identifi- able cluster. The plan for Marseilles shows Le Corbusier's basic idea (see Figure 6.1 1 d). It was, he believed, the type of environment appropriate for people's lives in the second half of the twentieth century. The Unites that were built are, however, all individual stand-alone structures. The Unite's footprint is 110 metres by 20 metres (360 feet by 65 feet) in size. It is set on pilotis (the columns on which a build- ing stands leaving the ground floor open). It was designed to consist of 337 residential units housing 1 000 to 1 200 people, a small hotel, retail establishments and communal facilities. The shopping is located on a central floor and areas for a nursery school, jogging track (long before such an activity became popular), and other communal facilities are on the roof. The apartments are each two floors high, with a balcony to provide fresh air and sunlight, primary con- cerns of Le Corbusier. The arrangement of apartments allows for a skip-stop lift system with stops on each third floor. The ground floor was for the parking of cars in dedicated places, for circulation, and for recreation. The scheme affords many of the func- tions of built form shown in Figure 1 .6 as Le Corbusier perceived it should. The problem with his design idea is that it is removed from everyday life; the Unite is simply not a large enough unit to sustain much in the way of retail activities. As a result most of the shops have been converted to other uses. Parking is more haphazard than intended. The development is, nevertheless, much loved by those who live in it. It fits their way of life well, but they have chosen to live there. A similar result occurs in the Unite in Berlin which is really simply an apartment building with only a shop and a post office. Elsewhere, however, the Unites stand semi-empty. A second problem lies in the way bureau- crats and architects think. As Le Corbusier intended public housing agencies and archi- tects around the world from the United Kingdom to Venezuela have regarded the Unite as a prototype to be replicated. They wanted up-to-date designs. The success has been very limited. In the first place the buildings are pale copies of the precedent set by the Unite d'Habitation in Marseilles (Marmot, 1 982). In the second, the ways of life of their inhabitants and what the build- ings afford are at odds. Major references Jencks, Charles (1993). Unite d'Habitation. London: Phaedon Press. Le Corbusier (1 953). L'Unite d'Habitation de Marseilles (The Marseilles Block) [translated from the French by Geoffrey Sainsbury]. London: Harvill. Marmot, Alexi (1982). The legacy of Le Corbusier and high rise housing. Built Environment 7 (2): 82-95. 133 THE TRADITIONAL DESIGN PROFESSIONS, THEIR PRODUCTS AND URBAN DESIGN Buildings Complexes as Urban Design? The classification system used in this book is at its fuzziest in dealing with com- plexes of buildings. Is the new Stata Center at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (see Figure 6.12) a building, or a series of buildings, or a total urban design project? It is presented as an object in space tied into the university's infra- structure system. Rockefeller Center and Pruitt Igoe have been categorized in the core of urban design, yet here the cemetery atModena, Kresge College built on a green-field site, and the rehabilitation of the Ghirardelli complex in San Francisco have been classified as primarily architectural works. The logic for locating these three examples outside the mainstream of urban design activity is that they are self-contained professional architectural works. All three are really independent units. The Ghirardelli Square scheme has had an enormous impact on its surround- ings. This multiplier effect was not part of a conscious overall urban development policy but it has shown the potential importance of individual projects of its scale as generators of urban rehabilitation. The cemetery atModena is a creative adap- tation of a building type and Kresge College, has become a precedent for total small college designs but neither has had a catalytic impact on it surroundings. All three are fine examples of the integration of open and enclosed space into a coherent overall design. Much can be learnt from them. Figure 6.12 The Stata Center, M.I.T. in 2004. 134 THE PRODUCTS OF ARCHITECTURE AND THE NATURE OF URBAN DESIGN Case Study The cemetery of San Cataldo, Modena, Italy: a necropolis in a set of buildings (1971-6) A cemetery in much of the world is a hori- niches. The buildings within the courtyard zontal necropolis, sometimes consuming are symmetrical about a central axis. At the acres and acres of land. Cemeteries can northern end of this axis is a truncated cone also be buildings. Either way they are cities and at the southern end a red cube, of the dead. They have an ambiguous pos- The cone is a communal grave, the cube a house for the dead. The cone houses the unclaimed remains of those who have died in hospitals, jails and hospices. At the upper level is an amphitheatre where ser- vices can be held. Below is the common grave. The cube is an ossuary. It is built of brick with windows punched into it. Its appearance is that of a semi-abandoned building. It has brightly coloured metal bal- conies and stairs giving access to burial niches (see Figure 6.14b). It is open to the sky. One of the walls is solid. The square 1 -metre by 1 -metre windows in the other three walls have neither frames nor panes. ition when it comes to urban design and architecture. The cemetery in Porto Alegre, Brazil (see Figure 6.1 3) is clearly a building, but that cannot be said for the cemetery at Modena, although its architect said that it was 'considered as a building'. Aldo Rossi, the Italian neo-Rationalist architect, designed the cemetery of San Cataldo for Modena. Many critics regard it as his masterpiece. It is an extension to an existing cemetery that has an 'elongated east-west courtyard axis surrounded by brick neo-classical ossuaries' designed by Andrea Costa in the mid-nineteenth cen- tury. The courtyard of that cemetery is a The centre of the cube is the location of conventional burial ground. The new cemetery has an axis to the west of that established by Costa. AJewish cem- etery and central services are located in between Costa and Rossi's designs in a sym- funeral services. The 14 buildings lining the central spine within the courtyards have niches on the side so that they face each other across the space they enclose. The southernmost of metrical pattern along the axis (see Figure these buildings forms a large Euclidean U. 6.14a). Rossi's design picks upon many fea- The height of the buildings depends on tures of Costa's cemetery: its overall geo- their location within the triangular layout, metry, the termination of walkways at a wall Rossi explained his design using an anal- of buildings and the overall composition of ogy. 'The longest element is therefore the objects within a frame. A courtyard sur- lowest whilst the shortest is the tallest . . . rounded by ossuaries, lies beyond this cen- thus a shape analogous to the vertebrae tral axis. These ossuaries are three stories of some osteological formation results' high with external walls. The ground floor (Rossi cited in Broadbent, 1990: 188). The windows of the ossuaries are elongated but cemetery has a second and narrow spine are aligned with the square windows above immediately to the west of this group. This them. The ossuary walls are lined with spine is raised on two-storey septa (dividing 135 THE TRADITIONAL DESIGN PROFESSIONS, THEIR PRODUCTS AND URBAN DESIGN Figure 6.13 The cemetery, Porto Alegre in 1989. walls) with a single-storey ossuary above. The ossuary has pink walls and square win- dows with a pitched blue metal roof. The cemetery is a work of art. Rossi's goal was to create a sense of timelessness. The design concern is centred on the archi- tectural composition in order to achieve a psychological end. The organizing prin- ciples are based on the story that Rossi wants to tell. It is an aesthetic idea that is open to interpretation by everyone. The cognoscenti will respond warmly or coldly to it in terms of their acceptance or rejec- tion of the architect's vision. Others will respond to it in terms of what they perceive. Although Rossi considered the cemetery to be architecture and there is little land- scape design to it, it is possible to consider cemeteries as a type of urban design precinct. Major references Adjmi, Morris, ed. (1991). Aldo Rossi Architecture, 1981-1991. New York: Princeton University Press. Arnell, Peter and Ted Bickford (1985). Aldo Rossi: Buildings and Projects. New York: Rizzoli Inter- national, 88, 101. Broadbent, Geoffrey (1 990). Emerging Concepts in Urban Space Design. London: Van Nostrand Reinhold (International), 186-9. Johnson, J. Eugene (1982). What remains of man? Aldo Rossi's Modena cemetery. Journal of the Society of Architectural Historians 1 : 1 8-54. 136 THE PRODUCTS OF ARCHITECTURE AND THE NATURE OF URBAN DESIGN (a) mufi O Ol ;= tz to o Figure 6.14 The cemetery of San Cataldo, Modena. (a) The plan in context, (b) the interior of the cube and (c) a view towards the cube. 137 THE TRADITIONAL DESIGN PROFESSIONS, THEIR PRODUCTS AND URBAN DESIGN Case Study Kresge College, University of California at Santa Cruz, California, USA: a living-studying building/ complex (1966-74) Kresge College is interesting both for its design and the process through which it was conceived. It was initiated at a time when the members of Board of Trustees of the University of California system were worried about the student unrest at the University of California at Berkeley with its main square, Sproule Plaza, giving a focus, a heart, to the university. The master plan for the University of California at Santa Cruz was designed by William Turnbull (of Moore and Turnbull) in 1967 to have dis- persed colleges. One of them located on a rugged peripheral site surrounded by red- wood trees is Kresge College. In 1969, Moore and Turnbull had com- pleted a design for a college on the site but state funds were only available for teaching facilities. The idea of an integrated living- learning environment existed in the minds of the provost, Robert Edgar, and assistant provost, Michael Kahn. A donation from the Kresge family (of K-Mart fame) had enabled a college along those lines to func- tion in temporary accommodation. With financial contributions from the state and recognition that ongoing student accom- modation fees would have to cover some of the costs, planning went ahead. To aid the programming process, the university ran a course 'Creating Kresge College' and a group of students conducted a survey of their fellows about the types of accommo- dations they desired. The results were par- tially incorporated into the design. The college has antecedents in the Ezra Stiles and Samuel F. B. Morse Colleges at Yale (1962) designed by Eero Saarinen and the colleges at Oxford and Cambridge. The actual design has precedents in similar neighbourhood-like 'village' designs in California. Sea Ranch (1975) by Moore, Lyndon, Turnbull and Whitaker, for instance, is a 2020-hectare (5000-acre) development of clustered units (designed by Joseph Esherick) that exudes a sense of coziness. For Kresge College, Moore and Turnbull (really Charles Moore) designed a scheme around a 1000-foot (280-metre) L-shaped central open space - a 'street' - that the site allowed (see Figure 6.15). This space is entered from the parking lot through a large gateway. At both ends of the street are 'crowd-pullers'. Along the street the architects placed administrative, academic, residential and social units. The idea is simi- lar, like Bielefeld University, to that of a suburban shopping mall with its anchor stores at both ends and smaller shops in between. It is a powerful geometrical type. The street has kinks in it to give a pictur- esque, 'townscape' flavour and it has places for people to meet, sit and chat. It was designed to make the sequential experience of spaces varied and interesting from the moment a person comes through the entrance gate to its termination at a court around which are located a restaurant and the assembly (town) hall. Along the way the vista changes as one changes direction. The street is punctuated with steps, platforms and student speakers' rostrums (above the garbage cans). It is the communal space of the college. The architecture of the built form is stark and contrasts strongly with both the picturesque street layout and the 138 THE PRODUCTS OF ARCHITECTURE AND THE NATURE OF URBAN DESIGN (a) (b) Figure 6.15 Kresge College, University of California at Santa Cruz, (a) The college layout and (b) a view of the 'street' in 1993, redwood trees in the background. Much attention focused on the internal design of the college, what it should and should not accommodate, the appropriate size for stu- dent groups using a hierarchy of common facilities, where they would interact, and how teaching and living spaces should be connected. Those who inhabit the design are gener- ally well satisfied with it as a living and working world. One of the difficulties with the participatory design is that those who are engaged in the programming are not necessarily those who will inhabit the build- ing. The students who participated in devel- oping the program envisaged the showers as communal spaces, but those who have inhabited the scheme have perceived the kitchens to be the locus of daily interactions. Space would have been allocated slightly differently if this behaviour had been pre- dicted. In addition, there is a tendency to over-estimate how much people will go about changing internal designs to suit their peculiar needs. The students have not changed much. After 30 years of operation the original design has proven to be robust. Some elements of the social and physical program of the college have proven to be expensive to maintain. By 1987 mainten- ance costs of running the complex had risen from an original $31 to $212 per student per annum and have continued to rise. The simplicity of the architecture has, however, survived changes in architectural fashions very well indeed. What was created at Kresge College is an academic 'village'. As such it is an urban design. As a single work, it is architecture! The focus of attention in developing the design was very much on the interrelation of open and enclosed space, and on the public and the private realms of student life. The concern was with the aesthetic function of the complex as a unifying element. It was designed as much for providing a sense of 139 THE TRADITIONAL DESIGN PROFESSIONS, THEIR PRODUCTS AND URBAN DESIGN belonging for students who spend a short but intense part of their lives at the college as for the provision of accommodation for academic activities. It functions well as such. Major references Bloomer, Kent C. and Charles W. Moore (1977). Body, Memory, and Architecture. New Haven: Yale University Press. Broadbent, Geoffrey (1990). Kresge College (1966-74). In Emerging Concepts of Urban Space Design. London: Van Nostrand Reinhold (Interna- tional), 254-60. Floyd, Nubra (1987). Kresge College. Progressive Architecture 68 (2): 76-9. Kresge College, http://www.greatbuildings.com/ buildings/ Kresge_College.htm I Case Study Ghirardelli Square, San Francisco, USA: recycling a building complex (1962-7,1982-4) In 1893, the Ghirardelli family bought a sloping block of land bounded by North Point Street, Larkin Street, Beach Street and Polk Street in San Francisco, and con- structed a red brick factory complex to carry on the chocolate making company founded by their ancestor, Domingo Ghirardelli in 1849. The factory complex was built between 1900 and 1916. The family enterprise was bought by the Golden Grain Macaroni Company in the early 1960s and moved to San Leandro, California. The factory buildings were fine industrial structures, solidly built with well-executed brickwork. They were, however, decaying and the site was abandoned apart from a small segment for a limited continuing operation of the company. The site offered considerable potential for redevelopment. The centre of the complex was open to sun- light and to views of San Francisco Bay. The question then was what to do with it. The financially rewarding option for a property developer would have been to demolish the factory and build apartment buildings on the site. The constraint was that the zoning code limited the height of buildings along the city's waterfront in order: (1 ) to prevent any obstruction of the view of the San Francisco Bay from Russian Hill and (2) to maintain the character of the city derived from its rolling topographical contours. Concerned that no public benefit would result from building an apartment complex, William Matson Roth, a public- spirited San Franciscan, and his mother purchased the block with the eye to renovat- ing it. He hired the architectural firm of Wurster, Bernardi and Emmons to carry out a study of possible uses for the complex. In conjunction with landscape architects Lawrence Halprin and John Matthias they developed a program for the block and car- ried it out. It was a total renovation project. The project was carried out in two phases. The first was completed in 1965, and with the departure of the remaining chocolate works, the second was finished in 1967. The problem was to fit in 68 retail 140 THE PRODUCTS OF ARCHITECTURE AND THE NATURE OF URBAN DESIGN Figure 6.16 Ghirardelli Square, San Francisco, (a) The layout, (b) cross-section showing the parking levels, (c) a street view in 2004 and (d) a view of the interior space in 2004, 141 THE TRADITIONAL DESIGN PROFESSIONS, THEIR PRODUCTS AND URBAN DESIGN stores and 15 restaurants into the complex and to create on-site parking for 300 cars while retaining the open character of the square. Placing five levels of parking under the complex solved the parking problem (see Figure 6.1 6b). The retail stores and restaurants were placed around the square and the square itself was redesigned to con- tain an interwoven set of plazas, court- yards, and passages on a number of levels of the sloping site. The renovated complex became a much- loved place well used by San Franciscans and tourists alike. Its economic success also created problems for it. It generated similar uses in the areas surrounding it that came to compete with it. It also, however, became an exemplar of what could be done with robust industrial buildings. In San Francisco itself Joseph Esherick and Asso- ciates renovated the nearby Cannery. By the beginning of 1 980, years of heavy use were beginning to take its toll and the demand for the type of retail outlets was changing. The Roths sold the complex to the Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company and Real Estate West in 1982. These two organizations hired the Edward Plant Company, a retail leasing and devel- opment firm, to manage and upgrade the complex. The owners and consultants formed a team to develop, market and lease the development. William Roth suggested to the Plant organization that Benjamin Thompson and Associates of Cambridge, Massachusetts and Lanier, Sherrill, and Morrison, a San Francisco architectural firm, be hired to design the renovation. Thompson was a commercial tenant of the square - his Design Research store was located there. He had also served on the honour awards jury of Progressive Architecture when Ghirardelli Square received a citation so he knew it well. Albert Lanier had long been an advisor to Roth. The design team's goal was to provide an environment that would increase the retailing activity on the site. Its objectives were: (1) to update the retailing image of the square, (2) to solve some of the intricate circulation problems created by the variety of levels of the build- ing, (3) to eliminate some of the dead ends that made retailing difficult and (4) to cre- ate a 1 0,500-square-foot (980-square-metre) anchor store. Shopfronts were redesigned to increase their visibility and modernize their image. Large hand-carved wooden signs and direc- tory boards were introduced to aid way- finding, banners that flutter in the breeze provide some additional visual life to the setting, and neon lighting was introduced to selectively enliven the place. Meanwhile the brickwork was re-pointed, the roofs resurfaced and landscaping restored. All the changes had to be compatible, as deemed by San Francisco's Landmark Preservation Board, with the historic char- acter of the area. It was not only the design that was changed to enliven the square but also the administration. Special events such as art shows have become a regular feature of life there. New leasing arrangements were made to include more high-fashion stores to appeal to young people and, similarly, more casual outdoor restaurants were added. In short, the 'old-fashioned' image was replaced by a more 'festival market' one. In the space of 4 years the gross retail sales increased by 50% and net operating income by nearly 60%. Some observers decried the changes. Lawrence Halprin said 'They have Rousified the place' - the Rouse Corporation being a major suburban shop- ping mall developer. Perhaps the greatest 142 THE PRODUCTS OF ARCHITECTURE AND THE NATURE OF URBAN DESIGN success of the Square has, however, been its demonstration that decaying areas on the edge of central cities can be renovated with financial success provided the behaviour of the market is understood. Ghirardelli Square became a precedent that many other designs throughout the world have followed. Both major renovations there were carried out as total collaborative designs. Are renovation/redesign products such as Ghirardelli Square urban design projects? The square's rehabilitation was not a product of public policy-making. It could have been given the public interest concern of the Roths. It, however, was not! Today (2004), the complex is finding it dif- ficult to compete with the Cannery and with discount stores that offer similar goods at lower prices. Will it be changed yet again? Major references Attoe, Wayne and Donn Logan (1989). American Urban Architecture: Catalyst in the Design of Cities. Berkeley and Los Angeles: University of California Press, xiii-iv. Barnes, W. Anderson (1986). Ghirardelli Square: keeping a first first. Urban Land 45 (May): 6-1 0. Freeman, Allen (1986). 'Fine tuning' a landmark of adaptive use. Architecture 75 (11): 66-71 . Urban Objects The placing of elements in the urban scene has an important impact on cities. They include a wide variety of types. Objects of sculpture (monuments, art works and curiosity objects), clock towers, fountains, and street furniture all add lustre to the cityscape (see Figure 6.17). They can make focal points, terminals to vistas, instandy recognizable places for people to meet, and generally provide an addi- tional amenity to the environment. They can also add unnecessary clutter. As many urban open spaces are boring because they are poorly related to their sur- roundings, there is a tendency for designers to want to fill them up with some- thing. They become over-designed. The deck at La Defense (see Chapter 8) was improved considerably when sculpture was added to it, but well-designed open spaces (in terms of size and what surrounds them) have no need for much in the way of added elements. Banners and signs form an important part of cities and the way they are han- dled often says much about the culture of which they are a part. Architects have generally desired to neaten the environment but the chaotic nature of objects and appurtenances that crowd many lively streets makes one pause to think about the way to move ahead. Recently, large screens, used for advertising, but also for entertainment have begun to appear in public squares. Buildings are now being developed with 'smart skins' that are able to portray images. In some places (e.g. Singapore) great attention is paid to the illumination of buildings that adds much liveliness to the night-time urban environment. The introduction of such items into the city is seen as urban design by some observers. It changes cities. 143 THE TRADITIONAL DESIGN PROFESSIONS, THEIR PRODUCTS AND URBAN DESIGN »'"*'<• Vi^ff^ J ~ _ l [< ^ (b) Figure 6.17 Urban objects, (a) Union Square, New York in 1997 and (b) sculpture by Picasso, Daley Plaza, Chicago in 1993. Major reference Robinette, Margaret A. (1976). Outdoor Sculpture: Whitney Library of Design. Object and Environment. New York: Commentary: Are these Architectural Products Urban Design? Individual buildings are important. The Chrysler Building in New York has shaped people's view of what good urban buildings are as objects and as space making elements. It is a well-fitting design for a city but it was not an urban design project! It is the catalytic effect of the buildings in some of the cases covered here that might make them urban design. Others can be regarded as urban design because they incorporate mixed-uses that are part of the traditional city into a single unit. Most are, however, simply architectural works on an urban scale, as interesting and as important as they may be. Much of the difference comes from the scope of the goals set and the concern or not with their potential multiplier and side effects on their environments. All the schemes described here have in common a major concern for their geometry, their formal aesthetics. This observation does not mean that the archi- tectural idea has totally led the program rather than come out of it. Kresge College is an example showing a great concern for the development of a coher- ent behavioural and building program before design began. What all the cases 144 THE PRODUCTS OF ARCHITECTURE AND THE NATURE OF URBAN DESIGN do show is that the quality of the program is crucial to the development of high- quality work. Three of the schemes included here, Arcosanti, Kresge College and Ghirardelli Square owe much to philanthropic gestures. The Guggenheim Museum, the Unite d'Habitation and Bielefeld University were amongst those publicly funded. What they have in common is that they are architectural works completed by single teams. They have evolved and will continue to evolve as time goes by. Ghirardelli Square has had a formal makeover already. The Unite has seen a reduction in the number of shops it contains. Arcosanti evolves on the drawing board day-by-day. At Kresge College students have added trellises and planting that were not intended as part of the original idea of making a flexible scheme. All of the buildings have shown wear and tear due to use and the effects of the climate. Designs evolve. Robust buildings and open spaces survive in new guises, adding a sense of place and continuity of spirit to locations. All new buildings change the urban scene when they are built - some radically, some not. Individual buildings are nevertheless, not urban designs as envisaged in this book, com- plexes of buildings may well be. The projects described here all have strong architectural ideas behind them. However paramount the central architectural idea guiding a design may be, it is essential that the design be based on a multi- functional model of human behaviour and can evolve as the world evolves. Alternatively, it should be designed to be demolished. 145 Canary Wharf, London in 2004 The core of urban design work: Part procedures and products Specifying what falls within and without the core of urban design work will raise the ire of a number of city planners, landscape architects and architects. Each profession has a broader view of its own work than the view of its work held by people outside it. In order to understand what urban design is in comparison to those activities and products described in Part 2 it is necessary to identify a par- ticular set of processes and products as being the heart of urban design. The pos- ition taken here is that those people, architects mainly, whose work in the 1960s and 1970s defined the field 'almost got it right'. The core of urban design work is defined here primarily in terms of common processes of design and administration. There is a significant intellectual similar- ity between varieties of products generated by the same generic method within a specific design paradigm. True, it is possible to cut the cake in another direction. An organization based on product types would allow the impacts of differences in methodological approaches to be explicated. It would not, however, show the thought processes, similar though they may be, that differentiate urban design from the traditional practices and views of city planning, landscape architecture and architecture. Urban design, as stated in Chapter 1, is fundamentally concerned with the design of the three-dimensional qualities of the public realm of human settle- ments, taking into consideration the fourth dimension - time. Time is a consid- eration in urban design in many ways. It is both a factor in the way an urban design is experienced and in its relationship to its cultural context at different moments in its history. Some of the projects described in this part of the book have been hailed a great success at one moment and as a failure at another only to be regarded as a success at a third time. Time is also a factor in the evolution of an urban design project. Many of the schemes included here evolved as perceptions of the nature of the problem being addressed changed in response to shifts in their political and economic contexts. There were five clearly different proposals for the Barbican site (see Chapter 7) and at least six distinct designs were produced for Battery Park City during its 30-year evolution, each based on a contemporary urban design paradigm (see Chapter 8). 147 THE CORE OF URBAN DESIGN WORK: PROCEDURES AND PRODUCTS Buildings and their context also change from the moment a job is said to be have been completed. The climate and patterns of use - indeed sometimes love - take their toll so projects need to be renovated or demolished. Two of the schemes described here - Pruitt-Igoe in St Louis and Paternoster Square were demolished largely because what is now perceived to have been the wrong para- digm was employed as the basis of their designs. Paternoster Square has since been rebuilt. The first of these projects is described in Chapter 7 and the second in Chapter 8. In Chapter 2 , I described four types of urban design - total, all-of-a-piece, piece-by-piece and plug-in - based on the way a vision for a city or precinct is implemented. A brief recapitulation is in place here to set the framework for this part of the book. The term 'total urban design' implies that the whole scheme is carried out under one auspice and by one hand even if it is a communal hand. Examples are described in Chapter 7. 'All-of-a-piece urban design' is the type described in the statement by Lord Llewellyn-Davies that opens Chapter 1 of this book. It involves creating a vision for a city or one of its precincts and capturing that image in a conceptual design. The conceptual design is then divided into parcels of land each of which is developed and designed by different people in accordance with a set of design guidelines, or directives. A number of such proj- ects are presented in 'Chapter 8: All-of-a-piece urban design'. The two chapters also cover a wide variety of product types that employ a wide variety of paradig- matic approaches. The processes and products described in Chapters 7 and 8 were the traditional core of urban design work. Saying that 'piece-by-piece urban design' falls within the core of urban design endeavour is more controversial because it does not involve specific physical design projects but rather the design of policies that promote the development of certain building and urban types within specific precincts, of a city. Piece-by- piece urban design involves the use of zoning and other planning instruments to achieve urban outcomes without using site-specific design guidelines or direc- tives. The procedures employed are described in Chapter 9. The fourth type of urban design that falls within the core of urban design is plug-in urban design. It does deal with specific design projects. It focuses primarily but not entirely, on the design of links between places. Infrastructure elements can also include facilities such as schools, libraries and other public services. The pub- lic policy concern is with their catalytic effect. Infrastructure design as urban design is discussed in Chapter 10. Much infrastructure design, however, falls outside the realm of direct urban design interests and is either city planning or civil engineer- ing. It could be argued that the concerns of civil engineering, as much as the other environmental design disciplines, can overlap those of urban design. That discus- sion is dealt with briefly in 'Chapter 12: Afterthoughts: Urban design - field or discipline and profession?'. 148 Total urban design Total urban design occurs when an entire project is carried out under one auspice and under the direction of an individual designer or a group acting as an individ- ual. It is completed as one piece of work from property development to design to implementation. The concern is from the broadest policy issues, to the architec- ture, to the landscaping and to the details of street furniture. Total urban designs include a wide variety of product types: new towns, urban precincts of various descriptions (either as cleared site projects or as partial redevelopments), new suburbs, housing developments, campuses and historical revitalizations. Some projects are mixed types. The strengths of total urban designs lie in their unity of appearance and, often, boldness of form. To critics this unity is their weakness. There is certainly the dan- ger of them being dull, boring, if sanitary places but that is not necessarily because they are total urban designs. Many have indeed proven to be disappointing once they have been experienced for a short while but it is because of the paradigm fol- lowed. Attitudes towards specific total urban designs vary from observer to observer and they change over time. Designs (e.g. the Barbican, London) that were originally praised for the strength of their ideas were then seen to be lacking the diversity, individualism and the complexity that the traditional city offers. The Barbican, amongst other schemes, is now seen as a fine design. The total urban design schemes, particularly housing projects from the 1950s and 1960s, based on the Modernist ideology that sunlight and air are the crucial variables in urban design are no longer seen as worthy substitutes for the per- sonal identity and the variety of behaviour settings that many seemingly run- down areas of cities possess. Sunlight and air are indeed fundamental human requirements but whether they should override so completely other design con- siderations (as they still do in many large-scale housing projects in Asia today; see Figure 7.1) has been questioned (Miao, 2003). It is extremely difficult, for one hand to design for variety. Urban designs schemes carried out all-of-a-piece following New Urbanist ideas have thus become the accepted paradigm of many architects at the beginning of the twenty-first century in the United States and there is considerable sympathy for the ideology elsewhere. Many Modernist design ideas are, however, still alive, 149 THE CORE OF URBAN DESIGN WORK: PROCEDURES AND PRODUCTS Figure 7.1 A typical early twenty-first century gated housing scheme in Shanghai. well and frequently used in practice. No doubt, however, the urban designs qual- ities that give them critical acclaim in architectural circles will change in a cyc- lical manner as they have done in the past. Simplicity and boldness will be followed by a demand for complexity and mess followed by ... ! Major references Lang, Jon (1994). The nature of urban design today. In Urban Design: The American Experience. New York: Van Nostrand Reinhold, 68-100. Moudon, Ann Vernez and Wayne Attoe (1995). Urban Design: Reshaping Our Cities. Seattle, WA: Urban Design Program, University of Washington. The Case Studies The case studies presented here include a variety of new towns and precincts of cities. The idea of a new town is widely understood although there are debates over how inclusive and independent a development a new town should be in terms of the activities it affords. They are supposed to include all the aspects of a city so that they can exist as semi-independent units within a regional context. They are seldom as self-contained as the accepted definition suggests. The way precincts are considered here is complex. Some of the examples are located on what were green-field sites (land formerly unused or used for agriculture); others were built on brown-field sites (those previously built-upon and demolished). In this chapter, a somewhat arbitrary distinction is drawn between those precinct developments on totally cleared brown-field sites (or in the case of the Barbican in 150 TOTAL URBAN DESIGN London on an almost totally cleared site), and those involving the integration of existing buildings into a new development. Both are examples of urban renewal. Within the category of precincts a number of distinctions have been made. Housing developments have been organized into a category, as have been cam- puses and streets. Housing complexes tend to be predominandy single-use areas, campuses have park-like settings, and streets are elements of urban infrastruc- ture. Bucharest's Avenue of the Victory of Socialism is categorized in this chap- ter as a total urban design because it includes the buildings that line it and frame it. As such it is a very different project to the landscaping of George Street, Sydney described in Chapter 5. It is a design that involved the third dimension of a city not only its ground plane. The Avenue is also an example of autocratic urban design and in many critics' eyes an urban design disaster. New Towns There is no census of the new towns built in the world during the second half of the twentieth century. We know that the number is vast. The proportion designed totally by one hand for one public authority or for one private developer is rela- tively small, but the number is still substantial. Some developments that started out as total urban designs became piece-by-piece urban designs; all have evolved since they were nominally completed. Chandigarh in India, for instance, is seen by many as the work of one man, Le Corbusier, but it has been the work of many people and is becoming more so as time passes. It started out as a total urban design on the drawing board but apart from two precincts it has evolved into a city-planning scheme with a number of urban design projects within it. The group of total urban designs includes a national capital city, a number of state capitals in their initial stages, many cities built de novo to redistribute popu- lations within a country and company towns. Brasilia is a national capital, while Chandigarh, the capital of Punjab, Bhubaneshwar, the capital of Orissa and Gandhinagar the capital of Gujarat, all in India, are examples of state capitals that began as total urban designs. The new towns programmes of the United Kingdom and of Soviet Union provided many examples of the second type of new town. Although none are included in this chapter, Runcorn described in Chapter 4 is an example. The Gujarat State Fertilizer Corporation (GSFC) Township in Vadodara in India is both an example of the manifestation of a government redis- tribution policy and a company town. Only the developments of Brasilia and the GSFC Township are described here. They fully exemplify the characteristics of new towns that are total urban designs at a large and small size, respectively. Capital Cities Custom-built capital cities are much shaped by the motivation to make them symbols of their country or state. This necessity is particularly strongly felt and displayed in the design of their governmental precincts as is clear in the design of Washington, colonial New Delhi, Brasilia, Chandigarh, Islamabad, and, more 151 THE CORE OF URBAN DESIGN WORK: PROCEDURES AND PRODUCTS recently, Abuja and Belmopan. Even more recently, there are the examples of Yamoussoukro in the Ivory Coast, and currendy Putra Jaya in Malaysia. The scale of these endeavours varies considerably with Yamoussoukro being the most grandiose and Belmopan, the least. Brasilia is the only one that is really a total urban design and then only in its formal area. Chandigarh may have had an over- all total infrastructure design but its components have been carried out piece-by- piece in accordance with general zoning codes and building byelaws. Only its capital and city centre complexes remain total designs. Brasilia is the exemplar of a total urban design guided by strong political and architectural ideologies. Its urban design process was quite autocratic in nature. Will new capital cities be designed in the future? The relocation of national and state capitals is still talked about in various countries with varying degrees of seriousness. In 2004 the establishment of a new capital for South Korea was blocked by that country's constitutional court. There are continuing low key dis- cussions of new capital cities for Argentine and Japan, and a state capital more centrally located than Juneau for Alaska. Possibly, the balkanization of regions of the world may result in new capital cities. Presumably when Chandigarh (at pre- sent serving as the capital of two Indian states: Punjab and Haryana) becomes solely the capital of Punjab, Haryana will require its own. Much depends on the drive of individual leaders to celebrate their own states and themselves. Major references Capital Cities (1989). Ekistics 50 (299). Special Issue. Nilsson, Sten Ake (1973). The New Capitals of India, Pakistan and Bangladesh. London: Curzon Press. Rapoport, Amos (1993). On the nature of capital cities and their physical expression. In John H. Taylor, Jean G. Lengelle and Caroline Andrew, eds., Capital Cities: International Perspectives. Ottawa: Carleton University Press, 31-64. Case Study Brasflia, Brazil: a national capital (1946-70+) The idea of and the name, Brasilia, for a nation's capital from Rio de Janiero to new capital for Brazil goes back to, at least, state-owned land in the interior. The goal 1823 when Jose Bonifcacio suggested that was to open up the centre of the country to the country's capital should be moved to significant development. The decision was a Goias. The action to actually build a new bold act of will. capital began on 18 September 1946, when In 1953, the Congress instructed the using the power invested in it by Article 4 administration to select a site by 1955. A of the nation's constitution, the Brazilian year later, the aerial photographic and inter- Chamber of Deputies voted to move the pretation company of Cornell University 152 TOTAL URBAN DESIGN Figure 7.2 President Juscelino Kubitschek. professor Donald Belcher was hired to pin- point a suitable site. The firm recommended one based on its topography, soil qualities, rainfall and winds. It has porous soil and summer rainfall, and is located at an alti- tude of a little over 1 000 metres with a rela- tive humidity varying between 55% and 86% over the course of the year. In 1956, with the site selected, Congress authorized the for- mation of a company NOVACAP (Nova Capital) to proceed with the development of Brasilia. Its only shareholder was the Brazilian Government. The whole process of development was pushed ahead by Presi- dent (1956-61) Juscelino Kubitschek (see Figure 7.2) and some see the city as a monu- ment to him. In September 1 956, NOVACAP announced a competition for the general plan of Brasilia. The requirement was that the entries: (1 ) show the proposed structure of the city, the location of its precincts, centres and lines of communication at a scale of 1:25,000 and (2) provide a supporting report. The competition was open to all Brazilian archi- tects, planners and urbanists. A consider- able body of data was assembled to assist the entrants. The winning entry was to be selected by an international jury (including Brazilian architect Oscar Niemeyer). From 26 entries it selected the scheme (see Figures 2.3 and 7.3a) by Lucio Costa, a consultant town planner, over those by Goncalves, Millman and Rocha, MMM Roberto (see Figure 7.3c) and Rino Levi (see Figure 7.3b). Costa's selection was controversial because he failed to meet the criteria established by NOVACAP. He, nevertheless, had an idea that captivated the jury and, it seems, President Kubitschek. Oscar Niemeyer became the principal architect. Costa presented a series of sketches on five cards. His plan was chosen because it was a 'noble diagram' supported by a 153 THE CORE OF URBAN DESIGN WORK: PROCEDURES AND PRODUCTS (a) Figure 7.3 Plans for Brasilia, (a) The Costa plan with the satellite townships that had grown up by 1967, (b) the Rino Levi proposal and (c) the MMM Roberto firm proposal. 154 TOTAL URBAN DESIGN uirmp ji^u" i Institutional use Row houses Park Service lane School W-3 Street Commerce Shops Nursery school Elementary school Six-story apartments Church Cinema Motor axis Superblock Three-story apartments School park Figure 7.4 The plan of the residential superquadras, convincing report. The scheme featured two great axes. One axis, the monumental, would contain the capital complex; the other, in the form of an arc tied to the drainage pattern of the site, would house the residential and associated sectors. Conceptually the plan had four parts: 1 the government buildings, 2 the residential superquadras (superblocks), (see Figure 7.4) 3 the vehicular circulation pattern, 4 the city centre. In his original report Costa said the lake- front should be reserved for recreation but ultimately the lake divided the totally planned world from that of the private lots on its south (see Figures 3.1 and 7.3a). The plan has antecedents in two generic city designs of Le Corbusier: the City for 3 Million (1922) and the Radiant City (1930). The dwelling units are of uniform height and appearance, and are grouped into superblocks with communal facilities and gardens. The administration, business and finance towers are located at the central crossing of axes. Thus Brasilia was a total urban design north of the lake with NOVA- CAP as the developer, Lucio Costa as plan- ner and Oscar Niemeyer as architect. The team was responsible for the design and implementation of a single-unified product. Beyond the 'piano pilloto', it is a piece-by- piece urban design and satellite towns have grown up somewhat haphazardly plugging into whatever pieces of infrastructure were available (Figure 7.3a). The funding of the infrastructure and build- ings, apart from the foreign embassies and the private lots south of the lake, was provided and controlled by the central government of Brazil. Even so, significant changes were made in the plan due to political and economic 155 THE CORE OF URBAN DESIGN WORK: PROCEDURES AND PRODUCTS Figure 7.5 Two views of Brasilia, (a) The monumental axis; an early photograph and (b) the residential superquadras; an early photograph. pressures and other architects became Brasilia was built from the centre out- involved but the design team remained in wards. The first phase involved the design charge and the main goal of making a sym- of the monumental axis and adjacent areas bolic centre for Brazil was fully achieved. to the east and west. When Brasilia was 156 TOTAL URBAN DESIGN inaugurated in 1960, 3 years after ground was broken, the main buildings on the mon- umental axis, the congress and ministries, the bulk of the highway system and several of the superblocks had been completed. The majority of the citizens of the metropolitan area, however, resided in towns that had sprung up around the construction site and many of the workers lived in construction camps and immigrants from country areas lived in flavellas (shantytowns). The total designed core of Brasilia itself became a city for the middle class (Figure 7.5). As a symbol for the country Brasilia has been a great architectural success. The sculp- tural quality of government precinct has been much photographed. As a demonstration of Modernist ideals it has no peer. Brasilia has fostered regional development as intended and has become a major cultural centre. It has become a city. Many people enjoy living there. Brasilia, however, lacks the liveliness of Rio de Janeiro or Sao Paulo. There is lit- tle street-life, no street corners as places to hang out. Its streets are not seams for life, but, rather, edges to superblocks and designed for the free flow of traffic. Yet the car ownership level is not what was pre- dicted. The life of the city has become inter- nalized. The city design represents the complete break from tradition, behav- iourally and physically, that the Modernists sought. Major references Del Rio, Vicente and Haroldo Gallo (2000). The legacy of modernism in Brazil: paradigm turned reality or unfinished project? Docomomo Journal 23 (August): 23-7. Epstein, David (1973). Brasilia, Plan and Reality: A Study of Planned and Spontaneous Urban Development. Berkeley and Los Angeles: University of California Press. Evenson, Norma (1973). Two Brazilian Capitals: Architecture and Urbanism in Rio de Janeiro and Brasilia. New Haven: Yale University Press. Holston, James (1989). The Modernist City: An Anthropological Critique of Brasilia. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Company Towns A company town is a planned settlement for workers of a single-industrial organiza- tion. Many were built in Western Europe and the Americas during the nineteenth century as a response to the 'coke towns' of the industrializing world. They were predominantly private enterprise developments and every aspect of the physical town, and often life within it, was under company control. Some are well known. Bourneville in England (1879+), Pullman, Illinois (188CM), the earlier Le Cruesot and Mulhouse in France and the Krupp industry towns in Germany amongst many others had both physical and social objectives in mind and were both autocratic and paternalistic. Such towns are characterized by company-built community facilities and housing. The housing is very much all the same with the more senior staff hav- ing the larger abodes. The manager's house is often distinctive. Other company towns have been resource oriented. Many were located at the sources of mines. Wells, British Columbia (1937-67), for example, served the Gold Quartz Mine and had a population of 4500 at its peak. It was sold off when the mine closed in 1967. It now has a population of 250 people. Nhulunbuy 157 THE CORE OF URBAN DESIGN WORK: PROCEDURES AND PRODUCTS (1966+) in northern Australia is a town of 4000 people developed to exploit bauxite deposits. It flourishes still. Such towns will continue to be built while the earth's resources that are located away from major centres are exploited. Most manufacturing-industry-based company towns were and are located in the suburban areas of cities. With the improvement of both individual and mass transportation and the provision of government funded housing programmes during the twentieth century, private enterprise company towns became unneces- sary. Manufacturing-based company towns are, nevertheless, like mining towns, still being built. The reason for their existence did, however, change during the second half of the twentieth century. They were part of national policies for redistributing employment opportunities and population. Internationally known architects designed some company towns. B. V Doshi designed the GSFC Township described here. It is a thoughtfully considered company town, but many have been designed in a hurried fashion, because they are expected to be short lived. All company towns, whether designed by famous architects or not, have much in common. In particular, it is that design control is centralized. More than any other type of new town they tend to be total urban designs. Some follow the Garden City paradigm; others are Rationalist. Others (e.g. Yorkship Village -now Fairview- in Camden, New Jersey, 1918) are domes- tic scale City Beautiful schemes. A number, such as Fairview, have survived the demise of their parent company. Major references Bucci, Frederico, ed. (1998). Company Towns. New York: Princeton University Press. Crawford, Margaret (1995). Building the Workingman's Paradise: The Design of American Company Towns. New York: Verso. Darley, Gillian (1978). Villages of Vision. London: Palladin. Case Study The GSFC Township, Vadodara, India: an industrial township (1964-9) The Indian government has a policy of decen- such company town. It is an example of an tralizing industries. To attract workers to urban design where the architect has tried to locations outside their home states, town- deviate from the standard norms of corn- ships have to be built to house them at sub- pany town design. sidized rates in attractive surroundings. There Balkrishna V. Doshi, the architect for the are many such towns in India providing for a township, in writing about the design for wide variety of industry types. State govern- company towns, noted: ments have followed suit. The GSFC is one such organization. Its township on the out- | n large township projects where the govern- skirts of Vadodara (formerly Baroda) is one ment controls finance, there is a definite 158 TOTAL URBAN DESIGN TOWNSHIP S Figure 7.6 The Gujarat State Fertilizer Corporation (GSFC) Township, Vadodara. (a) The site plan and (b) a view of lower-income housing, 159 THE CORE OF URBAN DESIGN WORK: PROCEDURES AND PRODUCTS pattern of rules and conditions to be fol- lowed in spite of local needs or changes in the cost of materials. The projects usually emphasize the size and area of rooms rather than living concepts ... As a result housing in India has always remained a package of boxes and not housing (Doshi cited in Steele, 1998: 50). Many company town plans in India are just taken directly from government specifi- cations without much additional thought. Often the road hierarchy and widths are given and the number of units of each type of housing unit is specified. This was largely true for the GSFC Township but Doshi strove to meet local requirements and paid special attention to the local climate, local traditions and the adaptability of buildings. The total area of the township is 140 acres (56 hectares) of which half is allocated to parks and a quarter to circulation. The plan takes the form of a superblock with all vehicular traffic entering the interior of the block from a single-circumferential road (see Figure 7.6a). It is a modified Radburn plan (see Figure 7.1 8a). A network of pedes- trian paths links the residential areas to the heart of the site. At the car-free core of the site are the public facilities: dispensary and hospital, kindergarten, post office, a pri- mary, a middle and a secondary school, and some sports facilities. A water tower is a special design feature giving a point of refer- ence to the core area. The housing types owe much to contemporary modern architecture in India, Doshi's experiences in working with Le Corbusier, and the antecedents of Le Corbusier's work in that of Tony Gamier. The nature of the types and their location reflects the status and income level of their residents within the company hierarchy (see Steele, 1 998). At the upper end of the scale families have houses with private gardens located in quiet enclaves. At the lower end of the hierarchy are flats and 'slotted' row houses (see Figure 7.6b). Their designs respond to the spilling out of daily activities into open areas in a manner typical of Indian life. Doshi paid special attention to the creation of open spaces with nooks and crannies. Balconies provide opportunities for diverse behaviours: sleeping out on charpoys, parking motor scooters, chatting and doing light industrial work. In particu- lar, the territorial hierarchy of transitions from private space to public - from steps to ledges to the small street to the square (chowk) is respected. The township is given a visual unity through the use of concrete combined with thick brick walls. Doshi, as he freely admits, got some things (such as natural ventilation techniques) wrong in his early work. His later townships (e.g. for the Life Insurance Corporation of India (LIC) Township at Hyderabad, 1968-71 and for Indian Farmers Fertilizer Cooperative (IFFCO) at Kalol 1970-3 and 1 976) are more sophisticated but follow the ideas he developed in Vadodara. Other Indian architects have picked up the themes much more recently and with greater detail borrowing patterns from the past in a New Urbanist manner. Major references Curtis, William J. R. (1988). Balkrishna Doshi: An Architect for India. New York: Rizzoli International. Doshi, Balkrishna V. (1982). Housing. Ahmedabad: Stein, Doshi, Bhalla. Steele, James (1998). The Complete Architecture of Balkrishna Doshi: Rethinking Modernism for the Developing World. London: Thames and Hudson. 160 TOTAL URBAN DESIGN Figure 7.7 The Lincoln Center, New York with the Metropolitan Opera in the background in 1993. Precincts: Green-field and Cleared Brown-field Sites Most urban design schemes deal with precincts of cities. A wide variety of them have been designed by one hand. They include capital complexes, cultural dis- tricts, commercial centres, campuses of many types, and simply thousands of housing developments, urban and suburban. The Lincoln Center in New York (see Figure 7.7), and the Capital Complex (see the Case study below) and the City Centre in Chandigarh (see Figure 2.4) are amongst many well known such developments around the world that were the responsibility of one authority and designed by one architect or one team of architects under a single leader - in the case of Lincoln Center the leader was Wallace K. Harrison. A number of archi- tects worked under his direction. They included his partner Max Abromowitz and Philip Johnson. The Barbican in London is a multi-use complex of the type. In these schemes the borderline between architectural and urban design gets blurred. The unity of physical texture and aesthetics of such schemes leads them to be, in Kevin Lynch 's terms, districts (see Lynch, 1960). Whether districts designed by one set of hands are as desirable as they might have been if different hands had designed them is always open to question and debate. Any evaluation depends on the values deemed to be important at the time of the analysis. At present the lack of visual variety and the boldness of the schemes is generally deemed to be a weakness by those outside the architectural profession. Architects are more divided in their opinions. 161 THE CORE OF URBAN DESIGN WORK: PROCEDURES AND PRODUCTS Case Study The Capital Complex, Chandigarh, In still incomplete) Chandigarh, a new state capital, resulted from the partitioning of the state of Punjab partly into India and partly into Pakistan on independence in 1947. The Capital Complex stands outside the main body of the new city itself. Its site is approximately 400 metres north-south and 800 metres east-west in dimension. It was designed by Le Corbusier and superseded an earlier design by Mathew Nowicki who died in an aircraft accident in 1951. B. V. Doshi was the very young site architect. The government of India was the ultimate sponsor of the project while P. L. Varma, Chief Engineer of Punjab, and P. N. Thapar, the State Administrator, were the immediate clients. Prime Ministerjawaharlal Nehru also took a keen interest in the project as a symbol of the newly independent India. If Le Corbusier needed support when his ideas were in conflict with those of local officials, he turned to Nehru. The Capital Complex as it now exists con- sists of three buildings and two sculptural structures (see Figure 7.8). Their arrange- ment stands in strong contrast to the colo- nial organization of the Capital Complex in New Delhi. The three major buildings: the Secretariat, the High Court and the Assembly building (legislature) are monuments to the democratic principles of the Indian constitu- tion. The Assembly Hall and the Supreme Court are the most prominent facing each other across an extremely broad stretch of concrete paving (455 metres, about 1500 feet, in length, but seemingly farther on a summer day). This arrangement symbolizes the balance of power between the legislature and the courts. The Secretariat is to the rear dia: a civic design (1953-62+; and the Governor's palace - the Governor being representative of the central govern- ment - to the north. The latter building has never been built. Nehru rejected the idea of its location at the head of the complex as being undemocratic. It reminded him of the location of the Viceroy's palace in New Delhi. The alternative proposal was to have a museum there. It too has yet to be built. The overall composition is based on two interlocking 400 metre squares. The eastern facade of the Secretariat bounds one edge of the western square and the Assembly Hall and the proposed museum are within it. The eastern square has the Assembly Hall, museum and the High Court within it. The composition also contains a series of gardens, courts, reflecting pools and monuments. The Tower of Shadows, the Monument to the Open Hand and the Pit of Reflection have been completed but other components remain unbuilt. The largest of the buildings in the com- plex is the Secretariat located to the side and rear of the Assembly Hall and symbol- ically subservient to it. It has a north-south axis and defines the western edge of the site. The building itself is based on a grid pattern with small porches on its eastern and western facades. Freer forms break the grid pattern and the status of workers inside is shown on the facade by the size of units allocated to them. The roof of the building houses a seldom-used garden. The Assembly Hall has a square plan with the hall itself, with seating for 250 legislators, being surrounded by ceremonial space and separate galleries for the press, and for men 162 TOTAL URBAN DESIGN Figure 7.8 The capital complex, Chandigarh, (a) Le CorPusier and B. V. Doshi in Paris, (b) the site plan, (c) a view of the capital complex in 1996 with the monument to the Open hand in the foreground and the Assembly Hall and the Secretariat to the rear and (d) the entrance to the AssemPly Hall. 163 THE CORE OF URBAN DESIGN WORK: PROCEDURES AND PRODUCTS and for women. On three sides of the build- ing are offices that are protected from the sun by a massive brise-soleil. A council chamber with seating for 70 has a pyramided ceiling. The great portico facing the Supreme Court has eight thin piers that support a troughed roof that spills rainwater into a reflecting pool in front of the building. The inspiration of the cooling towers of the power station outside Ahmedabad, is clear in the roof form. The High Court is an L-shaped building housing the High Court Room and a number of smaller courtrooms equally expressed on the building's facade. A high portico faces the Assembly Hall. The three pylons of the por- tico that rise 18 metres (50 feet) from the ground symbolize the majesty of the law, the fear of the law and the shelter of the law. A double roof protects the whole building from the power of the summer sun. The complex as an entity - buildings and landscape - is a powerful symbolic work of art by a single architect. In many ways it formed his international image as an architect of note. It is a moving composition for many architects and a source of pride for the citizens of Chandigarh. The design illustrates Le Corbusier's exploration of geometrical, cos- mological, rural and vernacular themes. It is unambiguously a total, Modernist, urban design project. Few schemes are as clear in their intentions. It was entirely publicly funded. Whether or not so much money should have been spent on a single project is always a sub- ject of debate especially in a country with mea- gre financial resources. Major references Bahga, Sarbijt, Surinder Bahga and Yashinder Bahga (1993). Capitol Complex, Chandigarh (1951-62). In Modern Architecture in India. Post-Independence Perspective. New Delhi: Galgotia, 24-7. Lang, Jon, Madhavi Desai and Miki Desai (1997). Architecture and Independence: The Search for Identity — India 1880 to 1980. New Delhi: Oxford University Press. Nilsson, Sten Ake (1973). The New Capitals of India, Pakistan and Bangladesh. London: Curzon Press. Case Study The Barbican, London, England, UK: (1959-82) The Barbican development is located on a 62-acre (25-hectare) site in the north- western corner of the City of London. The site had been almost completely destroyed during World War II. It consists of three components: a 1 2-acre (5-hectare) site - the Golden Lane Scheme - a southern portion of 10 acres (4 hectares) and a central area of 24.7 acres (1 hectares). It is this central mixed-use but predominantly residential an inner city development complex designed by Chamberlain, Powell and Bon in 1959 that is the example of a total urban design project described here. The design for the site, however, went through several iterations before that design became the one implemented. During the 1950s, traffic congestion resu- lting from the increasing employment in the City was a major problem requiring atten- tion. While the number of jobs located there 164 TOTAL URBAN DESIGN was soaring, the residential population of the City had plummeted from 125,000 in 1851 to 5000 a hundred years later. One public policy goal of the council was to attract people to live in the City again. The Barbican was a response. The City Corporation of London (now Corporation of London) was originally the sponsor of the project. It had started pur- chasing land at the end of World War II and by 1954 had acquired freehold possession of 50% of the site and had taken steps to acquire an additional 25%. It was, however, the London County Council who ultimately promoted the project. In addition, an archi- tectural leader, Sir Gerald Barry, formed the New Barbican Committee as a political pres- sure group to take the lead in shaping the type of development that was to occur. It was the Committee that developed the first building programme for the site. The programme specified that a single scheme should be built. It was to provide accommodation, reduce traffic congestion, preserve the few historical buildings that remained on the site, and have generous open spaces and gardens without them being overshadowed by buildings. The goal was to create a 'city monument' (New Barbican, 1954). The programme represented the beginning of a 25-year total urban design effort that involved five major possible designs produced over a 5-year period and the ultimate selection of the last of them for implementation. Kadleigh, Whitfield and Horsburgh pro- duced the first scheme in 1954 at the behest of the New Barbican Committee. The firm proposed a multi-level, multi-use megastructure that it hoped would capture the public's imagination (see Figure 7.9a). The design consisted of four levels of underground warehousing served by its own road/ rail system plus parking for 3000 cars. The historic buildings would be set in parks as objects in space. The already- proposed new highway would be located along the site's southern boundary. A four- storey warehouse podium layered with four- storey terrace houses would surround the complex. Five point-towers, and a trade and hotel/conference centre would act as major landmarks on the site. This bold design suc- ceeded in arousing public interest in the proj- ect. The rivalry between the London County Council and the City Corporation led to more radical proposals but the tone had been set for the nature of the project. The first of the alternative schemes came from the London County Council's Planning Division; it was the Martin/ Meade Plan (see Figure 7.9b). The proposal was less contro- versial than the first scheme. It consisted of a lower-density residential development with office buildings set in parkland, several blocks of building for general commerce and two main office towers. The City Corporation soon came back with an alternative (see Figure 7.9c). Its Planning Division produced a design whose density of development was between the two earlier proposals. It was pre- dominantly a commercial development but included residential buildings and two point towers. Unlike the earlier proposals it had defined streets. The need for massive public financing led to the involvement of the central govern- ment in the project. The then Minister for Housing and Local Government, Duncan Sandys, argued for a residential neighbour- hood with schools, shops and open spaces even if it meant 'foregoing a more remunera- tive return on the land' (Cantacuzino, 1973). His pleading found little support in the marketplace. What did take place was that the responsibility for designing of the 165 THE CORE OF URBAN DESIGN WORK: PROCEDURES AND PRODUCTS Figure 7.9 Proposed designs for the Barbican, London, (a) The Kadleigh, Whitfield and Horsburgh proposal (1954), (b) the London County Council proposal (1955), (c) the London City Corporation proposal (1955) and (d) the Chamberlain, Powell and Bon scheme. project was moved from the public sector agencies to private firms. The next proposal (1 955), the fourth, was rejected by the London County Council because of its high densities and despite the amount of open space, the lack of large ones. The scheme, designed by Chamberlain, Powell and Bon, built on the first proposal prepared for the New Barbican Committee. In order to be economically viable, it was a high population density scheme (750 people per hectare). Four-storey buildings were organized in a checkerboard pattern around a series of alternating public and private courts. The firm significantly revised this scheme in order to meet the approval of both the County Council and the City Corporation. The City Corporation approved the revised Chamberlain, Powell and Bon scheme in November 1959. It is this scheme that is a total urban design although not as totally under one control as Brasilia or the capital complex at Chandigarh. The project consists of a multi-level circulation system, tower blocks, a theatre, restaurants, internal lawns and water gardens (see Figure 7.9d). The history of the proposals and their rejections is not unique to the development of the Barbican. In total urban designs of its nature in democratic countries with different 166 TOTAL URBAN DESIGN |K». . - f - ■ ^| i> Figure 7.10 A view from the elevated walkway in 2004. See page 2 for another. interest group struggling for recognition and different approval agencies vying for power, designs evolve. Implementation does not come easily either. The construction of the Barbican took 20 years, during which time the programme and thus the design were altered. Strikes, traffic concerns and changes in the demands of the marketplace continued to affect the scheme. Building costs soared, making its original aim of providing for low- income earners difficult to achieve. The scheme, as built, consisted of 2113 flats, maisonettes and terrace houses, mostly in blocks of six stories high and ranging in size from one to five rooms, the Guildhall School of Music and Drama, the City of London School for Girls, a fire station, the Coroner's Court and Mortuary, two hotels, shops, restaurants and pubs, and sports facil- ities. It is a complex scheme. Parking, refuse removal and drainage all had to be integrated into a functioning whole (Figure 7.1 0). It has been a scheme much praised and much criticized. Today, it does have a some- what foreboding presence for the visitor and way-finding is not easy, but its detailed land- scaping and attention to building finishes at least partially offset the negative. It is a fine legacy of 1 950s and 1 960s total urban design ideology. The Barbican received heritage list- ing in September 2001 . Critics see it as a sub- sidized housing development for the wealthy. It has certainly been a popular place to live. Major references A great place to live (2001 ). The Guardian. Friday, 7 September, http://www.guardian.co.uk/g2/storey/ 0,3604,5481 52,00. html Cantacuzino, Sherban (1973). The Barbican develop- ment, City of London. Architectural Review 154 (918): 66-90. New Barbican (1954). The Architects' Journal 120: 456-66. Precincts: Urban Renewal The Barbican was built on a site bombed out during World War II. In a sense it was an urban renewal project. Urban renewal projects, as understood here, how- ever, involve the planned demolition of obsolete and/or decayed segments of cities, in whole or in part, and their rebuilding. The new development may be publicly or privately financed, or some mixture of the two. Often governments use their power of eminent domain to acquire land and to accumulate small sites into single-parcels ripe for redevelopment. Private companies without that power 167 THE CORE OF URBAN DESIGN WORK: PROCEDURES AND PRODUCTS have also succeeded in painstakingly agglomerating individual sites into a large parcel. Much depends on land ownership patterns. In cities such as London, large segments of land are in single ownership and leased out for 99 years. When the leases come to an end, the land is available for redevelopment. In the case of Rockefeller Center in New York a wealthy family purchased a lease from a single landowner and redeveloped the site but had to capture a number of sub-leases. Whether built on freehold or leasehold sites a wide variety of urban renewal schemes have been completed around the world. The conflicts between different stakeholders can be intense and questions of what really is in the public interest arise. Traditionally strong financial and political forces usually win the arguments but sometimes alliances of weaker forces prevail. In either case the urban design scheme goes through many twists and turns before it is finally built. Major references Bentley, Ian (1999). Urban Transformations: Power, People and Urban Design. London: Routledge. Freiden, Bernard J. and Lynne B. Sagalyn (1991). Downtown, Inc.: How America Rebuilds Cities. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. Case Study Rockefeller Center, New York, NY, USA: a collaborative design (1 928-34; expanded 1 947-73) Rockefeller Center has been included in this collection of case studies because of its pre- cedent setting character. Nowadays it might even be regarded as a Neo-Traditional design in the way its buildings meet and form the street. Its designers would be aghast at hearing such a statement. It was regarded by them as Modernist and still appears so. The Center was built on land owned by Columbia University. The site is located in the heart of mid-town Manhattan between 48th and 51st Streets, and Fifth and Sixth Avenues. It had been a fashionable residen- tial area during much of the nineteenth century but a series of changes in its neigh- bourhood had had deleterious effects on the blocks. In 1928 John D. Rockefeller Jr. bought the lease to the site from the univer- sity. His desire was to create a development that would improve an area close to his family home on 54th Street. What was built was the first set of high-rise buildings any- where forming a single complex rather than a series of independent edifices. It has become a precedent for other such schemes around the world. Few, if any, have proved to be as well loved. The idea for the scheme began with the search for a new home by the Metropolitan Opera whose building was inadequate and its neighbourhood seedy. In 1928 the Opera under Otto Kahn developed the idea of mak- ing the Opera House part of a multi-use complex. A number of potential sites were 168 TOTAL URBAN DESIGN examined before it was realized that the Columbia University owned mid-town estate was due for re-release. The accumu- lation of sites held by different lessees proved to be a costly task. The price was 1930$3.6 million plus as much as another million to capture all the leases. The idea for developing the whole rather than part of the site was based on the perception that in doing so a civic space appropriate as a forecourt to the Opera would be financially feasible. The Opera hoped that Rockefeller would be a major benefactor by financing the open space and then by loaning money to the Opera company. If Rockefeller Center has become a prece- dent for other designs, it also had precedents. It was inspired not only by Beaux-Arts design principles, but in particular, by the success of Grand Central Terminal, a city within a city. It is, however, a very different complex. Rockefeller first envisaged a commercial cen- tre of three towers with a new Opera House and a plaza as the centrepieces. Designed by Benjamin Morris, it was called Radio City. A second scheme was drawn up by Corbett, Harrison and McMurray, and a third by Benjamin Morris again (see Figure 7.11a). This scheme was developed under the direc- tion of an architectural advisory board oper- ating under the supervision of a realtor, John R. Todd, renowned for his fiscal pragmatism. The scheme did not go ahead as the Metropolitan Opera withdrew from the proj- ect and Rockefeller did not control the whole site. Instead what was built is a profit-driven commercial and entertainment centre largely in accordance with Todd's instructions. What endured was the idea of the plaza. It was seen as an extraordinary public gesture because of the price of land but it has proved to be the core of the project and to have increased the profitability of the whole complex. In October 1929, Todd announced that L. Andrew Reinhard and Henry Hofmeister would produce an overall conceptual dia- gram (see Figure 7.11b). Their site plan clearly harkens back to the earlier plans by Benjamin Morris. A consortium of archi- tects designed the final scheme. It consisted of Reinhard & Hofmeister, Corbett, Harrison and MacMurray, Raymond Hood, Goodley & Foilhoux, and Edward Durell Stone. The design was, however, very much guided by the aesthetic position taken by Raymond Hood. The overall urban design has Beaux- Arts overtones but the buildings have the streamlined verticality and massing of the Art Deco (see Figure 7.11c). The unity of the scheme is due to Hood's influence and the willingness of the other architects to submerge their own attitudes in order to achieve a single-unified complex. Despite the depression of the 1930s, work pro- ceeded on the project from 1930 onwards. It and the Empire State building were the two major commercial building projects of the 1930s in New York City. Radio City was able to move forward because of the financial backing of Rockefeller and aggressive marketing. The Center attracted major tenants such as Time Warner and the Associated Press, as well as government offices and consulates of various countries. The complex is a pres- tigious address and was renamed later the Rockefeller Center. It comprised ten build- ings in its initial phase, the last of which was completed in the 1940s. The catalytic building, however, was the RKO motion picture and vaudeville theatre - Radio City Music Hall. Opened in 1932, designed pri- marily by Raymond Hood but in collabora- tion with the other firms, it had a full stage and had seating for over 3500 patrons. It is still a major attraction in New York with 169 THE CORE OF URBAN DESIGN WORK: PROCEDURES AND PRODUCTS Figure 7. 11 Rockefeller Center, New York, (a) The third proposal for the Center, (b) the Reinhard and Hofmeister development plan and (c) the Center as built. 170 TOTAL URBAN DESIGN concerts by international celebrities and with its Christmas spectacular. The hall spurred development. Rockefeller Center was completed in the 1960s with the erec- tion of the buildings along Sixth Avenue but adaptations to the scheme continue. The centrepiece of the public space is a sunken plaza backed by a statue (Prometheus by Paul Manship, 1 934; see Figures 7.1 2 and 7.13) and surrounded now by flagpoles car- rying the flags of the members of the United Nations. The plaza is reached from Fifth Avenue by a walkway with well-maintained central planting boxes. There were a number of thoughts about what the plaza should be - a forecourt for the Opera House, a prom- enade lined with trees, and a raised forum surrounded by shopping - before it took its final basement level form. It like many sunken plazas, was lifeless unable to retain the retail uses around it until a skating rink was introduced during the winter months. Made possible by developments in refrigeration technology, it was a last-ditch experiment to get some life into the space. It is now a major attraction not only for skaters but also for spectators. It is surrounded at the basement level by restaurants and a lively if rather dreary shopping concourse that links the development to New York's subway system (see Figure 7.14). The key building of the project is the RCA building. Its shape was dictated by Todd's assessment that all useable space had to be within 30 feet (9 metres) of windows to be rentable in a time of economic depression. Such a slab building had precedents in Frank Lloyd Wright's San Francisco Press building and in 1920s design explorations of architects including Marcel Breuer, Walter Gropius and Le Corbusier. Raymond Hood gave the building its poetic character through a series of setbacks - the first at 100 feet to comply with zoning codes created to ensure some sunlight at ground level. The other set- backs were due to Hood's desire to have all Figure 7.12 The view towards the Plaza from Fifth Avenue in 1 993. 171 THE CORE OF URBAN DESIGN WORK: PROCEDURES AND PRODUCTS Figure 7.13 Prometheus. usable space in the building within 22 feet (7 metres) from the windows and for aesthetic effect. There are a number of pioneering aspects to the project. It has an underground parking lot and off-street delivery access. It uses high-speed elevators and is fully air- conditioned. It relied on its own steam and electricity plants. Like many other such com- plexes it spurred development around it. In many ways, Rockefeller Center could be regarded as an all-of-a-piece urban design where the design guidelines were set by one firm of architects and followed by different architects designing different buildings. It is considered to be a total urban design here because one development team guided by a strong individual, John Rockefeller, and led by a strong architect, Raymond Hood, put it together. Rockefeller Center today, 70 years later, is 'sparely elegant, modern but civilized and occupying a convenient mid-town location whose horizons embrace both the uptown swells and the more raucous types Figure 7.14 The concourse level, 172 TOTAL URBAN DESIGN downtown' (Mark Steyn cited in Cooke, Major references '" r J Balfour, Alan (1978). Rockefeller Center: Architecture plar of a privately funded development that as Theater New York: McGraw Hill, provides for both private and public activi- Sharp, Dennis (1991). Twentieth Century Architecture: ties. There is little more that one can expect A Visual History. London: Lund Humphries. of an urban design scheme. Precincts: Historic Preservation and Urban Revitalization Abandoned buildings have been converted into other uses when they are stra- tegically located and have qualities that can be exploited. Cotton mills in Mumbai have been converted to office buildings, garment factories in Philadelphia and woolstores in Sydney into apartments, and the Ghirardelli chocolate factory in San Francisco (as has already been described) into a shopping and tourist centre. The list can go on and on. Not only do the buildings give a sense of continuity - a sense of history - to a city's inhabitants but also often they cannot be replaced today for financial reasons with ones of a similar quality. Such conversions of individual buildings are not generally regarded as urban design despite the catalytic effect they may have on the development of their surroundings. Special district legislation and the use of zoning incentives as part of city plan- ning have seen precincts conserved or renovated and, usually, gentrified. The upgrading in financial status of occupants occurred, for instance, in the Marais in Paris, Society Hill in Philadelphia and Duxton Hill in Singapore (i.e. the original population is displaced by one of a higher income as the physical environment and services are improved). The conversion of industrial precincts of cities as single projects into new uses without extensive demolition is less common. Clarke Quay in Singapore is, however, an example. It was totally converted into a new use under the direction of a single team of a developer and an archi- tectural firm. Major references Attoe, Wayne (1988). Historic preservation. In Anthony J. Catanese andlames C. Snyder, eds., Urban Planning. New York: McGraw-Hill, 344-65. Jacobs, Steven and Barclay G. Jones (1962). Urban Design through Conservation. Unpublished manuscript, University of California at Berkeley. Tiesdell, Steven A., Taner Oc and Tim Heath (1996). Revitalizing Historic Urban Quarters. Boston: Butterworth-Architecture. 173 THE CORE OF URBAN DESIGN WORK: PROCEDURES AND PRODUCTS Case Study Clarke Quay, Singapore: an abandoned warehouse area (1989-93:2003 + ) Singapore is a city-state with a democrat- ically elected government that is very much involved in planning and development mat- ters. Responsibility for planning and design lies with the country's cabinet. It delegates authority to the Urban Redevelopment Authority (URA) which is the de facto plan- ning department. It has the degree of cooper- ation between various agencies charged with urban development that many other cities envy. There is thus a high degree of consensus about what schemes should be carried out and how they should be developed amongst the various ministries and agencies of the government. The government strives to keep a balance between private developers' ideas and the overall efficiency of the city. After independence from colonial rule, the government did not actively work on conservation because of other priorities. Three factors changed this situation: 1 the economic downturn in the late 1970s, 2 the return from graduate education of young architects who had studied preservation projects abroad, 3 the presentations at a conference on heritage tourism held in Singapore in 1983 that convinced the authorities in Singapore of the economic benefits of preservation. Clarke Quay is an example of the result. Clarke Quay is a five-block precinct of 23,000 square metres (246,100 square feet) located on the Singapore River about a kilometre from the city-state's central business district. It consisted of nineteenth century godowns and shophouses, the Merchants' Court, the Cannery and the Whampoa Icehouse (demolished in 1981 for road widening). The Cannery had been erected in 1901 to house a British engineer- ing firm and had later been converted into a pineapple-processing factory. The rows of shophouses and warehouses gave the site its physical character (Figure 7.1 5). The traditional southern China terraced shophouses were two or three stories in height and housed working class families on the upper floors and shops facing the street on the ground floor. In Singapore the type had been partially adapted to the tropical climate with high ceilings and a 5-foot wide shaded arcade (a requirement established in the early nineteenth century by Sir Stamford Raffles, founder of Singapore). Second storey jack-roofs allowed hot air to escape from interiors. The long-narrow form of the godowns and shophouses make conversion comparatively easy. Sixty godowns at Clarke Quay have been converted into more than 200 shops, restaurants, bars, etc. as part of the process of revitalizing the Singapore River front. Clarke Quay has also recently been connected by a new station to Singapore's Mass Rapid Transit (MRT) sys- tem (see Chapter 10). Prior to the development of Clarke Quay, the URA had already embarked on a 10- year programme to clean up the highly pol- luted Singapore River. This clean-up was made possible because, the waterway's trad- itional commercial role as a transhipment centre had been lost as the result of the development of new shipping technologies. 174 TOTAL URBAN DESIGN Figure 7.15 The Clarke Quay Conservation Area, showing the buildings to remain, Figure 7.16 Boat Quay, Singapore. The URA began the construction of a highly waterfront at Boat Quay (see Figure 7.1 6). successful riverside promenade in 1992. Its The promenade was extended along the river success was both economic and social with past Clarke Quay to Robertson Quay and the creation of an alfresco dining area on the completed in early 2000. All establishments 175 THE CORE OF URBAN DESIGN WORK: PROCEDURES AND PRODUCTS along it that are designated commercial can set up outdoor eating areas. The guidelines for the design of the promenade were established by the URA and were followed by successful tenders for each project. The building of the promenade was an all-of-a-piece infrastructure design scheme in which individual developers built pieces according to guidelines (e.g. those in Figure 7.17a). 15 Q 8 primary row of trees covered J. 3 in 2m \ X ^~~ walkway 4m granite 3m 2.5m ] paving < K development related zone river related River (a) (c) Figure 7.17 Clarke Quay, Singapore River, (a) The design controls for the riverside promenade, (b) the promenade and (c) the Quay in 2003. 176 TOTAL URBAN DESIGN The redevelopment process for Clarke Quay began in 1 989. The URA gave the Quay heritage conservation status in July of that year. It was designated an area for a combina- tion of adaptive reuses of its warehouses and shophouses. The URA allocated 'historically compatible' activities to each sub-zone. These uses included a hotel, and entertainment, retail and cultural facilities. The project was subjected to a tendering process under the URA's Sale of Sites programme in which the price offered for the land, the proposals and the economics were evaluated as a package. The winning tender was submitted by DBS Land Ltd. Many designers were involved but their work was highly controlled by a central agency. The architectural and landscape architectural firms included ELS/Elbasani and Logan, RSP Singapore and EDAW from San Francisco. Thus the development team can be regarded as a public-private partnership between the URA, DBS Land, the designers and the Singapore River Business Association. Despite the various organizations involved, the renovation of Clarke Quay was carried out as a single project under one auspice. The project ultimately consisted of the restoration of historic buildings, the inser- tion of new buildings and the pedestrian iza- tion of the whole site. The property market was allowed to dictate the specific uses. The requirement was that the facades and roof design of buildings be kept. As a result, although the Quay resembles what it was in the past, it has a completely different ambi- ence. It is now an up-market, retail, food and beverage centre - a nightlife area - and a major destination for tourists and locals alike. The transformation cost $S186 mil- lion and was completed in 1993. The historic buildings saved provide Singaporeans with a link to the past. In addition, one of the world's great river waterfronts had an additional element added to it. DBS Land created a promenade, a 10- to 15-metre wide water-edge walkway lined by trees in accordance with the guide- lines issued by the URA. The promenade connects a series of plazas, pocket-parks, performance zones and water features thus catering for adults and children, and provid- ing a diverse set of attractions. Encroach- ments onto the walkway have narrowed the channel for walkers but have enlivened the scene. But not enough! Places change. The flow of the high- spending European and Japanese tourists of the early 1 990s slowed. By 2000 Clarke Quay had a worn-out look. Competition from air- conditioned shopping malls and other simi- lar developments meant that Clarke Quay no longer had a secure niche in the marketplace. In addition, the Quay does not have the shiny new image of the Esplanade theatre complex (designed by Stirling and Wilford) or One Fullerton (the recent redevelopment of a neo- classical colonial building). The Quay's land- lord, CapitaLand Commercial, was seeking tenants to draw people back again and hired a British firm headed by Wil Alsop to draft a 'new look' for the Quay. The tenants feared that the change will involve rental increases well beyond the $S13 to $S15 per square metre that they were paying. Amongst the characteristics of a good design is that it can adapt to change. The future of Clarke Quay is uncertain, but it is likely to retain much of its present form with greater attention paid to the comfort level of people. The physiological and aesthetic predispositions of visitors have shifted, as Maslow would have predicted (see Chapter 2). A shinier, modernistic appearance would probably meet the expectations of tourists and locals alike better than its historic one. We shall soon find out. 177 THE CORE OF URBAN DESIGN WORK: PROCEDURES AND PRODUCTS Major references Breen, Ann and Dick Rigby (1996). The New Waterfront: A World Wide Success Storey. London: Thames and Hudson. Heng Chye Kiang (2000). The night zone storyline: Boat Quay, Clarke Quay and Robertson Quay. Traditional Buildings and Settlements Review XIX (Spring): 41-9. Heng Chye Kiang (2001 ). Singapore River: a case for a river of life. Singapore Architect 21 1 (September): 90-5. Precincts: Housing Complexes Some may argue that the Barbican is really 'just' a housing development but there are thousands of housing schemes around the world that are much more single use in nature. They follow an extraordinarily range of forms based on a variety of antecedent ideas. The Rationalist schemes generally follow models developed at the Bauhaus in Germany and advocated by architects such as Ludwig Hilbersheimer (see Figure 7.18), and by Le Corbusier in his proposals for ideal cities and neighbourhoods that culminated in the building of his Unite d'Habitation (see Chapter 6). Such forms still dominate residential area design in many countries today. PruittTgoe is a 1950s American example. The Empiricist proposals have either followed Garden City and neighbour- hood unit principles or were simply pragmatic, financially driven schemes led by property developers. Private ownership was stressed. Lately many such residen- tial area designs have been driven by New Urbanist ideas. The most important Figure 7.18 A generic Bauhaus-type residential area design as presented by Ludwig Hilbersheimer, 178 TOTAL URBAN DESIGN Empiricist model for a residential area design for most of the twentieth century, however, was Radburn, New Jersey (1928+ but never fully completed), a much- loved total urban design scheme (Figure 7.19). The development company failed financially during the recession that followed the Wall Street collapse, but Radburn has been an influential design idea, as can be seen in the design of the GSFC Township in Vadodara (see Figure 7.6a). Rationalist schemes were built everywhere. Sometimes they were successful in terms of their acceptance by their residents (e.g. in the early new towns of Singapore and in Korea and China), but at other times they have been notorious failures as happy living environments. The experience in the so-called Anglo- Saxon world has been very mixed, with major shortcomings in both social and physical design schemes in the United States, the United Kingdom and Australia. They failed to provide a suitable milieu for the lives of people with low incomes. Pruitt-Igoe has become a name synonymous with this failure. It was one of the spurs to the development of systematic studies of the person-environment rela- tionship as a basis for creating urban design ideas. It also led to the re-recogni- tion that urban design must also be more than simply 'architecture writ large'. At the beginning of the twenty-first century a wide variety of primarily residen- tial total urban designs are being built. They come in a range of product types. Some are traditional suburban developments; others follow seemingly newer ideas although many of those ideas have been around for almost a century. They include Figure 7.19 Radburn, New Jersey, (a) The site plan and (b) a cul-de-sac in 1993. 179 THE CORE OF URBAN DESIGN WORK: PROCEDURES AND PRODUCTS gated 'communities' and retirement villages. The gated community is a highly con- tentious type designed to protect those who live within one from crime and the presence of unsavoury characters (Blakely and Snyder, 1997; Minton, 2002; Low, 2003). It is generally associated with wealthy enclaves in the United States, but it is a highly prevalent type for new middle-income housing in cities such as Seoul and Shanghai (Miao, 2003; see Figure 7.1). Raleigh Park included here is a half-hearted example of a gated community. Yet another type is the retirement community (called 'silver towns' in Korea) in which age restrictions preclude the residence of people under a specific age (usually 55 years). The more radical housing types include housing cooperatives, and 'cohousing'. Cooperatives are multi-unit buildings or estates in which residents have rights to occupy their units by purchasing stock in the corporation formed to develop and own the project. The corporation is the client and an architect designs the project and then the corporation sells the rights to the units. The cooperative is then run and maintained by an elected board of directors who assign running costs to the shareholders. Cohousing complexes may or may not be cooperatives. Cohousing involves the design of a number of houses, usually 20 or 30, to form a community. The houses are located around a common open space and a common building. The members of the group may share household activities such as cooking and child minding. The idea is primarily European, and Scandinavian in particular, but about 70 cohousing projects have been built in the United States since 1990 and at the time of writing (2004) another 70 were on the drawing boards. Most are designed by a single architectural firm for a single group. The maintenance and other communal costs are assessed against the resi- dents. The example reviewed here is Trudeslund in Denmark. Its form is similar to Kresge College at the University of California at Santa Cruz. I have classified that as primarily an architectural scheme (see Chapter 6)! The distinction is not easy to defend but has to do with the permanency of residency, the communality of decision-making and property ownership. At Trudeslund the community itself made decisions based on a common social vision. At Kresge College a consulta- tive design process was used but decisions were made from the outside from the top down. It is really a single building. Major references Franck, Karen and Sherry Ahrentzen (1989). New Households, New Housing. New York: Van Nostrand Reinhold. Hayden, Dolores (1984). Redesigning the American Dream,: The Future of Housing, Work and Family Life. New York: Norton. Rowe, Peter (1993). Modernity and Housing. Cambridge: MIT Press. 180 TOTAL URBAN DESIGN Case Study Pruitt-lgoe, East St Louis, Missouri, project (1950; proposal to remodel, Pruitt-lgoe, a Modernist public housing complex was a total urban design. It was built on a 55-acre (22-hectare) site and con- sisted of 2740 units in 33 eleven-storey buildings (see Figure 7.20a). It was the first 'racially integrated' public housing develop- ment in the city of St Louis. Twenty build- ings were for Afro-Americans and thirteen were racially integrated. It had the capacity to house about 1 1 ,000 people but the occu- pancy rate was often only about 60%. The population density was lower than that of the Barbican (500 people per hectare as against 750) because of the amount of open space between the buildings (220 feet mini- mum was the requirement based on sun angles). A 'river of trees' was designed to flow through the site. The client for the pro- ject was the St Louis Housing Authority and the construction cost was 1960 $US57 mil- lion funded through mechanisms provided by the United States Housing Act of 1 949. One design team carried out the whole project on behalf of a public agency. Harland Bartholomew was the planner and the architects were Hellmuth, Yamasaki and Leinweber. The complex was modelled on aspects of Le Corbusier's Unite in Marseilles (see Figure 6.11) and 100 Memorial Drive apartments at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology (Montgomery, 1966). Although the Public Housing Authority insisted on much cost cutting, the scheme was built pretty much as designed. The buildings had skip-stop elevators that halted only on the fourth, seventh and tenth floors (see Figure 7.20b). Access to the other floors was by staircases from spacious USA: an ill-fated public housing 1956; demolished 1972) galleries on the stop-floors. These galleries were designed to be playgrounds for chil- dren and gathering places for adults. In 1951, the scheme received high praise in an Architectural Forum editorial for saving 'not only people but also money'. The editors of the journal saw the complex as being a worthwhile design paradigm for the future. The reality proved to be different. The household mix was not what was expected. Single-mother, welfare-dependent households overwhelmingly inhabited the complex. In 1965 only 990 of the 10,736 residents of Pruitt-lgoe were adult males. Many of the features praised in the Forum were sources of frustration for the resi- dents of the project. The grounds were per- ceived to be and were unsafe. Access to the buildings could not be controlled. Women had to go on errands and shopping in groups. There was little for children and adolescents to do. Antisocial behaviour fol- lowed. The supposed rivers of trees were trashed with glass and rubbish. The mail- boxes on the ground floor - a potential informal meeting place - and community rooms were vandalized and the corridors, lobbies and stairs became feared places. Rubbish got stacked up against the mal- functioning chutes. The lack of toilets on the ground floor meant that the children urinated where they could. Pipes burst in winter. A $US7 million proposal was made in 1 956 to remodel the scheme by turning the galleries into conventional corridors. By the mid- 1960s the project was in poor shape while the Housing Authority reputedly still owed 181 THE CORE OF URBAN DESIGN WORK: PROCEDURES AND PRODUCTS l^-jg 1 - h €?JajJJ i M}u:yiitn)^f \ wmnmiui A I « I i -0$ -..,.,;■'... if? Figure 7.20 Pruitt-lgoe, St Louis, (a) Isometric view of the site, (b) diagrammatic cross-section and floor plans, (c) the architect's drawing of the predicted behaviour in a gallery and (d) a gallery in reality. 182 TOTAL URBAN DESIGN c Figure 7.21 Pruitt-lgoe prior to demolition. $30 million for its construction and was seek- ing funds for its demolition (Montgomery, 1966). By 1970 it was 70% vacant. Demoli- tion took place in July 1 972 and was hailed by architectural critic Charlesjencks as the death of Modernist architecture and the birth of Postmodernism. The failure had a major impact on the thinking of architects and city planners. Many in the architectural profes- sion abandoned their social concern. It was just too hard. Many planners turned their attention to the improvement of social and economic issues rather than the character of the built environment (Figure 7.21 ). The project, along with the similar British and French examples showed the limitations of architecture and built form as a deter- minant of social behaviour - good or bad. The necessity for a social support as well as a physical design agenda in urban design became clear. This need was recognized in the 1 930s but was forgotten, or disregarded, by the 1950s. It was obvious in retrospect that much more attention needed to be paid to the space between buildings - to the pub- lic realm of large-scale architectural schemes - and to the facilities provided. The design of Pruitt-lgoe was well intentioned but based on a paradigm inadequate for its purposes. Housing and urban design theory has come a long way since then. Practice lags. Major references Editorial (1951). Slum surgery in St Louis: a new apartment type. Architectural Forum 94 (April): 128-36. Montgomery, Roger (1966). Comment on 'House as haven in the lower class'. Journal of the American Institute of Planners 32 (1 ): 23-31 . Montgomery, Roger (1985). Pruitt-lgoe: policy fail- ure or societal symptom? In Barry Checkoway and Clive Patton, eds., The Metropolitan Midwest: Policy Problems and Prospects for Change. Urbana, IL: University of Illinois Press, 229-43. Newman, Oscar (1974). Defensible Space: Crime Prevention through Urban Design. New York: Macmillan. 183 THE CORE OF URBAN DESIGN WORK: PROCEDURES AND PRODUCTS Case Study Raleigh Park, Sydney, Australia: a market-oriented suburban design (1982-2000) The creation of total urban designs is not straightforward in democratic countries even when there is considerable financial and/or political clout behind their design and development. Raleigh Park is a 30-acre (12.34-hectare) development on a triangu- lar site in south-central Sydney. It is a total urban design - a suburban precinct based on Garden City principles at a neighbourhood scale. It was a brown-field site. The W.D. & H.O. Wills' cigarette factory and workers' recreational facilities occupied it previously. Like Pruitt-lgoe, Raleigh Park received a planning award (from the Royal Australian Institute of Planners) in 1996 and a design award in 1998 (from the Urban Development Institute of Australia), but only after it had been largely completed and occupied. Raleigh Park is a very different place to Pruitt-lgoe for people in very different financial circum- stances. The development was a joint venture of two property development companies: Mirvac Ltd and Westfield Holdings Pty Ltd, designed in-house by Mirvac's HPA Associates (Henry Pollack Architects). It was named after Sir Walter Raleigh who introduced tobacco to Europe from North America. It consists of six residential towers of between eight and thirteen stories in height, three-storey walk-up housing units and 1 50 houses (well below the legally per- mitted number of units). The administra- tive buildings of the cigarette company were preserved as communal facilities and commercial rental space. The history of the development is chequered and the site went through the hands of a number of potential developers and design firms before the implemented plan was created. The impetus for the project came from the Labor government in power in New South Wales in 1982, catching the local government, the City of Randwick, by sur- prise. It announced that the site of the cig- arette factory would be converted into a housing development as part of a larger packet of redevelopment aimed at securing its majority in Labor-held seats at the next state election. Local residents and mer- chants, however, took the proposal to the State Land and Environment Court chal- lenging it on procedural grounds. The case became moot when the government passed a bill validating any invalidity in the planning process! Consequently an approach was made to the Randwick City Council in 1 984 by Westfield Holdings (in joint venture with Amatil, the parent company of W.D. & H.O. Wills) to develop the site. The archi- tects were Jackson, Teece, Chesterman & Partners. The scheme, which seems to have no central idea behind it (see Figure 7.22) did not proceed. In 1986 Westfield obtained an extension of the development approval deadline and also bought out Amtil's share of the project. Shortly before the new date expired, and after considerable negoti- ation, the State Government bought the land from Westfield for $A30 million and sought tenders for the development of 1200 to 1400 town house units on the site (excluding a portion where Westfield had 184 TOTAL URBAN DESIGN na "4v, *nue Figure 7.22 Raleigh Park: the Jackson, Teece, Chesterman and Partners proposal. already begun constructing 155 units of housing). In December 1988, the National Trust of Australia (NSW) listed the buildings of the cigarette factory for their architectural impor- tance. The factory complex was at that time leased to Virgo Productions, a film produc- tion company, who wanted to establish a per- manent location for the making of films and television programmes. Virgo submitted a bid to the government to retain the existing build- ings for their own purposes. The proposal failed. Westfield Holdings won the tender for reputedly $A43 million with Mirvac as an interested party. The design that has emerged consists of a simple loop road with a connecting road in its middle (see Figure 7.23a). There is one 'guarded' vehicular entrance to the site on Todman Avenue and a number of pedestrian entrances (often locked). Apartment blocks line the northern edge of the site facing the Moore Park golf course. The remainder of the site is devoted to single-family homes, two stories in height in a zipper-lot forma- tion. The architecture is in a typical 1980s post-modern historicism style designed to appeal to the Asian market - much of the housing was sold to investors in Hong Kong. It is the landscaping that gives the site its character (see Figure 7.22b and c). Mature trees were preserved and much planting was added to give a high-quality, oasis-like atmosphere. A central park acts as a flood control device. The cigarette fac- tory's administration building has been preserved as private offices and provides a sense of historic continuity to the site. The scheme, after some early problems due to the economic recession of the 1990s, has been a marketing success. Early purchasers of housing units made sound financial investments. Raleigh Park has become an exemplar of a total urban design in Sydney where developer, urban designers, architects and landscape architects were one team. The project has spurred other similar developments. Worries do exist about the 185 THE CORE OF URBAN DESIGN WORK: PROCEDURES AND PRODUCTS Figure 7.23 Raleigh Park, Sydney, (a) A model of the scheme as built and (b) a view of the landscaping. concept of gated communities (see Blakely Major reference and Snyder, 1997; Low, 2003) although at ... .... _ , ,, irin -, N n , , n , . ' ' ' ' i & Mirvac/Westfield (1997). Raleigh Park. A report pre- Raleigh Park there is seldom anyone man- pared for the Urban Development Institute of ning the gate. Australia. Sydney: The authors. 186 TOTAL URBAN DESIGN Case Study Trudeslund, near Copenhagen, Denmark: a cohousing development (1978-81) Trudeslund is situated in the town of Birkerod north of Copenhagen. It is a total urban design of a small residential community (for a full description, see McCamant and Durrett, 1 993). The design brief was based on a social ideal that is manifested in its physical design. In 1 978, 20 families came together to form a cooperative society in which a number of household activities and responsibilities of daily life would be shared. The focus of con- cern amongst those shown in Figure 1.6 was thus on patterns of life that both provided for a sense of individuality and a sense of commu- nity. The families' immediate objective was to get permission to build a cohousing develop- ment on land that was zoned for detached houses. The speed required to process their application for a zoning change led to a lack of clarity of social goals amongst the mem- bers of the group, resulting in half of the fam- ilies withdrawing from the scheme. The group restructured itself and formed a clear state- ment of its intentions. The process of moving from an agreed on agenda to a completed project was arduous and time consuming as decisions were made democratically with all members of the cohousing group participating. As with all interactive open-ended decision-making processes it was truncated only by some external circumstance. In this case it was the fear of interest rates escalating (in 1980-1 they rose to 21%). The group asked four architectural firms to submit designs for their consideration and decided to proceed with the one prepared by Vankustein Architects. Interestingly it was the architects who strove for a greater degree of integration and communal activities than the community members themselves wanted. The members were very conscious of their individual identi- ties and of houses as financial investments and wanted the designs to be non-controver- sial and less obviously communal. If the com- munity collapsed, they wanted the houses to be easy to sell on the open market. Trudeslund ended up comprised of 33 residences and a common house. The com- munity is laid out on two pedestrian streets lined with row houses in an L-shaped plan (see Figure 7.24a). An L-shaped common house with a small square in front of it is located at their intersection. There are two children's playgrounds - one halfway down each street. In addition, the wooded areas outside the community act as a playing area for children. Each house has a small front garden abutting the street. The parking space for cars is on the outside. An area of programming conflict arose over the design of the kitchens of each house. Should the house designs be stand- ardized for economic reasons? As each fam- ily had its own ideas the kitchens of each unit are unique (all 33 of them). The houses range in size from 90 to 140 square metres (970 to 1500 square feet) and cost from between 77,000 to 1 million Danish Kroner ($US91,400 to $US1 17,600 in 1980 dol- lars). The price included a financial share in the common house. The streets act as communal areas especially for children, but it is in the common house that the communal life of Trudeslund takes place. It contains kitchens and dining rooms; much communal 187 THE CORE OF URBAN DESIGN WORK: PROCEDURES AND PRODUCTS Lcccnd t.Pflfking 2. Common I 'mm -■ 3. Community F]a7j 4. PLny Area Figure 7.24 Trudeslund, near Copenhagen, (a) The site plan and (b) a cross-sectional view of the street. meal-preparation and dining takes place there. One of the responsibilities of residents is to cook communal meals on a rotational basis. Some members eat together fre- quently in the common dining room, others less so. The common house also has facilities for housing visitors, for children and teenagers, and a library, photographic dark- room, workshops, laundry and a store. It really is the heart of the community. Cohousing projects such as Trudeslund illustrate the diversity of total urban designs. Many total urban designs have resulted from highly autocratic decision processes but Trudeslund is an example of a highly participatory programming and design activity. There were many hands making the broth but, communal effort though it was, it was one project carried to conclusion by one architectural firm under one auspice. Its goal was to provide a rich social life for its members, children and adults alike. Much of life is shared. There are other types of cohousing developments (e.g. for the elderly) but the philosophy and develop- ment process behind them all is similar. A clearly articulated behavioural brief based on a set of mutually agreed on expec- tations dictates much about the design. This observation holds particularly strongly for the semi-public spaces (the 'street') and the semi-private, or private to the group, spaces (the internal communal rooms). In much urban design the behavioural assumptions underpinning the design of the public realm are, at the best, based on observations. They are thus more speculative than in this case. There is, nevertheless, often a slip between what people say about how they will behave and what they do. Major references Franck, Karen (1989). Overview of collective and shared housing. In Karen Franck and Sherry Ahrentzen, eds., New Households, New Housing. New York: Van Nostrand Reinhold, 3-19. McCamant, Kathryn and Charles Durett (1988). Cohousing: A Contemporary Approach to Housing Our- selves. Berkeley, CA: Habitat Press/Ten Speed Press. 188 TOTAL URBAN DESIGN Precincts: Campuses The term campus was first applied to layouts of universities. The idea of a uni- fied campus in a rural setting away from the realities, and temptations, of every- day life in cities is a peculiarly American ideal but was derived from and has been much copied elsewhere. Since the 1980s, the label 'campus' has been extended to cover a variety of types of development other than universities: medical facilities, office complexes and even industrial sites. Although some critics may distinguish between campus design and urban design, the issues addressed are largely the same. Many campuses are small cities. The university campuses that were total urban designs were substantial in number particularly in the years immediately after World War II. Today many are in developing countries. Often, however, the term 'total' can only be applied to the first stage of their development. Many of the first set of post World War II universities were strongly influenced by Modernist design principles (e.g. The Punjab University in Chandigarh, designed by Pierre Jeanerret and B. P. Mathur and the Universidad Central de Venezuela described below). A number of more recent ones (e.g. the Catholic University at Louvain la Neuve in Belgium) have followed New Urbanist ideas, even though they were conceived before the term 'New Urbanism' was coined (Figure 7.25). They attempt to integrate town and gown into one settlement. They are generally all-of-a-piece designs. Perhaps the majority of campuses have little urban design thought behind their site designs. Their buildings, often indi- vidually well designed are simply located within greenery in a modified English landscape design setting. The two examples of university campuses included in this chapter are both Modernist in nature but follow different design ideas. The Universidad Central de Venezuela follows Le Corbusian principles; the State University of New York (SUNY) in Albany is more in line with its own architect's prior work. The former now has world heritage listing. Universities continue to be built around the world especially in developing countries. More attention seems to be given to the architecture of their individual buildings than to their overall site design. This lack of concern for campus design is unfortunate. The university years are influ- ential ones for those people who have the privilege of tertiary education. The environment in which that education takes place can have a lasting impact, for good or ill, on their attitudes towards design quality. Major references Dober, Richard P. (1992). Campus Planning. New York: John Wiley. Turner, Paul V. (1984). Campus: An American Planning Tradition. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. 189 THE CORE OF URBAN DESIGN WORK: PROCEDURES AND PRODUCTS Y l eiF^SHtJST^L 7 LAWGQLLEGE 13 MED4CAL LAB :? 80*5 HOSTEL S LIBIVJft 14 BOTAMCAL OaRCCH 3 ADMINISTRATIVE 9 STUDGN7 HHTBE 15 HDUSWG OFFICE 10 SCIENCEBLOGK 16 EHQPS 4 ARTS BLOCK 11 PlAYGflGUND 1? MUSEUM £ GAMCM 6HWAN U SWIMMING POCt H HEALTH CGHtflE (a) Figure 7.25 Modernist and Neo-Traditionalist campuses, (a) The plan of Punjab University, Chandigarh, (b) a model of Louvain-la-Neuve and (c) the spine of the Catholic University of Louvain-la-Neuve in 1979. 190 TOTAL URBAN DESIGN Case Study Universidad Central de Venezuela, Caracas, Venezuela: a Modernist campus (1944-77 and continuing) In October 1943, General Isai'as Medina Angarita, the democratically elected President of Venezuela, under pressure from the then rector of the Central University of Venezuela, Dr Antonio Jose Castillo, announced the decision to build the univer- sity anew. It would be a University City on a new site on the old Ibarra Estate located at the edge of central Caracas. The Ministry of Public Works made the choice under pres- sure from Dr Armando Vegas who recog- nized the potential of a central site with good foundation conditions as better than the others available at that time. Carlos Raul Villanueva (see Figure 7.26), Paris educated and Venezuela's leading Modernist architect, was brought on board the planning team almost immediately. The development and implementation of the master plan was almost entirely in his hands, but marked by rivalries amongst politicians, university offi- cials and designers. One of the problems was that although the project was initiated under Medina Angarita, its development took place under the dictatorship of General Marcos Perez Jimenez and many people involved in the university did not want to be seen to be associated with his regime. Villanueva's first scheme for the university (1944) was a symmetrical, axial Baroque one based on the classical discipline of his education in Paris (see Figure 7.27a). At the Til Figure 7.26 Carlos Raul Villanueva. 191 THE CORE OF URBAN DESIGN WORK: PROCEDURES AND PRODUCTS Hunt mJivn/nnt Ui l&ml*l . Venezuela ^ Figure 7.27 Two plans for the Universidad Central de Venezuela, (a) The 1944 site plan, (b) the Campidoglio (the Capital Piazza), Rome and (c) the 1952 plan. head of the scheme is the University Hospital, in front of which he proposed a trident based on Michelangelo's Campidoglio in Rome (see Figure 7.27b). Buildings for Anatomy and Pathology that formed part of the trident framed the University Plaza. The academic buildings were arranged on the sides of the axis with the sports complex at its end. The proposed architecture of this design was heavily influenced by the Art Deco. Villanueva's revised scheme (1952) retained many components of his original design in approximately the same locations (compare Figures 7.28a and c). The Clinical Hospital and the trident with the schools of Anatomy and Medical Research (1952-3) remained, as did the major elements of the sports complex, but the strong axiality of the original gave way to a Modernist idea of siting buildings semi-independently in space. 192 TOTAL URBAN DESIGN Figure 7.28 An aerial view of the campus in 1960. The Covered Plaza (1953) links them. The potential axis is taken up in an asymmetrical manner with the Main Auditorium (Aula Magna) and the Library (1 953). To the east of this combination are the Faculties of Law (1954) and of Engineering with the School of Architecture (1956) beyond them. The eastern end of the campus retains the sports complex with the Olympic Stadium and the baseball stadiums being the major features. The workshops for the School of Industrial Engineering (1964) and the Faculty of Economic and Social Science (1977) came later. Perhaps the major feature of Villanueva's design is the integration of works of art and architecture. He never articulated an ideo- logical position behind his selection of works of art other than to mix the work of Venezuelan with international leaders. There were 105 major murals and sculptures on the campus. The walls of the plazas have murals by artists such as Oswaldo Vigas, Fernand Leger and Pascual Navarro; the interior of buildings arts works by Hector Poleo and Pedro Leon Castro amongst oth- ers. Sculptures by artists such as Henri Laurens, Jean Arp and Antoine Pevsner adorn the plazas. The main auditorium (Aula Magna) has Alexander Calder's Flying Saucers as 'acoustical clouds' hanging from the ceiling (Figure 7.29). When completed the campus was a verita- ble display of Modernist architecture (albeit by one set of hands) and art. Since 1 970, bits and piece have been added to the campus so that it has lost the integrity of the ideas of its author. The political upheavals in Venezuela of the period from the 1 960s to the 1 990s saw much degradation of the art works. Murals were covered with graffiti and sculp- tures abused. They had become a symbol not of progress but of the political status quo. Changes in the campus meant that some of the murals were 'walled up' as new buildings were erected. 193 THE CORE OF URBAN DESIGN WORK: PROCEDURES AND PRODUCTS Figure 7.29 Two views of the art of the Universidad Central de Venezuela, (a) The Rectorate Plaza in 1998 with the mural 'Static Composition-Dynamic Composition' by Oswaldo Vigas and (b) the 'Aula Magna' in 2004. 194 TOTAL URBAN DESIGN As early as the mid-1970s an effort was made without much success to clean up the murals and to protect the sculptures. In 1981, Villanueva's dining complex was demolished to make way for a new one and a porcelain mural by Francisco Navies was largely destroyed. In reaction, the Rector of the University, Dr Carlos Moros Ghersi cre- ated a Unit for the Preservation of the Artistic Patrimony of the Central University of Venezuela. It was headed until 1990 by a sculptor, Miguel Borrelli. The artwork is cele- brated again but only a discerning eye can still see the total urban design effort of Villanueva. It no longer dominates the layout of the campus; his individual buildings still do. Major references Larrafiaga, Enrique (undated). The University City and the architectural thought in Venezuela. In Obras de Arte de la Cuidad Universitaria de Caracas/Works of Art of the University City of Caracas. Caracas: Universidad Central de Venezuela, 45-62. Leal, lldefonso (1991). Historia de la Universidad Central de Venezuela. Caracas: Ediciones del Rectorado, Universidad Central de Venezuela. Moholy-Nagy, D. M. A. Sybille, P. (1964). Carlos Raul Villaneuva and the Architecture of Venezuela. London: Tiranti. Villanueva, Paulina (2000). Carlos Raul Villaneuva/ Paulina Villanueva/ Macia Pinto. New York: Princeton Architectural Press. Case Study The State University of New York at as a superblock (1960+) The G.I. Bill for education in the United Sates resulted in a massive increase in the demand for tertiary education amongst World War II veterans - a demand that increased with the arrival of the 'baby- boomers' on the American scene. During the 1960s, SUNY expanded rapidly in various locations in New York State, including Albany, its capital. Being a public institution the development of SUNY was very much affected by political infighting in the state legislature. It was a Republican Governor of the state, Nelson Rockefeller, who had the ini- tiative and energy to shape the develop- ment of the state's university system. When he came to power, the state college system was in disarray with a poor academic reputation and various departments and Albany, New York, USA: a university schools scattered across the state. Past decisions had been made for political rather than academic reasons. Rockefeller and his family had a long-held interest in the physical development of cities and their architecture. He put his interests in educa- tion and in architecture to work for the state. The first step in Rockefeller's plan was to establish a fund - the State University Construction Fund (SUCF) - to pay for new facilities that would attract more and higher-quality students to the state system. Raising the status of the university would, in turn, act as a catalyst enabling better facilities to be built. Parallel to this step was the establishment of a scholarship fund to provide educational opportunities for financially disadvantaged students. 195 THE CORE OF URBAN DESIGN WORK: PROCEDURES AND PRODUCTS SUNY Albany was in the centre of the city in a series of overcrowded university and other buildings such as warehouses that had been co-opted to provide teaching facil- ities. The SUCF was used to overhaul the educational programmes and facilities of such state institutions. The architects of the State's Division of the Budget made some preliminary sketches for a new Albany cam- pus and consequently a site of 290 acres later expanded to 360 acres (145 hectares) that had housed the Albany Country Club on the outskirts of the city was chosen for the new campus rather than one of three more central sites. These urban sites were rejected because of their high cost and the necessity for the removal of family homes before construction could begin. The members of the country club were opposed to the state's acquisition of the land and politicians feared that moving the university out of the city would further lead to the decline of central Albany. The former were placated by the price paid for the site and the latter by the decision, again led by Rockefeller, to build a new state govern- ment centre and plaza adjacent to the exist- ing state buildings in the centre of the city. It was subsequently built, designed by Harrison and Abromovitz and now named after Rockefeller (see Figure 7.30). The initial goal for the university was to provide for 1 0,000 students with about half living on campus. Edward Durrell Stone was hired to be the architect of the univer- sity after Wallace Harrison, the original master planner, withdrew from his role. Stone's scheme is simple (see Figure 7.31 ). All the academic buildings are clustered and united by a huge podium and continu- ous roof- a sort of megastructure. The pur- pose was to reduce the cost of roads and utilities and to provide a reasonably com- fortable environment during the severe upstate New York winters. (Unfortunately the configuration of buildings leads to a harsh environment in the winter by chan- nelling winds into the complex's open spaces.) The dormitories were clustered in four groups around the main podium to form a pedestrian precinct that can be crossed on foot in 5 minutes. Each dormi- tory cluster was located around a quadran- gle formed by a three-storey podium. Within each quadrangle a 23-storey tower housing 1 200 students was located. Facilities were provided for recreation and parking on the perimeter of the campus (Birr, 1994). Stone had recently completed the Institute for Nuclear Science and Technology in Rawalpindi and he adapted features of that design to the Albany campus. The campus is a symmetrical complex decorated with colonnades, domes and fountains. In the middle of the central podium is a tower set in an open space that acts as a node. The recti- linearly planted trees enhance the formality of the composition. Students gather here for many events, planned and spontaneous. At a lower level there is a fountain and reflecting pool. The main architectural experience comes from the sequential set of vistas one sees in moving from the periphery to the centre of the complex. Stone created a superblock with a pedes- trian environment within it. New buildings, however, fall outside this block. A 1999 analysis of the campus by the Hillier Group found that first time visitors were much confused by the university's layout. No landmarks give a sense of direction and the symmetrical design makes it difficult to relate one's location to specific destinations. 196 TOTAL URBAN DESIGN Figure 7.30 The Nelson D. Rockefeller Empire State Plaza, Albany, New York, Figure 7.31 The State University of New York at Albany. 197 THE CORE OF URBAN DESIGN WORK: PROCEDURES AND PRODUCTS The scheme is a total urban design with private universities for well-qualified staff Rockefeller as Governor, the President of and students, the State University System and the archi- tect working hand in hand with the SUCF. Major reference The new campus met its goal of giving ^ A Kenda|| (1994) A M;ofl ofExcellence The SUNY, as a whole, a higher profile and Sesquicentennial History of the State University of New enabled it to compete effectively with Yorkat Albany. Virginia Beach, VA: Donning. Precincts: Streets There have been many street improvement schemes around the world. They have generally been landscape architectural projects that have not dealt with the enclosing elements that make a street a street. Baron Haussmann's redesign of Paris under Napoleon Ill's patronage was very much a three-dimensional design. Although the streets were designed as a unit, the buildings that form them were built by different developers. Haussmann's Paris was clearly a large all-of-a-piece urban design following strict guidelines but those later inspired by his work for- got this point. Albert Speer's work under another dictator, Hider, never came to fruition but it was boulevard-based total urban design on a large scale for Berlin. It was very much concerned with the three-dimensional qualities of the street. Monumental in nature it was designed to impress. So was the Avenue of the Victory of Socialism in Bucharest. It was built, entirely with state funds. Many less-ambitious street designs have also been built as total urban designs. The cul-de-sac in Radburn is part of larger total residential neighbourhood unit design (see Figure 7.19b). In recent times the woonerf '(or what are now being called 'home zones', a combination of a multi-use street and adjacent houses) has captured the imagination of many architects. It is designed both as a play space for children and a place for parking cars (Biddulph, 2002). The cul-de-sacs in Radburn function in much the same way although they were not intended to do so. The example of a street chosen to be described here is at the opposite end of the scale. It is mammoth. Will it be regarded one day as a great street? It is considered to be ghost town today. Major references Biddulph, Mike (2002). Towards successful home zones in the UK. Journal of Urban Design 8 (3): 217-41. Jacobs, Allan (1993). Great Streets. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. Moudon, Anne Vernez, ed. (1987). Public Streets for Public Use. New York: Van Nostrand Reinhold. 198 TOTAL URBAN DESIGN Case Study The Avenue of the Victory of Socialism, Bucharest, Romania: a government precinct (1977-89 but continuing) After World War II a communist dictator- ship was established in Romania under President Nicolae Ceausescu. Ceausescu initiated a number of large-scale urban design projects as part of his programme to turn Romania into a modern country. These efforts focused on Bucharest, a city that was badly damaged by a major earth- quake in early 1977. In rebuilding the city Ceausescu announced that new buildings would have to be designed along modern lines. He also seized the opportunity to demolish many structurally sound areas to enable him to build a new government complex. The complex was to be a celebra- tion of his new political order. It was also an opportunity to get rid of a quarter of the city that was full of single-family houses belonging to the old power and intellectual elite. As Ceausescu proclaimed: I am looking for a symbolic representation of the two decades of enlightenment we have lived through; I need something grand, something very grand, which reflects what we have already achieved (Ceausescu cited in Cavalcanti, 1997). The public interest was defined in Ceausescu's own terms. Ceausescu's chief architect, Dr Alexandru Budisteanu, believed that the development of monumental boulevards was the way to cre- ate a beautiful city. Like other architects working for dictators he had Paris in mind. One of Ceausescu's desires was to build a Victoria Socialismului (Victory of Socialism) civic centre in Bucharest. To achieve it he worked outside the existing legal framework for city planning in Romania by establishing a new law and building regulations governing the reconstruction of cities in the country to suit his purposes. The aim was to demolish villages (urban and rural) and replace them with his own view of modern urban design and modern architecture. Any remark he made was taken as a design directive. Architects who protested lost their jobs. The site chosen for the civic centre project was in the Uranus district of the city because of its historic importance and elevated loca- tion. A competition for the design of the civic centre was held in 1 978 in order to give the appearance of democratic decision-making. It was a sham. The programme was announced verbally and Ceausescu chose the winner, Anca Petrescu, despite the presence of jury members drawn from the nation's architectural elite. Demolition of the site began in 1978 with many of the inhabitants being given only 24 hours notice to vacate their houses. Forty thousand people were displaced and relocated on the outskirts of the city. Their departure impoverished the social and intellectual life of central Bucharest because the displaced included artists, pro- fessors, writers and many craftspeople. A grand boulevard, the Bulevardul Victoria Socialismului (Avenue of the Victory of Socialism, but now Bulevardul Unirii), 3.5 kilometres in length (purposefully longer than the Champs Elysees in Paris) and 92 metres in width was driven through parts of the historic core of the city and lined with 'North Korean' style Socialist buildings (see 199 THE CORE OF URBAN DESIGN WORK: PROCEDURES AND PRODUCTS Figure 7.32 The Avenue of the Victory of Socialism, Bucharest, (a) The plan showing the building footprints and the area demolished and (b) the view up the Avenue towards the Casa Republicii. 200 TOTAL URBAN DESIGN Figures 7.32a and b). Fifty thousand dwelling units were demolished to make way for it. Many historic buildings were destroyed in the process. The old city is now dwarfed by all the new construction. The programme for the buildings lining the avenue was never clearly articulated. They were built to give the street its frame. They are of uniform height being about 10 stories high and neo-classical in appearance. At the head of the street is the Casa Republicii, or House of the People, reputedly the second largest building in the world in term of space (the Pentagon in Washington being the largest), the tallest in Bucharest (86 metres and, reputedly, the same below the ground), and 276 metres long. Designed to be the government centre (and as a Palace for Ceausescu), it now houses the Romanian Parliament. The building is now called the Palatul Parlamentului (Palace of Parliament). It has 700 offices, meeting rooms, restau- rants, libraries and assembly halls for 1200 people (the 66-metre by 30-metre Romanian Hall, the 55-metre by 42-metre Banquet Hall and the 64-metre in diameter cylindrical domed Congress Hall (Cavalcanti, 1 997: 98). The architect of record for the Casa Republicii is indeed Anca Petrescu. She designed a simple modern building for the site but it was superseded by Ceausescu's own 'New Romanian Architecture'. He inspected its construction on a weekly basis and made many on-site design decisions. Models were made for him so he could understand proposals. Unlike Hitler and Mussolini, he could not read drawings. In front of the building is a semicircular plaza, the Piata Semicirculara capable of holding a crowd of 500,000 people. Monumental buildings frame it. The centre of the boulevard is lined with fountains, commemorative arches and columns, and sculptures. They stand in an 8-metre wide green strip that they share with a variety of tree species. Designed to be a celebration of socialism, the buildings lining the boule- vard now house international capitalist organizations - banks and insurance com- panies. The western end is largely deserted and dilapidated; the fountains have not played for a decade. The project required so great a capital investment that it bankrupted the state (although the actual total cost is unknown). The boulevard remains a major axis with lengthy vistas. It celebrates its developer, President Ceausescu. He had the political and financial control to develop his idea, hire architects, and supervise the construction of the project. Professionals followed his direct- ives. Unlike Paris or the work of Mussolini in Rome, the only consideration in the design of the Avenue of the Victory of Socialism was Ceausescu's own aesthetic ideal. Little atten- tion was paid to the non-symbolic functions of the built environment. Major references Cavalcanti, Maria de Betania Uchoa (1997). Urban reconstruction and autocratic regimes: Ceausescu's Bucharest in its historic context. Planning Perspectives 12: 71-109. Petcu, Constantin (1999). Totalitarian City: Bucharest, 1980-9, semio-clinical files. In Nigel Leach, ed., Architecture and Revolution: Contemporary Perspectives on Central and Eastern Europe. London and New York: Routledge, 1 77-88. Stamp, Gavin (1988). Romania's New Delhi. Architectural Review 1 84 (1 0): 4-6. 201 THE CORE OF URBAN DESIGN WORK: PROCEDURES AND PRODUCTS Commentary These case studies show that considerable power, financial and/or political, is required to build total urban designs on any large scale. Although such designs are easier to implement in totalitarian societies, they have been carried out in vastly different legislative, legal and administration systems. The degree of sin- gular control over the property development and design process varies consider- ably from case study to case study. On one hand there are schemes such as Rockefeller Center, Brasilia and Avenue of the Victory of Socialism in which much was designated by a central authority - private in the first case, public in the latter two - without much outside interference. On the other hand Raleigh Park, although the product of one organization, was very much battered by city politics and the conflicting requirements of local community groups. There were two major designs and a number of other proposals for the Raleigh Park devel- opment. There were half a dozen for the Barbican. The quality of the schemes described in the case studies varies considerably. Some of them, such as SUNY, Albany are regarded as 'powerful architectural statements' others less so. Many total urban designs are admired for their geo- metrical boldness. The buildings at Brasilia and in Chandigarh are much photo- graphed as abstract sculptures. Such environments, however, are often devoid of the urban elements that support life generously. Strong geometrical ideas are more appropriate in some types of developments (such as capital complexes) than in others. Powerful symbolic statements are important for they boost our self-esteem. Problems, however, can arise: (1) when the symbolic statement is perceived by people to present a poor image of them, it has negative associations and (2) when art substitutes for life, where geomet- rical cleverness is the prime design criterion. Both can happen more easily when design power is centralized. The lesson of Pruitt-Igoe that there is often a gulf between what politicians, developers and architects want and what people want is still to be learnt not only in the United States but elsewhere (Michelson, 1968). The French experience, for instance, is illuminating. Val-Fourre, a banlieue, the largest of 1100 such housing estates in France, houses well over 30,000 people (28,000 officially) in 1960s and 1970s tower blocks. Located 85 kilometres (about 50 miles) from Paris, its inhabitants in 2004 were drawn from almost 30 different ethnic groups, mainly recent immigrants. Such estates may work well in China for middle-income people and are being built at varying sizes but they do not do well for socially and psychologically dis- located people with many children who have nothing to do. Val-Fourre is called a banlieue sensible (sink estate or trouble spot) or pejoratively a cite or HLM (cheap rent homes). The 23 de enero estate in Caracas, Venezuela (see Figure 3.4) con- sists of 30 slab blocks and is equally notorious. It is amongst many other similar estates around the world. Philadelphia alone had a dozen such large-scale hous- ing projects. The last of them, the Martin Luther King Jr. Housing, was demol- ished late in 1999. 202 TOTAL URBAN DESIGN The decisions to build such housing developments were well intentioned but no public consultation, empirical information, or market forces dictated the urban design and architectural forms in which they were built. It is not only housing pro- jects that were approached in this fashion but the problems associated with them in democratic societies were dramatic. Total urban designs can be based on consult- ation with the stakeholders involved. The design of the programme and housing at Trueslund demonstrated this although it could be argued that it is a deviant case both in terms of product type and size of development. It is small. Some of the schemes included here, although total designs, rely heavily on the market to decide uses (e.g. Clarke Quay) even though the decisions to build them were public policy ones; others were centrally decreed (e.g. Brasilia and the GSFC Township at Vadodara). In the case of the Avenue of Victory of Socialism, no clear image related to reality was specified for the occupation of the buildings that line the boulevard. It was the theatricality of the setting that was deemed important. Market forces are now dictating building uses. Much is still unoccupied. The successes and failures result not from the schemes being total urban designs but from the goals set and the nature of the programme assumed. In some cases a grand scheme does celebrate civic pride for a people and enhances their self-image. Certainly the capital complex in Chandigarh does this. In other cases it is the cre- ators who have set out to celebrate themselves. Some schemes suffered from severe financial constraints; others were just shortsighted. In addition, all urban designs have failings on one dimension or another. It is impossible to meet all the require- ments of all the people who inhabit or use, or are affected by a project equally well. The case studies included in this chapter, although varied in nature, have at least one thing in common. Each was conceived and carried out as one project and cut from a single piece of cloth. They are total urban designs. The time taken to implement them varied but each was conceived to be completed within a short time-frame. Brasilia took only 5 years to build. When the decision-making power is centralized actions can be taken rapidly. 203 All-of-a-piece urban design To many observers, organizing urban design projects to be carried out building- by- building, and landscape-by-landscape by a number of developers according to an overall conceptual design is the core of urban design work. Many architects see all-of-a-piece urban design as inferior to total urban design because it is less a work of individual art. They believe projects would be better if dreamt of and designed by one hand as in Le Corbusier's design for the capital complex in Chandigarh or Oscar Niemeyer's work in Brasilia. Others, however, believe that it is only through all-of-a-piece urban design that both a unity and variety can be captured in large project design today. Procedurally, all all-of-a-piece designs are similar following approximately the structure shown in Figure 2.6. The degree of control over what is to be designed, however, varies considerably from highly controlled designs to those in which considerable freedom of action is given to the developers and designers of the various components of a scheme. The products of all-of-a-piece urban design run the gamut of design types: new towns, new precincts and urban renewal schemes. Few all-of-a-piece urban designs are as 'theatrical' as many total urban designs although Haussmann did very well in Paris! Their focus of attention depends on the nature of a culture and the nature of the priorities established by the stake- holders concerned. Each of the schemes described in this chapter focuses on some of the functions of the built environment identified in Figure 1 .6 more than others. In each a number of concerns arise that are not characteristic of total urban design. The source of funding is always a concern but a special set of issues arises with all-of-a-piece urban design in capitalist countries. How are the pieces going to be implemented? Is the infrastructure to be built by the public sector? Or by the developer of the overall project? Or by the developers of individual sites? Is the public sector to subsidize the work? Who is to oversee the development? Some public authorities or a private developer? All-of-a-piece urban designs vary considerably in dealing with all the concerns implicit in these questions. The second issue deals with a series of design questions about the conceptual design or master plan. Are there some buildings that are to be regarded as fore- ground buildings and others as background? What is to be the degree of design 204 ALL-OF-A-PIECE URBAN DESIGN control over the work of an individual developer or architect and/or landscape architect? Is it to be an ordered scheme or a chaotic one? There is considerable experience in doing the former, very little in dealing with the latter. How does one write guidelines to ensure well-functioning organized chaos? The nature of the design guidelines used to shape an urban design scheme is central to all-of-a-piece urban design work. Design Guidelines Clare Cooper Marcus (1 986) has written about design guidelines as a link between research and practice. The most general such urban design guidelines are con- tained in the directives established by Christopher Alexander and his colleagues in their pattern language (Alexander et al., 1977). Such guidelines are generic statements that specify the goals, the design pattern for achieving them and the evidence supporting the linkage between goal and pattern. In all-of-a-piece urban design the concern is with writing directives that ensure that the intent of the conceptual design is met. The focus here is thus on project-specific guide- lines, or what have been called 'design directives' for completing the components of an all-of-a-piece urban design. The fundamental nature of design guidelines has changed little over the centuries. Facade guidelines prescribing the nature of fenestration to be incorporated on new buildings can, for instance, be traced back at least to fourteenth century Italy. What has changed and will no doubt change in the future are the percep- tions of the mechanisms that achieve the design goals and the types of guidelines that are used to ensure those mechanisms are incorporated in a design. There are three types of design guidelines used to implement urban design objectives: prescriptive, performance and advisory. They may be specifications for open spaces - that is streets and squares - and/or for the buildings that frame them. Prescriptive guidelines describe the pattern that a building complex, build- ing, or building component must take (e.g. all buildings must have purple string- courses of brickwork at every 5 metres of height). Performance guidelines specify how a building should work (e.g. no shadows can be cast on a particular open space during the hours 11.00 a.m. to 2.00 p.m. at the winter solstice). Property developers overwhelmingly prefer the first because they state the design forms required without any ambiguity. It is easier to create enforceable guidelines when a public authority has a legal stake in the development (e.g. is a land holder or is contributing to the project's financing), or by creating covenants or other require- ments in giving property developers permission to build. Advisory guidelines are suggestive in nature whereas prescriptive and performance are mandatory if they are adopted into law for specific constitutionally acceptable purposes. There is no legal requirement to comply with advisory guidelines. The three types of guidelines are often used together. The case of the Dallas Arts District is oudined in Figure 8.1. The conceptual diagram is illustrated in Figure 8.1a. The guidelines in Figure 8.1b are of three types: prescriptive (the 205 THE CORE OF URBAN DESIGN WORK: PROCEDURES AND PRODUCTS Building Envelope Guidelines (a) Building Massing Concept ■-'.';■"'; hnlght limitation Building envelope ai»o : :\\vX Building envelope arec j Appioi •I proposed cro **J;':V.V .';.!_ > > i^4 ; ^i : [-' developmental*;: ■;/.' ■'.'.* *\ ."C\ ■'.•'.•'.•, ,'-; - -y ^ v Sugges •>N appio it moi« '•;■:•; .'■ building mnit ol ".'■ Volticv building Ol^-i v.pioposfld LAP.TG^J /."development vl^l CO o CD W co m O en Boss Avenue rtf-ht o! way Flora Street right ol war Suggested two levels ol retail Possible 15-loot extension 7 Into Flora Street lor cafe/retail relied use; ■14 Woodall Eodgeu right o: (b) Figure 8.1 The Dallas Arts District, (a) The conceptual design, (b) the building design guidelines and (c) the district in 1 993. building envelope), performance (setback for two rows of trees) and advisory ('suggested two levels of retail'). The solar access diagram shown in Figure 8.2 may specify a performance but it is highly prescriptive. The facade guidelines in Figure 8.3 are clearly advisory but had considerable clout in the way they were administered. Guidelines that can be defended in court contain three parts: the objective, the pattern required to achieve it and the argument for the pattern based on empir- ical evidence (Stamps, 1994). If they do not, they are easy to challenge and to be dismissed in the courts and administrative tribunals of democratic societies. All all-of-a-piece urban designs involve the specification for individual buildings to some extent. The most global requirement is for building uses but many other factors can be stipulated for building and open-space design (see Figure 8.4a). One application of a number of guidelines is shown in Figure 8.4b. The degree to which building designs should be controlled is open to debate. The urban 206 ALL-OF-A-PIECE URBAN DESIGN Figure 8.2 A solar access diagram, OBJECTIVE 15 TO CREATE A BUILDING FORM THAT IS VISUALLY INTERESTING AND HARMONIZES WITH SURROUNDING BUDLDINGS. POLICY 1 Ensure that new facades relate harmoniously with nearby facade patterns. 2- b When designing the facade pattern for new buildings, the pattern of large nearby existing facades should be considered to avoid unpleasant juxtapositions. Incon- gruous materials, proportions, and sense of mass should be avoided. As a general rule, facades composed of both vertical and horizontal elements fit better with older as well as most new facades. The all vertical pattern of this building has little in common with the center structure Strong verticals and horizontals strong base and similar street wall height help give building a positive relationship to center building Figure 8.3 Guidelines for new buildings in context, San Francisco, 207 THE CORE OF URBAN DESIGN WORK: PROCEDURES AND PRODUCTS roof type and material overall building height material/colour window to wall ratio ground floor use and fenestration specification for nature and frequency of door and barrier free requirement arcade dimension level of ground floor in relationship to the relationship lo property line Figure 8.4 Building design guidelines, (a) Possible variables for building design guidelines and (b) an example: Nassau-Fulton, New York. design objective has been to define the character of the public realm - streets, squares and other open spaces - and to obtain a sense of unity and/or diversity. Major references Barnett, Jonathan (1982). Designing cities without designing buildings. In An Introduction to Urban Design. New York: Harper and Row, 76-152. Cooper Marcus, Clare (1986). Design guidelines: a bridge between research and decision- making. In William H. Ittelson, Masaaki Asai and Mary Ker, eds., Cross Cultural Research in Environment and Behavior. Tucson: University of Arizona, 56-83. Cowan, Robert (2003). Urban Design Guidance: Urban Design Frameworks, Development Briefs and Master Plans. London: Thomas Telford Ltd. Punter, John (1999). Design Guidelines in American Cities: A Review of Design Policies and Guidance in Five West Coast Cities. Liverpool: Liverpool University Press. Shirvani, Hamid (1985). The Urban Design Process. New York: Van Nostrand Reinhold. Watson, Ilene (2001). An introduction to Design Guidelines, http://www.plamiersweb.com/ wfiles/wl 57.html accessed on 9 January 2004. The Case Studies The case studies focus almost entirely on precinct design. It is at this level that the nature of urban designing is clearest. The one new town that is included, 208 ALL-OF-A-PIECE URBAN DESIGN Seaside, is smaller than many of the precincts studied here. The cases cover a wide variety of product types and have been organized in approximately the same sequences as those in the previous chapter on total urban design. A large number of projects on green-field and cleared brown-field sites in a number of countries have been included. Developed at various times during the past half-century they reveal a wide array of attitudes towards ways of life and aesthetics. The schemes are all well known. The two urban renewal schemes - Charles Center and Central Glendale - are fine examples of their type although many other projects in countries other than the United States of America could have been selected to demonstrate the same concerns. Two types of campuses - a university and a business centre - illustrate two very different aesthetic philoso- phies while the one housing case study - Stadtvillen an der Rauchstrasse - stands in strong contrast to both of them and to Pruitt-Igoe and Raleigh Park. The final case study included is an example of urban renewal but is classified here as an example of a festival market development. As such it is a descendant of Baltimore Inner Harbor. New Towns Most new towns in capitalist countries have turned out to be a collage of all-of- a-piece and laissez-faire urban designs. The exceptions are those company towns that start off, as noted in the previous chapter, as total urban designs. The genu- ine all-of-a-piece new town designs are few in number and small in size. They do have the process of development and design in common. Most such new town design processes start off with some vision of how the city will function, instru- mentally and symbolically. The question then, as in all all-of-a-piece urban designs, is: 'Once one has a guiding vision, how does one get it implemented?' Case studies of all-of-a-piece new town design are difficult to construct after implementation in comparison to total urban designs. They tend to be long drawn out affairs involving many stakeholders. Each person involved remembers the process in a unique way, often highlighting his or her contributions to it. What might appear to be an all-of-a-piece design turns out to be either total urban design as in the centrally controlled Soviet new towns of the 1960s, 1970s and 1980s, or much more fragmented efforts focusing on the design of the infrastruc- ture as an armature for development. Seaside in Florida, small though it is, and followed by many other designs, is the exemplar of an all-of-a-piece new town design. The description of it pre- sented here relies heavily on secondary sources and interviews. It is an important case study because it demonstrates the essence of urban design procedures. It also raises questions as to how far one should go in prescribing the design of individ- ual buildings. 209 THE CORE OF URBAN DESIGN WORK: PROCEDURES AND PRODUCTS Case Study Seaside, Florida, USA: a seaside vacation town (1981 to the present) Seaside is an example of a tightly controlled all-of-a-piece urban design. It is also an example of what was called Neo-Traditional urban design but now goes by the name of the New Urbanism. The developer was and is Robert Davis who inherited 80 acres (32 hectares) on the panhandle (Gulf of Mexico) coast of Florida from his grandfather in 1970. Davis wanted to create a vacation town based on his memory of those he knew and loved as a boy. He recalls: The idea of Seaside started with the notion of reviving the build- ing tradition of Northwest Florida which had produced wood-framed cottages so well adapted to the climate that they enhanced the sensual pleasure of life by the sea' (Davis, 1989: 92). He engaged Andres Duany and Elizabeth Plater-Zyberk to design the town. Seaside has become an important case, for good or ill, of urban design because it asserts the primacy of the public realm over the pri- vate (Katz, 1994). It is a resort community with a small, but increasing, number of per- manent residents. The master plan - a layout with a small-scale City Beautiful core and with an emphasis on access to the beach - was drafted in 1 982. Construction has proceeded since then. Today Seaside is a fully function- ing town with a town hall, school, chapel, post office, retail stores and commercial ten- ants, and a wide variety of housing types. The site has an irregular shape with a county road running across it almost adja- cent to the waterfront (see Figure 8.5). The guiding objective in the design is that everything residents could want on a daily basis should be within a 5-minute walk of their homes - a hallmark of New Urbanism. The core of the plan is a 'semi-octagonal' square where the post office, shops, library and other communal facilities are located. This area is connected to a square to the northwest where the town hall is located. The link is the town's main commercial thor- oughfare. The plan consists of a hierarchy of street sizes depending on their perceived functions in a concentric network that spreads out from the centre and links it with the neighbouring town of Seagrove. While the plan, building codes and design guidelines for the buildings are clearly the work of Duany and Plater-Zyberk, the ideas were framed during a 2-week-long charette with other designers, local officials and consultants. The construction of houses had actually begun before the master plan was completed; by 1 994 the first phase of Seaside was 70% built. It continues to evolve. The public buildings and spaces of Seaside include pavilions on the beach, buildings in the central square, the town hall and build- ings on the periphery of the town. The pavilions sit on the southern (beach) end of each north-south street. The private build- ing types include a number of mixed-uses: residential/ retail/lodging, residential/ retail/ office and residential/workshop. Seaside also has a special district (large lots to the south of the county road that could contain a variety of uses) and two types of residential develop- ment. These types are not necessarily restricted to a specific zone but are scat- tered throughout Seaside. The code also includes the building design guidelines. Davies sold the plots at Seaside to indi- vidual purchasers who could build what they 210 ALL-OF-A-PIECE URBAN DESIGN County Road 30A Dune < Figure 8.5 The Seaside, Florida plan. liked provided it met the requirements of a stringent code. The Urban Code of Seaside specifies the requirements for eight types of buildings, explicitly enough to create a visual unity in the development, but flexibly enough to give architects creative freedom (see Figure 8.6). Type 1 is for those lots that define the central square or are located on the main streets throughout Seaside (see Figure 8.8). Similar specifications exist for the other seven types of buildings. Each residential building must have a porch facing the street (see Figure 8.7a and b). The goal was to have residents using them and being aware of passers-by in the hope of establishing acquaintances. Each house must have a roof of wood shakes or be of metal. Most residential buildings must have white picket fences and on any given street the fence must be different from all the others. Garages must be in the rear of buildings. The gardens should contain no sod; only indigenous plants are allowed. In all, there are 1 9 general construction requirements that specify design details from wall cladding to the location of house numbers. These specifications have not stopped houses from running the full range of present-day styles. Internationally renowned architects designed many of them. A sense of unity is, nevertheless, clearly achieved because the design guidelines were clearly written with that goal in mind. Seaside has been a marketing success. It is increasingly a resort for wealthy people. Land prices have soared well above inflation levels. Lots purchased in 1982 for $15,000 commanded $300,000 in 2001. Beachfront lots go for as much as $1 .5 million. Home prices are approaching the $1 million mark. As an urban design, it has become an icon of the New Urbanism, striking a balance between the needs of vehicle drivers and those of pedestrians. It demonstrates that an approach to design integrating planning, landscape architecture and architecture can result in fine living environments. Critics find the town 'too cute' but they are outsiders not residents. It is well loved by the latter. 211 to Jo (Q C F BMAI TYPE I TYPE II TYPE III TYPE IV TYPE V TYPE VI TYPE VII TYPE VIII SPECIFICATIONS I Source: Staff of New Urban News (2001); courtesy of Duany-Plater Zyberk & Company ALL-OF-A-PIECE URBAN DESIGN Figure 8.7 Two views of Seaside, (a) View from fhe northeast looking west and (b) a general view of the housing. 213 THE CORE OF URBAN DESIGN WORK: PROCEDURES AND PRODUCTS rrrn CTOWW™ KfflfflB Figure 8.8 The specifications for Type 1 buildings (housing above shops) for the central area (see upper drawing). Seaside is the antecedent of a large num- ber of later developments. Celebration in Florida is Seaside writ large! There have also been attempts in other countries to look at their own traditions and to take what has worked in the past and adapt those patterns to deal with the present and the future. Poundbury on the outskirts of Dorchester in England, for instance, draws heavily on the design patterns of the trad- itional Dorset village. Major references Davis, Robert (1989). Seaside, Florida, U.S.A. GA Houses 27: 90-1 23. Duany, Andres and Elizabeth Plater-Zyberk with Jeff Speck (2000). Suburban Nation: The Rise of Sprawl and the Decline of the American Dream. New York: North Point Press. Katz, Peter (1994). The New Urbanism: Toward an Architecture of Community. New York: McGraw Hill. Mohney, David (1991). Seaside: Making an American Town. New York: Princeton University Press. The Town of Seaside (1985). Center 1 : 110-17. 214 ALL-OF-A-PIECE URBAN DESIGN Precincts: Green-field and Cleared Brown-field Sites Many cities around the world have precincts that have been largely abandoned; there are many yet-to-be-built-on areas on the periphery of cities that are ripe for development as cities expand. The former sites are primarily the results of changes in the technology of manufacturing and transportation, but the desire to upgrade areas has also been a motivating factor in their renewal. Port areas with their finger wharfs and/or small docks have been abandoned in cities across the world: Baltimore, London, Cape Town, New York, Rotterdam and Sydney amongst them. The same cities and many others have abandoned railyards, often extensive in size, close to their cores. Military establishments such as naval yards and barrack areas have become redundant and their sites available for redevelopment. Ten schemes are presented here to illustrate the diversity of urban design. One, the Citizen Centre in Shenzhen is presented as a brief note as it is still under construction. It stands in strong contrast to total civic urban design pro- jects. Four of the schemes set out to be new business districts to rival those already existing in their cities. They are, in approximately chronological order, La Defense in Paris, Canary Wharf in London, Euralille in Lille and the Lujiazui area of Pudong in Shanghai. Each follows a different design paradigm. The first two were planned to retain Paris and London's pre-eminent places in the world. Euralille and Lujiazui have been designed to join the club. From a design point of view they are interesting because of the different ways in which they handle traffic. The purpose of the sixth scheme, Battery Park City, was to enliven the Lower Manhattan business area in New York by injecting new housing into it and opening up the Hudson River waterfront to the public. The Paternoster development, the seventh example, was built on a bombed out site in London in the 1 960s following Modernist principles. It was deemed to be boring and dreary. It was demolished in the 1990s, rebuilt and completed in 2003. The eighth scheme, Pariser Platz in Berlin, has had a very different purpose; it has been to recapture the sense of place it had in its citizens' hearts before having been destroyed in World War II and left that way for 40 years in a divided Berlin. The final scheme, the Potsdamer Platz district, also in Berlin, has a very different char- acter. Its nodes are inside buildings not open-air squares. A note on the proposed World Trade Center site in New York has been included to bring this set of examples up-to-date. What it will end up being like is open to conjecture. The development of only a couple of these ten schemes has taken place in a straightforward linear step-by-step manner. Most have tangled histories although the central idea behind each (with the exception of Battery Park City) has remained remarkably intact. Each shows the impact of politics and politicians and world and local economic conditions on their histories. They also show the debates that took place amongst stakeholders over the appropriate architectural paradigm to employ. The longer the development period the more marked are the ups and downs of the implementation process. This reality is something that theories of architecture seldom reveal. Case studies yield a truer picture. 215 THE CORE OF URBAN DESIGN WORK: PROCEDURES AND PRODUCTS A Note The Citizen Centre, Shenzhen, People's Republic of China: a new civic design (1994+) The Citizen Centre complex in Shenzhen is in the process of construction. It has followed a very different process of design than the capital complexes at Chandigarh designed by Le Corbusier and Brasilia designed by Oscar Niemeyer. As a complex it will be an all-of-a-piece urban design. Following a typical procedure used in China the design results from a process of consultation/ competition. This system is used to gener- designed largely to a plan by Kisho Kurokawa of Japan. The site is 1 .9 kilometres wide and 2.2 north-to-south with Lotus Hill to the north. It is laid out in a grid bisected by the east-to-west Shennan Avenue. The com- mercial area lies to the south of the Avenue, and the government and cultural zone (a 180-hectare site) to the north. The landmark building of the govern- ment complex is the City Hall designed by ate interesting potential solutions but it John Lee. Its roof has an eye-catching form can also result in eye-catching designs with short-run futures. In 1995, a number of architects were asked to submit designs for the Citizen Centre. The best of them was deemed to be that byjohn M. Lee/Michael Timchula Associates based in the United States. It remains to be seen how the Citizen Centre complex turns out as design deci- sions are still being finalized (Figure 8.9). The new heart of Shenzhen is organized along the central green zone of the city like the wings of a roc. It is equipped with solar voltaic panels as part of the effort to reduce energy consumption and costs. Below the roof the building is divided into two almost symmetrical parts containing the various administrative functions of the city. In front of the building is the 'Crystal Island', a transparent steel and glass structure, and a green zone that extends to Lotus Hill. The green zone is flanked by a number of buildings that will be built by a number of Figure 8.9 The Citizen Centre complex, Shenzhen, (a) The conceptual site in its proposed context and (b) the Citizen Centre. 216 ALL-OF-A-PIECE URBAN DESIGN developers on behalf of the city to the city's requirements and designed by different architects. The Cultural Centre of Arata Isozaki lies on the left of the City Hall facing Lotus Hill. It consists of the Concert Hall and Library with an elevated deck between them. The fronts of the buildings will have pleated glass walls. Directly across the green area from them is the Children's Palace. A level of unity will be achieved through the massing and colour of the buildings that were subject to control. The result is a complex of three buildings and a park (a strong contrast to Le Corbusier's concrete deck at Chandigarh) designed in accordance with a site plan within a larger master plan for the city. Major references Chen Yuan (2000). The course of SZD planning and design. World Architecture 2000 (Suppl.): 5-9. Kurokawa, Kisho (2000). Urban design of the public space system along the central axis. World Architecture 2000 (Suppl.): 29-36. Case Study La Defense, Haut-de-Seine, France: a (1958-90 and to the present) La Defense, Paris's new business district is located on a site of 750 hectares (2.9 square miles) west of the Seine just outside the city's jurisdiction. The name comes from the statue, 'La Defense de Paris', erected in the area in 1883 to commemorate the war of 1870. For prestige reasons the precinct does retain 'Paris' as its mailing address but as it is legally located outside Paris, it is not subject to the stringent planning controls within the boulevard peripherique developed under pressure from President Valery Giscard d'Estaing after Paris's first 1960s towers (particularly the 56-storey Tour Montparnesse) shocked the citizens of Paris and tourists alike. The height of buildings within the city became restricted to 31 metres. This policy is now (2004) under review as pressures for higher densities of development are arising. It suffices to say that La Defense is an 'edge city' visually and new 'central' business district symbolically connected to the heart of Paris by the Champs Elysees, Paris's historic boulevard spine, the Metro system, the regional express line (RER) and the A-14e motorway. It was designed to be and is a different world to Paris. The conception of La Defense can be traced back to the 1920s but it was a long pregnancy. Regional plans and a 1931 com- petition for the Voie Triomphiale [Triumphal Way] from the Etoile to La Defense gave impetus to the idea for the location of a new business district for Paris on its periphery. A 1 956 Regional Development and Organization Plan proposed that the population density of the inner city be reduced and that nodes be established on its periphery- something that has subsequently happened to cities in many countries as a result of market forces not regional planning policies (Garreau, 1991). There was a felt need to maintain 217 THE CORE OF URBAN DESIGN WORK: PROCEDURES AND PRODUCTS the character of the historic core of Paris as it was and as it exists in people's imagin- ations. It is what the 25 million tourists who come to Paris each year desire to see and enjoy. The result was the moving of some services to the periphery of the city and the building of a series of new towns around it. By 1956, a number of office towers had already been located in the vicinity of La Defense. In 1958, EPAD (Establissement Public pour I'Amenagement de la Region de la Defense) was formed and progress started on what we now know as La Defense. An EPA is a public body that works with private companies to acquire land and prepare it for development. It links the efforts of local and national governments with those of private sector developers. EPAD thus had the power to expropriate land, establish a development zone and expedite construction. EPAD bought the land, rehoused about 25,000 people, demolished 9000 dwellings and several hundred industrial and light- industrial factories, and set about developing an office estate. The development spans four decades of fits and starts with the major periods of inaction being prior to 1964, between 1974 and 1978, and again between 1992 and 1998. An early proposal (1964) consisted of two rows of skyscrapers equal in height (100 metres) surrounded by housing and with an esplanade covering the roadways. Little came of it. A more serious proposal for the site was instigated in 1971 by President Georges Pompidou, and a third a few years later by President Giscard d'Estaing. The third proposal is essentially what we see today. President d'Estaing and Prime Minister Raymond Barre had intervened in 1978 because, in spite of state funding, the economic future of La Defense was uncer- tain. New development was being carried out at a slow pace. EPAD was in a poor financial state as its resources came from the sale of construction rights. It had a deficit of 680 million francs. Under d'Estaing's lead- ership the central government put in addi- tional resources drawn directly from publicly owned savings banks. Additional restric- tions were also placed on building within Paris by a national government authority DATAR (Delegation a I'Amenagement du Territoire et a I'Action Regionale) and a differential tax rate was put in place to encourage development at La Defense. The construction of the infrastructure was the major enabling step because it allowed buildings to be plugged into a vehicular, rail and pedestrian transportation network. This network is organized into a multi- layered structure segregating the different transport modes with a vehicle-free 40-hectare (100-acre) pedestrian deck, or esplanade, being the top layer. Vehicular traf- fic is kept on the periphery of the superblock (see Figure 8.10). The original conceptual design builds on Le Corbusier's idea of what a modern city should be. As the scheme evolved it has become denser to stimulate some sense of urbanity and liveliness. The Centre National de Industries et Techniques, with its triangular roof, was one of the first landmark buildings in the area. It acted as a catalyst spurring further development (see Figures 8.1 1-8.1 3). The partial termination of the axis from the boulevard peripherique today is the La Defense Arche designed by Danish archi- tect Johan Otto von Spreckelsen who died before construction was completed. The Arche was the winning entry in a design competition held under the auspices of 218 ALL-OF-A-PIECE URBAN DESIGN Figure 8.10 La Defense before and after the building of the Arche. (a) The predicted massing diagram in 1 970 prior to the idea of La Defense Arche and (b) the massing diagram in 2003. 219 THE CORE OF URBAN DESIGN WORK: PROCEDURES AND PRODUCTS Source: B. Richards (2001 ); courtesy of the Taylor and Francis Group - parking - landscaped deck Service road - bus station J- parking - A14. through main road - local metro ~ - REfl ( express metro) t- (a) (b) Figure 8. 11 Sections through the deck, La Defense, (a) Cross-section and (b) partial longitudinal section. President Francois Mitterand. It was part of his Grands Travaux (Great Works) pro- gramme that was primarily concerned with preserving Parisian monuments such as the Grand Louvre but it also helped finance major new works such as the Cite des Sciences in an old slaughterhouse at Pare de la Villette (see Chapter 5). A decked bridge west of the Arche continues the axis to St Germain-en-Laye. The Arche was designed in 1 983 and com- pleted in 1989, a century after the Eiffel Tower. Various earlier schemes by I. M. Pei, Emile Aillaud and Jean Willerval had been rejected. The Arche is an office building, 35 stories (100 metres) high by 100 metres wide (the size of the Care le Cour, or Square Courtyard, at the Louvre and large enough to accommodate Notre Dame). It is slightly skewed to the axis and in the 220 ALL-OF-A-PIECE URBAN DESIGN Figure 8.12 The western end of La Defense, Figure 8.13 La Defense with the Grande Arche in the background and the Centre National de Industries et Techniques on the right. 221 THE CORE OF URBAN DESIGN WORK: PROCEDURES AND PRODUCTS form of an arch. It is topped by an art gallery and viewing platform. The competition for the Arche site attracted 424 entries. An archi- tectural jury selected four finalists. They were submitted anonymously to Mitterand who selected Spreckelsen's entry. Today the Arche is a major tourist attraction and gives La Defense a sense of place in Paris. It also allows for the further extension of the axis starting with the Champs Elysees and continuing through the Arche to the far dis- tant Versailles. The landscape between the Seine and the Grand Arche - the D'alle Centrale - is to the design of Dan Kiley, the North American landscape architect. Working in 1978, Kiley sought a classical modernism of fountains and artworks. Four long lines of pollard London Planes reinforce the visual axis. In many ways La Defense might have been better included in the Chapter 10 as a plug-in design where buildings of various types and architecture, ranging from Modernist to post-modern with neo-classical overtones are plugged into a framework. It has turned out to be a poorly organized all- of-a-piece design. The conceptual diagram and how to achieve it were never carefully articulated. The building guidelines varied overtime as the result of political pressures and economic necessity. The scheme was much affected by successive presidents of France, each attempting to leave his imprint on Paris. The first set of design controls limited height and sought an architectural unity for the precinct. As the design evolved the specifications of what should be built were loosened in order to get some life into the scheme. A laissez-faire attitude ultimately pre- vailed. By the early 1970s companies were encouraged to build distinctive gratte-ciels (skyscrapers). They have done so. Each cor- poration has tried to outdo the others with its building. Yet few buildings are touched by post-Modernist design patterns. The result has been a haphazard collection of build- ings that are perceived to be out of context with the dignity and grandeur of the axe historique. EPAD appears not to care. It has created the premier business district in Europe and has the statistics to prove it. It is the landscape that ties the complex together (Figures 8.1 4 and 8.1 5). Has La Defense been a success? Admirers regard it as a modern day Utopia; detract- ors think it is part of the Brave New World. It has been dismissed as a 'business slum' (Eriksen, 2001). Despite efforts to rectify the design it remains a series of Modernist parts. The open spaces are disconnected and poorly related to the buildings; there is little on the deck to attract pedestrians. Although it is relatively free of air pollution, the high winds on the deck level promoted by the tall buildings make the pedestrian envi- ronment particularly inhospitable in winter and even on some summer days. EPAD has made a valiant effort to make the esplanade more attractive by adding trees for aesthetic reasons and also to ameliorate the wind con- ditions. It has increased the amount of shop- ping, and promoted the development of art galleries, as well as including more sculptures to make an open-air museum. A carousel has become a permanent feature. From a business point of view La Defense is a resounding success. Fourteen of France's top 20 corporations are located there. In 2000, 1 30,000 people worked in the precinct for 3600 companies. Over half of the people employed have been described as 'execu- tives'. Those two figures are indicators of one measure of success. They are what 222 ALL-OF-A-PIECE URBAN DESIGN Figure 8.14 La Defense: typical commercial buildings with a stabile by Alexander Calder in the background. Figure 8.15 Office workers and tourists looking down the axis towards the Arc d'Triomph from the steps of the Grande Arche. 223 THE CORE OF URBAN DESIGN WORK: PROCEDURES AND PRODUCTS impressed visiting politicians such as the United Kingdom's Prime Minister, Margaret Thatcher and Shanghai's Mayor (later pre- mier of the People's Republic of China), Zhu Rongji. Canary Wharf and Lujiazui are the children of La Defense and the scheme for Hanoi North a grandchild (see Marshall, 2002). If Haussmann's Paris was the model for earlier generations of political leaders, La Defense is for today's. Major references de Graveline, Frederique (2002). La Defense, Les Villes et Leurs Projects: Projets Urbain en France. Paris: Editions du Moniteur. EPAD (c. 2002). La Defense. EPAD. Lowe, Garrard (1996). Urban lessons from Paris. Urbanities 6 (1): 1-6. http:www.city-journal.org Torres, Felix (1987). Paris La Defense: Metropole Europeenne des Affaires. Paris: Editions de Moniteur. Case Study Canary Wharf, Isle of Dogs, London, commercial pragmatism? (Primarily 1 Canary Wharf, the centerpiece of the London Docklands redevelopment, is an offspring of La Defense. The government of Margaret Thatcher had been encouraged by that scheme's success as a commercial venture to pursue a similar policy in London. Following the example of La Defense, Canary Wharf has been designed to cater to the commer- cial development of London outside its traditional commercial centre, the City. It is located on what was once a thriving port site abandoned as the result of changes in the size of ships and the nature of trans- portation technology, particularly the devel- opment of containerization. For all intents and purposes this brown-field site had been totally cleared except for the remnants of the docks. Today, the area comprises 18 office buildings, a retail centre, hotels, a conference and banqueting centre, five parking stations (in addition to the parking below the office England, UK: the urban design of 985-98 but continuing) buildings) and landscaped open space. It is served by a light-rail system and, belatedly in 2000, by an underground railway station on the Jubilee Line (see Chapter 10). The site extends over 86 acres (34.4 hectares) of which about 20% is landscaped open space. To get to this state has been a harrowing experience. In the 1980s, the British government under Thatcher took over control of the Docklands area from the five local borough governments responsible for it and estab- lished the London Docklands Development Corporation (LDDC). The LDDC's task, as stated in 1981 by the then Environment Secretary, Michael Heseltine, was to 'bring these barren areas back into more valuable use'. The Corporation encouraged a market- led approach to design but it also created an enterprise zone that offered tax incen- tives for firms to locate at Canary Wharf. The Docklands' statutory regulations were 224 ALL-OF-A-PIECE URBAN DESIGN Figure 8.16 A model of the SOM proposal for Canary Wharf. also suspended. Much was left up in the air. There were, for instance, no specific regula- tions about building developers' contri- butions to the cost of the infrastructure or landscape architecture. Decisions were made on an ad hoc basis. In 1985 an American entrepreneur, G. Ware Travelstead, proposed a 35-hectare commercial development designed by Hanna-Olin for the Canary Wharf site but in the same year Skidmore, Owings and Merrill (SOM) was commissioned to produce a master plan and design guidelines for the area (see Figure 8.16). The present layout retains the essential feature of that plan. The design has a City Beautiful/ Beaux- Arts axis terminated by a landmark building (see Figure 8.17). The area was divided into 26 building sites and formal landscaped gar- dens. The design guidelines - prepared by SOM and the LDDC - specified height limits for the buildings in order for the central tow- ers to be landmarks, and also the require- ments for the materials to be used in order to establish a sense of unity. Development pro- posals that conformed to the guidelines did not require LDDC approval. Anything that deviated from them did. The guidelines turned out to be quite prescriptive giving architects little design leeway. In 1987, the developers Olympia and York, earlier a key investor in Battery Park City (see later in this chapter), inherited the master plan. The company was part of the Reichmann family real estate empire in Canada. Otto Blau, a key member of the company advised against investing in Canary Wharf because of its location. Paul Reichmann, who had developed a close relationship with Margaret Thatcher, was persuaded to go ahead by her personal promises that an underground rail connec- tion to the site would be built in order to make the site commercially viable. By the time she left office in 1 990 no progress had been made on the line. The development of Canary Wharf, like that of La Defense, has not been smooth sailing. £1.3 billion was quickly invested between 1981 and 1986. After those years of speculation and development, bankrupt- cies in the 1990s saw the financial col- lapse of the development. The commercial rental market was severely depressed. No leading tenants had signed leases. This lack of demand for commercial office space had 225 THE CORE OF URBAN DESIGN WORK: PROCEDURES AND PRODUCTS 1 .Canary Wharf Light Rail station; 2. Jubilee Line station; 3. Westberry Circus; 4. One Canada Place Figure 8.17 The Canary Wharf plan, a major impact on Canary Wharf because it was not a mixed-use development. Olympia and York went into receivership in 1992. It owed substantial sums to 91 lending banks that had invested money largely on Paul Reichmann's enthusiasm for the project. Three years later Canary Wharf was sold to an international consortium of which Paul Reichmann is a leading member for £700 million. In 1995, Prince al-Walid bin Abdul Aziz of Saudi Arabia helped bring Canary Wharf out of bankruptcy. The development was not helped by the Irish Republican Army's car bomb attack of February 1996 causing £50 million worth of damages and killing two people. In 1 999, the consortium became a public company with shares sell- ing at £3.30. With the rise in demand for office space in the mid-1 990s much has now been built. Building-use programme changes have enriched the development mix. It was expanded to include more restaurants, clubs, hotels, and leisure and entertainment facilities. The only residential development consists of luxury apartments at Wood Wharf but more apartments are in the off- ing nearby. The LDDC having completed the regeneration programme closed in 1998. A Canary Wharf Group now pro- motes the development. In 2002, Canary Wharf was 99.5% leased. It has a working- day population of 55,000 people and new buildings are being erected in adjacent areas. Canary Wharf is, however, still in financial trouble. In late 2003, the Canary Wharf Group had £3 billion debts. Efforts were being made to sell-off the company. The downturn in the London office market resulted in the 226 ALL-OF-A-PIECE URBAN DESIGN Figure 8.18 Three views of Canary Wharf, (a) A view from fhe ferry wharf, 1993, (b) a view on axis towards One Canada Place, 2004 and (c) a view from the south, 2004. 227 THE CORE OF URBAN DESIGN WORK: PROCEDURES AND PRODUCTS company's shares trading at £2.43 in November 2003 having dropped to as low as £2.20 earlier in the year. The financial diffi- culties were being compounded by tenants whose leases were coming up for renewal seeking lower rates than they were currently paying to remain at Canary Wharf (Timmons, 2003). The physical environment is, however, there for everybody to see. The architecture of the buildings has been described as 'post-modern classical'. Marble, limestone, brick, steel and glass are the pri- mary building materials. A unity of design is achieved through the round corner towers at the entrances to the squares, the pedi- mented facades facing the Thames, the window grid applied and the attic story set- backs. The buildings were designed by major global architectural practices such as Kohn Pederson Fox, I. M. Pei,Troughton McAslan and Cesar Pelli. Pelli (Architect of the World Financial Center at Battery Park City) was hired by Olympia and York to design the key building, One Canada Square, which is one of three landmark towers that can be seen from a distance. It is a relatively plain 800-foot (245-metre) Modernist building of stainless steel and glass with a reconsti- tuted limestone base. It is an architecturally subdued building. It is distinguished primar- ily by its location at the end of the axis and by its height (see Figure 8.1 7). The design controls have resulted in Canary Wharf being considerably less flam- boyant than much commercial architecture of the 1 990s. Contemporary critics saw this character as negative but it seems to be aging well in our contemporary critics' eyes. An important urban design difference between Canary Wharf and La Defense is that the buildings have street addresses so they can be reached from the street. At La Defense the pedestrian zones are largely undifferentiated. Perhaps this detail is something that SOM brought with them from their American experience (Figure 8.18). The project has been both damned and praised. The lack of concern for the infra- structure necessary for the working popula- tion, particularly in public transportation, was severely criticized by all and sundry. The problem has now been largely addressed. A direct link to Heathrow airport and Liverpool Street station is still at the proposal level and Canary Wharf firms are lobbying hard for it. There is also a proposal for a monorail connection to the heart of the City. Canary Wharf has been criticized for its bland, cheap, hermetically sealed architecture and finishes. It has been unfairly dismissed as the 'architectural expression of Thatcherism'. There are, however, problems. The sick build- ing syndrome has, apparently, been com- mon. The office monoculture that isolated the development from the social difficulties of people in its surroundings has also been the subject of negative commentary. Outsiders regard Canary Wharf as a private estate. On the positive side the master plan has been praised for the quality of its land- scaping: its circuses, squares and tree-lined streets. The individuality of the buildings designed by different architects (i.e. its all- of-a-piece urban design quality) has also been regarded as an achievement of merit. The overall success of the endeavour remains to be seen. It has, nevertheless, already achieved its primary goal of relieving, but not eliminating, pressure on the City. 228 ALL-OF-A-PIECE URBAN DESIGN Major references Edwards, Brian (1992). London Docklands: Urban Design in an Era of Deregulation. Oxford: Butterworth Architecture. Hoyle, Brian S., David Pinder and M. Sohail Husain (1994). Revitalising the Waterfront: International Dimensions of Dockland Redevelopment. Chichester: John Wiley and Sons. Meyer, Han (1999). City and Port: Urban Planning as a Cultural Venture in London, Rotterdam and New York. Utrecht: International Books. Ogden, Philip, ed. (1992). Update: London Docklands, the Challenge of Development. Cambridge: Cam- bridge University Press. Powell, Ken (2000). City Transformed: Urban Architecture at the Beginning of the 21st Century. London: Laurence & King. Case Study Euralille, Lille, France: a new city heart (1987 to the present) In 1994, Rem Koolhaas and his Office of Metropolitan Architecture (OMA) pre- pared a master plan for the centre of Lille. Its aim was to create a new city in the heart of the old. The necessity of doing so had been the subject of considerable political negotiation. The growth of the European Union, the development of the Channel tunnel, and the desire to extend the North European line of France's TGV {Train a Gran Vitesse) had placed Lille, a city with a declin- ing industrial base, at the centre of the London-Brussels-Paris business triangle. The city is strategically placed having a popula- tion of over 1 00 million people living within a radius of 300 kilometres (200 miles). It is, however, perhaps too close to Brussels to become a major centre. The SNCF - the French national railway - in looking to develop its network north had proposed a stop in Seclin, a Lille suburb. It had calculated that the cost of running the line through central Lille would be 1.9 billion francs above the cost of running it through the outskirts of the city. In 1985 Lille's Deputy Mayor, Pierre Mauroy (Prime Minister of France from 1981 to 1984) started to pressure the French government to have the train station in the centre of the city. In 1987 he had success. Mauroy went on to form a development management organ- ization, Lille Metropole, to implement the project. Jean Peyelevade, a close associate, was placed in charge of raising funds. Lille Metropole with the regional office of the SNCF and the Regional Chamber of Com- merce formed a public-private partnership to steer the project. The core shareholders were five major French banks. Lille Metropole invited four French and four foreign architects to submit master plan proposals for the site. The French architects were Claude Vasconi, Jean-Paul Viguier, Yves Lyon and Michel Macary while the inter- national ones were Norman Foster, Vittorio Gregotti, O. M. Ungers and Rem Koolhaas. The last mentioned's plan was accepted and the OMA became the master planner for Euralille. An all-of-a-piece urban design approach was followed with a number of illustrious architects working on the individual buildings in accordance with the master plan. 229 THE CORE OF URBAN DESIGN WORK: PROCEDURES AND PRODUCTS The prime consideration in the develop- ment of the urban design concept was its symbolic aesthetic character as a futuristic new business centre for Europe (see Figures 8.19 and 8.20). The central ideas of the scheme were those of Koolhaas as presented in his book Delirious New York and his theories of 'bigness', 'commercialism', 'exhibitionism' and 'density without architecture' (Koolhaas, 1978). Selective voids to create a complexity of geometry and monumental architecture are the essential ingredients of the scheme. Philosophically, despite Koolhaas' observa- tions in New York it is closer to the Rationalist tradition than the Empiricist. The scheme has five major components: 1 The TGV station Brussels trains. used by London- 2 A triangular forum outside the station (an 'expression of the conceptual oppos- ition of history-future'). 3 Le Corbusier Street (the main traffic thoroughfare linking station, business centre, the edges of Sant-Maurice and Le Corbusier Square where old and new cities meet). 4 The park. 5 The Convention and Exhibition Centre. The whole is framed by the edges of the neighbourhood of Sant-Maurice. The Con- vention and Exhibition Centre is a 300-metre (1000-foot) long multi-functional structure designed to link the fragmented parts of the scheme. The TGV line runs on the surface through the city opening it up to view and views from it. Implementation of the project took place over a decade in two phases. Phase One (1991-5) involved the acquisition of land and the building of the TGV line and station Figure 8.19 Euralille. Rem Koolhaas' concept for Figure 8.20 Massing drawing of the development. 230 ALL-OF-A-PIECE URBAN DESIGN Figure 8.21 Two images of Euralille. (a) The link between the old station and the shopping centre and (b) The Credit Lyonnais tower. 231 THE CORE OF URBAN DESIGN WORK: PROCEDURES AND PRODUCTS (designed by Jean-Marie Duthilleul). The land available for development had been owned by the French military and had been a zone non-aedificandi - not available for development. The relevant legislation needed to be changed and had already been during the premiership of Mauroy. Progress on the implementation of the Koolhaas proposal was, however, hampered by the real estate crisis of Europe that also affected La Defense and Canary Wharf. A number of key investors abandoned the project leading to the dropping of some elements of the scheme (e.g. the four-star hotel). Phase Two (1 995-2000) saw some amendments to the master plan but brought the project to semi-completion. The key buildings were an office tower for Credi't Lyonnais (designed by Christian de Portzamparc and known locally as 'the boot'; see Figure 8.21b), the World Trade Centre (Claude Vasconi, Arch- itect), a shopping and office centre (byjean Nouvel), and Congress Centre and Rock Concert Hall designed by Rem Koolhaas him- self. Seventy per cent of the building rights for the town centre had been sold by 2002 and Euralille2, a more suburban type mixed-use development is on the drawing boards. The urban design is very much a personal statement of Rem Koolhaas. It has been attacked and defended largely on those grounds - as a work of art - in which the individual buildings are objects to be admired as signature statements. The objective has been to attain a high level of prestige for the development. It has been an extraordinarily expensive endeavour that demonstrates the interconnections amongst politics, ambi- tions for one's own city, urban design and architectural ideologies. It is Pierre Mauroy's dream and it was his arm-twisting that enabled Euralille to go ahead. The scheme also shows the importance of grand archi- tectural ideas as a catalyst for business development. Le Corbusier would have been proud of the audacity of the project. Major references Goldberger, Paul (2000). The Architecture of Rem Koolhaas. Los Angeles: Jensen and Walker. Koolhaas, Rem (1998). 1987-1998, OMA Rem Koolhaas. Madrid: El Croquis Editorial. Spaans, Marjolein (2004). The implementation of urban regeneration projects in Europe: global ambitions, local matters. Journal of Urban Design 9 (3): 335-49. Case Study Lujiazui, Pudong, Shanghai, People's Republic of China: a global business precinct (1990+) The Lujiazui (also sometimes spelt Lu Jia Zui) Finance and Trade Zone in Pudong, Shanghai is not only a good example of an all-of-a-piece urban design with highly lais- sez-faire overtones, but also a good example of the urban design and architectural values being displayed in China and many other Asian countries today. (In China similar efforts can be seen the Fu-tian new district in Shenzhen and the River North area of 232 ALL-OF-A-PIECE URBAN DESIGN Chongqing.) Lujiazui is the largest single-con- struction site in the world. Nearly 1 60 foreign banking institutions are already located there. By 2005, 12 million square metres of office space will have been built. As yet, how- ever, no significant international organization has set up its headquarters in the precinct. Pudong was partially a green-field site of agricultural land but it also contained ship- building works, petrochemical plants and other industries along the river. The land is publicly owned. In April 1990, the govern- ment of the People's Republic of China announced its plan to develop the Pudong New Area as part of its economic reform effort to attract foreign investment. The goal of the development is to turn Shanghai into a global commercial centre by creating a precinct of prestigious modern buildings and manicured open spaces with a coordinated infrastructure and communications network. One hundred and eighty-two other Chinese cities are reputedly hoping to attain the same end but only the major ones are serious con- tenders. Shanghai is much better placed than its competitors to achieve its goals. The overall plan of Pudong contains four special development zones: the Lujiazui Finance and Trade Zone, the Jinqiao Export- Processing Zone, the Waigaoqiao Free Trade Zone and the Zhangjiang High-Tech Park. The first of these is the focus of attention here. Suffice to say that Jinqiao is to be an industrial area of 9.6 square kilometres (5.8 square miles) located in the centre of Pudong, the Waigaoqiao Zone, China's first free-trade precinct, is to be located on the estuary of the Yangtze River, and the Zhangjiang High-Tech Park is to emphasize science and education. The last mentioned is to be 1 7 square kilometres in size and located in the eastern part of the Pudong New Area. It is planned to be the location of computer software companies and precision medical apparatus manufacturing industries. The Lujiazui Finance and Trade Zone is planned to be the new commercial heart of the whole city, and an extension of the Bund - the financial core of Shanghai that lies across the Huangpu River from Lujiazui. Lujiazui covers an area of 6.8 square kilome- tres (4 square miles). The zone is planned to house financial, information and real estate consultancy organizations. It is also part of the plan to link Pudong with Puxi, the city precinct west of the river that is undergoing considerable urban renewal. The basic infra- structure of Lujiazui has already been built and the new buildings are being plugged into it with great rapidity. Publicly owned, the land is leased for 99 years at 50% of the pre- dicted value it would have when developed. The full-scaled planning effort for Lujiazui began in 1992 when the Shanghai govern- ment under the leadership of Mayor Zhu Rongji, set up the Senior Consultants Com- mittee (SCC) to initiate development. The committee was comprised of local officials and professionals, and also four foreign design teams. The international teams were from France (Dominique Perrault, designer of the glazed towers of the Bibliotheque Nationale in Paris, 1992-6), the United Kingdom (Sir Richard Rogers, known for his high-tech architecture), Italy (Massimiliano Fuksas, whose schemes for high-rise build- ings were attracting attention) and Japan (Toyo Ito, whose ITM building in Matsuyama (1993) exploits the characteristics of many varieties of glass). The selection of these architects illustrates the type of architectural imagery sought for the district. The hope was that through the act of design creative future possibilities would emerge. The Shanghai Urban Planning and Design Institute submit- ted a fifth scheme (see Figure 8.22c). 233 THE CORE OF URBAN DESIGN WORK: PROCEDURES AND PRODUCTS Figure 8.22 Three of the five proposals for Lujiazui, (a) Richard Rogers' scheme, (b) Dominique Perrault's scheme and (c) the Shanghai Urban Planning and Design Institute's scheme. 234 ALL-OF-A-PIECE URBAN DESIGN Figure 8.23 The master plan for Lujiazui prepared by the Shanghai Urban Planning and Design Institute, The five schemes were presented to the SCC as a set of potential ideas for the site. After deliberating on the schemes the SCC proposed: 1 a major development of the transporta- tion infrastructure with new tunnels across the river and an underground rail system; 2 the development of parkland along the river; 3 that super-high landmark buildings should be located in the core area with lower buildings near the river; 4 that the development of infrastructure should be phased so that any proposed developments could go ahead without stretching financial resources or causing a delay. In 1994, the municipal government of Shanghai and a new corporation, the Lujiazui Finance and Trade Zone Development Com- pany, invited the Shanghai Urban Planning and Design Institute to do the urban design plan for the area by adapting the five schemes presented to the SCC. The result was a vari- ation of the Institute's own model. The plan divided the area into three sub-areas, pro- posed an underground pedestrian network, a park along the river and a set of foreground buildings. The desire was also to create a mix of uses so that Lujiazui would not be simply a 9.00 a.m. to 5.00 p.m. office zone (Figure 8.23). One of these sub-areas was proposed to be a district of high-rise buildings - the higher the better - with a central park. Another was proposed to be a commercial district, located on the west side of a central avenue, and the third was proposed to be a waterfront precinct to contain cultural and entertain- ment facilities, gift shops and the pre-existing 235 THE CORE OF URBAN DESIGN WORK: PROCEDURES AND PRODUCTS Pedestrian tunnel Railway line Pedestrian tunnel . * Pedestrian turmel Figure 8.24 Lujiazui: transportation links. Oriental (or Eastern) Pearl Television Tower. An underground pedestrian network would unite these three parts of Lujiazui. A central avenue would link the waterfront and the central park. The major transportation interchange would also be located on the central avenue. Today the road network consists of two major components: the central avenue and a ring road. The central avenue is the powerful coordinating element of Lujiazui. It is a two- way arterial boulevard, consisting of eight lanes and includes a road divider planted with grass and trees, and with a continuous water feature along it. Not only is the avenue to be the major road transportation route but also a visual corridor linking the three sub-districts of Lujiazui. It has grade- separated interchanges connecting it to the roads that serve the interiors of the sub-dis- tricts. The ring road has six lanes and bounds the central area of Lujiazui (Figure 8.24). The most visible landmark of Lujiazui is the Oriental Pearl Tower, an over 400-metre (1 260-foot) high spire. Symbolizing the res- urrection of Shanghai as a leading player in world trade, the tower is comprised of 1 1 red spheres - two large ones and nine smaller ones of up to 50 metres in diameter sup- ported on 9-metre diameter columns. The Shanghai World Financial Center (Shi Mao) was planned by Kohn Pederson Fox to be 488 metres in height topping the Petronas Towers in Kuala Lumpur. Construction on the building was started in 1997 but Asia's economic crisis halted work on it. Concerns about terrorist activity not withstanding, the Mori Building Company of Tokyo has (at 236 ALL-OF-A-PIECE URBAN DESIGN the time of writing) changed the planned height to make it even taller in order to top the 508-metre Taipei Financial Centre being built in Taiwan. The design at present shows it to be a metallic, wedge-shaped tower with a hole at the top. It will over- shadow its neighbour, the 88-storey, 420- metre tall Jin Mao Tower (1993-9) that sits on a six-storey podium. Designed by the Chicago office of SOM in a fusion of Art Deco and a touch of traditional Chinese types, the Jin Mao Tower is the third tallest building in the world. It was unknown at the time of writing whether the World Financial Center design will change again as the result of the announcement by Emaar Properties that its Burj Dubai on a 20-acre (9-hectare) site was designed to an unspec- ified but taller height. The design guidelines for the buildings of Lujiazui consist of height controls and a series of more detailed site-by-site requirements. In the core area, the landmark tri-towers were stipulated to be a minimum of 360, 380 and 400 metres in height. The area around them is to be a linear high-rise zone with buildings stepping down from 220 metres in height to 160 metres on the waterfront. In this linear zone the design guidelines stipulate building setbacks, building envelopes, the height of podiums, materials and the height of colonnades (Figures 8.25 and 8.26). The profile sought is shown in Figure 8.27. The expenditure on the first step of the Pudong development was estimated to be about $US10 billion obtained from the central government in Beijing, the Shanghai Municipal government, the Asian Deve- lopment Bank and the World Bank. The total cost for the whole development spread over 30 years will probably be in the region of $US80 billion. Half of this sum is expected to 10m setback —•/ Tower block Podium Tower block 24.5m (height of the podium) 11m (height of the colonnade) Figure 8.25 Central area design guidelines. Figure 8.26 An artist's impression of Century Avenue, Lujiazui. 237 THE CORE OF URBAN DESIGN WORK: PROCEDURES AND PRODUCTS ^pS^xW Figure 8.27 The proposed skyline, Lujiazui. :V Figure 8.28 Lujiazui as seen from The Bund in 2004 (for another view see page 358). come from foreign investment. To attain this goal a number of incentives are being offered to investors: 1 a reduced (1 5%) income tax rate; 2 exemption from duties on export- oriented imports; 3 tax relief for construction and infrastruc- ture projects; 4 land leases for 50 or 70 years. The whole process of development has been organized into a number of phases. The first phase was the development of the 238 ALL-OF-A-PIECE URBAN DESIGN Figure 8.29 The architecture of Lujiazui from Century Avenue, 2004. road links, telecommunications facilities and energy systems. This investment allowed building construction to begin. The second phase involved the development of the regional infrastructure to support the devel- opment of Shanghai as well as, more specifi- cally, the Pudong area: airports, tele- communications centres, the subway system extension, the external ring road, the inter- national conference centre, etc. These two stages provided the essential infrastructure for further development (Figures 8.28 and 8.29). The sites have been leased to or are being leased to different property developers by the development company. What is emerging is a spacious, 'glitzy' area of high-rise buildings designed by internationally renowned archi- tects. It presents a panoramic skyline outrival- ing Manhattan for architecture grandeur and variety of forms (see Figure 8.28). The open spaces give an image of luxurious- ness but they are also large and unfriendly to pedestrians. The width of the central avenue (now called Century Avenue) at 100 metres provides a strong visual link between 239 THE CORE OF URBAN DESIGN WORK: PROCEDURES AND PRODUCTS the river and the core of Lujiazui, but it is also a substantial divider between the area's components. Five kilometres long, it serves local vehicular traffic and pedestrians below the ground and it has a new subway line that provides public transport. Whatever the quality is perceived to be, Lujiazui sets a prece- dent for China, both in process and product, as a symbol of modernity. In 1999, 70% of the office space in Pudong was estimated to be vacant because of the gross over-supply but by 2004 this figure had reputedly dropped to 15%. The project is not simply market-driven but rather driven by the aspirations of a people as represented by their government officials. Its architecture has been called 'non-judgemental kitsch' in which diversity is exciting, everything is possible and everything is acceptable. It is a hybrid architecture reflecting concepts of individualism, moder- nity and tradition. Lujiazui is evolving into a piece-by-piece design of separate buildings each striving to be a foreground building barely within the constraints imposed by the design guidelines. Major references Balfour, Alan and Zheng Shiling (2002). World Cities: Shanghai. Chichester: Wiley-Academic. Lim, William S. W. (2004). Have You Been Shanghaied? Culture and Urbanism in Clocalized Shanghai. Singapore: Asian Urban Lab. Marshall, Richard (2003). Emerging Urbanity: Global Projects in the Asia Pacific Rim. London: Spon Press. Olds, Kris (1997). Globalizing Shanghai: the 'Global Intelligence Corps' and the building of Pudong. Cities 14(2): 109-123. Wang, An-de, ed. (2000). Shanghai Lujiazui Central Area Urban Design. Shanghai: Architecture and Engineering Press. Case Study Battery Park City, New York, NY, USA: a 'new town in-town' (1962 to 2002, but continuing) Whether or not one cares for the design of Battery Park City, it is arguably the exemplar of an all-of-a-piece urban precinct design in the United States. Chronologically, it predates Canary Wharf, Euralille and Lujiazui but it is very different. It was not seen as a new busi- ness district but as an adjunct to an existing one. Now almost completed (and repaired after the events of 1 1 September2001 when it was much damaged; see page 379 for a 2004 view) Battery Park City's development history is lengthy. The undertaking was embroiled in political infighting (particu- larly between politicians and bureaucrats of the State and the City of New York) and bat- tered by the fluctuations in New York City's economy and the corresponding demand for property development. Political and civic leaders and architectural critics (particu- larly Ada Louise Huxtable of the New York Times) wielded considerable influence on the proposals for the scheme. What we see today on the site is a product of the 1979 master plan, but the process of planning for Battery Park City began in the early 1 960s. Like many other river ports throughout the world, the finger wharfs on the Hudson River became obsolete in the 1 960s. In Lower 240 ALL-OF-A-PIECE URBAN DESIGN Figure 8.30 The site in 1977 with the World Trade Center towers in the left background. Manhattan 20 piers that had once busily handled produce had fallen into disuse and became decayed. They were owned by the city and run by its Department of Marine and Aviation. The river could legally be land- filled to pierhead-line and the 37-hectare (92-acre) site so created used for develop- ment (see Figure 8.30). The Department wanted to build a new shipping terminal with an industrial esplanade along the edge, with housing blocks behind (see Figure 8.31). These blocks were proposed to be located, in the Modernist manner, as objects in space. This plan, presented in 1962, was poorly received by the press, the public and by government officials. A series of alternative proposals followed. The govern or of the state, Nelson Rockefeller, wished the development to be a compre- hensive community built over a base of light industry. He asked Wallace K. Harrison of Harrison and Abromowitz, who had worked for him before, to prepare a plan. In 1966, the firm produced a poorly received orthodox Bauhaus/Le Corbusian scheme (see Figure 8.32). Like the 1962 plan no implementation procedure was designed along with the urban design. Implicit in both proposals was that they were total urban designs to be imple- mented by a single developer. Proposed fund- ing procedures were never worked out. The City responded to the State's plan with one of its own. Mayor John Lindsay hired the firm of Concklin and Rossant to do the job. As a compromise the firm worked with Harrison and Abromowitz (and with Philipjohnson as a broker of ideas), to pro- pose another scheme. It was presented in 1969. The conflict between the city and the state over control of the project was finally 241 THE CORE OF URBAN DESIGN WORK: PROCEDURES AND PRODUCTS Figure 8.31 The New York City Department of Marine and Aviation proposal, 1963. Figure 8.32 The Harrison and APromowitz plan (Governor Rockefeller's proposal), (a) The plan and (P) massing diagram, 242 ALL-OF-A-PIECE URBAN DESIGN lili (c) Figure 8.33 Battery Park City: the City /State plan of 1969. (a) General view along the Hudson River, (b) internal view of the proposed spine and (c) cross-section through the spine. resolved with the formation of the Battery Park City Authority (BPCA) in 1968. The authority was given considerable freedom of action. It has had a chequered career but has seen the project through to completion. The 1969 proposal was well received by press and public as appropriate for Manhattan. It was radically different to its predecessors consisting of a seven storey, partly enclosed, partly open interior-mall containing a variety of urban functions and amenities - shops, restaurants schools, parks, recreation facilities, access from transit lines and utilities (see Figure 8.33). It ran the length of the Battery Park City site. The scheme also proposed the decking over of the West Side Highway to link the site directly with the rest of Lower Manhattan. The City's planning department translated the scheme into a voluminous zoning code. The problem was money. Who would finance the project? The 1973 recession and the close-to bankruptcy conditions of the BPCA and of 243 THE CORE OF URBAN DESIGN WORK: PROCEDURES AND PRODUCTS the City of New York did not encourage investment in such a mammoth project. Subsequent plans for the precinct were thus more down to earth. A 1975 proposal was pragmatically related to how developers finance their projects. It divided the whole site into a number of residential clusters or pods that could be developed independ- ently. The pods turned in on themselves to create isolated, controllable middle-class worlds. The pods were to be linked by ele- vated walkways with traffic moving under- neath, but the idea was abandoned as too costly. It was a sort of plug-in urban design although who would finance the walkways was not clear. Nevertheless, one of the pods, Gateway Plaza, was built. It took a number of years to complete being finished in 1 982. By then the BPCA had abandoned the pod plan and another master plan was in place. Until 1979, the land was leased to the BPCA. The parlous financial state of the 1970s led to New York State's Urban Development Corporation stepping in and the title was transferred to the BPCA. Having the land title enabled the authority to make decisions rapidly. One of the first decisions it made was to adopt a conceptual plan radical in its simplicity (see Figure 8.34a). The con- ceptual design and master plan were the work of Alexander Cooper and Stanton Eckstut. Produced in 1979, the scheme's intellectual foundation was a precursor to the ideas of the New Urbanist movement in urban design. This new plan was developed under con- siderable time and political pressure. Richard Kahan, Director of the BPCA at that time, faced considerable constraints. Payment on a $200 million bond issue had to be made in 90 days and a plan requiring the approval of the New York State legislature had to be made within that time. It also had to be something that property developers could understand. The parcelization of the overall scheme had to be fairly standard. The plan proposed that up to 14,000 housing units be built on the site, that commercial facilities be incorporated as an integral part of the scheme, and that 6 million square feet (557,000 square metres) of office space be located opposite the World Trade Center. Thirty per cent of the site would be squares and parks and an esplanade would run along the Hudson. The streets consumed another 16% of the site space. The new plan was based on a number of objectives. Battery Park City should: 1 be an integral part of Lower Manhattan so the street pattern of Manhattan ought to continue through the site; 2 have circulation at ground level; 3 have its aesthetic qualities based on New York's architectural heritage; 4 have the commercial complex as its fore- ground buildings, with the other build- ings as background; 5 have its uses and development controls flexible enough to respond to changes in the marketplace. The northern end of the site was to be a park, now named for Governor Rockefeller. Public art would terminate the vistas from the centre of the island on each street in order to provide elements of interest and act as symbols of 'class' - high status. The master plan specified the sites for buildings and the design controls to be applied to each. The building design guide- lines were based on the buildings in well- loved parts of New York such as Gramercy Park and Morningside Heights. The guide- lines stipulated the nature of materials, the 244 ALL-OF-A-PIECE URBAN DESIGN Rector Place Figure 8.34 Battery Park City: the 1979 master plan as developed, (a) The plan, (b) the view from across the Hudson in 1993, (c) the esplanade in 2003, (d) the World Financial Center layout in context, (e) a view towards the Winter Garden and (f) the Winter Garden in 1993. 245 THE CORE OF URBAN DESIGN WORK: PROCEDURES AND PRODUCTS Figure 8.35 Rector place, Battery Park City, (a) The design guidelines, (b) rector place as built and (c) the park. location of stringcourses, that buildings should have articulated bases and cornices and specific window-to-solid-wall ratios. Each building was designed individually as can be seen in Rector Place (see Figure 8.35). The commercial space was taken up by the World Financial Center and Winter Garden (1980-3) that were designed by Cesar Pelli as foreground elements. The esplanade was designed by Hanna-Olin a landscape architectural firm. Its hierarchy of levels has become a model for subsequent waterfront walkways. The BPCA built the public spaces to high standards to ensure a good finan- cial return for the sites. Bonds matching long-term financing with capital funding were used to finance the infrastructure. The implementation process was consid- erably less complex than that proposed for the 1969 megastructure proposal (see 246 ALL-OF-A-PIECE URBAN DESIGN Table 8.1 Plan implementation comparison 1969 Master Development Plan 1979 Master Plan Physical Design Concept Megastructure Public Circulation Spine 7 Pods Open-Space Decks Extension of Manhattan Grid Streets 36 Blocks Public Parks Planning Controls City Ownership Master Lease Master Development Plan Special District Zoning BPCA Ownership City Repurchase Option Master Plan Urban Design Guidelines Site Improvement Cost Estimates $1973 $1979* $1979 Utilities 14.1 25.2 Utilities 8.5 Civic Facilities 41.1 73.6 Civic Facilities 3,0 Streets, Spine 58.3 104,4 Streets 13.7 Foundations 19.2 34.4 Foundations N/A Architecture and Engineering 26.0 46,5 Architecture and Engineering Inclusive Contingency 15.8 28,3 Contingency Inclusive Total ($ million) $174.5 $312,4 Total ($ million) $53,2 Implementation process 1 BPCA designs service spine 2 PARB reviews spine design 3 City Plan Commission Amendments 4 Board of Estimate Amendments 5 BPCA starts spine construction 6 BPCA selects pod developer 7 Developer designs pod platform 8 BPCA reviews pod/spine connect 9 Developer designs towers 1 BPCA approves tower design 1 1 PARB reviews pod design 12 CPC amends MDP (if required) 13 B of E amends MDP (if required) 14 Developer builds pod platform 15 Developer builds first building 1 BPCA prepares design guidelines 2 BPCA designs streets and parks 3 BPCA selects developer(s) 4 Developer designs buildings 5 BPCA reviews designs 6 BPCA builds streets and parks 7 Developer builds building Source: Gordon (1997); courtesy of David Gordon *1973 Costs inflated to $1979 using CPI (1973 = 128.4; 1979 = 230.1). Table 8.1 ). The first phase of constructing the project involved the building of the World Financial Center with Olympia and York as developer. It was a financial success at least partially due to government com- mitments being fulfilled - an expectation that Paul Reichmann carried with him to London and the development of Canary 247 THE CORE OF URBAN DESIGN WORK: PROCEDURES AND PRODUCTS Wharf. Then the tactic was to build towards the north and south of the site (i.e. from the centre out). The first residential pod, Gateway Plaza, remains a relic of the previ- ous plan. The project as it has emerged, is very much part of New York and not nearly so much part of the global architectural scene as are La Defense and Lujiazui. Battery Park City has ended up being an all-of-a-piece urban design almost as rigidly controlled as Seaside but following very different design guidelines. It shows what can be accomplished, particu- larly in times of high demand for develop- ment, through carefully conceived urban design rather than laissez-faire planning. At the same time critics feel that the archi- tecture's focus on the appearance of New York - on its visual aesthetic character - has led to a lack of the behaviour settings that characterize New York. It is also not the type of architecture sought by the global economy. Yet, by all reports, it is well liked as a place to work by office workers and a place to live by its 25,000 residents. It is estimated to have cost $US4 billion to create. Major references Alexander Cooper Associates (1979). Battery Park City: Draft Summary Report and 1979 Master Plan. New York: The authors. http://www.batteryparkcity. org/guidelines. htm Barnett, Jonathan (1987). In the public interest: design guidelines. Architectural Record 175 (8): 114-25. Gordon, David A. (1997). Battery Park City: Politics and Planning on the New York Waterfront. London: Routledge, Gordon & Breach. Russell, Francis P. (1994). Battery Park City: an American dream of urbanism. In Brenda Case Scheer and Wolfgang Preiser, eds. Design Review: Challenging Urban Aesthetic Control. New York: Chapman and Hall, 197-209. Case Study Paternoster Square, London, England, UK: a second go at an important urban precinct (1956-2003) Paternoster Square is the only case study in this book where one new urban design pro- ject was demolished and replaced by another. The precinct's history highlights: (1 ) the necessity to take market conditions into consideration in designing complexes of buildings, (2) the danger of embracing a currently fashionable design paradigm that is inappropriate for dealing with the task at hand and (3) the impact of changing clients on the urban designing process. In add- ition, designing a complex adjacent to a major historical landmark raises a host of deeply felt emotional concerns for a large dispersed community. Sixteen years after the devastation of the area north of St Paul's Cathedral in the City of London by German bombing in 1942 during The Blitz, Sir William Holford prepared a proposal for the redevelopment of the precinct. The site stretches from St Paul's Cathedral to Newgate Street. Holford's scheme was a total urban design, Modernist in its layout and architecture. It was built between 1 961 and 1 967. The client was the Central Electricity Generating Board (CEGB) 248 ALL-OF-A-PIECE URBAN DESIGN Figure 8.36 The Paternoster development: Lord Holford's design, 1967. (a) The figure-ground relationship and (b) a bird's eye view, which had obtained a long-term lease of the site from the Church Commissioners of the Church of England. The Holford scheme consisted of narrow rectangular, slab, commercial buildings set within an orthogonal site geometry (see Figure 8.36). Their height was restricted by their closeness to St Paul's - a control imposed by the Church Commissioners and one that still exists. They were designed to provide good light to office interiors. The buildings in day-to-day operation proved to be less than functional. Their shape did not meet the deep-plan requirements for com- mercial space at the time. Many critics and lay-people thought the development was life- less and boring - a grim pedestrianized piazza. It was considered to reflect the func- tional theories of the Bauhaus Rationalist design ideology not British values. Much was shoddily built. During the 1 980s the precinct became increasingly abandoned and the site came up for redevelopment. In 1986, the site ownership (except for Sudbury House) passed from CEGB to a consortium consisting of Stockly, British Land, Unilever and Barclays Bank on a 250- year lease from the church. A year later the Mountleigh Group acquired Stockly (and its portion of control over the site) and then sold it on to Cisneros of Venezuela. The transac- tions reflected the buoyancy of the London property market at that time. The search for a design more appropriate for the site than that of Holford began in earnest. Ownership of the lease subsequently changed hands 'promiscuously' several times over the next 10 years (1995-2004). Greycoat and ParkTower acquired the property to be later replaced by Mitsubishi Estates (MEC). An architectural competition organized by Stuart Lipton, a developer, on behalf of the Mountleigh Group was held in 1986. The fig- ure ground studies of the proposals of the seven shortlisted architects are shown in Figure 8.37. Arup Associates was selected to proceed. Their design was a complicated neo- Rationalist one proposing the use of abstract historical referents in the buildings that formed it. The buildings were also designed to meet the commercial need of the market- place for deep, highly serviced space. The pro- posal was criticized by Prince Charles whose views were widely supported by the lay-public. He argued for a more classical approach to design. John Simpson completed another 249 THE CORE OF URBAN DESIGN WORK: PROCEDURES AND PRODUCTS Skidmore Gwings and Merrill Foster Associates Arup Associates Sir William Holford's plan James Stirling, Michael Wit ford & Assoc. MacCormac. Jamieson, Pritchard and Wright Richard Rogers Partnership Arata Isozaki Figure 8.37 Figure-ground plans of the 1986 shortlisted proposals in comparison to Holford's scheme. 250 ALL-OF-A-PIECE URBAN DESIGN scheme proposed by Prince Charles' advisors Dan Cruickshank and Leon Krier. The Simpson scheme was also a competi- tion winner. In this case the sponsor of the competition was a newspaper, The Evening Standard. Simpson tried to combine 'func- tional' requirements in a complex consisting of an underground shopping mall and office buildings with classical facades. It was part of the Classical tradition in English archi- tecture. His design went through several changes. A joint John Simpson/Terry Farrell scheme proposed in conjunction with a num- ber of renowned classical architects (e.g. Allan Greenberg, Hammond, Beeby and Babka, and Quinlan Terry) was submitted unsuccessfully for planning approval. The recession of 1993 appears to have killed the possibility of implementing it. While it ini- tially received Prince Charles' approval, the scheme was widely dismissed by critics as a 'pastiche'. While the proposed implementa- tion process is unclear, it was presented as a single comprehensive product (Figure 8.38). In 1995, MEC bought out its partners and appointed William Whitfield as master planner for the site. His scheme was adopted in 1996; demolition of the Holford project proceeded over the next 3 years and the new project was completed in October 2003. The scheme is an all-of-a-piece urban design and Neo-Traditional in character. The master plan strove to achieve a visual integration with the architecture of St Paul's by picking up on the stone and brick of Christopher Wren's design for the Chapter House of the Cathedral that now forms part of the scheme. Today the precinct contains 1 million square feet (110,000 square metres) of offices and shops (but no hous- ing) in a number of independent buildings. The London Stock Exchange, Goldman Sachs International and CB Richard Ellis are major tenants. The site plan consists of a large central square and pedestrian ways that link it to St Paul's, to the underground sta- tion and to Newgate Street. In the centre of the square is a 23 metre-high column topped by a gold-leafed copper finial that is floodlit at night. A statue of a man driving sheep - the area was once a livestock market - stands at one entrance to the square (Figure 8.39). Five different architects designed the buildings following specific guidelines that have ensured a unified yet diverse design. The firms involved were MacCormac, Jamieson Prichard (Warwick Court), Eric Parry Architects/Sheppard Robson (10 Paternoster Square), Allies & Morrison (St Martin's Court), and Whitfield Partners with Sidell Gibson and Sheppard Robson (the buildings along St Paul's Churchyard). The results have been both praised and criti- cized. The site design has been praised for its plaza and links to its surroundings but the architecture has been criticized as banal (Glancey, 2003). The fundamental contro- versy remains. Is it better for a new complex to reflect its surroundings or be in contrast with them when it is adjacent to a major, psychologically important building such as St Paul's? Many people now think that the position of contrast taken by Holford was the correct position. It is a pity that his design was so bleak and an eyesore to so many. Major references Buchanan, Peter (1989). Paternoster pressure. Architectural Review 1 85 (1 1 07): 76-80. Freiman, Ziva (1990), Controversy: Paternoster Square. Progressive Architecture 71 (3): 115-16. 251 THE CORE OF URBAN DESIGN WORK: PROCEDURES AND PRODUCTS Figure 8.38 The Hammond, Beeby & Babke, Porphyrios Associates and John Simpson & Partners design, (a) The Figure-ground plan and (b) the image sought. Glancey, Jonathan (2003). It's a jumble out there. Paternoster Square: http://www.paternosterlondon. The Guardian (3 November). http:/ /www.guardian. co.uk co.uk/ arts/ critic/ feature/ 0, 1 169.1076585.html Weston, Richard (2001 ). The end of the affair. RIBA Papadakis, Andreas C, ed. (1992). Paternoster Square Journal 108 (4): 13-16. and the Classical Tradition. London: Academy Editions. 252 ALL-OF-A-PIECE URBAN DESIGN Figure 8.39 Paternoster Square: the Whitfield design, (a) The plan and (b) the square with Warwick Court in the background and 10 Paternoster Square on the right. 253 THE CORE OF URBAN DESIGN WORK: PROCEDURES AND PRODUCTS Case Study Pariser Platz, Berlin, Germany: an historic square revived (1992 to the present) Afterthe reunification of Berlin in 1989, and the dismantling of the wall that ran through it dividing East and West Berlin, Pariser Platz became available for reconstruction. It had been lying empty since being destroyed in World War II. During this period it lay in the East Berlin, or Russian sector, of the city that served as the capital of the Deutsche Demokratische Republik (GDR). The square is bounded on one side by the Brandenberg Gate which terminates the vista down Unten den Linden the ceremonial axis of Berlin. Before World War II the then great powers of the world, the United States, Great Britain, France and Austria had established their embassies on the square or in its vicin- ity. In addition, the Adlon Hotel and several prestigious apartment and commercial buildings enclosed it (see Figure 8.40). The Square had originally been constructed in 1 734 to the plans of the chief royal archi- tect, Philip Gerlach. The construction of the present Brandenburg Gate (1 789, designed by Carl Gotthard Langhans and inspired by the Propylaea in Athens) established the importance of Pariser Platz. The gate lies on the western side of the square and was part of the customs wall that surrounded the city in the eighteenth century. In 1880 Herman Machtig, the city garden director added two ornamental parterres with foun- tains dividing the square into symmetrical halves. Afterthe reunification of Berlin there was a universal desire to re-establish the importance of the square to that of its glory days of the period between 1871 and 1933. The question was, 'How?' There was no consensus. Planning responsibilities for the site were divided. The [Berlin] Senate Department of Urban Development is responsible for over- all urban design, zoning controls and land- scape design concerns in Berlin but the individual city districts are responsible for local zoning, local development and land- scape plans. The latter controls the devel- opment and building application process. The form that the restoration of Pariser Platz should take was very much a subject of debate amongst politicians, design pro- fessionals and the general public. Some people wanted the square resurrected as it once was; others wanted a laissez-faire col- lage of 'up-to-date' buildings. In addition, the site consists of 1 1 parcels of land and thus 11 individual owners whose posses- sion dated to the time before the GDR had expropriated the land (see Figure 8.41). They had to be placated. The outline of the square had been totally obliterated during the war. Archaeological research undertaken in 1992 revealed the square's outline and the locations of the fountains. The open area of the plaza was restored later in the same year. The redesigned plaza thus retains the square's historical outline and includes the founda- tions of the old water basins and remnants of the fountains. Hans Stimmann who believed that the buildings facing the square should 'combine conservative and modern elements' established the design goal. A number of regulations and controls guarded the design of the buildings enclos- ing the square. One of the regulations of the Berlin Municipal Government is that 254 ALL-OF-A-PIECE URBAN DESIGN Figure 8.40 Pariser Platz as it appeared before World War I Legend 1 . I !...; ■ I !■-':■ . : :i:..-i completed 1998 2. Palais am Pariser Platz, 1998 3. EuBen-Gutman-Haus dcr Drcsdncr Bank, 1997 4. The French Embassy, 2003 5. Commercial building and Europa Haus, 1998 6- Hsus Sommer (Comroendjank), 1 998 7. United Slates Embassy site, 2006? 8 Deutsche GcnosscnschalUbank (DC Bank), 2000 9. Akademic der Kunst, 1999 10 Hotel Adlon, 1997 11. The British Embassy, 2000 Figure 8.41 The Pariser Platz development sites. 20% of any new development in the city must be devoted to housing. The purpose is to have some life in every precinct all day and to have streets and open spaces under natural surveillance (i.e. to 'have eyes on the street'). The aesthetic goal for Pariser Platz was to have buildings that were architecturally of Berlin. The design guidelines (of the 1999 Development Plan I-200) specified that buildings were to be no more than 22 metres in height, sandstone range in colour corres- ponding to the Brandenberg Gate, and with no more than 50% glazed area on the facade, all in keeping with Berlin traditions. They also had to be built to the property line with no setbacks and have their lower facades 255 THE CORE OF URBAN DESIGN WORK: PROCEDURES AND PRODUCTS Figure 8.42 Pariser Platz as developed by 2002. (4-6 metres from the ground) visually dif- ferentiated from the floors above. The goal was to prevent the square becoming a 'play- ground' for a set of haphazard architectural ideas. Most of the buildings have complied with the regulations in a direct manner. Starting in the north western corner, the square is enclosed by Haus Libermann (1996-8), Palais am Pariser Platz, the Eugen-Gutmann-Haus der Dresdner Bank (1996-7), the French Embassy (two-storey in appearance but of more floors in reality) designed by the Christian de Portzamparc Atelier, a residential-cum-commercial build- ing, the Hotel Adlon (the hotel of the past on a new site, designed by Patzcheke, Klotz and Partners), the Akademie der Kunst of the Senate of Berlin (2002, designed by Giinter Behnish that leads through to Behren Strasse to the south) and the Deutsche Genossenschaftbank (DG Bank) (a pale sandstone building designed by Frank Gehryand completed in 2000). Adjacent to it is the site for the United States Embassy. Haus Sommer and Haus Libermann, both designed byjosef Paul Kleihues have identi- cal facades and with the Brandenberg Gate enclose the western end of the square. Figure 8.42 shows the plaza as recon- structed. The gate remains the centerpiece of the composition. Gehry negotiated a 10% increase in the allowable area of glass on the facade of the DG Bank Building (see Figure 8.43b). His success shows both the political power that major architects can have and their desire 256 ALL-OF-A-PIECE URBAN DESIGN » 1 J Figure 8.43 Two views of Pariser Platz in 2002. (a) Pariser Platz under (re)construction and (b) the DG Bank Building with the United States embassy site beyond. to do things differently. His building is still to the rear so that the objective of having sedate on the facade with greater exuber- eyes on the square in non-business hours is ance in the internal court and on the rear of not met, although there are always many the building. The apartments are relegated tourists in the area to add some life to 257 THE CORE OF URBAN DESIGN WORK: PROCEDURES AND PRODUCTS (a) (b) Figure 8.44 Federation Square, Melbourne, (a) The plan and (b) a general view. the open space. This neglect of the intentions of a design directive shows that unless they are highly specific they can be easily avoided. At the time of this study (2004) the last remaining open site on the Platz is that occupied by the United States Embassy before World War II. A design for the site (by Moore Ruble Yudell of Santa Monica and Gruen Associates of Los Angeles) was proposed but for security reasons, after the 1998 bombing of the United Sates Embassy in Nairobi, the United States Government does not wish to meet the requirement of building to the property line - a requirement put in place to make the square an enclosed space. It wanted a 1 00-foot setback. Negotia- tions have taken place between embassy officials and the Berlin administration to resolve the impasse. Both groups wish to have the embassy in its traditional location to add prestige to the Platz and vice versa. Given this situation the Embassy has had the upper hand in the negotiations. A set- tlement has been reached whereby the set- back will be considerably smaller than the United States government wanted and it will pay for the consequent design and construction changes required in the surroundings. The reactions to the square are mixed. Many architects (and the lay-public, I sus- pect) would have preferred to have had the modern glazed global glitziness of Potsdamer Platz. Perhaps the image sought by these critics was more like that of the Federation Square (completed in 2002; see Figure 8.44) in Melbourne (Dovey, 2004). That square is a total urban design in which formal and technonic inventions reign supreme within an anti-classical composition. Frank Gehry has found the Pariser Platz to be a little bit like a stage set' (Gehry, 2001). Daniel Libeskind was more scathing. He considers the guidelines to be 'anti-democratic' and 'authoritarian' and the results 'banal'. He does not seem to have commented on the square as an urban place or node. What the design does do is put the Brandenberg Gate on centre stage and makes the other build- ings background. Few architects want to be painters of the background. The clash of values represents the conflict between pri- vate desires to be self-expressive and public interests in all urban design work. 258 ALL-OF-A-PIECE URBAN DESIGN Major references Gehry, Frank O. (2002). Building at the Pariser Platz - remarks on the new Berlin. Casabella 66 (704): 4-11, 100-2. James-Chakraborty, Kathleen (2000). German Architec- ture for a Mass Audience. London: Routledge. Scheer,Thorsten, Josef Paul Kleihues, Paul Kahlfeldtand Andrea Barnreuther, eds. (2000). City of Architecture of the City: Berlin 1900-2000. Berlin: Nicolai. Schneider, Bernhard (1998). Invented history: Pariser Platz and the Brandenberg Gate. AA Files (Autumn): 12-16. Case Study Potsdamer Platz, Berlin, Germany: a for a consumer society (1991 +) Before World War II Potsdamer Platz was the major node of Berlin and the termin- ation of the railway line to Prussia. Like any node its quality was a function of its sur- roundings. They were diverse making an activity-rich area of hotels, cafes, art galleries and artists' workspaces. The war changed all that. The area was demolished by allied bombs and divided by the partitioning of Berlin that the end of the war brought. Only the Esplanade Hotel and the Weinhaus Huth survived the bombardment. They stood in a wasteland between the occupied zones of Berlin. The precinct now consists of or, rather, will consist of three portions: the Leipziger Platz and its enclosing buildings, and the two areas that are the subject of this study. The one north of the Neue Potsdamer Strasse is now known as the Sony site and the other that lies across the road from it is known as the Debis site. In 1990, the land- owners hired Richard Rogers to make a proposal for the area (see Figure 8.45). In 1991, the Senate (i.e. government) of Berlin held a widely publicized design competition for the whole South Tiergarten area. It attracted 1 6 entries from internationally renowned architects. It was won by Heinz 'cutting-edge vision' Hilmer and Christoph Sattler (see Figure 8.46). Helmut Jahn won a similar competi- tion for the Sony site but that was spon- sored by the corporation. Giorgio Grassi was appointed architect for the strip of land on the east side of the site. He kept to the principles of the Hilmer-Sattler design. The Hilmer-Sattler design was restrained and essentially a New Urbanist one. It sought to recreate the complex, tight pat- terns of the traditional European city. The height of buildings was restricted to 22 metres with setback roof structures rising to no more than 30 metres. It had to follow the rule that at least 20% of each new devel- opment had to be allocated to housing. The design followed an approach called 'critical reconstruction' in which the stand taken is that the identity of a city is established by its history and does not need to be re- invented simply because that identity is something from the past. It repudiates the ideology of Le Corbusier as represented in the post-war developments in West Berlin (e.g. the Interbau at the Hansaviertel) and in the East Berlin of the GDR where massive buildings were located as objects in space. Opposing critics see critical reconstruction as a romantic attempt at turning back the 259 THE CORE OF URBAN DESIGN WORK: PROCEDURES AND PRODUCTS Figure 8.45 The Rogers proposal. Figure 8.46 The Hilmer and Sattler Berlin Senate competition-winning scheme, (a) Figure-ground study and (b) aerial view. clock. Economics overtook the debate. When the wall dividing East and West Critical reconstruction was not what the Berlins was demolished in 1989, the land major corporations wanted. The last thing parcels were made available for sale and they wanted was to be discrete. were snapped up by major corporations at 260 ALL-OF-A-PIECE URBAN DESIGN what were seen by many at well below market rates. Sony and Daimler Benz were the pur- chasers of the two significant parcels but other multi-national corporations hold land as well. There were 1 7 sites in all. They were attractive because the area is easily access- ible - a number of subway and bus lines have their junction at Potsdamer Plate - and because of the Plate's past history. The Plate itself is on the periphery of the scheme and remains a traffic intersection. Perhaps it will become a place in itself when the develop- ment at Leipziger Plate and the Lenne- Dreieck site are completed. The Berlin-oriented Hilmer-Sattler scheme gave way to a more global corporate one designed primarily by Renzo Piano and Christoph Kohlbecker. It resulted from a competition organized by Daimler Benz. The design includes high-rise corporate towers at both ends of the site but generally retains the build-to-the-property line requirements and height limits of the Hilmer-Sattler scheme. This new plan specified wide side- walks, ground floor arcades and facades made of materials such as terracotta, lime- stone or clinker (reddish-brown bricks). At the same time much of the life generally associated with squares was internalized within the buildings. Neue Potsdamer Strasse is a weak seam for the overall area and divides the site into two major parts with the Sony site, an island complex of eight buildings, to the north and the remainder of the site, the roughly pie-shaped 50-hectare part containing 19 buildings, to the south. This southern por- tion is an irregular grid of 10 streets, some new and some revived. At its centre now is the Marlene-Dietrich-Plate. Many of the corporations holding land organized their own design competitions within the general principles of the overall urban design but boosted by their own corporate interests. The result is a well-crafted set of presti- gious buildings designed by internationally renowned architects. The Sony Center (2000) was designed by Helmut Jahn, the Hotel Grand Hyatt (1998) by Rafael Moneo, the Berlin Volksbank (1 997) by Arata Isozaki and the Potsdamer Plate Arkaden (1997-8) - another example of internal, quasi-public space - by Richard Rogers amongst others. Renzo Piano designed six of the buildings himself (Figure 8.47). The Sony Center (a 26,500-square metre site) consists of seven buildings with the interior Forum as its heart (see Figures 8.48 and 8.49). The Forum is an oblong plaza with a central fountain. It is covered by a tented, glass canopy supported on steel beams rather like the spokes on a bicycle wheel and surrounded by five buildings, all but one of which have concave facades encircling the Forum. The public space that was outside in both the Rogers and the Hilmer and Sattler schemes has become internalized and privatized (or, perhaps, private space has been made public). Shops and restau- rants surround the Forum and the buildings include the Film Museum and the Esplanade residence (which consists of the breakfast room and the Emperors' room of the Esplanade Hotel which were moved 70 metres from their original location on air cushions). The upperfloors of the buildings consist predominantly of offices and expen- sive apartments. On the interiors facing the internal court the surfaces are clad with mirrored glass. On the corner of the site, as a largely separate entity, is the 1 00-metre tall Sony Tower. Across the road from the Sony Tower is the 22-storey office and retail build- ing, the Burohochhaus am Potsdamer Plate, 261 THE CORE OF URBAN DESIGN WORK: PROCEDURES AND PRODUCTS 1 . Sony Center 2. Biirohochhaus 3. IM AX Cinema 4. Marlene-Dietrich-Platz 5. Debis Haus 6. Tiergarten Tunnel access 7. National Library 8. Potsdamer Platz Arkaden 9. Philharmonic Hall 10. Musical Theatre Figure 8.47 The Potsdamer Platz precinct in 2002, designed by Hans Kolhoff. The two buildings form a high-rise entrance to Potsdamer Platz. The Kohlhoff building steps down to a lower height away from the platz. Across Alte Potsdamer Strasse are the Weinhaus Huth and a complex of three office- commercial-residential buildings designed by Richard Rogers. The 3-storey Potsdamer Platz Arkaden, links them. Daimler City is a complex of buildings including an IMAX Theatre, the DaimlerChrysler Services Building, a Musical theatre, the Berliner Volksbank and the Neue Staatsbibliothek (National Library). The district draws in 1 00,000 people daily and tourists flock there. It is a very different place to the conventional European square and represents a new type of increasingly common civic space - one controlled by pri- vate interests. While the buildings are clearly part of the global economy and architec- ture, considerable effort has been made to make them environmentally responsible. Roofs are grassed, rainwater is used to irri- gate the landscaping and some grey water is recycled. The buildings have been designed to consume 50% less energy than conven- tional air-conditioned buildings. 262 ALL-OF-A-PIECE URBAN DESIGN Figure 8.48 The Sony Centre, Berlin, (a) Exterior view on Neue Potsdamer Strasse and (b) the Forum. 263 THE CORE OF URBAN DESIGN WORK: PROCEDURES AND PRODUCTS Figure 8.49 A view south towards Marlene-Dietrich-Platz with the Arkaden in the foreground. As a feat of urban and architectural design, an extraordinary amount of coordinated work was accomplished in only 10 years. It is difficult in any urban design project to create the animated type of environment built piece-by-piece over a century or two, but the work of different architects gives a sense of variety to the Potsdamer Platz district. Is it, however, simply a twenty-first century Times Square, New York? (Rossi, 2000). Major references Balfour, Alan (1999). Octagon: the persistence of the ideal. In James Corner, ed., Recovering Landscape: Essays in Contemporary Landscape Architecture. New York: Princeton University Press, 87-100. Davey, Peter (1998). Potsdamer Platz: development in Berlin. Architectural Review 205 (1 223): 31-4. James-Chakraborty, Kathleen (2000). German Archi- tecture for a Mass Audience. London: Routledge. Ladd, Brian (1997). The Ghosts of Berlin: Confronting German History in the Urban Landscape. London: Chicago University Press. Scheer, Thorsten, Josef Paul Kleihues, Paul Kahlfeldt and Andrea Barnreuther, eds. (2000). City of Architecture of the City: Berlin 1900-2000. Berlin: Nicolai. A Note The World Trade Center site development, New York, NY, USA: an architectural product or an all-of-a-piece urban design? (2002 - due for completion in 201 1 ) The political and design history of the innovative structural systems that collapsed World Trade Center as designed by Minoru under the impacts of the attack of 1 1 Yamasaki with Emory Roth and Sons as a September 2001. The proposal for the World consultant has been ably documented (e.g. Trade Center site after the devastation rep- Ruchelman, 1977). So too has its highly resents contemporary architectural spatial 264 ALL-OF-A-PIECE URBAN DESIGN thought. It is, however, premature to present a case study of the redevelopment of the site as the timeline for completion now extends to 2011. Given the number of changes that have already taken place in the short period of the scheme's design history, the project's implementation is likely to be subjected to more as unforeseen technical problems arise and political attitudes shift. In addition, many problems, such as deal- ing with the climatic conditions of Lower Manhattan, have yet to be resolved. The proposal does, however, represent our con- temporary concern with the architecture of globalization and individual rights. The diverse controversies of how best to create what is essentially a large architec- tural and landscape architectural project in an urban environment displays the multitude and complexity of factors and emotions that come to play at the intersect of the trad- itional design fields and urban design work. The final product, as a set of buildings, links and places, will be both cluster of indi- vidual objects in space and have an impact on its surroundings. The goal is to link the development of the Trade Center site to a series of 'vibrant, mixed-use communities'. Its ultimate catalytic effect is difficult to assess at present. The design for the site already has a com- plex history. Max Protech, an art dealer, almost immediately after the destruction of the twin towers took the initiative and asked leading architects to submit proposals. The resulting exhibition drew thousands of visitors and ensured that 'design quality' became an important consideration in any proposal for the site. The Lower Manhattan Development Corporation (LMDC) in part- nership with the Port Authority or New York and New Jersey has played a coordinating role. Their goal has been to have an 'open and inclusive' design process. In July 2002, the LMDC and Port Authority (with Bayer, Blinder, Belle and others as consultants) proposed six initial design elements for the development of the 16-acre (6.5-hectare site): a memorial plaza, a memorial square, a memorial triangle, a memorial garden, a memorial park and a memorial promenade. Two well-attended public hearings, an exhibit and the solicitation of comments resulted in over 12,000 responses. Some respondents wanted to keep the site empty but not rebuilding has not been a seriously considered option (Figure 8.50). The LMDC and the Port Authority proceeded with selecting firms interested in doing the design for the site. Four hundred and six submissions were received of which seven teams were selected based on their perceived talents and reputations. Their charge was to create a 'soaring vision' for the site. Nine schemes were submitted and publicly exhibited drawing over a million visitors. After both a qualitative and quan- titative analysis by the LMDC, the Port Authority and a number of consultants the number was reduced to two (the Memory Foundations scheme of Studio Daniel Libeskind and the World Cultural Center designed by TH I N K, a team led byShingeru Ban, Frederick Schwartz, Ken Smith and Rafael Vinoly). The Mayor of New York and the Governor of the State of New York selected the scheme produced by Studio Daniel Libeskind as the winner in February 2003 overruling the jury selection of the THINK team proposal. THINK proposed a cluster of facilities built around and above the footprints of the Trade Center towers. Two open lattice struc- tures in their design were to have created a 265 THE CORE OF URBAN DESIGN WORK: PROCEDURES AND PRODUCTS Figure 8.50 Ground Zero: the World Trade Center site in May 2004. base for soaring Towers of Culture. The transportation centre was located between the towers. The towers were proposed to rise from large reflecting pools that would allow light to penetrate into a retail and transit concourse. Shops were proposed for both the concourse and street levels to relate to and act as a seam with the surrounding community. A number of distinctive build- ings would be designed by different archi- tects: a Memorial, the 9/11 Interpretative Museum, a performing arts centre, an inter- national conference centre, an open amphi- theatre, viewing platforms and public facilities for education in the arts and sciences. Eight mid-rise office buildings and a hotel on the perimeter of the site were included in the programme in response to a perceived market demand. The Libeskind design (with Gary Hack and Hargreaves Associates), 'Memory Founda- tions', unlike the World Trade Center, which had been an island, picked up on the grid pattern of Manhattan. It left a portion of the slurry wall exposed, as a symbol of strength, and included a memorial museum and cul- tural spaces, the 1776 feet (541 metres) with its spire tall 'Freedom Tower' (in form echoing the Statue of Liberty) as an element marking the spot of the terrorist act on the New York skyline and a variety of activity spaces below. A refined master plan was presented to the public in September 2003 (see Figure 8.51). It included commercial office space, retail development, its integra- tion with the transportation network and public spaces and a new park. The new pro- posal replaced 1.34 million square metres of space in six buildings with 1 million in five, plus another million square metres of retail space and the same amount of space for a convention centre plus a September 1 1 Museum. The memorial forms the centre of the composition. An open competition was held for it drawing 5201 entries from profes- sionals and lay-people. They ranged from 266 ALL-OF-A-PIECE URBAN DESIGN Figure 8.51 The refined Studio Libeskind master plan. scaled down twin towers, to classical revival schemes, to parks. The memorial commemorates the lives lost in the explosion of 26 February 1993 as well as those on 1 1 September 2001 . The winning design, 'Reflecting Absence', selected by a jury headed by Vartan Gregorian formerly Director of the New York Public Library and including Maya Lin, Enrique Norton and David Rockefeller, is by Michael Arad, an Architect with the New York City Housing Authority assisted by Peter Walker, an internationally renowned landscape architect. It consists of two large voids con- taining pools with the ramps around them encompassing the footprints of the twin towers. The memorial is set in a field of deciduous trees, their coming into leaf each spring symbolizing the revival of spirit of New York. The Arad/Walker design elimi- nates the wedge of light and a cultural building that formed part of Libeskind's original scheme. Different architects will design other elements of the overall scheme (Figure 8.52). Santiago Calatrava, selected unilaterally by the Port Authority from potential consult- ants who responded to a solicitation of credentials, has designed the $US2 billion PATH terminal. The design has soaring wings and a cathedral like space. It represents both architecture as high art and the architecture of structural dexterity. It, like the memorial, is very different to the design in the Libeskind competition-winning scheme. For example, it is a freestanding object in space rather than an attached building making a street line. It will be joined to a new transit hub designed by 267 THE CORE OF URBAN DESIGN WORK: PROCEDURES AND PRODUCTS Figure 8.52 The project with the memorial in place as proposed in 2004, Battery Park city is on the left. British high-tech architect Nicholas Grimshaw. It is hoped that this hub of transit lines will spur adjacent developments in much the way that the renovation of Grand Central Station did in mid-town Manhattan. Much has changed and continues to change. As Libeskind had no experience in designing skyscrapers, the Governor of New York State, George E. Pataki, and the developer insisted that his firm work with 268 ALL-OF-A-PIECE URBAN DESIGN David M. Childs of SOM, an expert on office building design. Working independently of Libeskind and with Guy Nordeson, Childs produced a number of designs including a 2000-foot high tower. He was, however, forced by Pataki to adopt part of Libeskind's ideas. The Freedom tower design is now con- siderably 'fatter' than in the original garden- filled design. The resulting collaboration seems to have been reasonably well received. The tower is now essentially a generic 70- storey office building in plan, 1500 feet in height with a 276-foot mast above it. After all the law suits over insurance pay- ments brought by Larry A. Silverstein who acquired a 99-year lease of the site only 6 months before the towers were destroyed, the jurisdictional battles, and international design competitions - a messy process (although not atypically so) - a final design seems to have emerged. There is a street- bounded complex of: 1 the Freedom Tower to replace the World Trade Center towers on the New York Skyline; 2 a multi-tiered train station; 3 a public park and memorial to the vic- tims of the 2001 attack. In addition, four adjacent city blocks have been allocated to office towers. This design opens up the site to views of the Hudson River and the Winter Garden of Battery Park City. Unlike Battery Park City it is designed as a series of architectural objects in space in opposition to the existing street-building pattern of New York City. What kind of urban design is this new development? Is it an urban design at all? The THINK proposal was clearly an all-of-a- piece design. The Studio Libeskind design is partly an all-of-a-piece urban design with some components being designed by others and independently plugged in. It can also be considered to be a scheme plugged into an existing urban fabric with transportation routes linking the site to subway and subur- ban train routes, ferries and the southern tip of Manhattan. The idea of what was once an overall urban design scheme seems to be get- ting broken down into fragments. Thus in some ways, it is a design in which the compo- nents are being built separately according to the Studio Libeskind master plan but subject only to standard New York building codes. How much the design will change between now and the date of completion is open to conjecture. The present design is consider- ably different to Libeskind's winning scheme of February 2003. The design guidelines submitted by Libeskind and urban designer Gary Hack in November 2003 have had lit- tle binding power as the four major clients have not been able to agree on them. Thus the Memorial, the Freedom Tower, the PATH Terminal, etc. are proceeding in their own ways bound only by the new streets and blocks created as part of the scheme. The desire not to be another collaborative design like Rockefeller Center, as popular as that urban place is, will certainly be fulfilled. Major references Forgey, Benjamin (2004). World Trade Center plans, rising above the squabbles. Washington Post (Sunday, 18 April): 1. Goldberger, Paul (2003). Up form Ground Zero: Politics, Architecture and the Rebuilding of New York. New York: Random House. Knack, Ruth (2003). Up close at the World Trade Center. Planning 69 (4): 11-13. Libeskind, Daniel (2004). Breaking Ground. London: John Murray. Stratis, William (2004). World Trade Center - Memorial and Reconstruction Plans. Corte Madera, CA: Ginko. 269 THE CORE OF URBAN DESIGN WORK: PROCEDURES AND PRODUCTS Precincts: Urban Renewal Many total urban designs such as the Barbican or Rockefeller Center can be regarded as urban renewal projects and in the 1960s many 'slum' clearance and mass housing schemes certainly were. The concern here is for the schemes that involved the all-of-a-piece development of an existing urban precinct under one aegis without wholesale demolition. Such urban renewal processes generally involve the selective acquisition of properties by a municipal agency using the government power of eminent domain, the accumulation of small parcels into larger ones, and the selling of the parcels to a number of property developers for redevelopment according to specified guidelines. Sometimes, however, it is a private developer who has organized the accumulation of sites. The power of governments to lead such activities varies from country to coun- try. Much depends on the laws specifying how land is owned and can be acquired. In democratic countries the government power to acquire land is very much restricted by law but in totalitarian countries it is absolute. In many places a laissez- faire attitude towards development prevails. The two examples included here, however, represent coordinated efforts to enhance the quality of urban precincts. The first case study is of a superblock scheme and the second the upgrading of a traditional suburban downtown. The first, Charles Center in Baltimore, is important because not only did it show what can be done in American cities in crisis but also because it had a major catalytic effect on the development of cen- tral Baltimore. The second, Glendale in California, shows what can be achieved by a couple of tenacious people with a vision of what might be and the stamina required to push ahead to fulfil it. It is also part of a larger phenomenon. Many metropolises during the last quarter of the twentieth century experi- enced the development of the new suburban downtowns or 'edge cities' (Garreau, 1991). These developments were spurred by changes in accessibility based on new highways in particular, but also subway systems and now, reputedly, e-mail. Some of them have involved the redevelopment of suburban shopping streets into major centres (e.g. Bethesda, Maryland, and Walnut Creek, California). Others have seen the intensification of existing suburban shopping malls until they have the mixed-use attributes, and even the density, of existing downtown centres. Glendale is an example of an all-of-a-piece transformation of a decaying suburban centre into a lively 'downtown'. Major references Frieden, Bernard J. and Lynne B. Sagalyn (1991). Downtown, Inc.: How America Rebuilds Cities. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. Garreau, Joel (1991). Edge Cities: Life on the New Frontier. New York: Doubleday. Melnick, Scott (1987). The urbanization of the suburbs. Building Design Construction 28 (3): 70-7. 270 ALL-OF-A-PIECE URBAN DESIGN Case Study Charles Center, Baltimore, Maryland, USA: a central city redevelopment (1954-70) It is difficult to imagine how later develop- ments such as Inner Harbor (1968 to the present; see Figure 8.72) and the even later baseball stadium (1988) could have taken place without the earlier development of Charles Center. By 1994, Charles Center's success as a catalyst in spurring other devel- opments meant that it was no longer the heart of Baltimore. Few urban redevelop- ments can claim that type of success. It is also an example of an urban renewal project that did not begin by totally clearing the site and then rebuilding it de novo. Baltimore, like many other American cities, found itself facing strong competi- tion from suburban centres from the 1950s onwards. Department store sales in the city dropped 1 0% between 1 952 and 1 957. There was a similar decrease in tax revenues. The office space occupancy rate was, however, healthy (97%) suggesting that the area had potential for renewal if problems with the aging infrastructure and decaying buildings could be addressed. No new building of consequence had been erected in the down- town area for 20 years. In 1 954, the business community formed the Committee for Downtown, Inc. A year later the Greater Baltimore Committee, Inc. (GBC), a private business group was estab- lished. The groups merged to form a non- profit, private-planning group, the Planning Council of the GBC. It became, in essence, a planning consultancy. Being a private and local group not only was it removed from much political infighting but it knew Baltimore. It also had considerable energy, if for no other reason than it saw the future of the investments of its members at stake. The Planning Council hired Dr David Wallace, later a principal in the Philadelphia urban design firm of Wallace, McHarg, Roberts and Todd, to develop a design for a sloping, 33-acre (13-hectare) area in the heart of Baltimore linking the retail, financial and government districts of the city. He, in turn, brought on board other consultants such as George Kostritsky and Dennis Durden. The GBC was aware of the work of Victor Gruen in Rochester, New York and his pro- posal for Fort Worth in Texas (Gruen, 1 964). The latter design consisted of a ring road around the centre of the city with parking garages feeding off it (see Figure 8.53). The whole area within this loop was proposed to be a car-free pedestrian precinct. The GBC wanted something similar but imple- mentable, financially and politically. On a smaller scale they got it. The goal of the GBC team was not only to revitalize the blocks that were to be later called Charles Center, but for any develop- ments there to also encourage investment on adjacent sites. The objective was to have a project large enough to have a significant impact, but not large enough to fill all the potential demand that might be generated by an improved physical environment. By 'improvement' was meant that access to downtown offices and shops had to be clear and easy, that parking had to be convenient to destinations and that the buildings had to be both modern and look modern. The legal responsibility for achieving the specified development goals lay in the 271 THE CORE OF URBAN DESIGN WORK: PROCEDURES AND PRODUCTS Figure 8.53 The Fort Worth plan of Victor Gruen, 1958. (a) A bird's eye view and (b) a ground level view. Figure 8.54 The site before development seen from the north. hands of the Baltimore Urban Renewal Agency. The redevelopment was designated a Title I project requiring supervision by a number of Federal (central government) agencies. The project was, however, run by an office directed byj. Jefferson Miller. It evolved into the Charles Center-Inner Harbor Man- agement team responsible for the coordi- nation of the actions taken by government agencies and by private property interests. It was the first such organization in the United States. The design ideas came mainly from Wallace. Five important buildings on the site were retained (three office buildings, a hotel and a parking structure representing 47% of the assessed value of the site). Business in them continued while redevelopment took place. The remainder of the site was divided into 16 parcels large enough to appeal to a broad range of potential property devel- opers. In order to assemble the parcels 148 separate acquisitions involving 216 different parcels had to be made. Three hundred and fifty businesses involving 8789 jobs had to be relocated. Some organi- zations were relocated to other buildings on the site and then moved back to newly erected buildings; for others temporary accommodations were found off the site (Figure 8.54). 272 ALL-OF-A-PIECE URBAN DESIGN Figure 8.55 Charles Center site and plans, (a) The 1957 proposal and (b) the site as developed by 1972. The site is bisected by Fayette Street (later partially bridged by a building and deck so that two superblocks were linked into one to form the basis of the design). The ori- ginal design (1957) had clear Modernist overtones with its considerable amount of parks and plazas (see Figure 8.55a), but the one that evolved by 1972 (see Figure 8.55) was significantly denser. Forty changes, each approved by the City Council, were made to the original conceptual design based largely on a more thorough understanding of the property market. The components of the site were linked by an elevated walkway - a skyway - made possible by the 60-foot (18-metre) slope of the site. At the same time, buildings were built to the property line on the streets so that Charles Center was both an island and integrated with surrounding areas. The sites were disposed of in a number of ways: competition based on team credentials, land price competition, negotiated sales and negotiated leases. Each site had guide- lines and controls written in a section of a legally adopted plan titled, 'Aesthetic con- trol and approval of plans and specification' (Baltimore Urban Renewal and Housing Agency, 1959). The controls stipulated the building use, the maximum bulk and the height of each development (see Figure 8.56 for one important block). Some flexi- bility in terms of the modification of site boundaries was allowed but none in terms 273 THE CORE OF URBAN DESIGN WORK: PROCEDURES AND PRODUCTS Maximum height 300' S H s B « " c i 8 90' t jS 72' u ' r . L. , (b) Figure 8.56 Building control envelope for the building at the corner of Fayette and Charles Streets, (a) Isometric drawing from the northwest and (b) view from the west. of height and bulk. These controls became the basis for specific agreements with indi- vidual developers. In the negotiated disposi- tions many changes took place but in design competitions few. Much depended on what an architectural review board decided. The first office building was selected by competition. The goal was to have an inter- nationally renowned architect design the scheme in order to set a high standard. The winning entry (of six) was that proposed by Metropolitan Structures of Chicago. The architect was Ludwig Mies van der Rohe. Later developments were selected in a number of ways: by design competition and review, by displaced site tenants, by govern- ment agencies or by owner-builders. They included a variety of building types - hotels and housing - but they were mainly com- mercial structures. The most adventurous building was the Mechanics Theatre, seating 1800 people, designed byjohn Johansen. By the late 1960s, Charles Center was largely built-out. It included 1.8 million square feet of office space, 800 hotel rooms, the Mechanics Theatre, 367 apartment units and parking for 4000 cars. The number of jobs increased to 1 7,000 creating a spin-off in terms of shopping demand. Perhaps the greatest success was that 93% of the busi- nesses in Charles Center were relocated with- out liquidating. The project, as intended, also generated considerable growth around it - apartment buildings and offices. One of the companies that lost out on the original design competition for a building simply crossed the road and built a building for itself. The process by which Charles Center was implemented also demonstrates how public-private partnerships in redevelop- ment can be best achieved. Unfortunately Baltimore did not learn as much from Charles Center as it might have done. Some of the excesses of 1980s and early 1990s 274 ALL-OF-A-PIECE URBAN DESIGN Figure 8.57 Charles Center as developed, (a) A bird's eye view from the north and (b) Hopkins Plaza in 1993, part of the skyway system can be seen on the right. 275 THE CORE OF URBAN DESIGN WORK: PROCEDURES AND PRODUCTS development led to the construction of buildings that were (and are) much under- occupied (Figure 8.57). Although it remained remarkably intact for 40 years, the scheme has been altered in a number of ways since it was completed. The weakest point of the design has been the sky- way system. Some seldom-used parts have been demolished. It still remains the most efficient way to move around the site, but efficiency is not necessarily what people seek in moving around downtowns unless they are drivers! People prefer to walk at ground level where the life of the city is. Other changes have also taken place. The section of the building spanning Fayette Street has been demolished and all three plazas are being redesigned. The goal is to enhance their utility and their use. The strongest part of the scheme was its financial success; the city's bond rating was increased from A to A1 . As an architectural work it was very much a product of its time. Wallace was the recipi- ent of the American Planning Association's Distinguished Leadership Award in 2003. Major references Baltimore Urban Renewal and Housing Agency (1959). Charles Center Urban Renewal Plan. Baltimore: The Agency. Blumberg, Andrew (2003). Big Dreams, Great Vision. Johns Hopkins Professional Studies Web Edition. Millspaugh, Martin, ed. (1964). Baltimore's Charles Center. A Case Study in Downtown Development. Washington, DC: The Urban Land Institute. Uthman, Fuad A. (1972). Charles Center, Baltimore: a case study of architectural controls through manda- tory design review with an examination of architec- tural controls within the urban renewal process and through regulation. Philadelphia, PA: Unpublished doctoral dissertation, University of Pennsylvania. Wallace, David (1964). The planning process. Baltimore's Charles Center - a case study of down- town renewal. ULI Technical Bulletin 31. Washington, DC: The Urban Land Institute. Wallace, David (2004). Urban Planning/My Way. Chicago, IL: American Planning Association. Case Study Central Glendale, California, USA: a turned into an edge city (1975-90, 1 Glendale is a suburb of Los Angeles lying at the base of the Verduga Mountains. It has a population of about 200,000. Its central district is located on Brand Boulevard just off the Ventura Freeway that connects it to the region. The boulevard is a broad street that once had streetcars/trams running down its centre. Developed by Leslie Carlton Brand in the 1 920s it was lined by 2- and 3- storey mixed-use buildings that by the 1950s and 1960s had deteriorated due to traditional suburban downtown 994 to the present) the lack of entrepreneurial spirit and absen- tee landlordism. Land values dropped to as low as $6 to $7 a square foot. The total land value of the Central Business District of Glendale decreased from $31.2 million in 1950 to $20 million in 1970 despite infla- tion and even though Glendale was and is a relatively affluent city. The City Redevelopment Agency was founded in 1972. Its actions received strong support from the city council; its board 276 ALL-OF-A-PIECE URBAN DESIGN membership consisted of the councillors! Despite the citizenry's strong opposition (in the name of private enterprise) to a redevel- opment project in downtown Glendale and to the use of the city's power of eminent domain to acquire land, the agency moved ahead. The initiative seems to have resided in two sets of hands: those of Jim Rez, the city manager and executive director of the Glendale Redevelopment Agency and Susan F. Shick, his deputy, a transplant from the east coast. The city council was the sponsor of the redevelopment of Glendale. The city used its power of eminent domain to assemble a 20-acre (8-hectare) site on Colorado Street, which runs across Brand Boulevard at the southern end of Glendale's CBD, for the Glendale Galleria, a major shopping centre. As an incentive for the development the city took two actions: 1 it built a 4400-spot parking garage; 2 it created a tax increment financing district. These actions encouraged a property developer (John S. Griffith Company, later Donahue Schribner) to build the Galleria, a shopping centre. It was constructed in 1976. The Galleria was then a catalyst for other development and the company insisted that later developers and their architects toe the line in meeting design guidelines in order to maintain a high level of aesthetic and general environmental quality in the precinct. The tax increment going to the Redevelopment Agency in 1985 was $5.5 million. This sum could be leveraged 8:1 in the bond market for financing public projects in the downtown area. This meant that the revenue from sales taxes could be spent on the remainder of Glendale. A CBD study, initiated by Rez in 1 975, led to a plan for a rejuvenated Brand Boulevard. The Redevelopment Agency began to aggres- sively acquire land for possible redevelop- ment. New office buildings attracted to the location began to be built at the north- ern end of the boulevard off the Ventura Freeway. At the southern end, Galleria 2 was built and proved to be highly success- ful. These successes led to ELS Architects of Berkeley being hired to develop a con- ceptual design and design guidelines to achieve it. ELS received a 1 986 Design Award from Progressive Architecture for its work in Glendale. Through a series of public workshops, ELS Architects and the Glendale Redevelopment Authority identified 10 goals for the district. The 10 goals were: to create a downtown identity, to encourage mixed-uses, to enhance cultural facilities, to encourage pedestrian movement, to create open space, to control vehicular movements, to promote public transit use, to provide a wide range of devel- opment opportunities, to make the devel- opment economically sound and to increase the tax base of the city. Perhaps, above all, the goal was to give visual coherence to the development. ELS Architects produced a conceptual plan (see Figure 8.58) and design guidelines (see Figure 8.59 for an example) that would achieve the ends specified. The Redevelopment Agency created a strategic plan to market the area. The conceptual design became the devel- opment control plan in conjunction with detailed plans. The plan divided central Glendale into three sections with Brand Boulevard as the backbone. The two roads parallel to it form a loop circulation system off which the parking garages are located. A major financial centre has developed in the northern third. It consists of high-rise bank buildings housing corporations such as Sears Savings Bank, American Savings, 277 to 09 c * Pi tf ■k WWi-.i."i'-, of the outside pedestrian space. In order to S achieve the intended level of vitality, design d diversity, and people activity on an A' right-of- o way, retailing or marketing activities shall be provided for in the design. Guidelines: 1 . Street level edges of the entire project limit shall incorporate retail activities. 2. The following characteristics shall be in- corporated into the design of the structure: Windows providing visual access Street walls Multiple entrances Differentiation of ground level Canopies, awnings or arcades 3. The following characteristics should be in- corporated into the design of the sidewalk: Special paving treatment Seating 4. These Guidelines for building/sidewalk relationships' are to be used in conjunction with other guidelines adopted by the City. In the event the guidelines conflict with more specific guidelines adopted for Old Believue, the Major Pedestrian Corridor, or the Major Public Open Spaces, the more specific guidelines, now or as amended in the future, take precedence. (b) f Multiple Entrances Seating Figure 9.6 Design objectives and guidelines for central Believue streets, (a) The CBD street plan and (b) the guidelines for Street Type A. 312 PIECE-BY-PIECE URBAN DESIGN approvals for building development. Delays cost developers money. The guidelines were based on a series of propositions: the elements of the down- town should be part of a system; building frontages should be 'pedestrian-oriented' (see Figure 9.7). This latter objective could be met by having places to sit, by adjacent places being complementary, by having pro- tection from the weather, by having focal/ curiosity points along the way, by having nighttime activity, etc. Twelve sets of guide- lines were developed. They were for primary paths and secondary paths, for corridor walls, linear sectors, the continuity of ele- ments, elements of diversity, vegetation, street crossings, the massing of abutting structures, and for the management of the system (Hinshaw, 1983). Such terms are usually undefined in planning studies but in the guidelines for central Bellevue they were given operational definitions. To enhance the quality of Bellevue's central area, a new park was proposed. The hope was to have it funded by municipal bonds issued by the city. The referendum on the bond issue, which required a super majority (i.e. 60%) to pass, was narrowly defeated. The push to build the park was taken up by a citizens' committee and largely privately funded. It was developed according to a design by Beckley/ Meiers, Architects. What has been the result of all these efforts? The development of central Bellevue is often held up as an exemplar of public/ private partnership in development. Much i fc&H KEffi Transit Circulator On Slreet Packing Rooftop Treatment Service Vehicle Safe Zona Vehicular/Pedestrian Corridor y Mid-Block Pedestrian Crossing Figure 9.7 The vehicular-pedestrian corridor, central Bellevue, 313 THE CORE OF URBAN DESIGN WORK: PROCEDURES AND PRODUCTS commercial development has taken place in Bellevue as a consequence of these efforts. By the mid-1990s there was 10 million square feet of commercial space and over 30,000 jobs in the downtown area. Land prices have escalated resulting in increased tax revenue to the city. A side effect of these successes and the concomitant rise in land prices is that unsubsidized housing in the CBD (a goal of the plan) seems unattain- able. The parking restrictions and the prohibition on entrepreneurial parking lots has meant that some potential project developers have invested elsewhere but also that 1 5% of workers use the transit system and another 1 3% use car pools. These figures may seem low but for suburban United States they are high. Major references Hinshaw, Mark L. (1994). Transforming suburbia: the case study of Belleveue, Washington. In Brenda Case Scheer and Wolfgang Preiser, eds., Design Review: Challenging Urban Aesthetic Control. New York: Chapman and Hall, 111-18. Miles, Don C. and Mark L Hinshaw (1987). Bellevue's new approach to pedestrian planning and design. In Anne Vernez Moudon, ed., Public Streets for Public Use. New York: Van Nostrand Reinhold, 221-31. Punter, John (1999). The city of Bellevue. In Design Guidelines in American Cities: A Review of Design Guidelines and Guidance in Five West Coast Cities. Liverpool: Liverpool University Press, 57-65. Case Study The Center City District, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, USA: a business improvement district (1990 to 1995, continuing to 201 5; now continuing to 2025) Central Philadelphia, known as Center City, is defined as the area between the Delaware and Schuykill Rivers, the Vine Street Express- way and South Street - an area falling within about a 20-minute walk of City Hall. The historic core of the city (and of the found- ing of the United States) falls within it. The area did not see the overwhelming economic and physical environmental degradation that many downtowns of United States cities experienced in the 1960s but it had been stagnating. The construction of a new con- vention centre was begun in the late 1980s and has been in operation since the early 1990s. This hotly disputed initiative had been part of the effort to revitalize Center City. This development and a number of earlier urban design/planning efforts served as precedents on which the city could build. Aggressive city planning/urban design under director Edmund Bacon had led to the revitalization (and gentrification) of the severely decayed Society Hill neighbourhood and other inner city areas, the unification of the railway system and the development of the Gallery, an internal centre city shopping mall. From the 1970s on there has been an increase in the number of households living within a mile (1 600 meters) of the City Hall (although this increase was not accompanied by an equally significant increase in popula- tion). The population, itself was generally 314 PIECE-BY-PIECE URBAN DESIGN wealthy, and a disproportionate number (37%) walk to work and 60% do not own a car. Despite these successes the center of the city, apart from some well-loved places and streets, was still seen as dirty and poorly maintained. In addition, many locally owned national and international conglomerates with little interest in Philadelphia other than as a source of revenue were buying up major locally owned businesses (Lehman, 2000). The city government was perceived to be incapable of making improvements. What then do to about it? The Center City District (CCD), a munic- ipal authority, was formed by city officials and the business community in 1990. In accor- dance with state law if more than 30% of the property owners objected it would not have been possible to do so. The proportion in opposition did not reach this figure. The formation of the CCD was also supported by the City Council who authorized its oper- ation until 1995 by a 14 to 1 vote. This authorization was extended in 1994 until 201 5 and again in 2004 to 2025. The CCD is headed by Paul Levy, a one-time academic at the University of Pennsylvania, and has a 23-member board. The board has the power to chase the small proportion of property owners who fail to pay their dues. The CCD's budget (about $14 million from a levy on the property tax) first went to the provision of sidewalk cleaning (provided by a private contractor) and public safety. The scope of its concerns expanded later. The goal was 'to increase the number of people on the streets - workers, residents, shoppers, tourists, conventioneers and people drawn for entertainment - to recreate 1948 (Levy, 2001: 190). In 1991 the board solicited proposals and received 75 responses from individuals Figure 9.8 Market street in the Philadelphia Center City BID in 2004. 315 THE CORE OF URBAN DESIGN WORK: PROCEDURES AND PRODUCTS and groups for the security and cleaning programmes, including graffiti removal, that it felt was necessary to improve the quality of the precinct under its jurisdiction. The success of the effort gave the board and its members confidence in its activities. In the fifth year of its existence, the Board felt comfortable enough to start on a street upgrading programme. A 20-year $US21 million bond was raised to finance capital improvements of the streetscape. The city contributed about $5 million. The goal was to establish a 'new look' in order to raise the prestige level of the city. The look was cre- ated through new 'pedestrian-scaled' lighting standards, new street trees, new pedestrian maps and signage, the repaying of streets, making the environment easy to use by people in wheelchairs, and by adding new kerbs. The CCD board also took over the maintenance of the existing street trees, many of which were languishing, from the city administration (see Figures 9.8 and 9.9). In all these efforts, the concern with the third dimension of the city has been restricted to creating advisory guidelines for how prop- erty owners might: (1 ) improve the facades of their buildings and (2) how they might convert disused or underused buildings to other, predominantly residential, uses. In this way the district would be improved piece-by-piece overtime. Each improvement would act as a catalyst for further improve- ments by the property owners themselves. The objective is for property owners to ben- efit from increased income, the city to have an increased tax-base, and for citizens to have a district of which they are proud and to which they like going - a place to have fun in safety. Has the programme been successful? Retail occupancy increased from 80% to Figure 9.9 A uniformed street maintenance worker, Market Street, Philadelphia in 1993. almost 90% over an 8-year period but there are still many underused buildings in the city. According to a survey most people were aware of the CCD programme. The presence of customer service representatives with radios and of street cleaners providing a sense of security was particularly noted and appreciated. The city is still full of panhan- dlers and the homeless but the central precinct certainly looks better. Has there been a catalytic effect on building? Not much! Perhaps that is still to come. Tax incentives may have their impact. Certainly the conversion of old industrial and com- mercial buildings or their unused parts to 316 PIECE-BY-PIECE URBAN DESIGN residential has progressed and is encouraged by the CCD. Overall the CCD is seen as 'hugely successful' in doing what the city administration seemed incapable of doing - improving the quality of Center City. Major references Houston Jr, Lawrence O. (1997). Center City District. In BIDs: Business Improvement Districts. Washington, DC: The Urban Land Institute, 133-49. Lehman, Nicholas (2000). No man's town: the good times are killing off America's local elites. The New Yorker (June 5): 42-9. Levy, Paul R. (2001 ). Downtown: competitive for a new century. Injonathan Barnett, ed. Planning for a New Century: The Regional Agenda. Washington, DC: Island Press, 135-76. Commentary A number of major lessons for urban design have been learnt about special dis- tricts and zoning from the experience of New York, Philadelphia, and other cities (Lai, 1988; Vossman, 2002). The first lesson is that the image and character of a place should be identified based on an empirical analysis based on community values (Stamps, 1994). The second is that top-down decisions without political and civic commitment are likely to lead nowhere - indeed 'most people do not want what architects want' (Michleson, 1968). The third is that design controls must be enforceable; legislation must precede or accompany the development of regulations. The potential problem with incentive zoning is that it can soon become urban design by negotiable zoning control. It is open to mismanagement and corruption as property developers seek ways to achieve additional benefits for themselves if they are to provide public benefits. Clear channels of legal and administrative action must thus be established. There was a much broader lesson too. The urban design task is to create salu- brious environments for life, to upgrade the behavioural opportunities for people, and to enhance their self-images (to lift their spirits) through environmental improvements. Zoning districts and zoning modifications may create opportuni- ties for achieving these ends but in many instances the zoning tools that are legally available to urban designers are, by themselves, not strong enough. BIDs, a gende and more inclusive approach to urban upgrading, may achieve more. A high-quality public realm can be good for business. 317 Plug-in urban design Infrastructure design concerns in urban development vary in extent from the regional scale to the city, to the neighbourhood and to the complex of buildings scale. Regional and urban planning concerns are beyond what one generally regards as urban design. The destructive effect that much highway design has had on the neighbourhoods and lives of inner city residents in many cities of the world (see Figure 10.1 for an example) has led to much more careful analysis of the impacts of new infrastructure components on their environments and the employment of urban designers to deal with them. Plug-in urban design focuses on the strategic building of infrastructure com- ponents of a city. In the case of new towns it is the whole capital web of infra- structure that is important. How this web of capital investment decisions affects Figure 10.1 A highway plugged into a neighbourhood, Baltimore as existing in 1993, 318 PLUG-IN URBAN DESIGN and can be used to affect the physical nature of cities has long been of interest to urban designers (see Crane, 1960, for instance). But what is urban design about those decisions? And what do we mean by infrastructure when it comes to urban designing? Do we simply mean the roads and other site services, or does it also include facilities such as retail shops, schools, libraries and information technol- ogy networks? There is an increasingly heeded demand by ecologists that the infrastructure of cities include natural corridors of vegetation to decrease the heat-island effect and to increase the biodiversity of cities. Infrastructure in this book refers to: (1) elements such as streets and services that make a development possible, and (2) the investment in certain building types (e.g. museums, parking garages and schools) that are expected to have a multiplier effect on investments in their surroundings. Plug-in urban design refers to the design and construction of the infrastruc- ture of a development site to bind it into a unit and as an incentive for individual owner-builders or property developers to invest in new buildings. Alternatively, it can mean the plugging in of new infrastructure elements into existing built-up areas in order to bind them into a unit and boost their amenity level and thus competitive advantage. The cost of the new elements may be borne by the over- all project developer, public or private, as represented in the master plan for a site or by the developers of individual buildings. Plug-in urban design product types vary in the extent of the infrastructure pro- vided. In terms of links, is it just the roadway or other means of access that are pro- vided? Those components plus a surrounding fence or wall may do for the most basic of churchyards and cemeteries (see Figure 10.2). The facility needs of the vis- itors, mourners or tourists, are minimal. What is plugged into the paths of cemeter- ies byway of grave markers and mausoleums varies from culture to culture and from religious group to religious group. What is symbolically important is that the cri- teria for what makes an acceptable place to bury one's dead within a culture are met. In designing the everyday environments for the living the question is: 'What range of products does plug-in urban design cover?' At one end of the financial scale we have publicly funded sites-and-services programmes that have the object- ive of providing the water supply, drainage, sewerage, latrines and road systems of a development in order to provide low-income residents with an incentive to build or upgrade their residences. Much suburban development for wealthier families is similar but much more generous. Sites may be allocated to other than residential uses through the implementation of a zoning ordinance based on a land-use plan. At another level of complexity we have the system of vertically segregated transportation links, walkways and decks, as in La Defense in Paris. Perhaps most importantly, in terms of this discussion is the idea of plugging in. Major references Grava, Sigurd (2003). Urban Transportation Systems: Choices for Communities. New York: McGraw-Hill. 319 THE CORE OF URBAN DESIGN WORK: PROCEDURES AND PRODUCTS : T 3SI&' Figure 10.2 The tomb of architect Colonel John Garston plugged into Park Street Cemetery, Kolkata. Guy, Simon, Simon Marvin and Timothy Moss, eds. (2001). Urban Infrastructure in Transition: Networks, Buildings, Plans. London: Earthscan. Southworth, Michael and Eran Ben-Joseph (1997). Streets and the Shaping of Towns and Cities. New York: McGraw-Hill. Plugging-in as an Idea In urban design, the plug-in concept has emerged from two streams of thought. The first has been the down-to-earth use of the infrastructure of cities as a cata- lyst for development or for unifying developments; the second is that associated with the Archigram group in the United Kingdom in the 1960s and 1970s. It is the former concern that is of interest here, but the latter cannot be allowed to pass unmentioned because its ideas rather than its designs remain of importance in the development of urban design ideology. The Archigram group observed that many of us live in throwaway societies. Certainly all kinds of products from tissue paper to automobiles to computers are 320 PLUG-IN URBAN DESIGN Figure 10.3 The Archigram Group's "Walking City' plugged into Manhattan, New York. discarded with remarkable ease once their utility or 'use-by' dates are past. The group suggested that components of cities could be considered in the same manner. Precincts of cities could be plugged into the existing framework of a city as needed and moved away to another location as needed (see Figure 10.3). This idea is far fetched for the present except on a small scale for tempor- ary accommodations. What is important, however, is the thinking behind the idea. The closest design to the Archigram idea is the serviced campground. Vacationers drive up in their camper vans for a stay and then move on to another location or return home. Trailer parks are similar except the trailers once plugged in never move. Temporary townships for pilgrims, such as to the Kumbh Mela in India, are more about infrastructure design than anything else (see Figure 10.4). The design of such settlements is not generally regarded as urban design but it is. Emilio Ambasz's design for the 1992 Seville World's Fair recognized that once such fairs are over the pavilions of exhibitors are 'thrown away' and he designed it accordingly (see below). Cities are indeed ever changing. Buildings and precincts will be demol- ished and rebuilt. The cities of Asia and Latin America are going through rapid changes with high rates of rural-urban migration. Others are changing more slowly. Some company towns may be abandoned. Housing areas will con- tinue to be built on a mammoth scale. Traditional residential suburbs of single- family homes catering to the middle class will be built. Many 'suburbs' around the world will be erected by squatters with whatever materials are at hand. 321 THE CORE OF URBAN DESIGN WORK: PROCEDURES AND PRODUCTS Figure 10.4 The Kumbh Mela township, Allahabad in 1996. Figure 10.5 A squatter settlement, Ahmedabad in 2001 . Newcomers will simply plug their huts into the infrastructure available (see Figure 10.5). Major reference Cook, Peter, Warren Chalk, Dennis Crompton, David Green, Ron Herron and Mike Webb (1991). Archigram. Boston: Birkhauser. 322 PLUG-IN URBAN DESIGN The Case Studies This chapter includes a number of case studies that demonstrate a variety of plug-in urban design types. It begins with examples of infrastructure design at the citywide level. This set is divided into two parts: (1) where the infrastructure has preceded building and (2) where it has been plugged into an existing built environment. The second set of case studies deals with infrastructure design at the precinct level. It is subdivided in the same manner. There is only one example of the third set which deals with plugging in specific building types into a precinct to act as catalysts for development. It is included as a note rather than a case study because its impact is yet to be seen. It is the case of the use of schools as infrastructure elements in Chattanooga, Tennessee. Urban Links: Binding Cities into Units The design of the links between precincts of a city might be expected to fall out- side the purview of urban design, and be a regional and city planning or civil engineering endeavour. Much new town design, however, starts out by working out the infrastructure pattern as Le Corbusier did in promulgating his design for the restructuring of Antwerp in the 1930s (see Figure 10.6) and certainly it was the approach applied in Runcorn. Links can be highways or roads, heavy- or light-rail links, and pedestrian and cycle-ways. Many cities in the world from Johannesburg to Los Angeles to Kolkata (formerly Calcutta) had extensive light-rail (or tram/trolley) systems until the 1940s or even later. Lobbying from motor organizations and motorists had many of them ripped up because they inconvenienced automobile drivers. There are, however, about 350 such systems now operating in the world; approximately 60 have been introduced since 1975. Los Angeles and San Diego initiated their new systems in the 1980s. Strasbourg opened its in 1994. These new networks are restricted in their range but plans for extension are numerous. In addition, many older systems are being rebuilt to operate in a more luxurious and smoother running fashion. Designers today are paying special attention to the landscaping of streets and public squares along the trolley routes to ensure that they are aesthetically acceptable com- ponents of the urban scene. Though all these networks may be important, roads and pedestrian paths remain the major structuring elements of urban form. Three case studies of citywide infrastructures design that have strong urban design overtones have been included here. The selection of Curitiba in Brazil is arbitrary but it is internationally considered to be a good example of master plan- ning and a relatively inexpensive plug-in urban design. It serves well as an example of how the infrastructure and urban design projects can go hand in hand. The other two case studies deal with mass transit heavy-rail systems. The first of these two is one that was largely, but not entirely, considered prior to urban develop- ment taking place. The second is a subway system put into place in response to potential demand but also as a catalyst for local urban renewal projects in areas of 323 THE CORE OF URBAN DESIGN WORK: PROCEDURES AND PRODUCTS Figure 10.6 Le Corbusier's proposal for Antwerp circa 1935. (a) The movement infrastructure system and (b) the proposed image of the city, a city undergoing rapid transformation. The first of them is the Mass Rapid Transit (MRT) system of Singapore and the second is the Jubilee Line extension in London. The building of the line is no unique occurrence. Many more extensive systems are being built. Delhi, for instance, opened its Metro Rail in December 2002. It is planned to be a 241-kilometre system with 90 stations by 2021. It is being built to hold together the existing parts of a fragmented and rapidly grow- ing city with car ownership reputedly the equivalent of the rest of India together (to say nothing of the city's 47 other modes of road transportation from buses to elephants to rickshaws to human-drawn carts). Bangkok has an elevated system run- ning at the fifth floor level through the city. It is, however, Curitiba that is the exem- plar of planning for a system in an existing, rapidly growing, urban environment. 324 PLUG-IN URBAN DESIGN Case Study Curitiba, Brazil: master planning and During the second half of the twentieth cen- tury the city of Curitiba, capital of Parana province in southern Brazil, saw its popula- tion grow from 1 20,000 people in 1 940 to about 1 .4 million with over 2.5 million in its metropolitan area today. In the early part of this period of growth Curitiba's develop- ment was guided by a master plan developed in 1 943 by a French urbanist, Alfred Agache. With a population growth of 5% a year in the early 1960s, and contemporaneously with the excitement generated by the design and development of Brasilia, the munici- pality felt that a new plan was needed and plug-in urban design (1965-98) organized a competition to generate ideas for what the city should be. At that time Curitiba had a population of 470,000. The Agache plan had proposed that growth should take place in a concentric manner from the centre out. A zoning map was drawn up accordingly. In 1965 a new master plan was proposed as the result of the competition. The winning scheme of Brazilian Jorge Wilheim proposed that growth should take place in a radial, linear manner spreading out from the centre so that transportation routes could be most easily be integrated with new development w m 5p*«ty Bu« Sto C y — — 5w#dvBui bwrrBu B4t »'*tfi» - S -til* Ariudnt - Cu"1fafl Figure 10.7 The integrated transportation network following the 1965 plan. 325 THE CORE OF URBAN DESIGN WORK: PROCEDURES AND PRODUCTS Figure 10.8 The integration concept. and vice versa (see Figures 10.7 and 10.8). The Piano Diretor changed the growth pat- tern of Curitiba. It also focused on the pro- motion of industrial development and simultaneously on the enhancement of the environmental quality of the city. The imple- mentation of this vision took place through a large number of architectural and urban design projects that were plugged into the transportation system. The city has achieved much in improving environmental quality in a way that few, if any, cities in the economically developing world have succeeded in doing. These changes are also highly visible involving the engineering and architectural design of many elements of the city. The planning effort focused on land-use strategies and the use of non-physical design procedures to achieve physical design quality ends. These procedures included the use of the transference of development rights from historically sensitive to other areas of the city and incentives to preserve natural areas and buildings of significant cultural value. They were also designed to attract devel- opers to build affordable housing and other amenities deemed to be in the public interest. The programmes for building housing for low-income people were financed by the National Housing Bank but on its demise a Municipal Housing Fund was established. It is financed by taxes on real estate trans- fers of property, by funds from the munici- pal budget and by income from the sale of building incentives. These incentives allow building rights in excess of zoning regula- tions. Other housing projects are really sites-and-service schemes. The most important infrastructure elem- ents were the 'structural axes' of transporta- tion radiating from but running tangentially to the city centre, the transfer terminals and trinary traffic system (see Figure 10.9). They have provided the armature for plugging in a broad array of urban design projects: high-density nodes, well-detailed stations and bus stops, 'lighthouses of knowledge' (libraries), 'citizenship streets' (community centres, see Figure 10.10) and the strategic locating of accessible museums, theatres, parks and recreational facilities. In addi- tion, and symbolically most importantly, the focus of the transportation routes on the city centre enabled the core of the city to be completely revitalized and modern- ized through the erection of new buildings and the refurbishment of old. The location of the major transit lines on the periphery of the Central Business District (CBD) allowed the creation of what are called 'boulevards' - pedestrian streets within it. Thus associ- ated with the transportation network were a large number of architectural, landscape architectural and urban design projects 326 PLUG-IN URBAN DESIGN *s> o -o c £ X ra u c 5 Q exclusive lane for mass transportation Figure 10.9 The transportation infrastructure in Curitiba. (a) A conceptual diagram of a transfer terminal and (b) the trinary traffic system in the structural avenues. that have transformed the city. How was this end achieved? The Institute for Research and Urban Planning of Curitiba (IPPUC) was formed in 1 966 to implement the master plan. Zoning laws were passed to increase the density in areas of the city linked to transportation and a public works programme was initiated. During the early 1 970s the structural avenues were developed with Federal Government funding. The major transit line began to operate in 1974. The industrial development 327 THE CORE OF URBAN DESIGN WORK: PROCEDURES AND PRODUCTS O CD \"< E^ %H "O Q. CO ii "S * 1 fl tz / /I g Figure 10.10 system. A community centre - a 'citizenship street' - plugged into the transportation programme was implemented through the creation of Curitiba's Industrial City (CIC). The CIC has proven to be of great economic importance to the city, contributing signifi- cantly to the city's Gross Domestic Product of $8.26 billion in 1995. Twenty per cent of the city's workers are employed there. Without the infrastructure development, the industrial development would have been impossible. The so-called 'above-ground underground system' has attracted great international attention. The separate express bus lanes and the 'tubular stations' at each stop with platforms that enable passengers to enter a bus without climbing up steps and having already paid for the trip (see Figure 1 0.1 1 ) do operate much as in a subway system. The network carries 1 .3 million riders a day. Paralleling the transit system is a hierarchy of roads with each level having a designated purpose. In addition to the efforts to deal with transportation is the desire to create an ecologically sound city. The area in parks has been substantially increased (from 0.5 to 52 square metres per person), over 1.5 million trees have been planted and 145 kilometres of cycle-ways have been built. Recycling programmes have been estab- lished and educational programmes increas- ing environmental awareness have been implemented. What, however, amongst all these activities is urban design? The design of the transit system can be regarded as plug-in urban design and the community centres consisting of a number of buildings might be regarded as total urban designs. This type of endeavour has traditionally been called physical planning. Such an effort in Curitiba has resulted in a large number of specific design projects, which, fragments in themselves, are part of a well-coordinated larger system. A number of observers regard such work as 'urban design at the city scale'. The lessons of Curitiba do apply to many urban design projects. The question is: 'How was Curitiba's success achieved?' A recent study (Irazabal, in progress) sug- gests that there were three major contri- butions to the success of the 'hegemonic planning project' that was undertaken 328 PLUG-IN URBAN DESIGN Figure 10. 11 A tubular bus station. between 1965 and the end of the twentieth century. In the first place, the power elite ral- lied around specific schemes. Secondly, the media wholeheartedly supported the work and widely disseminated images of proposed schemes. Thirdly, the lower-income groups could see clear, if small, material gains. In combination these three factors proved to be powerful forces ably harnessed at the may- oral level. The leadership of Mayor Jaime Lerner was particularly important in estab- lishing the transit system in the early 1970s and overseeing the planning process. Despite these achievements, today all is not well. Over the last decade, the planning process in Curitiba has run into problems. The basic issue is that the citizenry has not been actively involved in the decisions that affect their lives. The middle classes have been favoured. There has been little that celebrates the plurality of views (although recently ethnic memorials have been erected in the city). Many politicians and a diversity of citizens groups are calling for change. The question now being asked is: 'How do we move ahead?' The city can rest on it laurels, but in a few years its infrastructure will start to decay and what has been achieved will be largely forgotten. New ways will have to be devised to develop the city's competitive advantage over its rivals. Major references Del Rio, Vicente (1992). Urban design and conflicting city images. Cities (November): 270-9. Hawken, Paul, Amory B. Lovins and L Hunter Lovins (1999). Weaving the web of solutions: the Curitiba example. In Natural Capitalism: The Next Industrial Revolution. London: Earthscan, 288-308. Irazabal, Clara (in progress). The politics of develop- ment and urban design in Curitiba. In Vicente del Rio and William Siembieda, eds., Beyond Brasilia: Contemporary Urban Design in Brazil. Mello, Terezna Carvalho de and Paulo Henrique Battaglin Machado (1999). Do Desenvolvimento Urbano a Sustenabilidade: From Urban Development to Sustainability. Curitiba: IPPUC. 329 THE CORE OF URBAN DESIGN WORK: PROCEDURES AND PRODUCTS Case Study The MRT system, Singapore: an outstanding rapid transit system (1967 to the present and continuing) The idea of the Mass Rapid Transit System (MRT) in Singapore goes back to the very earliest conceptual plan designed for the development of the island state after inde- pendence. In 1962, Emile E. Lorange, in a study sponsored by the United Nations, made broad recommendations for an action plan for the highly crowded central area of Singapore but he said it should be seen within a larger regional context. The follow- ing year a team consisting of Otto Koenigsberger, Charles Abrams and Susume Kobe stressed the need for a unified approach to the location of jobs and hous- ing, and to urban renewal. Further support came from a transportation study, also sponsored by the United Nations, con- ducted by Britton Harris and Jack Mitchell, that recommended that Singapore have a clear transportation structure plan before major development took place. The study also doubted that a road-based system would be able to handle all the traffic that would be moving along the central circula- tion route. This series of recommendations resulted in the initiation of a United Nations Urban Renewal and Development Project. The project's goals were to: (1 ) establish a long-range physical plan for the republic, including a transportation plan, (2) recom- mend policies and schemes for the central area, (3) recommend the type of mass transport system to be used, (4) assist in the preparation of specific projects and (5) develop a fully operational agency that could develop the plan further, and imple- ment it. Crooks, Mitchell, Peacock and Stewart, a consulting firm based in Sydney, conducted the study between 1967 and 1971 when the population of Singapore was 2.07 million people and that predicted (with reasonable accuracy) being 4 million in 2000. The long-range proposal for Singapore was presented in a concept plan. The concept plan is simple but powerful (see Figure 10.12). It was selected from a number of possibilities based on the need for an efficient transportation system. It consists of a loop MRT with seven major nodes/new towns varying in size from 100,000 to 400,000 people, being plugged into it. Accompanying the MRT would be an expressway system, with graded inter- changes, and other major roads. It was also recommended that a restriction be placed on the number of cars entering the CBD. (An Area Licensing Scheme now operates and charges a fee for cars entering the dis- trict.) The success in developing and imple- menting the plan has been due to the efficiency of the Singaporean civil service. The concept plan had, and has, no legal standing. The master plan of 1958 had statutory authority and accordingly was amended (and has been every 5 years since) within the specifications of the concept plan. The concept plan was revised in 1992 and again in 2001, but the basic principles behind the 1971 plan have been retained. Queenstown (1965), the first of the new towns, had already been completed and the second Toa Payoh was completed in the year of the publication of the concept plan. It was not until 1981 that the Singapore government committed itself to building the MRT. Construction began in 1983 and 330 PLUG-IN URBAN DESIGN & •^5 2 * 6 & lOln* a 1 ' ' l\ ^ • URIAH CENTRE — — MtIN PUBLIC TRANSPORTATION • • • ROUTE ^— EXPRESSWAY I I URBAN DISTRICT II H]l HIGH DENSit* RESIKNTtfl AREA [HX INDUSTRY Figure 10.12 The 1971 Concept Plan for Singapore. has been the largest construction project in Singapore ever since then. The first 67 kilometres of the system with 42 stations opened step by step between November 1987 and July 1990 at a cost of 1 990$S5 billion. A spur was built in 1 996 to form a loop connecting Woodlands in the north to new towns and industrial areas in the southeast and southwest. The system (see Figure 10.13) now has a route length of 89.4 kilometres and has 51 stations (16 underground, 34 elevated and one - Bishan - at ground level). The lines run underground in the central area for 23.3 kilometres (14.5 miles), above the ground for 62.3 kilometres (38.7 miles) and at ground level for 3.8 kilo- metres (2.4 miles). The new 20-kilometre (12.5-mile) long, 16-station North East Line was completed in April 2003. It is pre- dominantly an underground line linking the CBD (Harbour Front) to the Singapore Exposition Centre and Pungol. It was built at a cost of 2000$S4.6 billion. The 2001 Concept Plan contains a new orbital route and a radial MRT network. The total length of the MRT lines will be expanded to as much as 500 kilometres (310 miles) in the future to keep pace with and shape the location of Singapore's growth. Construction has not always been easy. Perhaps not typical, but illustrative neverthe- less, has been the construction of the new Chinatown station. Tunnelling had to be below existing buildings and streets. Complex traffic flows had to be maintained at ground level and major utility lines - water, sewage, telecommunications and electricity - all had to operate while construction took place. Links to existing routes and platforms had to be built at interchange stations. 331 THE CORE OF URBAN DESIGN WORK: PROCEDURES AND PRODUCTS Lay Ganton JURONG EAST WOODLANDS > Sr- "(H-SMRT) WWUHf WEST .sr^&^« ! Yiitian KhUlt ChoaCtni •_ / Bukit P«n|»rm LRT (■MRT) iBukltGorabak BukltBatok East -S»nak»n|LRT(SK) EAST '^Clanwmi Orchard «f Kani!ano,j \BuomVI* SonlIB JS"" J Commonw«ittli*L Ddotiy Qu««n«town «V ciatkaQui F»nf!l»ILBTjFQ) lao '»> Buangkok Houoano t — --NcrtkEitt K °™> MRTUM p'Strenooon (NEL MRT) y» AoodlaWi oonKang paya TrahMmft ^if* r Kalang MM* Lata Btfc* .<<• / / J E«»oiTK«ii»ing«i ,.,/, rfV* TampbiM - SUWM Changl Airport Station / Chantf Airport Urn Ent-WtttMRTLhw (E-WMRT) •Marti* Bay Tto PropoHd Marin* Urn (ML) MARINA BAY Figure 10.13 The structure of the present MRT lines. Singapore's Land Transport Authority was created in 1995 and is now the owner and developer of the system. The operation and maintenance of the system is licensed to Singapore MRT Ltd., SBS Transit Ltd. and SLRT Pte. Ltd. under the Rapid Transit Systems Act. The goal of the organizations is to provide a service that can compete effec- tively with the private automobile as the transportation mode of choice. What differ- entiates Singapore's MRT system from many others is that its development has been linked to precinct/new town development every step of the way. The key agency in expediting the concept plan has been the republic's Housing Development Board (HDB), a statutory body established in 1 960-1 . It has had the responsibility for designing and building the new towns. The sheer mass of housing produced since independence led the way in deciding what elements of the trans- portation and industrialization programme should be implemented. The HDB has played the major role in determining what land should be made available for trans- portation routes, where MRT stations should be located, where expressways should be built and how the entire network of infrastructure - water, sewers, power and telecommunications - should be developed. As time has gone by, more and more atten- tion has been paid to the comfort level of users of the system. Special attention has been paid to the design of subways and stations. The goal has been to make the sta- tions column-free and have sufficient gates to handle rush hour pedestrian traffic with ease. Ticket vending is automated. Extensive pedestrian networks giving as easy an access as possible to the stations have been built. Raffles Place and Orchard Stations have extensive pedestrian networks connecting the station to surrounding buildings. In addition, local bus routes and (in the case of Chua Chu 332 PLUG-IN URBAN DESIGN Figure 10.14 Dover station with links to the bus station and technical college (extreme left). Kang, Sengkang and Pungol) light-rail sys- tems are tied into the MRT stations. Dover station (opened in 2001 ) is a recent addition. Its site was long planned but the station was not built until a critical mass of potential users existed. The adjacent, recently built polytechnic and new housing plug into the station making it economically viable. The station also represents a new design attitude (see Figure 10.14). The sta- tions are to be more individualistic in appearance. Designed by RSP Architects and Planners, a Singapore firm, with Goh Hup Chor as project leader, it is an eye-catching structure that competes effectively with that by Norman Foster at the Expo (Singapore Exposition Centre) Station (1997). Changing concepts of the public interest have posed great challenges for designers. The new demands, in terms of the functions shown in Figure 1.6, range from those deal- ing with access for the handicapped to those of attaining prestige through the employ- ment of high-style aesthetics. The new sta- tions on the North East Line have been designed to be barrier free to give access to people in wheelchairs and have been pro- vided with tactile guidance systems for the blind. Travellators have been introduced to speed up pedestrian movement where underground links are lengthy. Art works by world-renowned artists are being added to the stations to provide a feeling of luxury. As Lisia Ecola (2004) has noted: Singapore's MRT is simply the creme de la creme of transit: high-tech, spacious, effi- cient, and spotlessly clean. If Americans knew that transit could be this good, we wouldn't put up with anything less. The catalytic effect of the MRT stations was both foreseen and exploited by plan- ners and urban designers in Singapore. The 333 THE CORE OF URBAN DESIGN WORK: PROCEDURES AND PRODUCTS construction of stations, for instance, led to a proposed surge of high-density, high-rise development in the CBD and on Orchard Road. The Jurong industrial area was not doing very well until workers had access to it via the MRT. Development around the sta- tions is now being intensified. In 2001, the Ministry of National Development estab- lished new guidelines for stations to have convenient and comfortable underground links with shopping areas. An environment of which one can be proud is seen as essen- tial for transit systems to compete effect- ively with the pleasure of driving oneself about the city. While the MRT is a good example of plug-in urban design, it can also be seen as an all-of-a-piece urban design or as a straight planning project depending on what about its development one stresses. It is the necklace on which the new towns and the central district of Singapore are strung. Major references Attoe, Wayne, ed. (1988). Transit, Land Use, and Urban Form. Austin, TX: University of Texas Press. Chew, T. C. and C. K. Chua (1998). Development of Singapore's Rapid Transit System. Japan Railway and Transport Review 1 8: 26-30. Crooks, Mitchell, Peacock, Stewart (1 971 ). Report. The Urban Renewal and Development Project, Singapore. Prepared for the United Nations Development Program Special Fund. Sydney: The authors. Vuchic, Vukan (1 999). Transportation for Livable Cities. New Brunswick, NJ: Center for Urban Policy Research, Rutgers University. SMRT Moving with our customers, www.smrt.com. sg/smrt/index.htm Case Study The Jubilee Line extension, London, England, UK: an underground rail link as a catalyst for urban revitalization (c. 1974-2000) The Jubilee Line in London was built both to enhance accessibility to existing areas of London and to spur new development. Like most infrastructure projects, the line had a precedent that it both followed and from which it departed. It sought the environ- mental quality of Singapore, the efficiency of the Hong Kong Mass Transit Rail (MTR) system and both of those systems' exten- sive new property development adjacent to each station but with a greater architec- tural flair in its design. The link between Hong Kong and London is not surprising because the Chairman of London Transport at the time, Sir Wilfred Newton, and the chief architect whom he brought on board, Roland Paoletti, were both involved in the planning and designing of the MTR system in Hong Kong. Like most such developments, the extension of thejubilee Line was long in gestation and its conception difficult to date. First talk of it was in 1949 but no action followed. By the early 1970s, the London Docklands, as noted in the description of Canary Wharf, had become abandoned and the London docks shifted down the River Thames to Tilbury. Much of East London was undergoing substantial population change accompanied by the degeneration of its physical fabric. Plans for extending the London transit network into the area had 334 PLUG-IN URBAN DESIGN long been considered but neither political nor financial support was sufficient for it to be furthered. The situation started to change with the formation of the London Docklands Joint Committee of the five Boroughs into which the area fell and a parallel decision made in 1978 to build an underground line to the east from Central London. The new line would extend the existing Jubilee Line (completed in 1977) that ran from Charing Cross to Stanmore in London's northwestern suburbs. A change of govern- ment, however, shelved the project. In 1981 it established the London Docklands Development Corporation (LDDC) and the need for a transportation link to the Docklands became urgent. Lack of funding for a heavy-rail system led to the building of a light-rail line to the Docklands from the City. It has a capacity of 27,000 passengers a day and was completed in 1 987. The system was rendered inadequate by the Olympia and York's proposal for Canary Wharf (see Chapter 8). It projected a work- ing population of 50,000 people at Canary Wharf with a substantial number of other visitors to the site each day. To operate well as a location for commerce and prevent traf- fic chaos Canary Wharf needed access via a major mass transportation connection. The proposal for the Jubilee Line was supported politically by the British Prime Minister, Margaret Thatcher, who promised to get the project funded. Olympia and York chipped in £400 million ($US1 billion) towards the cost of this infrastructure item. Government sup- port was, however, very slow in coming and came too late to encourage companies to move to Canary Wharf and thus to save Olympia and York from bankruptcy. It was not until 1996 that ground was broken for the scheme. The extension of thejubilee Line links two main railway stations (Waterloo and London Bridge) with existing centres in East London (see Figure 10.15) that were and still are in various degrees of squalor and gentrification. It also gives access to other urban regeneration projects (such as the Tate Modern art gallery designed by Herzog and de Meuron near Southwark station). Paoletti and his team of architects com- pleted the design of the line in 1 8 months. It is comprised of 1 2.2 kilometres of twin tun- nels and a dozen stations (six completely new). The tunnels are relatively deep (from 15 to 20 metres) because they run under existing buildings and also under the River Thames (four times). Constructing it was a major engineering task because the new sta- tions and line had to be plugged into the tunnels and concourses of existing stations. It costs £3.5 billion (US$8 billion). The line was sufficiently complete to be opened in late 1999 although work on it continues. Its programmed opening date of 1998 was highly optimistic as was its predicted budget (£2.5 billion). The design goal was to create an efficient system with good platform-to-ground connections, good links to other modes of transport (including other underground lines and the light-rail system). The stations would be architecturally distinctive. A different architectural team, most of them with high- tech aesthetic and engineering backgrounds, designed each station except a team under Paoletti that designed the stations at Waterloo and Canada Wharf. No strict design guidelines for unifying the architecture of the different stations were established. Some details that serve a visually unifying purpose were, however, specified: the floors of the concourses, the nature of the escal- ators, the glass doors and the signage. 335 THE CORE OF URBAN DESIGN WORK: PROCEDURES AND PRODUCTS Figure 10.15 The Jubilee Line extension, (a) The route and (b) the intersection of lines at Westminster station. The decision to have a diversity of design- ers follows a precedent set in London during the 1930s and, more recently, in a diverse set of places - Genoa, Singapore and Rotterdam. The designs are 'hard-edged' and primarily related to global aesthetic trends rather than local traditions. The designs of the stations were first publicly exhibited in 1 992 and were well received by design professionals, the press and the lay-public alike. From an urban design point of view what has been important are the stations, their 336 PLUG-IN URBAN DESIGN Source: Wordsearch and the Royal Academy of Art (2001); courtesy of Foster and Partners, Architects Figure 10.16 Canary Wharf Station, (a) A longitudinal section through the Canary Wharf station and (b) a view of the underground concourse. links to and their catalytic effect on their sur- roundings. The stations are varied in nature not just because of their aesthetics but the way they relate to the ground level, to other modes of transportation and the way their surroundings have been handled. The lessons from Singapore and Hong Kong were well learnt. The largest of the stations is at Canary Wharf. It is 314 metres (1030 feet) in length (see Figure 10.16). Built through a cut-and- cover approach, it has a 'cathedral-like' inter- nal space. The station plugs into the Canary Wharf development with the Canary Wharf towers being directly linked into it. There are urban design projects at other stations such as Newham, North Greenwich and Southwark, and the second phase of development at Canary Wharf was due to get underway at the time of writing. These projects have, however, come largely as an afterthought and not in conjunction with the design of the line. The hope is that the developments at and around the sta- tions by high-profile architects such as John McAslan, Chris Wilkerson, Norman Foster and Evajiricna will spur growth but be in tune with their surroundings. At West Ham, for instance, the paved square in front of the station is related to the residential scale of the area (see Figure 1 0.1 7). The catalytic effect of the investment in the public realm is yet to be seen. The 337 THE CORE OF URBAN DESIGN WORK: PROCEDURES AND PRODUCTS Figure 10.17 The Square at West Ham station. station at North Greenwich was located at a highly derelict location but it enabled the ill-fated Millennium Dome to be built and the festival to be held. Perhaps, Stratford has the greatest potential because of its connection to the new international sta- tion on the Channel tunnel and rail link. The multiplier effect of the investment in the line will depend on the state of the economy more than the state of the architecture. Time will tell. The line does bind parts of London long neglected into the whole. The urban and architectural image is very important in an era of the globalization of marketing. It establishes an air of up-to-dateness. Major references Pachini, Luca (2000). Thejubilee Line extension pro- ject. Casabella 64 (678): 64-83. Powell, Kenneth (1999). Thejubilee Line Extension. London: Lawrence King Publishing. Russell, James S. (2000). Engineering civility: transit stations. Architectural Record 1 88 (3): 1 29-33. Wordsearch and the Royal Academy of Arts (2001). New Connections, New Architecture, New Urban Environments and the London Jubilee Line Extension. London: Royal Academy of the Arts. 338 PLUG-IN URBAN DESIGN Precinct Links: Binding Precincts into Units The physical links binding precincts into coherent, identifiable units take many different forms. They are most commonly streets and pedestrian ways, but they can be greenways, bicycle paths, skyway links and underground passages. Underground pedestrian networks may seem to be a surprising way of linking elements together at the precinct level, but many cities have them. Designing the Infrastructure to be Plugged Into Designing the basic infrastructure - streets, a reticulated water supply system, sewers, electricity and communication systems - is very much the basis for urban development. It can lead development. La Defense in Paris could be included here as an example of a precinct with a multi-layered infrastructure layout into which new commercial buildings have been plugged. The same principle applies to most World's Fairs although in their case everything is done in a great hurry. The infrastructure is built and the individual exhibitors then plug their buildings into it. The example included here is Expo '92 in Seville. Similarly, on a much vaster scale, suburban housing developments throughout the world consist of the infrastructure (roads, sewers, water and electric supply) being built by a property developer, public or private, and the plots sold off to individual owners to develop as they wish although many such developments are total urban designs (as is Raleigh Park described in Chapter 7) but others are all- of-a-piece urban designs in which the designs of individual houses are heavily controlled by design guidelines (e.g. as in Seaside, Florida, described in Chapter 8). In many developments the freedom of design allotted to individual owners is considerable. Building, or purchasing, a house is the major investment decision of coundess families and their design decisions are very much tempered by their perception of what can be sold easily if necessary. The house designs thus tend to be conser- vative and similar to what is being built elsewhere in the neighbourhood. In areas inhabited by the nouveau riche where individual display is an important aspect of status, there tends to be much greater idiosyncrasy in design. Unity, if achieved at all, is obtained through diversity. Standard suburban developments cater to the needs of the middle- and upper-income groups in a society (see Figure 10.18). Sites-and-services cater to low-income populations in third world countries. In the sites-and-services approach to the creation of housing for the very poor, a new precinct is provided with roads and streedights, sewers, and a reticulated water system. Each site is provided with connections to the sewerage system and a water tap. In some cases, where the clients have greater resources, the site may be supplied with a latrine and a multipurpose community room. The household- ers then build their houses themselves plugging them into the infrastructure 339 THE CORE OF URBAN DESIGN WORK: PROCEDURES AND PRODUCTS Figure 10.18 The suburban environment, (a) Sedgwick County, Kansas and (b) Salt Lake City, Kolkata. provided. The approach was pioneered in Africa and Latin America but has also been widely used in India. The example included here, Aranya Township in India, had much more thought than usual put into its design. In sites-and-serv- ices projects, the houses are literally built by the owners themselves although skilled craftspeople often assist. For wealthy people, in contrast, the division of labour is sharply defined. Contractors build their houses. Middle income and wealthy people have the purchasing power to make the choices that fit their own needs, as they perceive them. Yet questions are being asked as to whether the market place is providing a sufficient diversity of neigh- bourhood types to give people a real choice. Most plug-in residential neighbour- hood designs are highly conservative in nature and not responsive to the emerging demographic characteristics of the population or the needs of the people who are not actually doing the purchasing. For instance, the journey to school on foot independently by children is seldom a topic of consideration nor are the needs of the fragile elderly. The neighbourhood design types tend to be standard subdivi- sions. If they can be sold they are regarded as good. The sites-and-services approach has had mixed successes. It works when the areas selected for development are close to jobs and it works when the projects are not heavily subsidized by the public sector. If a site is distant from jobs nobody wants to live there and if heavily subsidized the cash-strapped poor are likely to sell their plots at market rates to higher-income groups in order to obtain cash in hand. Major references Guy, Simon, Simon Marvin and Timothy Moss, eds. (2001). Urban Infrastructure in Transition: Networks, Buildings, Plans. London: Earthscan. Turner, John F. C. (1976). Housing by People: Towards Autonomy in Building Environments. London: Marion Boyers. 340 PLUG-IN URBAN DESIGN Case Study Expo '92 Seville, Spain: a World's Fai World's Fairs are temporary expositions where nations and organizations build pavilions whose architecture and contents celebrate themselves and their achieve- ments. They draw large crowds and can act as catalysts for further development in the host city. The plan and infrastructure of the fair sites are important aspects of the overall design. They have to be easily plugged into by assorted pavilions designed by a variety of architects striving to outdo each other in attracting attention. The infrastructure also has to provide a pleasant (i.e. efficient, comfortable and interesting) circulation space for the pedestrians that throng the fairs on important days. The 1992 World's Fair in Seville cele- brated the 500th anniversary of the discov- ery by Europeans of the New World and its peoples. It was supposed to have paralleled a fair in Chicago but that city withdrew in 1987. The initial idea for a fair in Seville came from Felipe Gonzalez, the socialist Prime Minister of Spain who hailed from Seville. Kingjuan Carlos picked up the idea in 1976. Gonzalez saw it as an opportunity to do more for Seville than put it on the world map. He sought and obtained fund- ing from the European Community (now European Union) programme for depressed areas for a new airport (designed by Rafael Moneo), a new railroad station (designed by Cruz/Ortiz) and a high-speed train (AVE) link to Madrid. (The introduction of the train reduced flights from Madrid by 90%.) He saw them to be necessary infra- structure elements to both run a successful World's Fair and as a catalyst for a more enduring impact on Seville. It would also r (1976-92) consolidate Seville's position as capital of the Autonomous Andalusian region. The site chosen in 1985 for the fair is an artificial island, Isla de la Cartuja, in the Guadalquivir River. The island falls between the river and an artificial flood control channel. Only a 425-acre (162-hectare) part of the island was used for the fair but the remainder was improved with vegetation. One of the problems facing the site design- ers was the difficulty of linking it to the his- toric core of Seville especially as obsolete rail tracks as well as the mainstream of the river intervened. Emilo Ambasz of New York and a consortium of Spanish engineers (Fernandez Ordonez (brother of Spain's Foreign Relations Minister), Martinez Calzon, Junquera del Diestro and Perez Pita) were awarded first prize ex aqueo in an invited competition of 12 teams. It has been widely assumed that 'political considerations' weighed heavily in the decision to have joint- winners. The two teams were supposed to collaborate in producing a new design but that effort only lasted for 2 days. The competition brief called for a theatre (to seat 2000), an auditorium (to seat 2200), a drama theatre (to seat 1500), an outdoor auditorium (to seat 10,000), an Olympic swimming pool (with seating for 5000), a planetarium and an arena for 25,000. As the programme changed no heed was paid to Ambaz's design. The problem that arose was due to the Fair's unantici- pated success in attracting international exhibitors; the number increased from an expected 60 to 1 08. Ambasz's scheme (see Figure 10.19) drew water from the river into three large 341 THE CORE OF URBAN DESIGN WORK: PROCEDURES AND PRODUCTS Figure 10.19 The Emilio Ambaz proposal, (a) The competition-winning proposal and (b) a cross section showing a barge plugged onto a wharf. pools/lakes around which quays were located providing linkages into all the Park's infra- structure systems. He envisaged the exhibitors having their pavilions built on barges and moved along the river to plug-in to the site for the duration of the Fair. Once the fair was over the barges and their pavilions would 'sail' away and the park would remain. The other winning scheme was less dramatic. It kept the existing topography and proposed an ordered system of intersecting avenues in a grid form. The centrepiece - foreground element - was to be an 80-metre diameter moving model of the solar system. Ambasz's design related a number of entrances on the Fair site to many points in the city via ferries - Venetian vaporetti. The Ordonez scheme was very much building ori- ented. It proposed bridges, buildings, mono- rails, roads and other artefacts that were financially rewarding to political leaders. Julio Cano Lasso, who was given the instruc- tion to amalgamate ideas from the competition-winning schemes, assembled the implemented design (see Figure 10.20). The scheme was inward looking but linked to the city by a number of new bridges designed by such major figures as Santiago 342 PLUG-IN URBAN DESIGN (a) (b) Figure 10.20 Expo '92, Seville, (a) The plan as developed and (b) general view of the fair, Calatrava. The riverfront had a promenade along it but there was little to be viewed from it. The site was divided into three zones. The first was for Spanish regional pavilions. They created a dense cluster around a lake, the Lago de Espana. The second was for the international pavilions. They were located on the side of five parallel avenues (named after Edison, Newton, Curie, Einstein and Darwin) set at right angles to the main road, Camino de los Descubrimientos, connecting the Lago de Espana to the river. The third zone consisted of the permanent buildings. Here the fifteenth century Carthusian Monasterio Santa Mari'a de las Cuevas was restored especially for the Expo as a central exhibit. New buildings were added nearby: the Triana Tower (designed by Francisco Javier Saenz de Oi'za), the Pabellon de Descubrimientos (Pavilion of Discoveries designed by Javier Feduchi and Eduardo Arroyo) and others including the Pabellon de Andaluci'a, the province in which Seville is located. The site plan showed little ingenuity but functioned effectively. To deal with the sum- mer heat 32,000 trees were planted to give shade and some visual unity to the scheme. The pavilions were simply plugged into the infrastructure provided. They were consid- erably more colourful than those at the pre- vious World's Fair (in Osaka) and were built mainly out of natural stone and metal sheeting. Some had especially interesting features. The Kuwati Pavilion (designed by Santiago Calatrava) had a roof of wooden 'claws' that closed to keep out the midday sun. The other pavilions were also designed by architectural luminaries such as Tadao Ando (thejapanese Pavilion). 343 THE CORE OF URBAN DESIGN WORK: PROCEDURES AND PRODUCTS The question with World's Fairs is: 'What do you do with the site when the Fair is over?' Most of the World's Fairs are demolished after their run is over and the sites completely turned over for other uses. This observation is partially true of Seville too but it did also leave a lasting legacy. The permanent buildings remain but much of the site now serves new purposes. It was transformed into a complex of exhibition halls and museums, the Cartuga, a science park, and leisure areas. The Lago de Espana is now part of the Isla Magica theme park that opened in 1997. The park recreates the travels of the sixteenth century Seville- based new world explorers but its major feature is The Jaguar, a rollercoaster that rushes along at 85 kilometres per hour (53 miles per hour)! The theme park is strug- gling financially. Who goes to Seville to visit a theme park? In summer? Major references Ambasz, Emilio, ed. (1998). Master plan for the Universal Exposition - Seville 1992: Seville, Spain. In Emilio Ambasz: The Poetics of the Pragmatic: Architecture, Exhibit, Industrial Design. New York: Rizzoli, 197-203. Dixon, John M. (1992). World on a platter. Progressive Architecture 73 (7): 86-95. Forgey, Benjamin (1992). Spanish Treasures (Expo '92, Seville). Architecture 81 (7): 72-9. Novo, Francisco Garcia and Claudia Zavalete de Daute (2002). Paisaje y urbanismo de la Expo '92. Seville: Reditores. Case Study Aranya Township, Indore, India: a sites-and-services scheme (1983-96) Aranya (meaning forest) Township is a 7000- plot predominantly sites-and-services project located on an 86-hectare (212-acre) site on the fringe of Indore. The scheme was created for a projected population of about nine peo- ple per household making a total of 63,000 people. The developer was the Indore Development Authority (IDA) and the archi- tect was Balkrishna V. Doshi and his Vastu Shilpa Foundation of Ahmedabad. The tar- get population was mixed - 65% low-income people (the EWS, Economically Weaker Section) whose income was less than Rs 350 (1990$US30) per month and 35% higher income. The project thus had a social objec- tive as well as providing shelter. The mix of people is more than on economic grounds. Hindus, Muslims, Sikhs, Buddhistsjainsand Christians live there. The project was one in which plots were prepared and services provided by the IDA but the construction of houses was left to the owners of the plots. Five objectives dic- tated the design: (1 ) to ensure a fine living environment, (2) to create a sense of com- munity, (3) to deal with the hot arid cli- mate, (4) to create an efficient, cost-effective armature into which individual buildings could be plugged and (5) to provide for the way that life in low-income areas in India spills out onto the street and, in arid areas, onto the flat roofs of buildings. 344 PLUG-IN URBAN DESIGN (a) (b) xi-'V F ^^3?% MA. s Figure 10.21 Aranya Township, Indore. (a) Typical building sites with service cores, (b) the site plan and (c) the type of development anticipated. The infrastructure was laid out in a hier- archical manner with a central collecting point from where services branch to smaller collecting points to points on each block that serve a number of units. The location of the latrines was a problem. It is most economical to provide them in the front of buildings so that connections to mains are short, but the past research of the Vastu Shilpa Foundation at other sites-and-services projects had shown that this arrangement was much disliked by those who took up such plots. The latrines are thus at the back of the lots (see Figure 10.21a). The site plan is innovative. Essentially a gridiron plan, it is arranged in a modified concentric pattern to create a mosaic of income-segregated sub-areas that build up into an integrated whole (see Figure 1 0.21 b). The periphery of each sector is ringed with 345 THE CORE OF URBAN DESIGN WORK: PROCEDURES AND PRODUCTS large plots entered directly from a road with the lower-income plots in the interior. The street pattern follows a hierarchy from larger roads to cul-de-sacs that form the smallest, and most heavily used, unit of com- munal space. The sale at a profit of the plots for the higher-income group subsidized services for the lower. Community facilities are located at the centre of the plan and fingers of open space thread from there to the edges of the site. The core is arranged in a linear fashion and consists of four clusters of mixed commer- cial and retail uses. The large shops face the street and the small the courtyards. A school and athletic field are located on the edge of the core. The site layout makes it possible to reach the core from the periph- ery of the site in a 10-minute walk. Work places are integrated into the plan. Much small-scale retail, commercial and indus- trial activity takes place in the streets and in the houses. It was anticipated that the houses would be built to have a verandah facing the street, a room with the kitchen behind it and the latrines in the back. A second floor could then be tacked on (see Figure 10.21c). The latrine-kitchen rela- tionship is not ideal in Hindu households but economics, the desire to not walk past a latrine on entering the house, and the need for privacy dictate it. A demonstration project designed by Doshi was built to show potential residents the type of devel- opment that could take place. Is the scheme a success? It won the Aga Kahn award for design in 1995. Major references Bhatt, Vikram and Peter Scriver (1990). Aranya Township, Indore. In After the Masters. Ahmedabad: Mapin Publishing, 98-9. Doshi, Balkrishna V. (1988). Aranya township. In Mimar 28: Architecture in Development. Singapore: Concept Media, 24-9. http://archnet.org/library/ pubdownloader/pdf/4644/doc/dpt0587.pdf Steele, James (1998). Aranya low-cost housing. In The Complete Works of Balkrishna Doshi: Rethinking Modernism for the Developing World. London: Thames and Hudson, 1 14-29. Plugging In the Infrastructure Links designed to bind existing parts of a precinct together are proposed for a number of reasons and take on several forms. The primary reasons are to enhance accessibility and to provide an amenity to pedestrians and/or bicyclists. In Charles Center, the skywalk system was designed to make the parts of the superblock easily accessible from each other, but also to both separate vehicular traffic from pedestrian on safety grounds and be a symbol of the unity in an area of diverse buildings. The two case studies described here are very different in character. The infra- structure of the first is at the second floor level and is enclosed while that of the second is really below the street at basement level but open to the sky. The first was designed to segregate pedestrians and vehicular traffic and to provide a com- fortable passage from building to building in the harsh Minnesota winter. The second was simply to make a city centre a more attractive place. Both have been catalysts for new development. 346 PLUG-IN URBAN DESIGN An alternative type not described here is the underground pedestrian network mentioned earlier in this chapter. That in Toronto connects 38 office buildings, 3 major hotels and 5 subway stations. It houses 1000 stores and restaurants. Montreal has its Golden Square Mile of protected walkways, reputedly the most extensive in the world. In Kansas City there is Tropolis, an underground business complex of 4 million square feet (371,600 square metres) with an employee pop- ulation of 1300 people. It has wide, paved streets that are completely dry and 'brilliantly illuminated'. It is located in old mines. Sydney has extensive sub- terranean walkway in its city centre. They link the underground stations of its suburban railway system to basement shopping areas in adjacent blocks. The walkways themselves are lined with shops and lead to major destinations. They are well used. Major references Attoe, Wayne and Donn Logan (1989). American Urban Architecture: Catalysts in the Design of Cities. Berkeley and Los Angeles: University of California Press. Young, Karen A. (1999). Subterranean Commercial Development, http://www.emich.edu/ public/geo/557/book/dl 1 l.underground.html Case Study The skywalk system, Minneapolis, Mi present; planned completion 2015) The Minneapolis skywalk system consists of pedestrian walkways that link the interiors of buildings in the office and retail core of the city at the second storey level (i.e. first floor level in countries using British English) (see Figure 1 0.22). These spaces consist of shop- ping galleries and hotel and commercial building lobbies. It is an indoor, climatically controlled network of links and places. It is not a unique example but it is the most extensive in the United States. The idea to build such a system is credited to the president, Leslie Park, of a real estate company, Baker Properties. His goal was to have the city centre compete effec- tively with suburban shopping malls with their vast temperature-controlled internal nnesota, USA (1959 to the spaces. Initially Park received little support from the city administration but in 1959, the Minneapolis City Planning Department com- missioned him and an architect, Ed Baker, to develop a plan for such a system. Park and Baker proposed a skyway scheme that would link buildings on Nicollet Mall, Minneapolis's main street. It would enable people to move from building to building without going outside. Escalators at the corners of each block at street level would provide easy access to the elevated walk- ways. To demonstrate the merit of the scheme, Park commissioned Baker to design Northstar Center, a mixed-use build- ing. It was opened in 1959. The first link (1962) in what has become the skyway 347 THE CORE OF URBAN DESIGN WORK: PROCEDURES AND PRODUCTS wm^ (a) Figure 10.22 The skyway system, Minneapolis, (a) The skyway pattern and (P) Nicollet Mall. system joined the Center to what was then floor values. As the system grew, however, the Northwestern National Bank. The con- ground floor rentals were, indeed, affected, struction boosted the value of second storey Link after link followed. By 1990 there commercial space without reducing ground were 28 bridges connecting 27 contiguous 348 PLUG-IN URBAN DESIGN blocks with the IDS Crystal Court as its pri- mary hub. By 2002 there were 5 miles (8 kilometres) of skyways and tunnels, and 62 bridges (see Figure 10.22 for an example). They join 65 blocks linking 2000 stores, plus coffee shops and kiosks, 34 restaurants, 1500 apartment units, 4000 hotel rooms and 2 million square feet (190,000 square metres) of office space. In mid-2002, Min- neapolis' city-planning department unveiled the final phase of the plan focusing on com- pleting the remaining links by 2015. It also specified that the links (or alternatives) had to be operational while buildings were under construction or renovation. The Skyway Advisory Service, part of the municipal government's Downtown Council, was formed in the late 1970s. While it is only an advisory service it has developed considerable political clout over the years. It is thus able to insist on particular types of links even though private corporations whose buildings are joined own the links. Building the links is not easy. To build across a street, owners first must obtain an encroachment permit and post a $500,000 bond to cover later removal costs if they become neces- sary. The cost of a link varies from about $550,000 to $6.3 million. The former is for a standard link between two buildings and the latter is the cost of the skyway and tun- nel combination linking Minneapolis City Hall with the United States Court House, the Grain Exchange and the Jerry Haaf Memorial Ramp. The design of the links must follow a number of guidelines and controls. The links must be at least 3.6 metres (12 feet) wide and no wider than 8.27 metres (27 feet), and be horizontal in appearance even if their passageway slopes. Street clearance must be 5.2 metres (1 7 feet) and they must have glass walls to make orientation easier for the users of the system. The trade-off is that heat gains and losses are high with such walls. The design guidelines for the exterior appearance are highly permissive so the look of the bridges varies considerably. They are supposed to be 'in harmony' with the buildings they link. Achieving 'harmony' is often difficult because the appearances of the buildings the links join are often very dif- ferent. The links themselves cannot be used for retail purposes and the handing out of political literature is prohibited. They are truly just links. They do block certain vistas for the pedestrian in the street but they cre- ate new vistas for those on the links. While the skywalk is in the ownership of many private hands, it is open to the public from 6.30 a.m. to 1 p.m. on weekdays and for shorter periods on weekend days. It is very well patronized especially during winter months when temperatures often plunge well below zero degrees Celsius and even fahrenheit. The busiest link is between the IDS Block and the Baker Block. Twenty- three thousand people use it each day. They are primarily middle class and almost 60% of them are women. Is the skyway a success? One hallmark of its success is the increase in the number of links over the years. They have been deemed to be desirable. It is certainly successful in terms of the comfort, ease and sense of secu- rity that it provides pedestrians. It is in terms of second floor retail activity. It has, however, taken much business off the street level. Closed shops attest to that. At the same time, the downtown area of the city has become more attractive to investors in terms of what it offers. It has enabled the city centre to compete with suburban sites for develop- ment although the cost of building bridges 349 THE CORE OF URBAN DESIGN WORK: PROCEDURES AND PRODUCTS has deterred some organizations from locating in the city. Parking lots in fringe areas have had their patronage boosted and the usage of the city's bus system has increased because of the added conven- ience provided by the skyway links in mov- ing around downtown. Some people worry about the way the system provides shops catering to the middle class and in doing so separates middle-class people and the poor thus creating a dual downtown society (Robertson, 1994). Major references Robertson, Kent A. (1993). Pedestrian strategies for downtown planners: skywalks versus pedestrian malls. Journal of the American Institute of Planners 59 (3): 361-71. Robertson, Kent A. (1994). Pedestrian Malls and Skywalks: Traffic Segregation Strategies in American Downtowns. Aldershot: Avebury. Skyway, Minneapolis, http://www.cala2.umn.edu/ skywayminneapolis/ Case Study Paseo del Rio, San Antonio, Texas, USA: a riverside walkway (1939-41, 1 962 to the present and continuing) The San Antonio River has its source 3 miles north of the city. In the downtown area it has paved walks along its banks. The design and implementation of these walkways, known as Paseo del Rio, or Riverwalk, is a pioneering example of a consciously designed riverfront park integrated with the buildings around it. In 1984 it received a Distinguished Achie- vement Award in the American Institute of Architects Honors Program. It is also an example of the effect that an individual with an idea can have on a city. In the city centre the river runs at a level below the streets. In the 1920s work was done on stabilizing its banks. In 1929 it was proposed to pave it over as a flood prevention measure and to make it a sewer but this idea was not taken seriously. Robert Hugman, a local architect, aged 29, instead proposed the building of walkways along its banks. He was joined by groups such as the San Antonio Real Estate Board, the San Antonio Advertising Club, and the local chapter of the Daughters of the American Revolution in lobbying business and civic leaders to develop the project. A number of people with property along the river agreed to pay $2.50 per foot of riverfrontage into a fund to finance riverfront improvements but the City Commissioners refused to move ahead with them. It was not until 1938, with sup- port from the Works Projects Administration (WPA), that funds became available to imple- ment the scheme. Upstream engineering proj- ects had already been constructed to control the flow of water in the river. Once these proj- ects were completed, the proposed improve- ments along the river could be implemented. Hugman was appointed project architect and Robert Turk, the superintendent of construction. A pedestrian esplanade run- ning for almost 2 miles (3 kilometres) 350 PLUG-IN URBAN DESIGN along the river and stretching for 21 city blocks was constructed with the funding available. It was budgeted to cost about 1940$US300,000. It, however, cost about $430,000 funded partially by a city bond issue of $75,000, a 1.5 cents per $1000 assessed value property tax on local owners and a WPA grant of $335,000. The devel- opment ultimately comprised 17,000 feet (about 5 kilometres) of walkways, 31 stair- ways leading down to the walkways from 21 bridges and 11,000 trees. Today, tall cypresses and dense foliage make for a trop- ical garden like atmosphere. To unify the project visually, Hugman used a local sand- coloured stone throughout. Figure 10.23 shows the state of the project in 1993. Due to major cost overruns Hugman was dismissed as project architect and replaced by J. Fred Buenz in 1940, and the WPA project was completed. The result was very attractive. The onset of World War II further inhibited development. Lack of mainten- ance meant that by the 1960s, the river in downtown San Antonio had deteriorated and had an exaggerated reputation of being a hanging-out area for 'unsavoury types, vandals and derelicts'. Perceptions of its state sparked a series of redevelopment ideas. A San Antonio businessman, David Straus, started a campaign to boost the economic state of the downtown area and to restore the river and redevelop its sur- roundings. San Antonio's Tourist Attraction Committee proposed a redevelopment plan drawn up by MARCO Engineering but the plan was rejected as having too trite a char- acter. In 1962 the San Antonio Riverwalk Commission was established and charged with developing a new master plan. This plan, which received a design award from Progressive Architecture, was developed by a group led by Cyrus Wagner and spon- sored by the American Institute of Architects. The improvements and redesign of the walk- way acted as a catalyst for the building of hotels (eight in all), local shops and restaur- ants (Casa Rio was the first) along the river. It was also a selling point in San Antonio developing the 1968 HemisFair under the auspices of the Bureau of International Exhibitions and it was, in turn, a catalyst for the redevelopment of Riverwalk to which the fair was linked. The whole plan recognized the need for continuous upgrading and main- tenance of the Riverwalk, something often neglected in urban designing. The reclaiming of the river, as intended, reinvigorated San Antonio's central area. Riverwalk is now home to numerous cafes and restaurants. Some of the buildings that backed on to the river have been turned around to face it but the backs of others have simply been tidied up and act as a reminder of the former status of the river. Other build- ings changed their uses (e.g. a college into a hotel). The plugged-in elements include the Hyatt Hotel, whose base and atrium acts as a link to the Alamo, the Convention Center, and River Center (a shopping complex). The Paseo del Alamo to Riverwalk, a link between Riverwalk and Alamo Plaza, is an extension designed by Boon Powell of Ford, Powell and Carson. The 17-foot (5-metre) height differ- ence between the two is handled with a multi- level walkway and a series of descending plazas. A positive response to a user satis- faction study led to plans for the expansion of Riverwalk and a study by Skidmore Owings and Merrill was commissioned. A third generation of development is now occurring. A team led by Ted Flato, David Lake, John Blood and Elizabeth Danze won a competition to design the International 351 THE CORE OF URBAN DESIGN WORK: PROCEDURES AND PRODUCTS Legend 1 . Convention Center 2. Plaza Alamo 3. Villeta Assembly Hall 4. Hemisphere Park - ETUDES Figure 10.23 Riverwalk, San Antonio, (a) The plan and (b) a view from a bridge in 1993. 352 PLUG-IN URBAN DESIGN Center on the walk and another scheme, by architects Rick Archer, Tim Blonkvist and Madison Smith set out to link the historic Aztec Theater to Riverwalk. A plan by SWA for developing a 14-mile corridor along the river received a 2001 American Society of Landscape Architects Honor Award for Analysis and Planning. One design task is to make Riverwalk accessible to people in wheelchairs. Hugman did not foresee this necessity. In 2002 Ford, Powell and Carson, were once again, engaged to create further improvements (due for completion in 201 0) along the river. Today there are sightseeing cruises on the river and it is the site of the San Antonio Fiesta Parade of floats. Riverwalk is almost always filled with partygoers, children, tourists and locals. It is particularly 'crazy' during Fiesta. Riverwalk has proven to be a major asset to the city. Nine million people a year use it and it is estimated to con- tribute $800 million to San Antonio's $3 billion tourist industry each year. It was the location for the celebration of the San Antonio Spurs' victory when it won the United States basketball championships. Keeping Riverwalk in good condition is expensive. It requires constant mainten- ance. The City's Department of Parks and Recreation has an annual budget of $4.25 million to maintain the walk. The depart- ment puts an extraordinary number of new plants into the ground each year. The effort yields results. The design has become a precedent for other cities to follow. Closed in rivers, abandoned rail tracks and a host of alleys can be turned into attractive assets for a city. Hugman deserves recognition for his foresight and persistence. Urban design- ers need both. Major references Black, Sinclair (1 979). San Antonio's Linear Paradise. American Institute of Architects Journal 68 (9): 30-9. Hammatt, Heather (2002). Going with the flow. Landscape Architecture 92 (1 ): 72-7. Tyler, Ronnie C. (1996). San Antonio River. The New Handbook of Texas. Austin, TX: Texas State Historical Society. Zunker, Vernon G. (1 983). A Dream Come True: Robert Hugman and San Antonio's River Walk. Seguin, TX: The author. Plugging In Components: Strategic Investments as Catalysts National, state and city administrations often invest in specific buildings as catalysts to spur further development (see Chapter 6). In France, for instance, it was a national policy to invest in museums in the heart of many provincial towns to revit- alize their cores by bringing in visitors. Los Angeles and Philadelphia are amongst other cities in the United States that have followed suit. Camden, New Jersey has an aquarium. Glasgow in Scotland has been revitalized through the arts. At least 90 U.S. cities are following the same tack with Arts Districts. In Glendale, California the investment was in parking garages to spur retail development. Many universi- ties are plugging in 'magnet infrastructure' off campus to rejuvenate run-down neighbourhoods. The University of California, Riverside, for instance, has devel- oped a Museum of Photography and a School of Visual Arts to attract young people downtown. In Chattanooga recendy it has been two schools. 353 THE CORE OF URBAN DESIGN WORK: PROCEDURES AND PRODUCTS It is not the architecture of the buildings that is the attraction, but what the building's uses attract because of what they offer in terms of services to the area around them. The Guggenheim Museum in Bilbao may be an exception. It was, however, also part of a larger strategy. Museums attract visitors who spend money. Schools fall into a different category. They are parts of the infrastructure of everyday life. Good schools are essential in attracting middle-income families to live nearby. The catalytic effect is social, economic and physical. Middle- income families care for more than just surviving on a day-to-day basis: high- quality education for their children is highly prized. Major references Attoe, Wayne and Donn Logan (1989). American Urban Architecture: Catalysts in the Design of Cities. Berkeley and Los Angeles: University of California Press. Vossman, Laura (2002). How many artists does it take to make a downtown? Planning 68 (6): 20-3. A Note Chattanooga, Tennessee, USA: schools as a catalyst for precinct revitalization (2000-2) Many civic authorities and politicians in the cities of the United States (and elsewhere) now recognize the importance of the quality of the built environment in attracting pri- vate investment and middle-class residents. Chattanooga is a city that has relatively recently come to this realization (Naylor, 2003). Much is being invested in the capital web to encourage private investment. The whole riverfront is being rejuvenated. $US120 million will have been invested in its redevelopment by 2005 (the Tennessee Aquarium was completed in 1992). The streets and streetscape are being improved both in response to and as a catalyst for the upgrading of older buildings and the devel- opment of new residential units. Private financial resources are being put into public facilities both as philanthropic gestures and as a catalyst for the further creation of private investment opportunities. Using schools as a catalyst for urban upgrading may be unusual but it is not unique. Public schools are usually built and aban- doned in response to population demands represented by the number of school age children in a precinct, or district. As down- town residential populations dwindled in number and/or became restricted to single people and empty nesters, so schools were closed down. A number of U.S. cities, recog- nizing that good schools attract families to live in their districts, have recently taken a different approach. They have built schools in downtown areas to attract middle-class families back to the city as part of a public policy to create more diverse populations. In Chattanooga, Tennessee two elementary 354 PLUG-IN URBAN DESIGN schools opened at the beginning of the 2002-3 academic year, 1 7 years after the last school had been closed. The development of the schools is a product of aggressive policy formation, community support, civic leadership and philanthropy combining to achieve a social goal. The improvement of the quality of the physical environment was a vital compo- nent of the scheme. The urban design process began with a decision in 2000 by the Department of Education of Hamilton County (population 308,000 people) to create a K-5 magnet school downtown. The objective was to provide a local school for about 400 students who were being bused out of Chattanooga to suburban schools. Civic activists saw an opportunity for a more ambitious scheme. The Planning and Design Studio in Chattanooga is officially an office of the joint Chattanooga-Hamilton County Regional Planning Agency which both funds and staffs it. The studio also receives funds from private philanthropic organiza- tions. Karen Hundt, its head, perceived that one school would cater only for the existing poor in the city and that to attract more housing into the downtown area you needed an additional school, at least. The Department of Education did not have the financial resources to foot the $US8 million cost of a second school. A number of civic boosterism and philanthropic organiza- tions came to the Board of Education's aid. The RiverCity Company, a non-profit organization committed to the revitaliza- tion of central Chattanooga raised $US4 million. Two local foundations, the Lyndhurst Foundation and the University of Tennessee at Chattanooga Foundation, provided an additional $4 million. The latter donation is typical of the concern that a large number of centrally located urban universities in the nation have for the settings around them. To attract good staff and good students the universities need to be located in pleasant settings with good community facilities. To further this end, the Board of Education opened the enrolment in the schools to both local children and the children of down- town workers, a procedure that immedi- ately created a diversity of students. The most important concern in site selec- tion was cost. One school, the Herman H. Battle Academy for Teaching and Learning, was built on city-owned property while the other school is located on property dedi- cated to the city by the University of Tennessee. The Battle Academy is located in Southside, a 600-acre (240-hectare) brown- field site formerly a blighted industrial zone that, as part of the city's 1997 plan, was designated a revitalization district. In its plan the city hoped to increase the residen- tial component of the area by about 200 units. Battle Academy has been built as a catalyst for attracting the additional resi- dential population. Other incentives used to induce the middle income to live in the city are the creation of cultural facilities in the area (e.g. the Tennessee Aquarium). The sites of both schools are small in comparison to the typical 13-acre (5.2- hectare) sites of suburban schools. Battle Academy is 3.3 acres (1.3 hectares) in size and the other school, Tommie F Brown Academy of Classical Studies, is only 2.5 acres (barely 1 hectare), so the architects (TWA Architects, at Battle Academy and Derthick Henley at Brown Academy) had to design buildings taller than the norm. Even so, at Battle Academy recesses have to be staggered, but the playground, although 355 THE CORE OF URBAN DESIGN WORK: PROCEDURES AND PRODUCTS tiny, also acts as a neighbourhood park after hours. Brown Academy is located adjacent to an abandoned railroad line that will be turned into a linear park and provide a playground for the school. The city administration's policy is to encourage sustainable development. As a result the architects strove to reduce energy costs in both schools. The Battle Academy uses as much daylighting as possible, 'a roof garden for insulation and a water recy- cling system for filtering storm-water run- off to irrigate trees and other landscaping' (Kreyling, 2002: 33). Such designs are part of the, as yet, small involvement with designing sustainable environments on the part of architects and urban designers. Both schools provide field experiences for education students at the University of Tennessee and their pre-school pro- grammes are attracting teachers who might otherwise be reluctant to teach in a down- town school. The long-run catalytic effect of the schools remains to be seen, but ini- tial reports are optimistic and enthusiastic. Major reference Kreyling, Christine (2002). New Schools for down- town Chattanooga. Planning 68 (7): 32-3. Commentary In many ways, much of what has been discussed in this chapter involves city plan- ning and project development practice. Some of the examples included (e.g. the schools for Chattanooga) are drawn from the literature aimed at professional city planners. An argument can be made for the inclusion of all these examples in Chapter 4 and certainly the Chattanooga schools in Chapter 6. All these case studies, however, show that the continuous development and maintenance of cities and urban design schemes are essential to their success. The world does not stand still. Explicit in the projects included in this set of case studies are social and/or eco- nomic objectives but there is also a strong recognition of the importance of the physical environment in operationalizing social goals by providing the affor- dances for them to be met. Urban design thus becomes a major issue - a central concern - in much social and economic planning. Social objectives are often dif- ficult to meet without consideration of the milieu in which behaviour takes place. This lesson is one that many social planners have yet to learn. The goal of infrastructure projects is to have a catalytic effect on their sur- roundings - social and physical. As Attoe and Logan note, urban catalysts have a greater purpose than solving a functional problem (defining 'functional' more narrowly than in Chapter 1 here) or creating an investment, or providing an amenity: A catalyst is an element that is shaped by a city and then, in turn, shapes its con- text. Its purpose is the incremental, continuous regeneration of urban fabrics. The important point is that the catalyst is not a single end product but an 356 PLUG-IN URBAN DESIGN element that impels and guides subsequent development (Attoe and Logan, 1989: 45). The case studies reinforce the observation that individual initiatives are crucial in perceiving opportunities for improvement in the built environment of cities. The studies also show that infrastructure covers a broad array of product types of which only a small sample has been addressed in this chapter. The studies show that the quality of design is crucial to the success of urban design endeavours. Quality is obtained through the coordinated action of diverse groups of people and individuals in a common cause. Design ideas come from precedents. Creative ones are inherent in the problems they address. 357 Lujiazui, Pudong, Shanghai in 2004 The future of urban design Part The labels given fields of human endeavour change as the issues perceived by society to be important change. Urban design is a label coined at a time, in the English-speaking world at least, when architecture and city planning were develop- ing distinct and clearly separate identities. Whether or not the term 'urban design' will endure or soon be replaced by a more precise term or terms remains to be seen. The term will probably continue to be used loosely as it is now. Maybe it will be abandoned for the same reason - because it is imprecise. Parts 2 and 3 of this book have discussed the realm of urban design as perceived over the past 50 years through the description of 50-odd case studies. The range of concerns that these case studies display will remain and may well increase in breadth and depth in the future. All the traditional design fields are undergoing change. City planning has broadened in its scope of concern in an attempt to be comprehensive in its out- look; landscape architecture has considerably extended its domain of interest from a horticulture base to include urban environments, while architecture has many practitioners who focus on different aspects of the built environment. If anything, architecture has contracted its scope of concern spinning off sub-fields as new environmental problems have arisen. Architecture and urban design were once seen as one endeavour everywhere. In some European countries they still are but as architects are being asked to address urban issues with greater thought, urban design may spin away to become an independent (although not exclusive) professional field. There has been a shift in the intellectual processes involved in urban design- ing over the past 50 years. It is implicit in the case studies. Urban design began in an era when Modernist architectural ideas about the design of cities and their precincts held sway. Rationalist and Empiricist design paradigms vied for hege- mony. Urban Design emerged as an identifiable professional field in response to the limitations of, particularly, architectural ideas about the nature of the future city as presented in the Athens Charter of Congres International d'Architecture Moderne (CIAM) (see Sert and CIAM, 1944). The utility of Empiricist ideas, particularly as represented by the Garden City paradigm, was also strongly questioned (see J. Jacobs, 1961). 359 THE FUTURE OF URBAN DESIGN The world is a complex place. Whether or not it is growing increasingly com- plex and changing more rapidly than before, as we are wont to believe is open to conjecture. Maybe the observation that it is, is our contemporary conceit. The fundamental concerns of urban design have, however, been with us from the time that human settlements were first consciously designed. How do we deal with group interests in relationship to individual in urban development? How do we define the public interest? While Modernist site designing ideas, if not architectural, still hold consider- able sway in the minds of architects across the world, new paradigms have emerged. Most recently it has been the New Urbanist or Smart Growth move- ment that has been attracting the most international attention. As a basis for designing the future it possesses strong Empiricist tones as it draws heavily on past urban patterns that have worked well. The world, however, is changing. It would be grossly unfair to claim that the Rationalists amongst urban design- ers were not centrally concerned with public interest issues, human life and human needs, or motivations. They were. Their concern was, however, based on their own perceptions of what the world should be. These perceptions were based on an analysis of what was wrong with the world rather than observations of what works and what does not. Our understanding of the functions of built form has been considerably broadened in recent years. The definition has been extended from the one that the Modernists used to one that recognizes the pur- poses served by the symbolic aesthetic qualities of the environment in terms of the self-images of the people who inhabit and use it. The case studies included here clearly show that. Our understanding of how the world functions and what different patterns of built form afford people will undoubtedly deepen in the future. Maybe the world is no more complex than before but we are being asked to deal with the complex- ity rather than to develop a simplistic view of how the world works. Too often we redefine the problems of the world in a simpler, manageable way by eliminating many of the variables shown in Figure 1.6 from our domain of concern. We then design for that simpler world. It is the easiest thing to do. This approach can and has created further problems, many of them in terms of the functioning of the biogenic environment. The greatest shift - in urban design thinking if not practice - during the 1 990s has been carried through into the first decade of the twenty- first century. It may well be a major concern of the next generation of urban designers. It is the con- cern for the natural systems of specific terrestrial locations. The shift has resulted from a much greater understanding of the fragility of the planet Earth and its limited and depleting resources. An interest in the health of the planet by indi- vidual city planners goes back a long way (e.g. to Patrick Geddes in the first decades of the twentieth century), but it is only recently that it has become a major issue in discussions of urban design. The case studies included in this study of the field, or discipline, of urban design suggest that it is as yet seldom a major concern in practice. Chapter 11, Learning from the Case Studies: Current Issues 360 THE FUTURE OF URBAN DESIGN in Urban Design takes the discussion of the foci of attention of our contempor- ary urban design efforts initiated in Chapter 1 a step forward. It focuses on the issues raised by the case studies and it oudines the issues that continue to be important as well as those that seem to be becoming so. With luck, two present concerns will disappear. Much urban and architectural design has to deal with antisocial behaviour and more recendy with terrorism. In an equable world designing to reduce the opportunities for such activities will, one hopes, as Tony Gamier did in his design for the hypothetical Cite Industrielle (1917), not be necessary. In this chapter, I also recapitulate the discussion of the scope of urban design in democratic, capitalist countries that permeates this book and the endless, but important, debate over individual and communal rights. Few developers and their architects favour any restriction on what they perceive to be their creative rights. Often they are fighting against antiquated or poorly considered building regulations and guidelines but often they simply want to get their own way in the face of community opposition. Those property developers who are strong pro- ponents of urban design see it leading to urban environments of quality that reinforce their own investment decisions. Debates over what is important and what is not will continue. Urban design projects of various types, scales and sizes will continue to be built. The conclu- sion is that the city is indeed and will continue be a collage of parts, some distinct- ive and others a melange. So be it. What is important is that cities provide a rich set of behavioural opportunities and aesthetic displays that enrich the lives of all the people who constitute it. Urban design becomes particularly difficult in multi-cultural societies and in those where the interests of groups of the popula- tion fall outside the concern of market forces. Few of the case studies in this book have focused on the needs of the poor. The final chapter of the book, Chapter 12, is a critical reflection on the ideas about the nature of urban design implicit in the typology proposed and the case studies. Urban design, thoughtfully carried out in response to diverse public interests, has much to offer the citizens of the world whatever name its activities go by. It has come a long way in the past 50 years in dealing with complex issues and diverse demands. As a result the questions now are: 'Is urban design becom- ing a profession and a discipline in its own right?' and 'If it is, should it be?' The argument in this book concludes by saying that the answers to these questions depend on the directions in which their members take the traditional design dis- ciplines. I, personally, hope that urban design will continue to be a collaborative field of design rather than an independent discipline and profession. 361 Learning from the case studies: current and future issues in urban design The urban designs, landscapes and buildings described in the case studies pre- sented in this book have, with a few exceptions, been remarkably successful. The people who visit, use or live in them generally enjoy the results. They have been thoughtful responses to the concerns they address as their clients, property developers and designers have perceived the issues to be. None are whimsical, highly egotistical statements, although many have strongly opinionated design- ers behind them. A couple of them were misguided; in retrospect many have incurred opportunity costs - they could have been done better. They have all been carefully conceived and executed within the limitations of the resources, intellectual and financial, available at the time of their creation. Yet all have aspects that might be regarded, to put it gendy, as poorly considered. Much can be learnt from them all. The first lesson is that there is no single 'best practice' in urban design. All urban designs deal with a number of issues that are generic, or universal, in nature, but also concerns that are highly specific. Sorting out the complexities of a case and what is important and what is less so for whom is always difficult and arduous. The easiest way to deal with them is to assume that they do not exist - to ignore them and plough ahead. All the case studies presented here address some issues more thoroughly than others. How well does the marketplace, as represented by property developers and their architects, respond to changes taking place in the world? It has certainly been slow in responding to changes in household types. Where it has responded it has been to the top end of the economic scale (e.g. the Canadian company Bosa Development Corporation in designing for the young affluent singles market in its developments in San Diego in the late 1990s and early 2000s; see Figure 11.1). By all reports, it has succeeded in meeting the needs of that highly mobile seg- ment of the population very well. There are, however, many people whose needs are not being met by the marketplace and many issues that the marketplace is reluctant to address. Only two of the case studies included here - Pruitt-Igoe (see Chapter 7) and Aranya township (see Chapter 10), address the problems of the poor. The former is generally regarded as a failure in both public policy and architectural design terms while the latter is deemed to be successful. Both relied 362 LEARNING FROM THE CASE STUDIES: CURRENT AND FUTURE ISSUES IN URBAN DESIGN ' ,— ::4|»! mC\~ Figure 11.1 New housing, Central San Diego in 2001 , on public funding. Would incentives and controls offered by governments encourage developers to address the problems of the poor? Politicians have become reluctant to disturb the functioning of the property mar- ket. When urban design projects, whether total or all-of-a-piece, are carried out by private developers, the necessity to remain solvent makes them stick to what they know how to develop. Often they have to stick out their necks because the future is unknown. Sometimes those necks get chopped. Olympia and York, for instance, had considerable cash-flow problems in developing Canary Wharf in London. Nevertheless, property developers' goals are to maximize profit and minimize the potential of making a financial loss. Public sector developers are also concerned with a return, financial or social, on their investments. Many of the case studies covered in this book (e.g. Raleigh Park, Canary Wharf, Paternoster Square, etc.) have been private sector developer driven and the urban design qualities have been a direct response to perceptions of who the potential purchasers of real estate would be and what they value. Others, however, have stemmed from 363 THE FUTURE OF URBAN DESIGN public sector initiatives (Gujarat State Fertilizer Corporation (GSFC) Township, Lujiazui, Euralille, etc.). All of the cases covered here have involved some level of control over how the market operates in order to fulfil some public good. Raleigh Park had to acknowledge zoning and fire safety regulations and to design for flood control as demanded by public authorities (see Figure 11.2). The critics of any intervention in the development process beyond this level of dealing with public health and safety feel that in the long run, the marketplace will make individual property developers and their architects respond to the excesses of everybody doing 'their own thing'. The debate reflects the broader political debate between those who believe that markets work while incentives and controls do not and those who believe that the market does poorly in dealing with many public interest con- cerns. The growth in urban design has, strangely, been a result of both political attitudes! It has been a response to the substantive concerns of both economic conservatives and interventionists. Substantive Issues For urban designers substantive issues are those dealing with the patterns of the built environment and what they afford people. The marketplace has functioned reasonably well in dealing with the private realm. It has been less enthusiastic about dealing adequately with the public realm of cities. It is clear that in dealing with environmental issues and the state of the natural world that private sector property developers will not be taking the lead in devising new urban forms unless they perceive a profit to be made in doing so or they are forced to do so Figure 11.2 New housing, Raleigh Park, Sydney in 2003. 364 LEARNING FROM THE CASE STUDIES: CURRENT AND FUTURE ISSUES IN URBAN DESIGN through legislation. Theywill not deal with a greater range of concerns than they have to do in order to be profitable in the short run; long-term concerns will generally be neglected. Public sector developers are seldom better. What then are the urban design concerns that the case studies show? What have we missed? There are many concerns. The key ones that have come up in the case studies, in no particular order, have to do with the range of variables to which attention is paid, how efficiendy they are dealt with, the segregation and integration of activities and peoples, designing for a sense of place, and designing for a sustain- able environment. Throughout any discussion on urban design the issue of chan- ging worlds and changing values and how to consider them is a recurrent theme. So are the rights of individuals versus the rights of the community. The Range of Variables (and People) of Concern Urban designs differ in the range of variables considered in their creation. In much recent work in countries such as China (see Figure 7.1), Malaysia and South Korea (see Figure 11.3) access to sunlight in all habitable rooms is the determining criterion in defining the spacing of buildings. In the United States and Europe it was similarly so during the 1 960s (e.g. Pruitt-Igoe; see Chapter 7). In these cases the functions of concern are those of the very basic of levels of human needs shown in Figure 1.6. They are indeed important. The issues that have emerged as now being of concern have been a response to the types of dull and, sadly, often dangerous environments of widely spaced buildings that weighting the single design criterion so heavily affords. Figure 11 .3 New housing, Seoul in 2000, 365 THE FUTURE OF URBAN DESIGN Each paradigm addresses some issues and not others. Brasilia, La Defense and Pruitt-Igoe turned their backs on street-life; Battery Park City and Canary Wharf are street oriented. Clearly the two sets of designs are predicated on different assumptions about the nature and potential quality of streets. The concern in urban design in the western world is today increasingly focused on the quality of streets as seams for life and not simply as channels for vehicular movement. Access to sunlight remains fundamental to the quality of design in temperate and cold climates but the concern for sunshine needs to be tempered by the need to meet other requirements in order to provide people with fulfilling environments. Not every city has to be a Portland, Oregon, but much can be learnt from the richness of the urban design efforts in that city over the past 30 years, as expressed in the design of Pioneer Place (see Chapter 6). The designs that receive attention in the architectural press and those favoured by architectural juries are bold in character. Bold designs are those in which geometric novelty and a single-minded focus on a few highly visible dimensions of design outweigh others. The history of recent architecture is lit- tered with award-winning, highly publicized designs that have failed on many dimensions when they have been inhabited for a while. It is unfair to single out the much-maligned Pruitt-Igoe as an example as, indeed, has been done in this book, but it is one (see Chapter 7). Discrete, well-crafted, well-sited buildings and urban spaces may provide good living and working environments, but they attract neither the attention of politicians nor writers on architecture. They are not exotic enough. Much recent design has focused on the imagery of the built environment. The aesthetic function of the environment as a statement of self- worth and for 'uplift- ing the spirit' is perceived to be important. Much recent landscaping of the squares and streets had focused on these issues with considerable, generally accepted success as in the design of La Place des Terreaux (see Chapter 5). Euralille and Lujiazui present different faces to the world. What should the focus of attention be? The case studies included here vary considerably in the problems and opportunities they address and in the importance paid to different variables. Implicit in these observations is the question: 'For whom is one designing?' This question leads to many, many others. Who uses the public realm of cities? Who would use it more if it were designed in a different way? How does one deal with the often frowned on behaviours such as the hanging-out or skateboarding of teenagers? How does one make cities today as negotiable independendy by 10-year-old boys and girls as many were 50 years ago? Does the physical design make any difference? The debate will continue but what is clear is that much urban design focuses on the values of the middle-aged elite. Should it? We need to consider the needs of the diverse sets of people who constitute a city - the young, the retirees, the able-bodied and the handicapped. Each project described in this book focuses, often by default, on particular groups of people. What is the model of people that we should have in mind? 366 LEARNING FROM THE CASE STUDIES: CURRENT AND FUTURE ISSUES IN URBAN DESIGN Efficiency: Are Efficient Environments Efficient? In urban design we seek efficient environments. How efficient should the layout of the public realm be? In terms of what? It is difficult to muster an argument for inefficiency on any dimension, but inefficiencies on one may result in benefits on another. In urban designing efficiency has often been seen in terms of ease of traffic movement, ease of access, ease of servicing and ease in phasing construc- tion at a low cost. Such a view does not take into consideration the informal net- works of communication that keep a functioning city or neighbourhood alive. If one considers the range of design variables of concern in something like the way they are shown in Figure 1.6 then it is clear that any design is likely to be more efficient in meeting the demands on some dimensions than others. Streets designed for rapid high-volume traffic movement and with no kerb parking are inefficient and unpleasant for pedestrians. Efficient weather protection for pedes- trians in Kyoto may not well display the aesthetic expression in the facades of buildings that it cuts across (see Figure 11.4). Much urban design involves a trade-off between effectiveness in meeting one design objective and another. An efficient design today may not be so in the future. The design goal is thus to allow for change, to create urban designs that are robust, whose parts are easy to change. Short-term inefficiencies may prove to be long-run efficiencies. Elements of urban form, buildings in particular, should be able to be adapted or removed with relative ease. Row houses for instance, have proven to be easy to Figure 11 .4 Weather protection for pedestrians, Kyoto in 1 992. 367 THE FUTURE OF URBAN DESIGN change, tenements more difficult and megastructures even more so. Factory buildings have been converted to many uses. The Ghirardelli Square and Clarke Quay are examples. Nowadays, many first generation suburban shopping malls (i.e. those built in the 1950s and 1960s) are being converted to a variety of other uses. They were efficient in serving their original purposes and they have proven to afford much in the way of conversions. Many will, however, be demolished. Bielefeld University (see Chapter 7) is operating very efficiendy now in terms of movement patterns but how easy will it be to change without destroying its cen- tral idea. Urban designers need to recognize what efficiencies are necessary to support the way a city works and for whom they are necessary and for whom not. We need to think about how our work can be demolished! The Segregation and Integration of Activities and People Many of the generic ideas of the Modernists, when applied, have had disappoint- ing results. Logical on paper, particularly at the beginning of the twentieth cen- tury in dealing with the industrial city, the segregation of uses tends to create dull environments. The dullness also arises from the simplicity of layouts and archi- tectural forms heralded as part of the 'new machine age'. Pruitt-Igoe and Holford's Paternoster Square were reputedly dull physical environments. The response has been to advocate mixed-use environments. The questions today and for the future are: 'What do we mean by mixed-uses?' 'How mixed should mixed-uses be?' And 'Are we talking about mixed-uses every- where?' While areas of cities devoted to only one building type in terms of activ- ities can be dull, the City or Canary Wharf in London and the Wall Street area of New York (see Figure 11.5), while deserted during the weekend, do hum during the working day. The argument against such single-use commercial areas is that they create inefficiencies in the use of transportation facilities. The argument against large single-use residential areas, whether they are single family detached homes or monolithic blocks of apartments, is that they provide poor educative environments for young children and adolescents have nothing to do. Teenagers are thus tempted to engage in antisocial behaviour for excitement. Yet few people want to live in constandy active places. Thus questions arise about what makes a good mix of experiences for children and how does one translate such a position into built form? What makes a lively business area? Maybe an efficient (and pleasant) business area is indeed one that empties after hours. There are other similar issues. How integrated and segregated should the uses along streets be? The evidence from what are generally regarded as 'great streets' is that they should have a unity of uses and setback on both sides (see A. Jacobs, 1993). The rule of thumb is to make blocks (i.e. both sides of a street) have the same uses (e.g. single family detached homes or retail shop fronts). In doing so the potential for the develop- ment of 'face-block' communities is created provided the streets are not heavily trafficked. How use-segregated should individual buildings be? In Berlin 20% of commercial buildings should be residential to provide for the natural surveillance 368 LEARNING FROM THE CASE STUDIES: CURRENT AND FUTURE ISSUES IN URBAN DESIGN Figure 1 1 .5 The Wall street area, New York in 2003. of streets as hoped for in Pariser Platz (see Chapter 8). Answers to questions about the mix of uses depend on the objectives being sought in a project. A number of politicians and designers are worried about the social stratification of society. Social-planning policies sought to make Pruitt-Igoe racially integrated. Singapore has a policy to make all residential areas house the different ethnic groups of the state in proportion to their representation in the total population. The goal is to avoid any area being stigmatized on racial grounds. How much should we strive to integrate or segregate people by ethnicity, culture or economic status? The answer is to let the market dictate people's choices. Will, however, the market provide choices? These questions are not urban design ones, but the affor- dances of different layouts and facilities can guide public policy decisions. The effort to impose a behavioural norm through design and social legislation has been found to be wanting. The best way to avoid conflict seems to be to design for micro-segregation with macro-integration. What this means is that sub-areas should be designed with one population in mind while larger areas cater for the whole variety of people living within them. The layout of Aranya Township does that (see Chapter 10). Who should dictate such policies? In demo- cratic societies people make choices for themselves. Urban patterns and building 369 THE FUTURE OF URBAN DESIGN types can be designed to afford the needs of different household types and ways of life but it cannot dictate them. People make choices for themselves, provided they have the means to do so. Thus it is the poor and powerless who have to make do with what is left. It is their needs that require special attention. The Segregation of Vehicular and Pedestrian Traffic: the Nature of Streets One of the goals of every development covered in the case studies here has been to house the comings and goings of people (on foot or in cars and other vehicles) in comfort and with efficiency and also, sometimes, with pleasure. Cars are an important part of everyday life. They are also sources of danger. How best to seg- regate or integrate pedestrian and vehicular traffic and how to deal with parking are recurring themes in urban design. Every case study included in this book has dealt with the concerns in one manner or another. The major clash in urban design paradigms has been over the way streets are considered. Are they seams or edges? When is one form more appropriate than the other? As seams they join blocks together; as edges they divide districts. The superblock has been a generic urban design type keeping vehicular traffic on the periphery of districts and having the interior pedestrianized as in Brasilia, Charles Center, Baltimore, La Defense in Paris, the GSFC Township in Vadodara and the State University of New York campus at Purchase and Paternoster Square. Providing for pedestrian and vehicular traffic on separate planes vertically as in the skyway system in Minneapolis or pedestrian deck as in La Defense (see Chapters 10 and 8, respectively), or subterranean pedestrian passages has many advantages. It creates a safer world. If enclosed, pedestrian routes such as the skyway system in Minneapolis are also made more comfortable by protecting people from the vagaries of the weather (and air pollution). At the same time there is a sense that the richness of life is reduced. Does it matter? The segre- gated systems are often highly popular and cater to our desire for safety and com- fort (see Figure 11.6). The skyway system at Charles Center in Baltimore, however, sees low usage. The 'uncomfortable' bustle of streets is more popular. How com- fortable and safe should we strive to make the world? This question is answered in every design but it is seldom openly discussed. The 'woonerf is a residential street type in which cars, pedestrians and playing children use the same space, often simultaneously. Each expects the others to be there. Cul-de-sacs function in much the same manner in many places. They are now regarded as 'old fashioned' by many architects even though they work well on many behavioural dimensions. A Sense of Place Every place has a 'sense of place'. It is not always that desired by critics; lay- people often grieve for the lost identity of places with which they are familiar 370 LEARNING FROM THE CASE STUDIES: CURRENT AND FUTURE ISSUES IN URBAN DESIGN Figure 11 .6 An illustrative diagram of the vertical segregation of movement systems. after changes have been made. It is not simply the result of a 'shock of the new'. It is a deep-seated feeling that what is being built is out of place. It affords no sense of 'being ours' to people. Much of what is proposed and/or built today, like the Cadillac-Fairview proposal for Pordand (described in Chapter 6) pays little attention to its context, built or natural. Much architecture today sets out to shock. As Prime Minister Jawaharlal Nehru said about Le Corbusier's work in Chandigarh, it does make us sit up and think (see Chapter 7 and Lang et al., 1997). Presumably, he thought it was in the Indian public's interest to do deal with change. Certainly the Chandigarh capital complex has a unique identity. The patterns of Le Corbusier's buildings have been picked up by architects and lay-people in the city to form a 'Chandigarh architecture'. The term 'sense of place' deals with two concerns; one is sociological and the other psychological. The first has to do with the sense of one's location, or one's society's location, within a larger social unit, and the second with a sense of belonging to a region and a regional culture. In urban designing, the first has to do with the imagery of built forms and the meanings they communicate - their associational value, and the second with the ecological and cultural soundness of built forms with reference to local terrestrial and cultural conditions (Norberg Schulz, 1980). The sense of loss that many people feel has to do with changes on both dimensions. We seek better worlds. Property developers often lead the way. 371 THE FUTURE OF URBAN DESIGN Figure 11.7 The architecture of Lujiazui, Shanghai in 2004. Some property developers work locally. The Rose Corporation does little work outside New York City. Bangkok Land, Henderson Land and New World Development all tend to focus on specific cities. They feel comfortable in deal- ing with familiar economic and political conditions. Sony, Daimler Benz and DB (Deutsche Bank) Real Estate are amongst the major property developers who work internationally. Whether locally or internationally based, property devel- opers seldom care about local character nor do their clients. They are dealing with a global economy and frequently the values of the noveau riche. The noveau riche wish to gain respect by having what they perceive to be high-status envi- ronments in which to live and work or simply to show off to outsiders. They desire a new image for themselves. The built environments they seek exemplify their search however illogical it may be on other grounds (Olds, 2001). They want to break away from 'the shackles of the past'. International developers and their architects, aided by municipal govern- ments, have been successful in creating large, mostly all-of-a-piece urban designs that are clearly part of the global business scene. Their architecture takes one of 372 LEARNING FROM THE CASE STUDIES: CURRENT AND FUTURE ISSUES IN URBAN DESIGN Figure 11 .8 False Creek, Vancouver in 2004. two forms. Buildings are either constructed of extensive amounts of glass, steel and expensive polished stones (even if slippery when underfoot), or they incorpor- ate classical architectural elements of columns and pediments in a variety of ways. Some buildings are a mixture of the two. Others strive to be glocal - international with local referents in siting or in appearance (Lim, 2004). Much such architec- ture is extremely well executed. It pays little heed, however, to local climatic con- ditions or ways of life or architectural traditions in the way buildings meet the streets and create places. The architecture does, nevertheless, help in creating a sense of pride, of progress in the minds of many local people. It gets away from what are perceived to be parochial attitudes. This was the goal of many of the schemes discussed in this book. Breaking from traditions has been part of almost all architectural ideologies of the cognoscenti since the beginning of the twenti- eth century. People accommodate to many but not all changes. Much-loved areas of New York were once seen as outlandish but much new architecture fails to do more than shock. Several hundred large-scale urban design projects are being built in the Asia-Pacific area alone. Lujiazui is not unique (see Figure 11.7). False Creek (see Figure 11.8) and Concord Pacific Plaza in Vancouver, Canada are a pair; Rinkai Funu-Toishin (Rainbow Town) Tokyo is another (Marshall, 2003). Canary Wharf in London is moving towards completion. Berlin is now seeing a number of mega-projects that are transforming the city. The Potsdamer Platz develop- ment (see Chapter 8) is an example. On a large or small scale many recent urban design projects respond to the global market and the aesthetics it demands. 373 THE FUTURE OF URBAN DESIGN Potsdamer Platz shows that global architectural imagery and the internalization of public space can be integrated with some local urban design precedents. Urban and architectural designs such as Seaside, Florida and Battery Park City in New York (both described in Chapter 8) are examples of reactions to the seek- ing of a global imagery in urban design. They have local precedents on which to draw. Many people see them as dull and old fashioned but they are outsiders. Architectural theory has responded with the concept of critical regionalism (Frampton, 1983). It is imprecisely defined but it is an ideology that is against vernacularism, sentimentalism and the picturesque. It supports the position that architecture and, presumably landscape architecture and urban design, should be responsive to cultural and societal values but it is weak in addressing exactly what this position means in terms of design guidelines. Perhaps designing for a healthy biogenic, sustainable environment peculiar to specific climatic niches will steer architects and urban designers in the direction that they will have to go in defin- ing a sense of place. Such a goal has both social and physical design dimensions and both urban spatial and building design implications. A Healthy Biogenic Environment and Sustainable Development All urban design projects change the nature of the terrestrial environment in which they are located. In terms of the health of the planet many of these changes have been detrimental. Cities suffer from high levels of pollution, many rivers are filthy, and irreplaceable energy resources are being depleted. Designing for a healthy natural environment and a built world healthy for people are two sides of the same coin. Dealing with the polluting effects of human wastes, automobiles and industries is already a major topic of discussion for city planners and public policy-makers. Progress has been made in addressing them. Other environmental issues are deemed to be less important. In building new precincts of cities, private and public projects have been imposed on many sensitive landscapes. All of the case studies included here have hardened the surface of the earth, even those such as the Potsdamer Platz district of Berlin that have roof gardens (see Figure 8.49). Some developments, such as Battery Park City, have required much landnlling. Singapore continues to reclaim land from the sea to expand the state's dimensions. The Netherlands has stopped. Parts of Jakarta and Shanghai built on reclaimed land sink into the earth centimetre-by-centimetre each year. There is increasing pressure for attitudes towards the natural world to change and for people to be husbanders rather than consumers of the land. More specif- ically for urban designers, there is a need to be discerning about the actions we advocate and a need to be more diligent in applying the principles for creating sustainable cities - those in which the embodied energy consumed in building and in running and maintaining designs are, at least low, if not replaceable. 374 LEARNING FROM THE CASE STUDIES: CURRENT AND FUTURE ISSUES IN URBAN DESIGN Designing with climate in mind rather than in opposition is a necessary com- ponent of the effort to reduce energy costs. Much is understood about the differences in designing for tropical, temperate and cold climate cities, but the application of the principles (except in extreme climatic conditions) has to compete for attention with aesthetic concerns and the price of land as populations swell. In tropical areas, for instance, buildings should be set apart to allow breezes to waft through them, but economic forces push land values up and denser environments result. In hot arid climates such environments are necessary but cars take up considerable space. There are some tentative examples of urban designs that address these con- cerns. Amongst the case studies, Potsdamer Platz recycles water and Battery Park City has attempted to respond to a number of concerns. For better examples one has to look farther afield. Davis in California has neighbourhoods in which ecological design has played a major part (see Figure 11.9a). The Olympic Village (Newington) for the Sydney 2000 Games shows what can be done in a typical suburban development although it is at a higher density than most (see Figure 11 .9 Images of sustainable environments, (a) Village Homes, Davis, California in 1 993, (b) Newington, Sydney in 2005, (c) a green Sydney and (d) Ken Yeang's proposed towers for a tropical city. 375 THE FUTURE OF URBAN DESIGN Figure 11.9b). The design of the Sydney Olympic Games site as a whole was a valiant attempt at creating a 'green' environment. There are now ideas about the whole of Sydney (see Figure 1 1 .9c). The efforts to reduce energy costs in the Potsdamer Platz development has shown that much can be achieved in dense urban environments. Ken Yeang (2002) is exploring issues of urban design in tropical cities (see Figure 1 1 .9d) and scholars at the University of Waterloo in Canada are amongst those looking at Arctic cities. There has been much interest in vernacular architecture and how it accom- modates and is adapted to the climate of different locales. Equally important will be harnessing the powers of nature to heal the environment. Discovering the principles of how to use built environment patterns to channel breezes to flush the pollutants from cities, of how to use vegetation to cool tropical cities and reduce heat-island effects, and of how to recycle materials and wastes will all engage urban designers in the future. The engagement may well result in generic forms of cities that neither the Modernists nor the New Urbanists have consider- ed. They will require cultural changes everywhere. There are more explorations of ideas than action. Designing for environmen- tal sustainability is not a concern that the marketplace is compelled to address. There are few immediate financial rewards in doing so. The issues will have to become public policy concerns translated into design controls and guidelines before they are seriously addressed by any of the professions in project design. Access to sunlight and daylight will remain important but concerns with how to obtain water and how to recycle waste water require more attention than is being given to them at the moment. Times are, nevertheless, changing. Cities such as Tokyo, Los Angeles, Singapore and Berlin are already creating legislation to encourage designers at both the urban and building level to design 'with nature in mind'. The knowledge of how to do so is becoming available even though the science is still weak. Water Supply and Waste Disposal The residents and/or users of all the developments described in this book, directly and indirecdy, consume much water and generate much waste. If the entire world consumed as much water per capita as in the United States, there would now be a major supply crisis. The United States and Singapore are amongst the nations that import water. How do we deal with the design of cities so that less water is needed? Few designers seem to be considering the issue directly. All the case studies presented in this book deal with water supply and waste disposal in conventional ways. There is some concern for how we use trees and other vegetation in landscap- ing cities in terms of their consumption of water (and the effect of their perspir- ation on local climates). The broader issues of water consumption have, however, yet to be addressed. No generic urban form or design solutions aimed at redu- cing water consumption as yet exist. When water becomes critically in short 376 LEARNING FROM THE CASE STUDIES: CURRENT AND FUTURE ISSUES IN URBAN DESIGN supply as a result of drought or political threats to cut it off, restrictions on its use for washing cars and watering lawns are put in place. When the drought is over consumption returns to normal. Are there other potential solutions? At the other end of the cycle of acquisition, processing and consumption is expulsion. 'What should we do with our wastes?' 'Do we continue to use water to flush them into rivers and the sea?' 'Or do we try to incinerate them all?' And on a very different topic, 'How do we deal with the disposal of our dead?' Cemeteries are important places to many people but land is in short supply. In places such as Hong Kong traditional ways have had to give way to new, often creating consid- erable heartache. Hindus cremate their dead and scatter the ashes. Is this a world- wide solution? Adopting it would involve many cultural changes. The same questions about consumption and disposal can be extended to the use of all natural resources. Do we have to wait until societies really feel the pinch - until the marketplace perceives that there is a crisis before we do anything? Do we design cities and their precincts to be easily recyclable? How do we deal with change? Did the Archigram group have the right idea? Changing Technologies and Urban Form Major changes in the geography of cities have resulted from changes in trans- portation modes aided by other technological developments, such as refriger- ation, that changed living patterns. Changes in manufacturing technology over the course of the twentieth century resulted in a major change in urban land use patterns. The elevator allowed tall buildings. Air conditioning made Singapore and Las Vegas as we know them possible. The set of case studies included in this book show that the increase in the size of ships and the development of con- tainerization resulted in opportunities for major new urban design projects in abandoned dock areas of cities. (Battery Park City, Darling Harbour, Canary Wharf, and the waterfronts of Singapore and Kuching are examples). What will be the next major technological change that will affect ways of life of people? There has been an extraordinary amount of speculation on how devel- opments in information technology will change patterns of daily life. For 30 years now we have been saying that they will radically change cities and urban forms but very little has yet changed in the patterns of the environment. 'The anticipated changes have yet to materialize' (Anthony Townsend, cited in Peralta, 2002). Radical changes may come when the power of the new technologies are fully exploited (Mitchell, 1999, 2003). Will they have the impact of the automobile on cities? We know that the increase in e-mail usage is correlated with the increase in face-to-face meetings. Is there a causal link? Will changes in the way we drive cars, or even their very nature, change life? Will new developments in the way we handle wastes - say, through some sort of pneumatic system as already being experimented with in some cities - necessitate changes in the layouts of cities and their precincts? The evidence is not available to answer such questions. What we do know from past experience is that some 377 THE FUTURE OF URBAN DESIGN ' 101 0*1" VHEWS^OF Figure 11.10 Two early twentieth century speculations on the twenty-first century city, (a) A 191 1 image and (b) a 1928 image. technological changes will come in surprising forms. If we design to allow for change, will that suffice? Or will present patterns of building and demolishing suf- fice? Will arcologies, as Paolo Soleri suggested, be the future generic urban design model for cities and their precincts? Science fiction writers seem to think so. We do know that past predictions of what our present world would be like have been way off the mark (see Mansfield, 1990, for examples; see also Figure 11.10). The answer generally given to questions about the robustness of urban designs is that if the design has a strong idea behind it, it will survive changes in political attitudes and fiscal crises. The plan finally adopted, for example, for the Universidad Central de Venezuela in Caracas did not have the power, the boldness, behind it of the original proposal (Figures 7.27a and b). As a result it has afforded so many departures from it for the original design idea to be lost. Strong ideas do not have to be bombastic but they do have to have a powerful driving logic behind them. Battery Park City's design ultimately did (see Figure 11.11). Perhaps it is this lack of a mind-capturing logic that is lacking in the World Trade Center site design. There is no strong central idea to the scheme; it is a fragmented scheme and will most likely be implemented as such. 378 LEARNING FROM THE CASE STUDIES: CURRENT AND FUTURE ISSUES IN URBAN DESIGN Figure 11.11 Battery Park City seen from across the Hudson in 2004. The Impact of Vandalism, Crime and Terrorism Vandalism and crime in general have a major impact on city life especially for the vulnerable in society. The vandalism of playgrounds, street furniture and other elements of the public realm has long been a problem and has resulted in the impoverishment of the environment in many societies (Ward, 1973). Graffiti has many defenders but hardly raises the self-image of the citizens of a city except for those who create it. Fear of crime has resulted in children having fewer opportun- ities for independent behaviour. Consider the impact of social and behavioural problems at Pruitt-Igoe or in many large British or French housing estates on everyday life. The failings, real and imagined, of developments such as Pruitt-Igoe led Oscar Newman to formulate the concept of 'defensible space' (Newman, 1 974). He argued that in housing precincts where there are clear demarcations of territories allocated to specific groups of people, eyes on the street and positive symbolic aesthetics that enhanced residents' self-image people take responsibility over the areas in which they live. The opportunities for criminal behaviour are thereby reduced. Often, however, in the design of prestigious building such as the Guggenheim Museum in Bilbao, other issues are perceived to be more important and defensible space patterns are neglected. The focus is on the building as a sculpture set in its own territory. Reducing motivations to commit criminal behaviour is not an architectural or urban design problem but physical design responses - barbed or razor wire on walls, roller shutters blanking out shopwindows at night - reduce the attractiveness of the urban environment. We have learnt to live with television surveillance of many parts of the public realm but playgrounds, bus shelters and street furniture continue to be destroyed. Graffiti besmirches many walls. These acts are all annoy- ances and a threat to public safety. The threat of terrorism is, however, frightening. There has been a growing concern, particularly in the United States with designing to reduce the impact of terrorism. The images of the destruction of the World Trade Center towers are so indelibly imprinted on people's minds, that 379 THE FUTURE OF URBAN DESIGN designing to mitigate the impacts, particularly of vehicles loaded with explosives being driven into buildings, is regarded as a fundamental aspect of public space design in the early twenty-first century. The consequence is that barriers, either overtly or as elements such as concrete flower boxes, are increasingly shaping sig- nificant public spaces. The objective is to prevent access by vehicles to the front doors and ground floor windows of buildings. It would be a pity if buildings become designed as fortresses with blank facades on the ground floor. The result would be that the environment for pedestrians would be dull and would discourage people from walking along the streets. One can add murals and reliefs to make blank facades less boring as required in Bellevue, Washington, but such devices are hardly a substitute for the perception of activities. People enjoy vicarious participation in the lives of other people in the city. We need to free up the public realm for everybody to enjoy. Fears of crime and terrorism discourage us from doing so. Procedural Issues The urban designing process is complex. The way it should be carried out is open to debate. There are different ways of getting involved, of deciding on/designing the issues to address, different ways of designing solutions and different ways of evaluating, choosing and implementing them. There have been and are two major intellectual traditions in designing: the Empiricist and the Rationalist. The former involves learning from experience - from precedents - and the latter is based on logical design based on a set of idealistic propositions. Despite this generalization, many Empiricist urban designs have been highly idealistic and Rationalist ones have drawn from precedents as well, although that is often not admitted. Many designs are, however, products of a purely pragmatic design process. The Nature of the Design Process Models of design were introduced in Chapter 2 . The process is full of ups and downs, backtracking and leaping ahead as, particularly, the all-of-a-piece urban designs included here show. Urban design process deals with 'wicked' issues - those that cannot be grasped with total comprehensive understanding. Problems and opportunities can never be perceived with total clarity; we can never identify all the issues of importance in a particular situation let alone deal with them. What the future holds for us is unknown although we can make sensible predictions about the future if we have sound empirical knowledge. This knowledge is, how- ever, based on the present. The role of the urban designer is to provide ideas, bring attention to pitfalls and provide advice about the future. The major initial decision from the designer's viewpoint in any design process is whether to get involved or not. Many decisions will already have been made before a designer is sought; a preliminary brief will, for instance, have been 380 LEARNING FROM THE CASE STUDIES: CURRENT AND FUTURE ISSUES IN URBAN DESIGN designed (see Figure 2.6). The decision to get involved will depend on how much the designer needs the work, and how much confidence he or she has in being able to do the job and how interested he or she is in doing it. Albert Mayer with- drew from designing Chandigarh because of a lack of interest in the scheme after the death of his colleague Mathew Nowicki. Le Corbusier was the replacement. From the perception of a problem the process moves on to one of establishing goals and specific objectives, the design of a development programme based on the objectives, the exploration of potential solutions and the creation of imple- mentation techniques. These techniques differ if one is dealing with a total, all-of-a-piece design or a piece-by-piece design. In the first case as in Brasilia the question is: 'How will we get the design built?' In the latter two cases it is: 'How will we get them to get it built?' What incentives, controls and guidelines are necessary to put in place to achieve desired results? The way the exploration of potential solutions takes place depends on one's philosophical stance. Rationalists would argue that it should be based on pure reasoning, while Empiricists would be looking at precedents as the basis for identifying the issues and generating a design. In either case all the stakeholders will be making predictions about the outcomes of any proposals. Urban designing requires the continuous making of assumptions about the future - predictions about how a design will work if implemented, predictions about the nature of the future context in which the design has to work, predictions about the resources available, predictions about who is important and who not. Who is it that makes decisions? Consider the design changes made in the evolution of Paternoster Square or Battery Park City! The process is value laden every step of the way based on images of personal and public interests. The concern here is not with all the issues raised by the experiences, implicit and explicit, in the case studies presented here, but rather with a subset of issues central to them. The first issue has to do with the role of the urban designer, the second with the role of information and how it is obtained and used, the third with the nature of creativity, and the last with how we think about the future. They all involve recurrent questions. Who Leads? While good timing and good luck play a part, the case studies show that strong leadership is an essential contributor to a project's success. First of all, somebody has to see an opportunity to do something. Many of what have turned out to be urban design projects have resulted from the initiative of a single person with a strong idea. In Boston, an architect, Benjamin Thompson, recognized the re- development possibilities of the Faneuil Hall-Quincy Market area (see Figure 11.12). He was later involved in the Ghirardelli Square renovation. It was a journalist, William Schofield, who led the effort to create the Freedom Trail in Boston. Robert Hugman, an architect, saw the potentialities of the San Antonio River. These people were private individuals who had a 'vision of what might be' but the major drivers of urban development in capitalist countries are private corporations. 381 THE FUTURE OF URBAN DESIGN Figure 11.12 Quincy Market, Boston in 1993. Powerful, high-ego individuals with visions of their own often lead urban design efforts. Paul Reichmann of Olympia and York disregarded the advice of his most trusted lieutenants in the pursuit of his own dream for Canary Wharf. In the case of Glendale it was a couple of public officials who possessed a vision of what that suburban downtown could be; in Singapore it was originally consultants who produced ideas but then the civil service took over. Citizens groups have been powerful advocates for specific types of urban development. Politicians clearly play an important role. Consider the role of President Kubitschek in pushing Brasilia ahead, Nelson Rockefeller at Battery Park City and, particularly, in the development of the State University of New York, Mayor Lindsay and the work of the Urban Design Group in New York, the presidents of France in the development of La Defense and the Pare de la Villette in Paris, Zhu Rongji in Lujiazui, Pierre Mauroy in Lille and Margaret Thatcher in the promotion of Canary Wharf. Politicians were dabbling in the development of the Barbican in London every step of the way. Particularly impor- tant have been groups in the business sector in pushing for downtown renewal projects. Such groups strove hard for the San Antonio River to be revitalized and for various the Lower Manhattan schemes. They, like residential neighbourhood organizations, have also led the way in fighting to prevent urban design projects that they perceive not to be in their own interests. The public sector has had the primary responsibility in much urban design. It has traditionally been the initiator of infrastructure development, either in shap- ing urban development or catching up with it. Players in the public sector have 382 LEARNING FROM THE CASE STUDIES: CURRENT AND FUTURE ISSUES IN URBAN DESIGN hired consultants to produce conceptual plans for precincts of cities and they have been the developer of record for many urban designs. Housing authorities have been responsible for mass housing schemes everywhere in the world. The Battery Park City Authority was a creature of the public sector as was the Senior Consultants Committee in the initiation of the Lujiazui development in Shanghai. In the immediate future we shall no doubt see much more cooperation between public and private sectors in both initiating and carrying through urban develop- ment schemes. Almost all of the all-of-a-piece urban designs described here have been cooperative ventures. The public policy concerns and dreams about what the future should hold will continue to be important. Incentives and design con- trols will play a large part in urban design projects in strongly market oriented, capitalist economies. It is, however, those people who really care about cities and the quality of life that urban environments can afford who should lead. Will they? In order to do so they will have to be able to present to their worlds images of futures that capture the imagination. These people will be strong individuals; they may come from the public or the private sectors. They will not be able to do things on their own. Urban design is a collaborative art. The Nature of Public Consultation Asking questions about the role of urban designers simultaneously raises the question, 'What is the role of the public in urban designing?'. The level of con- sultation in developing urban designs that the public expects varies from society to society and within a society from project type to project type. Sometimes there is no consultation. Did President Ceausescu consult the people of Bucharest before moving ahead with the building of the Avenue of Victory of Socialism (see Chapter 7)? Hardly! In some instances, proposed schemes are simply put on dis- play for public comment and feedback. Few of the case studies here went beyond this level of consultation. Politicians' views have implicitly acted as surrogates for public opinion. The degree of attention to the public's responses varies. At the other end of the scale designs emerge through a full participatory design effort, often in sessions 2 or 3 days long in publicly conducted charettes. During charettes designers and stakeholders in a project work intensively to generate preliminary designs. These designs are then developed professionally in full design and engineering detail. While many important ideas that have changed cities have come from well- informed and observant lay-people, it is often difficult to get the general public involved in thinking about what a project should be until a design is shown to them. It is, nevertheless, important to get them involved if they are to claim designs as their own and for such designs to be well cared for after implementa- tion. If seen as the work of outsiders being imposed on them, the reaction can be hostile. The degree of vandalism of the public realm in projects around the world that have been built without consultation attests to this observation. Part of the problem with the Cadillac-Fairview proposal for what later became Pioneer Place in Pordand was that it was seen as a foreign imposition (see Chapter 6). 383 THE FUTURE OF URBAN DESIGN The lay-public often cannot comprehend the consequences of designing in one manner rather than another. Often any environmental change is seen as neg- ative. In many suburban communities, for instance, the fear of high-rise build- ings is so embedded in ways of thinking that sensible discussion of the advantages and disadvantages of taller buildings, residential or commercial, seems impos- sible. In the development of the Denver Technological Center, pressure from the residents of surrounding areas resulted in a major constraint on the height of buildings. The result is the buildings are all of the same height and flat-topped (see Figure 8.66). While a sense of unity is achieved, it is hardly a visually excit- ing precinct. How does one get the public involved and, more importantly in specific pro- jects, how does one get all the stakeholders to actively engage in discussions before crises occur? Much of the public furor over the building of Darling Harbour arose because Sydneysiders did not grasp what the scheme would be like when completed (see Chapter 8). The media - newspapers and television - have been important in bringing visions of what places can be like to popular attention. They were constandy involved in Curitiba and in the design of Battery Park City and now the proposals for the World Trade Center site in New York. They have also been important in moulding people's attitudes. What the lay-public sees as desirable in illustrations is what they seek and, in turn, the press feeds images back to them of what they want to see. Advertisers dictate much. It is difficult to break into this cycle but urban designers have a role as edu- cators. A detailed knowledge of case studies can be used in this educational process. The Nature of Creativity The design professions bestow great esteem on what they perceive to be 'cre- ative' designers. Such designers are those who produce works that are geometri- cally, structurally or spatially a departure from the norm in response to what they see as problems needing to be addressed. The question is: 'What freedom of action should individual designers have in creating the public realm of cities?' Those observers who regard urban design as a fine art would argue for little or no outside interference into what an individual designer/artist does. The popula- tion simply has to live with the consequences in the name of Art. The 'art defence' - that some object or environment is an expressive act of an individual and thus a work of art - has been used to justify many design decisions, from pieces of sculpture to squares to streets, that are detrimental to the enjoyment of the city. Sometimes this has been a purposeful design objective. Making people feel uncomfortable, physically or psychologically, is, however, difficult to justify. Purposefully making poorly functioning places even worse with buildings or public art seems antisocial. This discussion comes back to that on the rights of individuals and definitions of what is in the public interest with which this book began. The architectural 384 LEARNING FROM THE CASE STUDIES: CURRENT AND FUTURE ISSUES IN URBAN DESIGN position, if there is a unified point of view, is generally that one has to tolerate bad designs in the name of freedom of action on the part of all architects and their clients. In addition, seeing bad designs enables one to appreciate the good even more. Opinions differ on whether this argument is a strong one or not. In urban design, the quality of individual works - sculptures or building as sculptures - often does not affect the way cities are experienced provided the spaces created on the ground floor of a city, suburb or building complex function well in a multi- dimensional manner. The problem arises when property developers and their architects focus on highly individualistic designs as objects in space in the name of art and in the fur- thering of their own careers. Fiscal conservatives argue that in the long run such competition results in a better world. The case studies fail to support this view. Indeed the whole basis for the existence of urban design is in ensuring that the basic requirements for making good public realms are fulfilled. What is regarded as good is always open to debate but there is now much empirically based theory and many examples, and even detailed case studies that provide the basis for sens- ible discussions about what should and should not be designed. True creativity involves not the making of innovative building and urban forms but rather the designing of a problem in a new and more appropriate way and rec- ognizing that specific patterns respond well to the problem. Maybe being able to evaluate designs well is the most important ability to possess in creative problem solving. Maybe it is the ability to see the affordances of innovative patterns. Dealing with the Future Dealing with the future is at the heart of urban designing. For public policy-mak- ers and designers the question is: 'What kinds of futures do we seek?' Or is it sim- ply 'What designs can be sold?' The procedural question is a more encompassing one than designing robust environments. How does one deal with potential changes in the future political environment while a job is in progress? Political change often brings projects that are long in gestation to a grinding halt or a change in direction. Battery Park City in New York and the Jubilee Line in London are examples of projects whose progress stopped and started due to changes in governments after elections and at Paternoster due to changes in property ownership. The same concerns arise in dealing with the future state of the economy of a city or country. The questions in design are: 'Will sufficient funds be available to carry out a project?' and, perhaps, as importantly, 'Will the funds be there to maintain the project once it has been built?' Such concerns are seldom explicitly considered and seldom explained in the case studies of projects. Perhaps we are all optimists and believe that things will all work out well in the end. The world, however, is replete with forlorn public squares and parks, full of non-functioning, decaying, sometimes vandalized fountains. Values change. Areas of the city become obsolete and others are gentrified. A general rule of thumb, implicit in much urban design, has been not to look 385 THE FUTURE OF URBAN DESIGN forward into the future for more than one generation. Looking further ahead with any degree of accuracy is questionable. The saving grace for urban design- ers is that despite piecemeal changes taking place all around us, many patterns of behaviour tomorrow will be the same as today. Yet the world is not static. Changes in modes of transportation and communication shaped the present physical geography of cities. The basic physical structure of streets and open spaces inherited by cities at the precinct level adapted well to change over the whole course of the twentieth century. At the beginning of the twentieth century, who could have predicted the technological changes that occurred during it, par- ticularly those of its first five decades, that have changed our lives so much? The automobile has enabled the development of far-flung suburbs but necessitated links that afford high-speed driving between them. Yet the street pattern in the very core of much-loved cities is essentially that of the nineteenth century and often earlier. Who Pays? The fortunes of urban design projects as they were implemented fluctuate with world economic conditions. A number of projects described here - Canary Wharf in particular - were boosted by the business booms of the early 1 980s and late 1 990s and battered by the economic recessions of the late 1980s and early 1990s. La Defense was similarly hit by economic ups and downs and the development of Lujiazui has stuttered with blips in the Chinese economy. The case studies show that deep pockets are extraordinarily helpful in getting projects built. The question is: 'Whose pockets?' One might presume that it is the public who should pay for the building or rebuilding of the public realm of cities. It is the 'public realm' after all. In the long run the public does pay for it either through taxes or through the increase in prices of goods and products when private sector players pay for the public realm upfront. It is more a question of who pays at the outset that is important. One of the major questions that crops up, particularly in the design of infra- structure systems, is whether it is the users of a scheme or those who benefit from it who should pay for it. Presumably all the tourists who visit Paris, including those who never visit La Defense benefit from the centre's existence. Without it, central Paris might have become just another busy international city. Automobile drivers benefit from the development of public transit systems. They take traffic off roads. How does one tax the beneficiaries of an urban design project for what they gain from it? The case studies described in this book show a variety of approaches to funding projects. In some cases developers have had to pay for some of the cost of the pub- lic or quasi-public infrastructure (as in the skyway system of Minneapolis). In other cases individual developers have to pay for the infrastructure piece-by-piece in order to get an all-of-a-piece design functioning. The incomes of Business Improvement Districts (BIDs) are derived from taxing owners whose properties fall into the dis- trict (see Chapter 9). The right of the public to have private enterprises pay for 386 LEARNING FROM THE CASE STUDIES: CURRENT AND FUTURE ISSUES IN URBAN DESIGN public goods required by society, but not a consequence of private profit-seeking endeavours, is more of an issue. Yet even here one can argue that for private organ- izations to flourish, public needs require attention. Still the question of who pays is a central one to what can and cannot be accomplished through urban design. In almost all the case studies presented here, public-private partnerships have played a role (see also, Fosler and Berger, 1982; Frieden, 1990; Frieden and Sagalyn, 1991). The Degree of Control Last but not least we come to the basic issue in urban design. It is one of long- standing. It concerns the rights of individuals to do what maximizes their own interests in competition with the rights of other individuals and the community as a whole. How much should governments intervene in the way the market shapes cities and their precincts? During the years covered by this book, the answer has varied. It has differed considerably from society to society and within the same society over time. It would seem that the public interest concerns rise to the fore- front when cities appear to be in trouble or when opportunities for making cities better places are missed as the result of private greed or political indecision. The design of buildings, the way they meet the street, their configuration and even some details were heavily constrained in some of the examples described here. The goal was to achieve precincts with a unified character through a unity in architecture and landscape. This goal is clear in all the total urban designs schemes mentioned. They, from Brasilia to the Avenue of the Victory of Socialism to Kresge College, were seen to be and, in a sense, are single architectural designs. In city and large precinct design is this a good idea? A sense of unity with some diversity has been achieved in all-of-a-piece schemes such as Seaside, Battery Park City, Pariser Platz and Paternoster Square. Many have foreground and background buildings by decree (e.g. La Defense, Canary Wharf and Battery Park City). At La Defense with a lengthy history of development behind it, the individual buildings reflect the design ideas/fashions prevalent in the decade in which the buildings were built with the whole project being held together by its landscape. The level of design control fluctuated and some architectural diversity has been achieved. Much, however, is sterile. Canary Wharf, on the other hand, has seen a heavier set of controls in place and as a result has ended up with a more unified set of buildings despite their individual nature. Yet it is less sterile than La Defense. Unity is, apparently, now not some- thing sought in the World Trade Center development. The landscape will be crucial in holding that scheme together if it is to be perceived as a single project. The debate of when to seek unity (or diversity, or chaos) in an urban design will continue. How controlled the design process should be, will continue to be argued. Few people are opposed to the use of zoning and building codes to ensure the meeting of public health and safety needs - the fundamental human needs identified in Figure 1.6. Will developers and their architects design sus- tainable environments, for instance, without being forced to be do so by design 387 THE FUTURE OF URBAN DESIGN controls? Will they give a hoot about the context, geographical or cultural, of their proposals without having to work within design guidelines? A sense of place is also a basic human need. The degree to which the qualities of the built envir- onment contribute to meeting it is unknown, but it is not insignificant. Should the design of the environment be left to multi-national companies whose idea of a sense of place is one that promotes themselves? At present, the answers emerge as a result of how the design process is conducted. It is a by-product of other decisions and not one addressed head on. What is clear from the case studies is that the precision with which design objectives are stated, the guidelines are operationally defined and the review process is transparent, the greater the likelihood that the implemented design will meet the goals set for it (see Table 8.2). The goals that are set will always be political; the knowledge we have from the case studies and on ongoing person- environment research enable us to design the means to achieve ends with some confidence. Commentary The knowledge of case studies is important. While every situation faced by an urban designer is unique, many generic problems are addressed. The typology presented here demonstrates commonalities both in product and process types. Architects and other design professionals rely heavily on precedents, much more heavily than they do on abstract theoretical constructs of how the world func- tions. Every now and then a new paradigm is unveiled. The most recent in urban design is that of the New Urbanism, or Smart Growth, with its transect design paradigm (Ellis, 2002). The fundamental issues in urban design, however, remain remarkably the same. How we address them will differ over time and will depend on what we learn from experience, our own and from that of others. The issues raised in this chapter are recurring ones. They have engaged the attention of city planners and urban designers, in particular amongst design pro- fessionals, over the span of time covered in this book. They will do so in the future. New concerns will certainly arise. Some will have stamina; others will be ephemeral. The consideration of what the nature of the public interest is, the way of defining it and designing based on that definition, will remain central to the work of urban designers in democratic countries. Design professionals have many roles. One is certainly the public role of bring- ing the attention of both politicians and the lay-public to the opportunities for improving the built environment of cities. It is an activist role. There are archi- tects and landscape architects vitally concerned with the future state of our planet who are strong advocates for designing 'with nature in mind'. There are those who are concerned with problems of particular population groups, particularly those whose voices are seldom heard in thinking about designs. They enrich the debate about what should be done about the public realm of cities. Ultimately, however, urban design is an act of will on the part of developers, public and private, 388 LEARNING FROM THE CASE STUDIES: CURRENT AND FUTURE ISSUES IN URBAN DESIGN and what a society encourages and allows them to do. Political fortunes and what the market dictates or allows will guide their actions. Urban design will continue to support and intervene in the operation of both the 'capital web' of investment decisions and the 'invisible web' of legal decisions that shape urban development. The design professions have much to offer in designing and redesigning cities and their precincts provided they understand the ways in which both these webs func- tion. And provided they learn from past experience. 389 Afterthoughts: Urban design - field or discipline and profession? Although it is difficult to reconstruct with precision the urban design history of the past 50 years, those who first used the term 'urban design' were concerned with large-scale multi-building architectural projects. These projects were necessitated in Europe by the devastation of World War II and in the United States by the changes taking places in cities as a result of new technologies, increased wealth, and changing ways of life and social values. Decolonization in Asia and much of Africa sparked new town and housing projects. Urban design was thought of as architecture particularly in Europe. Little distinction was made between city planning and architecture. The problem was that many politicians and architects alike saw the nature of cities and city life within an intellectual framework far removed from everyday life. Well-intentioned though much architectural thinking may have been, many of the projects simply did not work out well when built and inhabited and so were heavily criticized. In response the fields of architecture and city planning went in different directions. The mainstream of architectural thought sought solace from the criticism of scholars, practitioners and critics such as Jane Jacobs (1961), Marshall Kaplan (1973), Peter Blake (1977) and Brent Brolin (1976) in the development of post- modern theories of aesthetics. City planners, particularly those in academia, turned their attention to the social and economic problems of cities that they considered more important. Luckily, a cadre of architects and planners and, on any extensive scale only much more recently, landscape architects, retained an interest in the qualities of the physical environment of cities. They focused their attention on how design can enhance or diminish the opportunities for people to achieve the positive aspects of what they are motivated to achieve. This book has been about the efforts of these design professionals and many lay-people to improve the quality of cities in more than a piecemeal manner. True, some such efforts for and with people, young and old, rich and poor, and of different cultural backgrounds have achieved very little in providing the affor- dances that would help them fulfil their aspirations. At the same time, other such efforts have been highly successful particularly when they have dealt with life as lived. Many social policy and planning efforts have also been highly successful but others have been abject failures. Throughout these ups and downs, well-executed 390 AFTERTHOUGHTS: URBAN DESIGN - FIELD OR DISCIPLINE AND PROFESSION? urban designs continued to make important contributions to people's quality of life. They give people enjoyment and a sense of pride and will do so in the future (Dreier et ah, 2001). The proviso is that urban design needs to be based more on an empirical rather than a purely rationalist foundation. Rationalist thinking will, however, make us consider future possibilities that are departures from failing traditions. So What Then is Urban Design? The case studies included in this volume show the breadth of urban design work. The field is concerned with specific design products varying in type from new towns, to precincts of cities, to elements of city infrastructure. The size of urban design endeavours has varied considerably over the past 50 years. Brasilia is a national capital, Pariser Platz is a square, and Trudeslund consists of a group of houses. It is always concerned with the three- and preferably the four- dimensional world. Procedurally, urban design is concerned with four types of projects: total, all-of-a-piece, piece-by-piece and plug-in urban design. Substantively and procedurally urban design is thus concerned primarily with design policies and designing at the project level in order to intentionally shape the city. Urban design concerns and activities clearly overlap those of other fields. It should do so. It does and should overlap city-planning endeavours concerned with broad policies about the distribution of activities in space and the linkages between them. Urban design products are produced under that umbrella and create it. Similarly, urban design does and should overlap civil engineering in ensuring the buildability of large-scale elements of infrastructure. It does and should overlap landscape architecture in its concern for the detailing of the space between buildings and in designing for sustainable futures. It does and should overlap architecture in its concerns for how buildings front and make, behav- iourally and symbolically, the public realm. The city is a collage of overlapping precincts, places and linkages (Rowe and Koetter, 1978). How should these elements be designed and organized? Should they be clearly differentiated or merged? These questions deal with broad policy concerns. The position taken here is that it is through political channels that communal decisions should be made, and it is the responsibility of politicians to set directions as representatives of those who elected them. Design professionals have to possess the competence to inform both politicians and the public about future possibilities, to challenge political assumptions, and to follow ideas through. They need stamina and considerable tenacity of purpose if they are to succeed. A coherent city is not simply a haphazard collage. It is one of distinct and var- ied paths, districts, landmarks, edges and nodes. Kevin Lynch identified these elements as giving legibility to cities (Lynch, 1960). His research has held up well under considerable scrutiny since it was conducted 40 years ago. Edges are not as important as he thought they are; nodes are probably more important. Clear 391 THE FUTURE OF URBAN DESIGN edges do give clarity to the boundaries of districts, or precincts. The projects in many of the case studies included here are bounded islands of development. Being also integrated into their surroundings would probably be a good idea. Battery Park City clearly has edges to it making it a unit, but on the landward side it is also clearly linked to the Lower Manhattan by streets patterns and view cor- ridors. Urban design is particularly concerned with, in Lynch's terms, districts and paths. Good districts will almost certainly contain nodes and landmarks. They may be well defined with edges but it is the core area that matters most. Urban design is thus project based, dealing with the public realm of human settlements and the buildings or landscape elements that define it. Specific pro- jects take a number of forms depending on the type of process they involve, the type of product they are and the intellectual paradigm within which they are designed. The range of concern of urban designers is clearly broad and the pro- ject types varied, in terms of both procedures and products, as the case studies show. The questions are: 'If it can be defined in terms of its areas of concern, is there a body of knowledge that is unique to doing urban design well - in putting together projects?' and thus 'Is it a discipline in its own right or simply a field of professional design work?' Urban Design, A Discipline? The hallmark of a discipline is a body of unique literature, journals and its own processes of socializing new members into its ranks - into its norms of behaviour. The question then arises: 'How large does a unique body of knowledge and how exclusive do its norms of behaviour have to be for a sphere of activity to be regarded as an independent, if not exclusively so, discipline?' What evidence do we have? Most of the items listed in the 'References and further reading' fall within the domain of a variety of existing disciplines. The list also includes part of an increasing number of books devoted to urban design. There are now a number of intellectually challenging journals, relatively young, devoted to urban design. Some have 'urban design' in their names, but the leading North American jour- nal on urban design is called Planning because it also includes material on social and economic concerns, land-use planning as well as urban design! Europe has many journals dealing with 'urbanism' that cover urban design concerns. At the same time the number of journals devoted to urban design is considerably out- numbered by journals in the traditional design fields that include articles on urban design projects. True, many of these journals cover projects superficially and purely from their own professional viewpoint but they do bring attention to urban design projects being developed around the world. The next question is: 'How are professionals inculcated with the norms of pro- fessional action and behaviour?' There are a few institutes and professional soci- eties devoted to urban design but anybody can join them. The Urban Design Group in the United Kingdom is a loosely knit coterie of people with a common 392 AFTERTHOUGHTS: URBAN DESIGN - FIELD OR DISCIPLINE AND PROFESSION? interest. It has regular meetings, organizes lectures and has its own journal. There is an Institute for Urban Design in the United States based and function- ing mainly in New York, and similar loose groups of like-minded professionals around the world. The Congress for the New Urbanism is a powerful profes- sional and lobbying group in the United States but with a worldwide member- ship and following. It has a manifesto, holds conferences and advocates 'smart growth'. It promotes its aspirations and values to professionals, public officials and lay-people. No legal bodies comparable to boards of architecture, however, control admission to a 'profession' of urban design. 'Urban designer' is not a protected title in the way 'architect' is (although in many places this legal protection is under review as other groups claim expertise in designing buildings). Most professional design societies have sections devoted to urban design, in much the same way that psychological societies have a section devoted to the study of environmental psychology. Urban design is professional work. It will be individual professionals and the educational institutions that guide the development of the field and, perhaps, the discipline of urban design. Almost all, if not all, substantial urban design education is offered beyond undergraduate level. Until recendy most such urban design programs required training in architecture for admission. This demand has changed as the skills required of urban designers have become more clearly defined. The prevailing belief amongst designers is still, however, that no special training or knowledge beyond that offered within the traditional design fields is necessary to be able to create good urban designs. The position is that if one is a well-trained city plan- ner, a landscape architect or architect one can carry out urban design activities without any additional knowledge - that if one can design a building well, one can design a spoon or a city well (Vignelli Associates, 1 990). It is a dubious claim. Many observers (e.g. Schurch, 1999) see urban design as lying at the inter- sect of the interests of the three main professions concerned with the layout of the environment - architecture, landscape architecture and city planning, to which I have added civil engineering as shown in Figure 12.1a. This position reinforces that taken here. From the observations I have made above, however, my inference is that urban design while overlapping these fields has developed its own area of expertise. Its relationship to the traditional design fields now looks more like in Figure 12.1b. It has become what it should never have become - a discipline in its own right. In doing so, however, it allows the other three fields to pursue their own interests without worrying about the complex issues of urban development and urban quality beyond their tradi- tional concerns. Righdy or wrongly, urban design is increasingly taking on the form of a discip- line. Like many other disciplines, such as those under the umbrellas of medicine or the social sciences, it is occurring where its interests intersect those of trad- itional fields. It draws on and helps to create urban geography, engineering, envi- ronmental psychology, climatology and the management sciences. No single person can encompass all this knowledge and bring it to bear on decision-making 393 THE FUTURE OF URBAN DESIGN Architecture City Planning Landscape Architecture Architecture Landscape Architecture Civil Engineering City Planning Civil Engineering (a) (b) Figure 12.1 The traditional view (a) and the present state, (b) of the field of urban design in relation to the other design fields. and designing. In whatever way urban design may or may not develop as a discip- line, in action it will remain a collaborative task. It will draw on the expertise of the three traditional design fields but it differs from them in that it has become more development oriented, more socially ori- ented and more conscious of the politically volatile nature of decision-making at the urban level. Professionals with a committed interest in urban design are, because no one else is doing it, slowly developing their own empirical knowledge base, their own organizations and their own journals. This book has focused on their professional efforts and has sought to outline, for the moment at least, the scope of concern of those who have made a commitment to urban design as one vehicle for improving city life as it evolves. Conclusion Urban design encompasses much. The objective of this book has been to display and understand its range of activities through the provision of a typology for clas- sifying design projects. It has also presented a number of descriptive case studies that illuminate the typology. Case studies are probably the easiest way to display the work subsumed under the rubric 'urban design'. They have been categorized here by the process by which they have been carried out and by the type of prod- uct they are. Classification by type of product has been the tradition in architec- ture, but classifying by process gets closer to the essence of the nature of urban 394 AFTERTHOUGHTS: URBAN DESIGN - FIELD OR DISCIPLINE AND PROFESSION? designing. Either way, the goal has been to show the scope of concern of urban designers. The nature of its cities is an indicator of the state of a culture. Cultures are in a state of constant flux, sometimes slowly as in the second half of the twentieth century in the Western world and sometimes rapidly as in the first half. The eco- nomically developing world is rapidly undergoing the major upheavals, social, political and physical, that the so-called first world experienced more slowly ear- lier. Technological changes accompanied by a rise in the economic state of a soci- ety inevitably raise questions of what its people want to be and what kinds of environments, social and physical, they want to inhabit. Urban design activities will continue and will be buffeted by changes in the political attitudes that shape the future. Urban designing will always require acts of will on the part of individual design professionals and lay-people, citizens, and politicians. In taking the field forward much can be learnt from the successes and limitations of the processes and prod- ucts of the last half-century. There are now many fine examples of policies that have led to fine urban designs. There are many fine projects around the world. My own hope is that urban design will continue as a collaborative professional activity - a collaboration between public and private sectors of the economy, a collaboration between politicians, design professions and citizens, and between research and practice. If it is really to serve people well in the long run it must be based on an increasingly sophisticated body of knowledge about how cities func- tion and the relationship between environment and human behaviour. It must be based on a much greater understanding of how the built and natural worlds inter- act than we now possess. More rigorous case studies than those presented here would steepen all designers' learning curve and would highlight what makes urban design an important and a unique professional activity. 395 Bellevue, Washington in 1989 References and further reading Abel, Chris (2000). Architecture and Identity: Responses to Cultural and Technological Change (sec- ond edition). Oxford: Architectural Press. Adjmi, Morris, ed. (1991). Aldo Rossi: Architecture, 1981-1991. New York: Princeton University Press. A great place to live (2001). The Guardian. Friday, 7 September, http://www.guardian.co.uk/ g2.story/0,3 604,548 152,00.html Ahmedabad Municipal Corporation {circa 2000). The Heritage Walk in Ahmedabad. Ahmedabad: Danapith. Alexander, Christopher, Sara Ishikawa and Murray Silverstein (1977). A Pattern Language: Towns, Buildings, Construction. New York: Oxford University Press. Alexander, Christopher, Hajo Neis, Artemis Anninou and Ingrid King (1987). A New Theory of Urban Design. New York: Oxford University Press. Alexander Cooper Associates (1979). Battery Park City: Draft Summary Report and 1919 Master Plan. New York: The authors, http://www.batteryparkcity.org/guidelines.html Ambasz, Emilio, ed. (1998). Emilio Ambasz: The Poetics of the Pragmatic: Architecture, Exhibit, Industrial and Graphic Design. New York: Rizzoli. Anderson, Larz T. (2000). Planning the Built Environment. Chicago, IL and Washington, DC: Planners Press. Arcidi, Philip (1991). Paolo Soleri's Arcology: updating the prognosis. Progressive Architecture 72 (3): 76-9. Arnell, Peter and Ted Bickford (1985). Aldo Rossi: Buildings and Projects. New York: Rizzoli International. Arnold, Henry F. (1993). Trees in Urban Design (second edition). New York: Van Nostrand Reinhold. Attoe, Wayne (1988a). Transit, Land Use, and Urban Form. Austin, TX: Center for the Study of Urban Architecture. Attoe, Wayne (1988b). Historic preservation. In Anthony J. Catanese and James C. Snyder, eds., Urban Planning. New York: McGraw-Hill, 344—56. Attoe, Wayne and Donn Logan (1989). American Urban Architecture: Catalysts in the Design of Cities. Berkeley and Los Angeles: University of California Press. Awards (2002). Architecture Australia 92 (November-December): 50-73. Aynsley, Richard M. (1989). The politics of pedestrian level urban wind control. Building and Environment 24 (4): 292-5. Bacon, Edmund (1969). Urban process: planning with and for the community. Architectural Record 145 (5): 113-28. Bacon, Edmund (1974). Design of Cities (revised edition). New York: Viking. Bahga, Sarbjit, Surinder Bahga and Yashinder Bahga (1993). Modern Architecture in India. Post- Independence Perspective. New Delhi: Galgotia. Balfour, Alan (1978). Rockefeller Center: Architecture as Theater. New York: McGraw-Hill. Balfour, Alan (1999). Octagon: the persistence of the ideal. In James Corner, ed., Recovering Landscape: Essays in Contemporary Landscape Architecture. New York: Princeton University Press, 87-100. 397 REFERENCES AND FURTHER READING Balfour, Alan and Zheng Shiling (2002). World Cities: Shanghai. Chichester: Wiley-Academic. Baljon, Lodewijk (1995). Designing Parks. Amsterdam: Architectura and Natura Press. Baltimore Urban Renewal and Housing Agency (1959). Charles Center Urban Renewal Plan. Baltimore: The Agency. Banerjee, Tridib, Todd Bressi, Philp Enquist and John Rahaim (2002). Is urban design on the right track? Places 15 (1): 81-4. Banham, Reyner (1976). Megastructure: Urban Structures of the Recent Past. New York: Harper and Row. Barnes, W. Anderson (1986). Ghiradelli Square: keeping a first first. Urban Land 45 (May): 6-10. Barnett, Jonathan (1974). Urban Design as Public Policy. New York: Architectural Record. Barnett, Jonathan (1982). An Introduction to Urban Design. New York: Harper and Row. Barnett, Jonathan (1987). In the public interest: design guidelines. Architectural Record (August): 114-25. Barnett, Jonathan (2003). Redesigning Cities: Principles, Practice, Implementation. Chicago: American Planning Association. Bedarida, Marc (1995). Lione: la politica degli spazi publica. Casabella 59 (629): 8-23. Benevolo, Leonardo (1967). The Origins of Modern Town Planning. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul. Benevolo, Leonardo (1980). The History of the City [translated by Geoffrey Culverwill]. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. Benjamin, Andrew (1988). Deconstruction and art/the art of deconstruction. In Christopher Norris and Andrew Benjamin, eds., What is Deconstruction? New York: St. Martin's Press. 33-56. Bendey, Ian (1999). Urban Transformations: Power, People and Urban Design. London: Routledge. Bhatt, Vikram and Peter Scriver (1990). After the Masters. Ahmedabad: Mapin Publishing. Biddulph, Mike (2003). Towards successful home zones in the UK. Journal of Urban Design 8 (3): 217-41. Bilbao Ria (2000). Whole issue. Billingham, John and Richard Cole (2002). The Good Place Guide: Urban Design in Britain and Ireland. London: T Batsford. Bingham-Hall, Patrick (1999). Olympic Architecture: Building Sydney 2000. Sydney: Watermark Press. Birr, A. Kendall (1994). A Tradition of Excellence. The Sesquicentennial History of the State University of New York at Albany. Virginia Beach, VA: Donning. Black, Sinclair (1979). San Antonio's Linear Paradise. American Institute of Architects Journal 68 (9): 30-9. Blake, Peter (1977). Form Follows Fiasco: Why Modem Architecture Hasn't Worked. Boston: Little Brown. Blakely, Edward J. and Mary G. Snyder (1997). Fortress America: Gated Communities in the United States. Washington, DC: Brookings Institution Press. Bloomer, Kent and Charles W Moore (1977). Body, Memory and Architecture. New Haven: Yale University Press. Boles, Daralice D. (1986). SITE selected for Pershing Square. Progressive Architecture 67 (10): 36. Brambilla, Roberto and Gianni Longo (1977). For Pedestrians Only: Planning and Management of Traffic Free Zones. New York: Whitney Library of Design. Breen, Ann and Dick Rigby (1994). Waterfronts: Cities Reclaim Their Edge. New York: McGraw-Hill. Breen, Ann and Dick Rigby (1996). The New Waterfront: a World Wide Success Story. London: Thames and Hudson. Broadbent, Geoffrey (1990). Emerging Concepts of Urban Space Design. London: Van Nostrand Reinhold (International). Brolin, Brent (1976). The Failure of Modem Architecture. New York: Van Nostrand Reinhold. 398 REFERENCES AND FURTHER READING Broto, Carles (2000). New Urban Design. Barcelona: Arian Mostaedi. Brownlee, David (1989). Building the City Beautiful: The Benjamin Franklin Parkway and the Museum of Art. Philadelphia: Philadelphia Museum of Art. Bucci, Frederico, ed. (1998). Company Towns. New York: Princeton University Press. Buchanan, Peter (1989). Paternoster pressure. The Architectural Review 185 (1107): 76-80. Buder, Stanley (1990). Visionaries and Planners: The Garden City Movement and the Modern Community. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Building Types Study 832 (2004). Architectural Record (April): 113-58. Bunster-Ossa, Ignacio (2001). Landscape urbanism. Urban Land 60 (7): 36-47. Calthorpe, Peter (1993). The Next American Metropolis: Ecology, Community, and the American Dream. New York: Princeton University Press. Cantacuzino, Sherban (1973). The Barbican development, City of London. Architectural Review 154 (918): 66-90. Capital Cities (1983). Ekistics 50 (299). Special issue. Carmona, Matthew, Tim Heath, Taner Oc and Steve Tiesdell (2003). Public Places, Urban Spaces: The Dimensions of Urban Design. Oxford: Architectural Press. Caro, Robert(1974). The Power Broker: Robert Moses and the Fall of New York. New York: Knopf. Cavalcanti, Maria de Betania Ochoa (1992). Totalitarian states and their influence on city form. Journal of Architectural and Planning Research 9 (4): 275-86. Cavalcanti, Maria de Betania Ochoa (1997). Urban reconstruction and autocratic regimes: Ceausescu's Bucharest in Historic Perspective. Planning Perspectives 12: 71-109. Cerver, Francisco A. (1997). City Squares and Plazas. New York: Hearst Books International. Chen, Yuan (2000). The course of SZD planning and design. World Architecture 2000 Supplement: 5-9. Chew, T C. and C. K. Chua (1998). Development of Singapore's Rapid Transit System. Japan Railway and Transport Review 18: 26-30. Conybeare, Morrison and Partners (1990). Kuching Riverfront Masterplan. Sydney: The authors. Cook, Peter, Warren Chalk, Dennis Crompton, David Green, Ron Herron and Mike Webb (1991). Archigram. Boston: Birkhauser. Cooke, Alistair (2000). Memories of the Great & the Good. London: Pavilion. Cooper Marcus, Clare (1986). Design guidelines: a bridge between research and decision mak- ing. In William H. Ittelson, Masaaki Asai and Mary Ker, eds., Cross Cultural Research in Environment and Behavior. Tucson: University of Arizona, 56-83. Cooper Marcus, Clare and Carolyn Francis (1990). People Places: Design Guidelines for Urban Open Space. New York: Van Nostrand Reinhold. Cowan, Robert (2003). Urban Design Guidance: Urban Design Frameworks, Development Briefs and Master Plans. London: Thomas Telford Ltd. Cox Group (2002). Shanghai Waterfront Master Plan, China, www.cox.com.au/projects/ masterplanning_urh an _design/ index. html Craighead, Paula, ed. (1991). The Hidden Design Dimension in hand Use Planning Ordinances. Portland, Maine: New England Studies Program, University of Southern Maine. Craig-Smith, Stephen J. and Michael Fagence, eds. (1995). Recreation and Tourism as Catalysts for Urban Waterfront Development: An International Survey. Westport, CN: Praeger. Crane, David (1960). The city symbolic. Journal of the American Institute of Planners 26 (November): 285-6. Crawford, Margaret (1995). Building the Workingmans Paradise: The Design of American Company Towns. London: Verso. Crooks, Cheryl (1985). Glendale's surprising rebirth. Los Angeles Quly): unpaginated reprint. Crooks, Mitchell, Peacock, Stewart (1971). Report. The Urban Renewal and Development Project, Singapore. Prepared for the United Nations Development Program Special Fund. Sydney: The authors. 399 REFERENCES AND FURTHER READING Curtis, William J. R. (1988). Balkrishna Doshi: An Architect for India. New York: Rizzoli International. Cuthbert, Alexander (2001). Going global: reflexivity and contextualism in urban design education. Journal of Urban Design 6 (3): 297-316. Cuthbert, Alexander, ed. (2003). Critical Readings on Urban Design. Oxford: Blackwell Publishing. Darling Harbour Authority (1985). Darling Harbour: Draft Development Plan and Strategy, Planning Report. Sydney: The authors. Darley, Gillian (1978). Villages of Vision. London: Palladin. Davis, Robert (1989). Seaside, Florida, U.S.A. GA Houses 27: 90-123. Davey, Peter (1998). Potsdamer Platz: development in Berlin. Architectural Review 205 (1223): 31-4. De Graveline, Frederique (2002). La Defense: Les Villes et lews Projects: Projects Urbain en France. Paris: Editions du Moniteur. Del Rio, Vicente (1990). Introducao ao Desenho Urbano no Processo de Planejamento. Sao Paulo: Pini Editora. Del Rio, Vicente (1992). Urban design and conflicting city images. Cities (November): 270-9. Del Rio, Vicente and Haroldo Gallo (2000). The legacy of modernism in Brazil: paradigm turned reality or unfinished project? Docomomo Journal 23 (August): 23-7. Department of Public Works and Services and the Council of the City of Sydney (1997). George Street and Railway Square Redevelopment: Statement of Environmental Effects. Sydney: The authors. Dixon, John Morris (1992). World on a Platter. Progressive Architecture 73 (7): 86-95. Dixon, John Morris (1999). Urban Spaces. New York: Visual Reference Library. Dober, Richard P. (1992). Campus Planning. New York: John Wiley. DoE (Department of Environment) (1997). General Policy and Principles. London: The authors. Doshi, Balkrishna V (1982). Housing. Ahmedabad: Stein, Doshi, Bhalla. Doshi, Balkrishna V. (1989). Aranya township. Mimar: Architecture in Development. Singapore: Concept Media, 24-9. Dovey, Kim (2004). Fluid City: Transforming Melbourne's Urban Waterfront. Sydney: UNSW Press. Dreier, Peter, John Mollenkopf and Todd Swanstrom (2001). Place Matters: Metropolises for the Twenty-first Century. Lawrence: University of Kansas Press. Duany, Andres and Elizabeth Plater-Zyberk with Jeff Speck (2000). Suburban Nation: The Rise of Sprawl and the Decline of the American Dream. New York: North Point Press. Ecola, Lisia (2004). Tales of a transit junkie. Planning 70 (9): 34-6. Editorial (1951). Slum surgery in St. Louis: a new apartment type. Architectural Forum 94 (April): 128-36. Edwards, Brian (1992). London Docklands: Urban Design in an Era of Deregulation. London: Butterworth Architecture. Ellin, Nan (1999). Postmodern Urbanism (revised edition). New York: Princeton University Press. Ellis, Cliff (2002). The New Urbanism: critiques and rebuttals. Journal of Urban Design 7 (3): 261-92. EPAD (2002). La Defense. Paris: EPAD. Epstein, David (1973). Brasilia, Plan and Reality: A Study of Planned and Spontaneous Developments. Berkeley and Los Angeles: University of California Press. Eriksen, Richard (2001). Some sights to make eyes weep. Paris Kiosque 8 (4): 605. http://www.paris.org/Kiosque/apr01/605slum.html Evenson, Norma (1973). Two Brazilian Capitals: Architecture and Urbanism in Rio de Janeiro and Brasilia. New Haven: Yale University Press. Fitzgerald, Charlotte (2004). Pedestrian-only malls not always the answer. The Courier Mail, 17 April. http://www.planetizen.com/news/item.php?id=1287&rf=e 400 REFERENCES AND FURTHER READING Floyd, Nubra (1987). Kresge College. Progressive Architecture 68 (February): 76-9. Forgery, Benjamin (1992). Spanish treasures (Expo92 Seville). Architecture 81 (7): 72-9. Forgery, Benjamin (2004). World Trade Center plans rising above the squabbles. Washington Post, Sunday, 18 April, No. 1. Fosler, R. Scott and Renee A. Berger, eds. (1982). Public-Private Partnerships in American Cities: Seven Case Studies. Lexington, MA: Lexington Books. Frampton, Kenneth (1982). Towards a critical regionalism: six points for an architecture of resistance. In Hal Foster, ed., The Anti-Aesthetic: Essays on Postmodern Culture. Port Townsend, WA: Bay Press, 16-30. Francis, Alan (1991). Private nights in the City Centre. Town and Country Planning 60 (10): 302-3. Francis, Mark (2001). A case study method for landscape architecture. Landscape Journal 20(1): 15-28. Franck, Karen A. and Sherry Ahrentzen, eds. (1989). New Households, New Housing. New York: Van Nostrand Reinhold. Franck, Karen A. and Linda H. Schneekloth, eds. (1994). Ordering Space: Types in Architecture and Urban Design. New York: Van Nostrand Reinhold. Frascati, Guido (1989). Paradigm lost: exploring possibilities in environmental design research and practice. In Graeme Hardie, Robin Moore and Henry Sanoff, eds., Changing Paradigms: Edra20/1989. EDRA, 62-7. Freedom Trail Foundation, The (2003). www.thefreedomtrail.org Freeman, Allen (1986). 'Fine Tuning' a landmark of adaptive use. Architecture 75 (November): 66-71. Freiman, Ziva (1990). Controversy: Paternoster Square. Progressive Architecture 71 (3): 115-6. Frieden, Bernard J. (1990). Public-private development: dealmaking in the public interest. Center 6: 26-35. Frieden, Bernard J. and Lynne B. Sagalyn (1991). Downtown Inc: How America Rebuilds Cities. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. Gamier, Tony (1917). Une Cite Industrielle: etude por la construction de villes. Paris: Auguste Vincente. Reprinted (1990), New York: Rizzoli. Garvin, Alexander (1995). The American City: What Works. What Doesn't. New York: McGraw-Hill. Garreau, Joel (1991). Edge Cities: Life on the New Frontier. New York: John Wiley. Gehl, Jan (1987). Life Between Buildings: Using Public Space. New York: Van Nostrand Reinhold. Gehl, Jan and Lars Gemzoe (2003). New City Space [translated by Karen Steenhard]. Copenhagen: Danish Architectural Press. Gehry, Frank O. (2002). Building at the Pariser Platz - remarks on the new Berlin. Casabella 66 (704): 4-11, 100-2. Glancey, Jonathan (2003). It's a jumble out there. The Guardian, 3 November, http:// www. guardian.co.uk/arts/critic/features/0. 10765 85 '.html Glendale Redevelopment Agency (1986). Urban Design Information. Glendale: The authors. Goldberger, Paul (1992). The Architecture of Purchase College. Purchase, NY: Neuberger Museum of Art. Goldberger, Paul (2000). The Architecture of Rem Koolhaas. Los Angeles: Jensen and Walker. Goldberger, Paul (2003). Up form Ground Zero: Politics, Architecture and the Rebuilding of New York. New York: Random House. Goldfinger, Erno (1942). The elements of enclosed space. Architectural Review 91 (541): 5-8. Golich, Vicki (2000). Workbook on Case Teaching for Mount Holyoke College Case Method Project Faculty Development Workshop. Mount Holyoke, MA: Harriet L. and Paul Weissman Center for Leadership and the Liberal Arts. Gordon, David L. A. (1997). Battery Park City: Politics and Planning on the New York Waterfront. London: Routledge and Gordon & Breach. 401 REFERENCES AND FURTHER READING Gosling, David with Maria Christina Gosling (2003). The Evolution of American Urban Design: A Chronological Anthology. Chichester: Wiley Academic. Gosling, David and Barry Maitland (1976). Design and Planning of Retail Systems. London: The Architectural Press. Gosling, David and Barry Maitland (1984). Concepts of Urban Design. New York: St. Martin's Press. Gottschalk, Shimon S. (1975). Communities and Alternatives: An Exploration of the Limits of Planning. Cambridge, MA: Schenkman. Grava, Sigurd (2003). Urban Transportation Systems: Choices for Communities. New York: McGraw-Hill. Gruen, Victor (1964). The Heart of our Cities - the Urban Crisis: Diagnosis and Cure. New York: Simon & Shuster. Guy, Simon, Simon Marvin and Timothy Moss, eds. (2001). Urban Infrastructure in Transition: Networks, Buildings, Plans. London: Earthscan. Hammatt, Heather (2002). Going with the flow. Landscape Architecture 92 (1): 72-7. Harvey, David (2003). Social justice, postmodernism and the city. In Alexander Cuthbert, ed., Critical Readings on Urban Design. Oxford: Blackwells, 59-63. Hawken, Paul, Amory B. Lovins and L. Hunter Lovins (1999). Weaving the web of solutions: the Curitiba example. In Natural Capitalism: The Next Industrial Revolution. London: Earthscan, 288-308. Hayden, Dolores (1984). Redesigning the American Dream: The Future of Housing, Work and Family Life. New York: Norton. Hayden, Dolores (1995). The Power of Place: Urban Landscapes as Public History. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. Hedman, Richard with Andrew Jaszewski (1984). Fundamentals of Urban Design. Washington, DC and Chicago, IL: Planners Press. Held, Virginia (1970). The Public Interest and Individual Interests. New York: Basic Books. Heng Chye Kiang (2000). The night zone storyline; Boat Quay, Clarke Quay and Robertson Quay. Traditional Buildings and Settlements Review XIX (Spring): 41-9. Heng Chye Kiang (2001). Singapore River: a case for a river of life. Singapore Architect 211 (September): 190-5. Hester, Randolph (1975). Neighborhood Space. Stroudsburg, PA: Dowden, Hutchinson and Ross. Hilbersheimer, Ludwig (1940). The New City. Chicago: Paul Theobold. Hinkle, Ricardo (1999). Panning Pershing (the flaws and shortcomings of the Pershing Square project). Landscape Architecture 89 (6): 9. Hinshaw, Mark L. (1983). The private sector builds a public space, Sixth Street pedestrian cor- ridor, Bellevue. Urban Design Review 6 (4): 6-7. Hinshaw, Mark L. (1994). Transforming suburbia: the case of Bellevue, Washington. In Brenda Case Scheer and Wolfgang Preiser, eds., Design Review: Challenging Urban Aesthetic Control. New York: Chapman and Hall, 1 1 1-18. Holston, James (1989). The Modernist City: An Anthropological Critique of Brasilia. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Hopenfeld, Morton (1961). The role of design in city planning. American Institute of Architects Journal 35 (5): 40-4. Houston Jr, Lawrence O. (1990). From street to mall and back again. Planning 56 (6): 4-10. Houston Jr, Lawrence O. (1997). BIDs: Business Improvement Districts. Washington, DC: Urban Land Institute. Houston Jr, Lawrence O. (2004). Capitalist tool. Planning 70 (1): 26-9. Hoyle, Brian, David Pinder and M. Sohail Husain (1994). Revitalising the Waterfront: International Dimensions of Dockland Redevelopment. Chichester: John Wiley and Sons. Inam, Aseem (2002). Meaningful urban design: teleological/catalytic/relevant. Journal of Urban Design 7 (1): 35-58. 402 REFERENCES AND FURTHER READING Irazabal, Clara (in progress). The politics of development and urban design in Curitiba. In Vicente del Rio and William Siembieda, eds., Beyond Brasilia: Contemporary Urban Design in Brazil. Izumi, Kiyo (1968). Some psycho-social considerations of environmental design (mimeographed) . Jacobs, Allan (1993). Great Streets. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. Jacobs, Jane (1961). The Death and Life of Great American Cities. New York: Random House. Jacobs, Steven and Barclay G. Jones (1962). Urban Design through conservation. Unpublished manuscript, University of California at Berkeley. James-Chakraborty, Kathleen (2000). German Architecture for a Mass Audience. London: Routledge. Jencks, Charles (1993). Unite d'Habitation. London: Phaedon Press. Johnson, Chris (2003). Greening Sydney: Landscaping the Urban Fabric. Sydney: Government Architect Publications. Johnson, J. Eugene (1962). What remains of man? Aldo Rossi's Modena cemetery. Journal of the Society of Architectural Historians 1: 38-54. Jordan, David P. (1995). Transforming Paris: The Life and Labors of Baron Haussmann. New York: Free Press. Kanda, Shun and Masami Kobayashi (1991). Boston by Design: A City in Development: 1960 to 1990. Tokyo: Process Architecture. Kaplan, Marshall (1973). Urban Planning in the 1960s: A Design for Irrelevancy. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. Katz, Peter (1994). The New Urbanism: Toward an Architecture of Community. New York: McGraw-Hill. Kayden, Jerold S. (2000). Privately Owned Public Space: The New York City Experience. New York: John Wiley. Kleihues, Josef Paul (1987). Internationale Bauausstellung Berlin 1987: Projecektiibersicht. Berlin: IBA. Knack, Ruth (2003). Up close at the World Trade Center. Planning 69 (4): 11-13. Koolhaas, Rem (1978). Delirious New York: A Retroactive Manifesto for Manhattan. London: Thames and Hudson. Koolhaas, Rem (1998). OMA/Remkoolhaas, 1987-1998. Madrid: El Croquis Editorial. Kozloff, Howard (2001). Sydney's Darling Harbour. Urban Land 60 (1 1-12): 82-6. Kresge College, http://www.greatbuildings.com/buildings/kresge_college.html Kreyling, Christine (2002). New schools for Chattanooga. Planning 68 (7): 32-3. Krier, Rob (1988). Architectural Composition [translated by Romana Schneider and Gabrielle Vorreiter] . New York: Rizzoli. Krier, Rob (1990). Typological elements of the concept of urban space. In Andreas Papadakis and Harriet Watson, eds., The New Classicism: Omnibus Volume. New York: Rizzoli, 213-19. Kurokawa, Kisho (2000). Urban design of the public space system along the central axis. World Architecture Supplement 2000: 29-36. Ladd, Brian (1997). The Ghosts of Berlin: Confronting German History in the Urban Landscape. London: University of Chicago Press. Lai, Richard Tseng-yu (1988). Law in Urban Design and Planning: The Invisible Web. New York: Van Nostrand Reinhold. Lang, Jon (1987). Creating Architectural Theory: The Role of the Behavioral Sciences in Environmental Design. New York: Van Nostrand Reinhold. Lang, Jon (1994). Urban Design: The American Experience. New York: Van Nostrand Reinhold. Lang, Jon (2000). The 'new' functionalism and architectural theory. In Keith Diaz Moore, ed., Culture, Meaning Architecture: Critical Reflections on the Work of Amos Rapoport. Aldershot: Ashgate, 77-99. 403 REFERENCES AND FURTHER READING Lang, Jon (2002). A Concise History of Modern Architecture in India. Delhi: Permanent Black. Lang, Jon, Madhavi Desai and Miki Desai (1997). Architecture and Independence: The Search for Identity - India, 1880 to 1980. New Delhi: Oxford University Press. Larrafiaga, Enrique (undated). The University City and the architectural thought in Venezuela. In Obras de Arte de la Universitaria de Caracas/Works of Art of the University City of Caracas. Caracas: Universidad Central de Venezuela, 45-62. Lasar, Terry Jill (1989). Carrots and Sticks. New Zoning Downtown. Washington, DC: Urban Land Institute. Leal, Ildefonso (1991). Historia de la Universidad Central de Venezuela. Caracas: Ediciones del Rectorado, Universidad Central de Venezuela. Le Corbusier (1934). La Ville Radieuse (The Radiant City) [translated by E. Etchells and Eleanor Levieux]. Reprinted (1967), New York: Orion Press. Le Corbusier (1953). UUnite d'Habitation de Marseilles (The Marseilles Block), [translated by Geoffrey Sainsbury]. London: Harvill. Le Corbusier (1960). My Work [translated from French by James Palmer]. London: Architectural Press. Lehman, Nicholas (2000). No man's town: the good times are killing off America's local elites. The New Yorker Qune 5): 42-9. Leonard, Stephen J. and Thomas J. Noel (1990). Denver: Mining Camp to Metropolis. Niwot: University of Denver Press. Levy, Paul R. (2001). Downtown: competitive for a new century. In Jonathan Barnett, ed., Planning for a New Century: The Regional Agenda. Washington, DC: Island Press, 135-76. Lewis, Nigel C. (1977). A procedural framework attempting to express the relationship of human factors to the physical design process. Unpublished student paper, University of Pennsylvania. Lewis, Sylvia (1996). Mr. Precedent. Planning 62 (8): 10-15. Lewyn, Michael (2003). Zoning without zoning, http://www.planetizen.com/oped/ item.php?id=112 Liang, Low Boon, ed. (2002). Proceedings of the Great Asian Streets Symposium. Singapore: Centre for Advanced Studies in Architecture, National University of Singapore. Libeskind, Daniel (2004). Breaking Ground. London: John Murray. Lim, William S. W (2004). Have you been Shanghaied? Culture and Urbanism in Glocalized Shanghai. Singapore: Asian Urban Lab. Llewelyn-Davies (2000). Urban Design Compendium. London: English Partnership and the Housing Corporation. Lochhead, Helen (1999). Sydney Afresh. Architecture Australia 88 (September-October): 68-75. Loukaitou-Suderis, Anastasia and Tridib Banerjee (1998). Urban Design Downtown: Poetics and Politics of Form. Los Angeles and Berkeley, CA: University of California Press. Low, Setha M. (2003). Behind the Gates: Life, Security and the Pursuit of Happiness in Fortress America. London: Routledge. Lowe, Garrard D. (1996). Urban lessons from Paris. Urbanities 6 (1): 1-6. Lubell, Sam (2004). Daniel Libeskind: is his plan still around? Architectural Record (April): 34. Lubell, Sam, et al. (2004). Libeskind's World Trade Center guidelines raise doubts. Architectural Record (June): 47. Lucero, Laura and Jeffrey Soule (2002). The Supreme Court validates moratoriums in a path breaking decision. Planning 68 (6): 4-7. Lynch, Kevin (1961). The Image of the City. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press Lynch, Kevin (1976). Managing the Sense of a Region. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. Madanipour, Ali (1996). Design of Urban Space: An Inquiry into a Socio-Spatial Process. Chichester: John Wiley. 404 REFERENCES AND FURTHER READING Madanipour, Ali (2001). How relevant is 'planning by neighbourhoods' today? Town Planning Review 72 (2): 171-91. Madanipour, Ali (2003). Public and Private Spaces of the City. London: Routledge. Mansfield, Howard (1990). Cosmopolis: Yesterday's Cities of the Future. New Brunswick, NJ: Rutgers University Center for Urban Policy Research. Marmot, Alexi (1982). The Legacy of Le Corbusier. Built Environment 7 (2): 82-95. Marshall, Alex (2001). Seaside turns twenty. Metropolis (June): 68-72. Marshall, Richard (2001). Waterfronts in Post-Industrial Cities. London: Spon Press. Marshall, Richard (2003). Emerging Urbanity: Global Projects in the Asia Pacific Rim. London: Spon Press. Mas, Elias (2002). The Ensanche of Bilbao. In Euskal Hiria. Victoria-Gasteiz: Central Publishing Services of the Basque Government, 134—41. Maslow, Abraham (1987). Motivation and Personality (third edition revised by Robert Fraeger, James Fadiman, Cynthia McReynolds and Ruth Cox). New York: Harper & Row. Mazumdar, Sanjoy (2000). Autocratic control and urban design: the case of Tehran, Iran. Journal of Urban Design 5 (3): 317-38. McCamant, Kathryn and Charles Durett (1988). Cohousing: A Contemporary Approach to Housing Ourselves. Berkeley, CA: Habitat Press/Ten Speed Press. McCarren, Barbara (1999). And in this corner (designing the landscape for the Pershing Square project). Landscape Architecture 89 (6): 94-. Mello, Terezna Carvalho de and Paulo Henrique Battaglin Machado (1999). Do Desenvolvimento Urbano a Sustentabilidade. From Urban Development to Sustainability Curitiba: IPPUC. Melnick, Scott (1987). The urbanization of the suburbs. Building Design Construction 28 (3): 70-7. Meyer, Han (1999). City and Port: Urban Planning as a Cultural Venture in London, Barcelona and New York. Utrecht: International Books. Miao, Pu (2003). Deserted streets in a jammed town. The gated community in Chinese cities and its solution. Journal of Urban Design 8 (1): 45-66. Michelson, William (1968). Most people don't want what architects want. Transactions 5 (8): 37-43. Miles, Don C. and Mark L. Hinshaw (1987). Bellevue's new approach to pedestrian planning and design. In Anne Vernez Moudon, ed., Public Streets for Public Use. New York: Van Nostrand Reinhold, 221-31. Millspaugh, Martin (1964). Baltimore's Charles Center. A Case Study in Downtown Development. Washington, DC: The Urban Land Institute. Mitchell, William J. (1999). E-topia: l Urban life, Jim, but not as we Know It'. Cambridge. MA: MIT Press. Mitchell, William J. (2003). Constructing Complexity • Nano Scale • Architectural Scale • Urban Scale. Sydney: Faculty of Architecture, University of Sydney. Minton, Anna (2002). Building Balanced Communities. London: Royal Institute of Chartered Architects. Mirvac/Westfield (1997). Raleigh Park. A report submitted for the Urban Development Institute of Australia. Sydney: The authors. Moholy-Nagy, D. M. A. Sybille P. (1964). Carlos Raul Villaneuva and the Architecture of Venezuela. London: Tiranti. Mohney, David (1991). Seaside: Making an American Town. New York: Princeton University Press. Montgomery, Roger (1966). Comment on 'House-as-haven in the lower class'. Journal of the American Institute of Planners 32 (1): 23-31. Montgomery, Roger (1985). Pruitt-Igoe: policy failure or social symptom? In Barry Checkoway and Carl V Patton, eds., The Metropolitan Midwest: Policy, Problems and Prospects for Change. Urbana, IL: University of Illinois Press, 229-43. Moudon, Anne Vernez, ed. (1987). Public Streets for Public Use. New York: Van Nostrand Reinhold. 405 REFERENCES AND FURTHER READING Moudon, Anne Vernez and Wayne Attoe (1995). Urban Design: Reshaping Our Cities. Seattle, WA: Urban Design Program, University of Washington. Moughtin, Cliff (1992). Urban Design: Street and Square. London: Butterworth Architecture. Nakamura, Toshio, ed. (1982). Aldo Rossi. Tokyo: A & U Publishing Co. New Barbican (1954). Architects' Journal 120: 456-66. Newman, Oscar (1974). Defensible Space: Crime Prevention through Urban Design. New York: MacMillan. Nilson, Sten Ake (1973). The New Capitals of India, Pakistan and Bangladesh. London: Curzon Press. Norberg Schulz, Christian (1980). Genius Loci: Towards a Phenomenology of Architecture. New York: Rizzoli. Novo, Francisco Garcia and Claudia Zavalete de Daute (2002). Paisaje y urbanismo de la EXP092. Seville: Reditores. Ogden, Philip, ed. (1992). Update: London Docklands: The Challenge of Development. Cambridge, ALA: Cambridge University Press. Olds, Kris (1997). Globalizing Shanghai: 'Global Intelligence Corps' and the Building of Pudong. Cities 14 (2): 109-23. Olds, Kris (2001). Globalization and Urban Change: Capital, Culture and Pacific Rim, Mega- Projects. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Orwell, George (1961). Politics and the English language. In Collected Essays. London: Seeker and Warburg, 353-67. Pachini, Luca (2000). The Jubilee Line extension project. Casabella 64 (678): 64-83. Papadakis, Andreas C, ed. (1992). Paternoster Square and the Classical Tradition. London: Academy Editions. Paseo de Alamo (1985). Center 1: 85-7. Paternoster Square, http://www.paternosterlondon.co.uk Pegler, Martin (1998). Streetscapes. New York: Retail Reporting Corporation. Peralta, Christian (2002). The shape of digital things to come. Planning 68 (9): 20-1. Perry, Martin, Lily Kong and Brenda Yoh (1997). Singapore: A Development City State. New York: John Wiley and Sons. Petcu, Constantin (1999). Totalitarian Bucharest 1980-9, semio-clinical files. In Neil Leach, ed., Architecture and Revolution: Contemporary Perspectives on Central and Eastern Europe. London and New York: Routledge, 177-88. Pevsner, Nikolaus (1976). A History of Building Types. London: Thomas and Hudson. Postrel, Virginia (2003). The Substance of Style: How the Rise of Aesthetic Style is Remaking Commerce, Culture and Consciousness. New York: HarperCollins. Powell, Ken (2000). City Transformed: Urban Architecture at the Beginning of the 21st Century. London: Laurence King Publishing. Powell, Kenneth (1999). The Jubilee Line Extension. London: Laurence King Publishing. Project Sunrise Pty. Limited and Sunrise High Technologies and Design Pty. Ltd. (1983). Urban and Landscape Design Report. Sydney: The authors. Punter, John (1999). Design Guidelines in American Cities: A Review of Design Policies and Guidance in Five West Coast Cities. Liverpool: Liverpool University Press. Punter, John (2003). From design advice to peer review: the role of the Urban Design Panel in Vancouver. Journal of Urban Design 8 (2): 113-35. Punter, John and Matthew Carmona (1997). The Design Dimension of City Planning: Theory, Content, and Best Practice for Design Policies. London: E & FN Spon. Rainer, George (1990). Understanding Infrastructure: A Guide for Architecture and Planners. New York: John Wiley. 406 REFERENCES AND FURTHER READING Rapoport, Amos (1993). On the nature of capital cities and their physical expression. In John H. Taylor, Jean G. Lengelle and Caroline Andrew, eds., Capital Cities: International Perspectives. Ottawa: Carlton University Press, 32-67. Rauchstrasse, Berlin, Masterplan 1980-5, selected buildings, www.krierkohl.de/projects/ rauchstrasse.html Regional Plan Association (1927). Regional Survey of New York and its Environs. New York: Russell Sage Foundation. Richards, Brian (2001). Future Transport in Cities. London: Spon Press. Richards, James M. (1962). An Introduction to Modern Architecture. Harmonsworth: Penguin Books. Robertson, Kent A. (1993). Pedestrian strategies for downtown planners: skywalks versus pedestrian malls. Journal of the American Institute of Planners 59 (3): 361-71. Robertson, Kent A. (1994). Pedestrian Malls and Skywalks: Traffic Segregation Strategies in American Cities. Aldershot: Avebury. Robinette, Margaret A. (1976). Outdoor Sculpture: Object and Environment. New York: Whitney Library of Design. Rossi, Roberto (2000). Time Square and Potsdamer Platz. The Drama Review 42 (1): 43-8. Rowe, Colin (1983). Program versus paradigm. Cornell Journal of Architecture 2: 8-19. Rowe, Colin and Fred Koetter (1978). Collage City. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. Rowe, Peter (1993). Modernity and Housing. Cambridge: MIT Press. Rubenstein, Harvey M. (1992). Pedestrian Malls, Streetscapes, and Urban Spaces. New York: John Wiley. Ruchelman, Leonard (1977). The World Trade Center. Syracuse, NY: Syracuse University Press. Rudofsky, Bernard (1969). Streets for People. New York: Doubleday. Runcorn Development Corporation (1967). Runcorn New Town. Nottingham: Midlands Engineering Co. Ltd. Russell, Francis P. (1994). Battery Park City: an American dream of urbanism. In Brenda Case Scheer and Wolfgang Preiser, eds., Design Review: Challenging Urban Aesthetic Control. New York: Chapman and Hall, 197-209. Russell, James S. (2000). Engineering civility: transit stations. Architectural Record 188 (3): 129-33. San Francisco, City of, Department of City Planning (1985). The San Francisco Downtown Plan: Final Report. San Francisco: The author. Sara Resorts, BhD (2000). A Tribute to the People: Kuching Waterfront. http:/www/sedctourism. com/waterfront Scheer, Brenda and Wolfgang Preiser, eds. (1994). Design Review: Challenging Urban Design Aesthetic Control. New York: Chapman and Hall. Scheer, Thornston, Josef Paul Kleihues and Paul Kahlfeld with Andrea Barnreuther, eds. (2000). City of Architecture of the City: Berlin 1900-2000. Berlin: Nicolai. Schneekloth, Lynda and Karen A. Franck (1994). Type: prison or promise? In Karen A. Franck and Lynda Schneekloth, eds., Ordering Space: Types in Architecture and Design. New York: Van Nostrand Reinhold, 15-38. Schneider, Bernhard (1998). Invented history: Praiser Platz and the Brandenberg Gate. AA Files (Autumn): 12-16. Schurch, Thomas W (1999). Reconsidering urban design: thoughts about its definition and status as a field or profession. Journal of Urban Design 4 (1): 5-28. Segal, Arlene (1999). Turning the tide: Guggenheim, Bilbao. Planning: Architecture and Planning Review for Southern Africa 163 (May-June): 4-9. Sert, Jose Luis and CLAM (1944). Can Our Cities Survive? An ABC of Urban Problems, Their Analysis, Their Solutions. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. Sharp, Dennis (1991). Twentieth Century Architecture: A Visual History. London: Lund Humphries. 407 REFERENCES AND FURTHER READING Sherer, Dean C. (2004). Arcosante: yesterday's vision of tomorrow revisited. Calplanner (March-April): 1, 5, 14. Shirvani, Hamid (1985). The Urban Design Process. New York: Van Nostrand Reinhold. Simmonds, Roger and Gary Hack, eds. (2000). Global City Regions: Their Emerging Power. London and New York: Phaedon. Skyway, Minneapolis, http://www.cala2.umn.edu/skjwayniinneapolis/ SMRT Corporation Ltd. (2004). Moving with Our Customers, www.smrt.com.sg/smrt/index.htm Soleri, Paolo (1969). The City in the Image of Man. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. Soemardi, Ahmad Riad (in progress). Urban design, power relations and the public interest. Unpublished doctoral dissertation. Sydney: University of New South Wales. Southworth, Michael and Eran Ben Joseph (1997). Streets and the Shaping of Towns and Cities. New York: McGraw-Hill. Spaans, Marjolein (2004). The implementation of urban regeneration projects in Europe: global ambitions, local matters. Journal of Urban Design 9 (3): 335 — 49. Spirn, Ann Whiston (1984). The Granite Garden. New York: Basic Books. Staff of New Urban News (2001). New Urbanism: Comprehensive Report if Practice Guide. Ithaca, NY: New Urban Publications, Inc. Stamp, Gavin (1988). Romania's New Delhi. Architectural Review 184 (10): 4-6. Stamps, Arthur E. (1994). Validating contextual urban design principles. In Neary S. J., Symes M. S. and Brown F. E., eds., The Urban Experience: A People-Environment Perspective. London: E & FN Spon, 141-53. Steele, James (1998). The Complete Architecture ofBalkrishna Doshi: Rethinking Modernism for the Developing World. London: Thames and Hudson. Stein, Clarence (1955). Unpublished notes on urban design, University of Pennsylvania (mimeographed) . Stein, Clarence (1957). Toward New Towns for America. New York: Reinhold. Stratis, William (2004). World Trade Center Competition. Corte Madera, CA: Ginko. Symes, Martin (1994). Typological thinking in architectural practice. In Karen A. Franck and Lynda Schneekloth, eds., Ordering Space: Types in Architecture and Design. New York: Van Nostrand Reinhold, 15-38. Tenant, Annie (2004). Sex and the city. Community and design. Australian Planner 41 (3): 36-7. The town of Seaside (1985). Center 1: 110-17. Thomas, Derek (2002). Architecture and the Urban Environment: A Vision for the New Age. New York: Elsevier Science. Thomas, Ray and Peter Cresswell (1973). The New Town Idea. Milton Keynes: The Open University. Tiesdall, Steven A., Taner Oc and Tim Heath (1996). Revitalizing Historic Urban Quarters. Boston: Butterworth -Architecture. Timmons, Heather (2003). Canary Wharf head plans bid. International Herald Tribune, Friday, 14 November: 14. Torres, Felix (1987). Paris La Defense: Me'tropole Europeene des Affaires. Paris: Editions de Moniteur. Towndrow, Jennifer (1991). Darling Harbour. In Philip Cox: Portrait of an Australian Architect. Ringwood, Vctoria: Viking, 254-64. Trott, Gerhard (1985). Universitat Bielefeld. Bielefeld: Kramer-Druck. Tschumi, Bernard (1987). Cinegramme Folie: le Pare de la Villette. Princeton, NJ: Princeton University Press. Turner, John F C. (1976). Housing by People: Towards Autonomy in Building Environments. London: Marion Boyers. Turner, Paul V (1984). Campus: An American Planning Tradition. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. Turner, Tom (1996). City as Landscape: A Postmodern View of Planning. London: E & FN Spon. Tyler, Ronnie C. (1996). San Antonio River. The New Handbook of Texas. Austin, TX: Texas State Historical Association. 408 REFERENCES AND FURTHER READING Universitat Bielefeld (2004). http://www.uni-bielefeld.de Urban Design (2004). Architectural Record (April): 168-70. Urban Projects Unit, NSW Department of Public Works (1993). George Street Urban Design and Transport Study - a Draft for Discussion with the Sydney City Council. Sydney: The authors. Uthman, Faud A. (1972). Charles Center, Baltimore: a case study of architectural controls through mandatory design review with an examination of architectural controls within the urban renewal process and through regulation. Unpublished doctoral dissertation. Philadelphia: University of Pennsylvania. Vidarte, Juan Ignacio (2002). The Bilbao Guggenheim Museum. In Euskal Hiraria. Victoria- Gasteiz: Ceneral Publishing Services of the Basque Government, 153-8. Vignelli Associates (1990). Design Vignelli. University of New South Wales, College of Fine Arts. Announcement of lecture series. Villanueva, Paulina (2000). Carlos Raul Villaneuva/Paulina Villanueva/Macia Pinto. New York: Princeton Architectural Press. Vossman, Laura (2002). How many artists does it take to make a downtown? Planning 68 (6): 20-5. Vuchic, Vukan (1999). Transportation for Livable Cities. New Brunswick, NJ: Center for Urban Policy Research, Rutgers University. Wallace, David (1964). The Planning Process. Baltimore's Charles Center -A Case Study of Downtown Renewal. Urban Land Institute Bulletin 31: Washington, DC: Urban Land Institute. Wallace, David (2004). Urban Planning/My Way. Chicago, IL: American Planning Association. Wang, An-de, ed. (2000). Shanghai Lujiazui Central Area Urban Design. Shanghai: Architecture and Engineering Press. Ward, Colin, ed. (1973). Vandalism. London: Architectural Press. Wasserman, Jim (2004). Growth experts push new zoning to spark aesthetic renaissance. San Diego Union Tribune, 22 February, http://www.signonsandiego.com/news.state/2004-0222- 1144-ca-reinventinggrowth.htm Watson, Ilene (2001). An Introduction to Design Guidelines, http:www.plannersweb.com/ wfiles/w 151. html Webber, Peter, ed. (1988). The Design of Sydney: Three Decades of Change in the City Centre. Sydney: Law Book. Weston, Richard (2001). The end of the affair. RIBA Journal 108 (4): 13-16. White, Morton and Lucia White (1964). The Intellectual versus the City from Thomas Jefferson to Frank Lloyd Wright. New York: New American Library. Whyte, William H. (1980). The Social Life of Small Urban Spaces. New York and Washington, DC: The Conservation Foundation. Williams, Katie, Elizabeth Burton and Mike Jenks, eds. (2000). Achieving Sustainable Urban Form. London: E & FN Spon. Wordsearch and the Royal Academy of Arts (2002). New Connections, New Architecture, New Urban Environments and the London Jubilee Line Extension. London: The Royal Academy of Arts. Worthington, Carl A. (1984). The Denver Technological Center: evolution of a pedestrian oriented community. Ekistics 52 (306): 260-6. Yeang, Ken (2002). Reinventing the Skyscraper: A Vertical Theory of Urban Design. Chichester: Wiley- Academic. Yin Robert, K. (2002). Applications of Case Study Research. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications. Young, Barry (1988). Darling Harbour: a new city precinct. In Peter Webber G, ed., The Design of Sydney: Three Decades of Change in the City Centre. Sydney: The Law Book Company, 1 90-2 1 3 . Young, Karen (1999). Subterranean Commercial Development. http://wwwJemich.edu/public/ geo/5 51/book/dl 1 1 .underground.html Zotti, ed. (1988). Un-malling a downtown [Oak Park, Illinois]. Inland Architect 32 (4): 14, 18. Zunker, Vernon (1983). A Dream, Come True: Robert Hugman and San Antonio's River Walk. Seguin, TX: The author. 409 Quincy Market/Faneuil Hall precinct, Boston in 1 993 Index (Page numbers in bold refer to illustrations) Abrams, Charles 330 Abuja, Nigeria 152 Accessibility 64 Affordance, affordances 8, 390 Agache, Alfred 325 Ahmedabad, India Gandhi Ashram 86 Heritage Walk 86-8, 87 squatter settlement 322 Aillaud, Emile 220 Albany, New York Nelson D. Rockefeller Empire State Plaza 197 State University of New York 189, 202 State University of New York case study 195-8, 197 Alexander, Christopher 205 Algiers, Algeria 124 Allahabad, India Kumb Mela township 321,322 Alsop, William 177 Ambasz, Emilio 321,341 Amsterdam, The Netherlands Zuidas 67, 86 Andrews, John 296 Arad, Michael 267 Aranya Township; see Indore Archer, Rick 353 Archigram group 320-1,377 Walking City 321 Architecture and urban design xxvi, 59, 1 14-45 ArtDeco 169, 192 buildings 114-45 glocal 373 kitsch 115,237 Modernist; see also Rationalism and Rationalist 183, 189, 215, 222, 230, 241, 283, 310, 359-60, 376 Postmodernist 183,222,227 Architectural Forum 181 Architectural Record awards xxv Arcosanti, Arizona 124, 145 Arcosanti case study 125-7, 126, 127 Arnhem, The Netherlands 83 Arnold, Henry 83 Arpjean 193 Arthur Ling Associates 69 Arup Associates 249, 250, 296 Asian Development Bank 237 Athens Charter 359 Avenue of the Victory of Socialism; see Bucharest Awards xxv, 105, 115, 141, 277, 346, 350, 351 Aziz, Prince Al-Walid bin Abdul 226 Bacon, Edmund 61, 314 Baker, Ed 347 Balfour, Alan xxiv Baltimore, Maryland 215 Charles Center xxiv, 31, 49, 209, 270, 346, 370 Charles Center case study 271-6, 272, 273, 274, 275,276 Inner Harbor 209, 271, 294, 294, 295 Ban, Shingeru 265 Banham, Rayner 125 Bangkok, Thailand Muong Thong Thani 3 5 rail system 324 Bangkok Land 372 Banham, Rayner 125 Barbican, The; see London Barcelona, Spain 116 Barnes, Edward Larabee 283,286 Barnett, Jonathan 305 Barry, Sir Charles 165 Bartholdi, Auguste 95 Battery Park City; see New York Bauhaus 49,54,178,241,249 Beckley/Meiers, Architects 313 Behaviour settings, patterns 8 Behnish, Giinter 256 Beijing, China CBD plan 47, 48 Belcher, Donald 153 Bellevue, Washington 51, 305, 396 Bellevue case study 309-14, 311, 312, 313 moratoria 37-8 411 INDEX Belmopan, Belize 152 Benedict XIV 9 Benjamin Thompson and Associates 142 Berlin, Germany 376 Brandenberg Gate 255 DGBank 27 Leipziger Platz 261 PariserPlatz 27, 77, 215, 369, 387, 391 Pariser Platz case study 254-9, 255, 256, 257 Potsdamer Platz 31, 373, 374, 375, 376 Potsdamer Platz case study 259-64, 260, 262, 263, 264 Stadtvillen an der Rauchstrasse 209, 290, 300 Stadtvillen an der Rauchstrasse case study 290-3, 291, 292 TeglerHafen 290 Bethesda, Maryland 51,270 design review 40 design review score card 40 MetroCenter 38, 40 moratoria 38 Metro 121 Bielefeld, Germany Bielefeld University 138, 145, 368 Bielefeld University case study 128-30, 129 Bierkerts, Gunnar 285 Bilbao, Spain Abandoibarra; see Guggenheim Museum case study Guggenheim Museum 16, 115, 120, 145, 354, 379 Guggenheim Museum case study 120-3, 121, 123 Blake, Peter xxi, 390 Blau, Otto 225 Blonkvist, Tim 353 Blood, John 351 Bonifacio, Jose 152 Bosa Development Corp. 362 Boston, Massachusetts Faneuil Hall-Quincy Market area 84, 85, 381, 410 Freedom trail case study 84-6, 85 Bourneville, England 157 Brand, Leslie, Carlton 276 Brasilia, Brazil 28, 73, 151, 202, 203, 204, 216, 289, 366,387,391 Brasilia case study 152-7, 153, 154, 156 plan 19 Brenner/Tonon 293 Brereton, Laurie 295 Breuer, Marcel 171 Brolin, Brent xxi, 390 Bucharest, Romania Avenue of the Victory of Socialism 151, 202, 203, 383,387 Avenue of the Victory of Socialism case study 199-201,200 Ceausescu's Bucharest 25 Buenz,J. Fred 351 Burgee, John 285 Calatrava, Santiago 94, 121, 122, 267, 343 Calder, Alexander 193,223 California Coyote Valley Plan xxv Calzon, Martinez 341 Camden, New Jersey 353 Canary Wharf; see London Cano Lasso, Julio 342 Cape Town, South Africa 215 Victoria and Alfred Docks 294 Caracas 49 23 de enero housing 50, 202 Universidad Central de Venezuela 189 Universidad Central de Venezuela case study 189-95, 192, 193, 194 Case studies xxiii-xxvi, 27 Castro, Pedro Leon 193 Catalyst, catalytic effects 134, 232, 272, 274, 277, 298,318-358 buildings as catalysts 120-3, 352-7 multiplier and side effects 15-16, 51, 290 Ceasusescu, Nicolae 25, 30, 199, 201, 383 Cemeteries 134, 135-7, 319-20, 377 Chabert, Henri 94 Chamberlain, Powell and Bon 164, 166 Chandigarh 28, 56, 151, 152, 202, 371 Capital complex 161,204 Capital complex case study 162^4, 163 City Centre 29, 161 Punjab University 189,190 Charbonneau, Jean Pierre 94 Charles Center; see Baltimore Charles Kober Associates 91 Charles, Prince of Wales 249,251 Chattanooga, Tennessee 323, 356 schools as catalysts case study 354-6 Chicago, Illinois Central Area plan xxv Columbian Exposition 101 Haymarket Massacre trail 80 Illinois Institute of Technology 284 University of Illinois 52 412 INDEX Childs, David 269, 302 Chillida, Eduardo 122 CIAM 359 Cite Industrielle 54,361 City Beautiful movement 5, 25, 53, 54, 225 City of Los Angeles versus Alameda Book 1 9 City of the Future 124 City planning 59 and existing cities 62 and urban design 61-74, 314-7 comprehensive planning 62 public realm policies 63-5 Clarke Perry Blackmore 297 Clarke Quay; see Singapore Clock towers 53 Columbia, Maryland 45, 67 conceptual layout 68 Commercial pragmatism 55 Company towns 28, 157-8, 321 Krupp towns 157 Competitions, design 24 Congress for the New Urbanism 393 Conklin and Rossant 241 Controls and incentives (sticks and carrots) 36-9, 387-8 design guidelines 205-8, 206, 207, 208, 210, 217, 225, 227, 237, 237, 254-6, 269, 273-4, 274, 277, 278, 280, 284, 288, 300-1, 311-3, 312,326,335,387-8 design review 39-41, 287 floor-space incentives 36, 62, 306-9, 310 moratoria 37-8, 302 subsidization 36 taxation policies 35, 37, 224, 238 transfer of property rights 3 7 zoning 35-9, 304-17, 326 Conybeare, Morrison and Partners 102 Coop Himmelblau 121 Cooper Alexander 244,280 Cooper Eckstut 244 Cooper Marcus, Clare 205 Copenhagen, Denmark Stroget 79, 80 Coral Gables, Florida University of Miami 286 Corbett, Harrison and McMurray 169 Cosanti Foundation 126 Costa, Andrea 135 Costa, Lucio 153,155 Coventry 50 Cox, Philip; Cox, Richardson and Taylor 98, 109, 296, 298 Creativity 384-5 Crooks, Mitchell, Peacock and Stewart 330 Cruickshank, Dan 251 Cruz/Ortiz 341 Culture and design 16, 17 Curitiba, Brazil 66, 324, 384 Curitiba plug-in urban design case study 325-9, 325, 326, 327, 328, 329 light rail 323 Daimler Benz 259,372 Dallas, Texas Arts District 31,205,206 Danze, Elizabeth 351 Darling Harbour; see Sydney Daubert versus Merrill Dow 1 8 Davis, California Village Homes 375,375 Davis, Robert 210 DB Real Estate 372 Deconstruction 55 Defensible space 379 del Diestro, Junquera 341 Delhi, India; see also New Delhi Metro Rail 324 Delirious New York 230 del Moral, Enrique 283 Delton Hampton and Associates 91 Denver, Colorado Sixteenth Street Mall 8, 111, 112 Denver Technological Center 47, 283 Denver Technological Center case study 287-90, 288, 289 Derthick, Henley 355 de Portzamparc, Christian 231,256 Design guidelines; see controls and incentives d'Estaing, Valery Giscard 106, 217, 218 Developers; see property developers DLK Architects 83 Dolan versus the city ofTaggert 1 8 Donahue Scribner 277 Doshi, Balkrishna V. 158-9, 162, 163, 344 Duany Andres 210 Duany and Plater Zyberk 2 10-4 Dubai, United Arab Emirates Burj Dubai 237 Durden, Dennis 271 Duthilleul, Jean-Marie 232 Ecola, Lisia 333 EDAW, Inc. 91, 177 Edge cities 217,270 413 INDEX ELS/Elbasani and Logan 118,177,277 Empiricism and empiricists 54, 178, 359, 380 English common law xxv Eric Parry Architects 251 Esherick, Joseph 142 EuraLille; see Lille Expo '92; see Seville Fainsilber, Adrein 106 Farrell, Terry 251 Ferris, Hugh 124 Figure-ground relationship 9 Financing; see urban design financing Flato,Ted 351 Ford, Powell and Carson 351, 353 Fort Worth, Texas plan 271, 272 Water Garden 89 Foster, Norman; Foster Associates 121, 229, 250, 333,337 Fountains 53 Franco Bahamonde, Francisco 116 Francy Valentiny/Hubaert Hermann 292, 293 Freedom Trail; see Boston Friedman, S. B. and Company 83 Fuksas, Massimiliano 233 Fuller, Buckminster 125 Function, functionalism 4, 10, 13-6, 16 Gandhinagar, Gujarat, India 151 Garden Cities xxi, 49, 54, 178, 359 Gamier, Tony 54, 159, 361 Gawthmey, Henderson and Siegel 285 Geddes, Patrick 360 Gehry, Frank 27, 115, 121, 256, 258 Generic solutions 27 Genoa, Italy 336 George Street; see Sydney Gerlach, Philip 254 Ghirardelli Square; see San Francisco Glasgow, Scotland 353 Glendale, California 37, 51, 63, 209, 270, 300 Glendale case study 276-82, 278, 279, 281 Gloucester, England 83 GohHupChor 333 Goldman, Andrew 286 Goncalves, Millman and Rocha 153, 154 Gonzalez, Felipe 341 Goodley & Foilhoux 169 Gordon, David xxiv Grands Travaux 120, 220 Grassi, Giorgio 293 Graves, Michael 293 Greenberg, Allan 251 Gregorian, Vartan 267 Gregotti, Vittorio; Gregotti Associates 121, 229 Grenoble, France 83 Grimshaw, Nicholas 268 Gropius, Walter 171 Gruen, Victor 271, 272 GSFC Township; see Vadodara Guggenheim Museum; see Bilbao Guggenheim Museum case study, Abandoibarra, Bilbao 120 Guggenheim Museum, New York; see New York Guggenheim Museum, Venice; see Venice Hack, Gary 266, 269 Halprin, Lawrence 89, 140, 142, 295 Hammond, Beeby and Babka 251, 252 Hanna-Olin 225 Hanoi, Vietnam Hanoi North 224 Hargreaves Associates 266 Harris, Britton 330 Harrison, Wallace 196, 241 Harrison and Abromowitz 241,242 Harvard University xx Haussmann, Baron Georges-Eugene 4, 25, 198, 204 Helmuth, Yamasaki and Leinweber 181 Henderson Land 372 Henry Pollack Architects 1 84 Heritage Walk; see Ahmedabad Herzog and de Meuron 335 Heseltine, Michael 224 Hilbersheimer, Ludwig 178 Hillier Group 196 Hilmer, Heinz 259 Hilmer/Sattler Potsdamer Platz design 259, 260, 261, Historic Preservation 173-8 Hitler, Adolf 25, 198, 201 Ho Chi Minh City (Saigon), Vietnam New CBD competition 24 South Saigon 41 Holein, Hans 292 Holford, Sir William 248, 249, 250, 251 Hong Kong cemeteries 377 Mass Transit Rail 334 Hood, Raymond 169, 171, 172 Horn, Kevin 286 Housing; see precincts Hugman, Robert 350, 351, 353, 381 Human purposes, motivations 13,16 414 INDEX Hunt, Karen 355 Huxtable, Ada Louise 240 Hyderabad, India LIC township 159 Indore, India Aranya Township 73,362 Aranya township, case study 344-6, 345 Infrastructure design; see also urban design, plug-in 21,51-2,66,148,176,304,318-57 Institute for Urban Design, New York 393 Internationale Bausausstellung, Berlin 290 Islamabad, Pakistan 151 Isozaki, Arata 121,122,217,250,261 Ito, Toyo 233 Izumi, Kyoto 15 Jackson, Teece, Chesterman & Partners 184 Jacobs, Allan 97 Jacobs, Jane xxi, 88, 97, 390 Jahn, Helmut 261 Jakarta, Indonesia 374 Jeanerret, Pierre 189 Jefferson, Thomas 284 Jencks, Charles 183 Jerde Partnership 91 Jiricna, Eva 337 Johannesburg, South Africa trams 323 Johansen, John 274 John M. Lee/Michael Timchula Associates 216 John S. Griffith Company 277 Johnson, Philip 241,285 Juan Carlos, King of Spain 341 Jubilee Line; see London Kadleigh, Whitfield and Horsburgh 165 Kahan, Richard 244 Kahn, Louis 86 Kalol, India IFFCO Township 159 Kansas City, Missouri Tropolis 347 Kaplan, Marshall 390 Kiley,Dan 222 Kleihues, Josef Paul 256 Kobe, Susume 330 Koenigsberger, Otto 330 Kohane, Peter 17 Kohlbecker, Christoph 261 Kohn Pederson Fox 227,236 Kolhoff, Hans 262 Kolkata (Calcutta), India Park Street Cemetery 320 tram system 323 Koolhaas, Rem 115,229,232 Koonjeff 123 Kopke, Klaus 128 Koran, The 1 7 Kostritsky, George 271 Kresge College; see Santa Cruz Krier, Leon 251 Krier, Rob 290,292,293,300 Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia Petronas Towers 236 Kubitschek, Juscelino 153, 153, 382 Kuching, Sarawak, Malaysia Waterfront Park 101, 294, 377 Waterfront Park case study 102-5, 104 Kulka, Peter 128 Kurokawa, Kisho 216 Kyoto, Japan weather protection 367,367 La Defense; see Paris Lake, David 351 Lakota Group 83 Landscape architecture, xxvi 59, 60 and urban design 75-1 13 pedestrain malls, walkways and experiential trails 79-88 Lang, Jack 105 Langhans, Carl Gotthard 254 Lanier, Sherrill and Morrison 142 La Place des Terreaux; see Lyon Las Colinas, Texas 45, 46 design review 40-1 Laurens, Henri 193 LeCorbusier 8, 16,28,42,49,86, 124, 130, 131, 132, 133, 151, 155, 159, 162, 163, 171, 178, 181,204,259,371,381 Le Crusot, France 157 Lee, Ming Cho 284 Leger, Fernand 193 Legoretta, Ricardo 90, 92, 113, 122 Lerner, Jaime 329 Lesher Communications, Inc. versus the City of Walnut Creek 39 Levi, Rino 153, 154 Levy, Paul 315 Libeskind, Daniel 4, 258, 269, 302 Lille, France Euralille 215,240,364,366 Euralille case study 229-32, 230, 231, 232 415 INDEX Lin, Maya 267 Lindsay, John 241, 306, 308, 382 Llewellyn-Davies, Lord 148 London, England 37,215 Barbican 2, 147, 149, 161, 181, 270, 382 Barbican case study 164—7, 166, 167 Canary Wharf, xxiv 14, 34, 77, 109, 146, 215, 224, 232, 240, 247, 300, 334, 335, 337, 363, 366,368,382,386,387 Canary Wharf case study 224-9, 225, 226, 228 City 368 City road levy 3 7 Jubilee Line 51,224 Jubilee Line case study 334-8, 336, 337, 385 London Docklands Corporation 224 Paternoster Square, ii 14, 51, 148, 215, 300, 370, 381,387 Paternoster Square case study 248-52, 249, 252 Tate Modern 335 Los Angeles, California 376 Bunker Hill stairway 77 light rail 323 Pershing Square 75 Pershing Square case study 90-4, 91, 92, 93, 95 Walt Disney Concert Hall 1 15, 116, 120 Louvain la Neuve, Belgium Catholic University 189,190 Lower Manhattan Development Corporation 265 Lujiazui; see Shanghai Lynch, Kevin 161,304,391 Lyon, France La Place des Terreaux 366 La Place des Terreaux case study 94-7, 96 Lyon, Yves 229 Macary, Michel 229 MacCormac, Jamieson, Pritchard and Wright 250, 251 Machtig, Herman 254 Madrid, Spain 49 Manship, Paul 171 Manterola, Javier 122 Marseilles, France Unite d'habitation 42, 43, 145, 178, 181 Unite d'habitation case study 130-3, 132 Maslow, Abraham 1 3 Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Cambridge, MA Stata Center 134 Mathur, B. P. 189 Matthias, John 140 Mauroy, Pierre 229, 232, 382 Mayer, Albert 381 McAslanJohn 337 McCarren, Barbara 92 McConnel, Smith and Johnson 298 McKennaJohn 280 Megastructures 124-30 Melbourne, Victoria, Australia Federation Square 258 Metro Transportation 83 Mexico City, Mexico Universidad Autonoma de Mexico 282, 282 Miami, Florida 294 Michelangelo Bounarroti 192 Mies van der Rohe, Ludwig 1 1 1, 274, 284 Miller, J. Jefferson 272 Millsbaugh, Martin, xxiv Milton Keynes, England 69 Minneapolis, Minnesota Skywaysystem 33,52,370 Skyway case study 347-50, 348 Mirvac, Ltd. 184 Mitchell, Jack 330 MMM Roberto 153 Modena, Italy cemetery of San Cataldo 134 cemetery of San Cataldo case study 135-7, 137 Modernists and Modernism xxi Moneo, Rafael 261, 341 Montreal, Quebec, Canada Golden Square Mile 347 Moore, Charles 138 Moore Ruble Yudell 258 Mori Building Company 236 Morris, Benjamina 169 Moses, Robert 120 Mulhouse, France 157 Mumbai (Bombay), India Horniman Circle (Banking District) 9,11 Mills 173 Munich, Germany 83 Mussolini, Benito 25,201 Napoleon III 25 Napoleonic Code xxv Nassau County, New York moratorium on development 39 Natalini, Adolfo 293 Navarro, Pascual 193 Nehru, Jawaharlal 162, 371 Neighbourhoods, neighbourhood planning 130-3 Neighbourhood Unit 131 Neuberger, Roy A. 283 416 INDEX New Delhi, India 151 Capital complex 162 Newman, Oscar 379 New Orleans, Louisiana Plaza d'ltalia 77, 78 New South Wales Government Architect's Office 98 Newton, Sir Wilfred 334 New towns 44-5, 151-61 capital cities 151-2 Soviet 209 New Urbanism, New Urbanist (Neo-Traditionalism) 42,49,54,97, 130, 149, 178,210,211,360, 376,388,393 New World Development Corp. 372 New York, New York 215,317 Battery Park City 14, 32, 39, 47, 56, 109, 147, 215, 225, 227, 269, 289, 294, 300, 366, 374, 377,378,381,384,385,387,391 Battery Park City case study 240-8, 241, 242, 243, 244, 245, 246 Bryant Park 94 Central Park 101 Chrysler Building 144 Empire State Building 125 Guggenheim Museum 121 Lincoln Center 47, 120, 161 Nassau-Fulton design guidelines 208 piece-by-piece urban design 3 3 Rockefeller Center xxiv, 114, 120, 134, 202, 269 Rockefeller Center case study 168-73, 171, 172 Roosevelt Island 47 special zoning districts 305, 306-9 Theater District case study 306-9, 308, 309 Urban Design Group 306-9, 382 Wall Street area 368,369 World Trade Center xxiv, 244, 266 World Trade Center destruction 265, 379 World Trade Center redevelopment 120, 215, 264-9, 266, 267, 268, 302, 378, 384, 387 Nhulunbuy, Australia 157-8 Nieleblock, Henry 293 Niemeyer, Oscar 153, 155, 204, 216 Noel Bell Ridley Smith 98 Nolli, Giambattista; Nolli plan 9, 10 Nordelson, Guy 269 Norfolk, Virginia 294 Norton, Enrique 267 Nowicki, Mathew 162,381 Oak Park, Illinois Oak Park Center Mall 16, 52 Oak Park Center Mall case study 8 1-3 , 82 Obelisks 53 Office of Metropolitan Architecture (OMA) 229 O'Gorman, Juan 282 Olin, Laurie 90, 113 Olmsted, Frederick Law 101 Olympia and York 225, 226, 247, 335, 363, 382 Ordonez, Fernandez 341 Orwell, George xx, xxiii Paniu, Mario 282 Paoletti, Roland 334,335 Pare de al Villette; see Paris Paris, France 49 Bibliotheque Nationale 233 Boulevards 75, 97 Champs Elysees 199, 222 Eiffel Tower 220 Haussmann's 4, 97, 198, 204, 224 La Defence xviii, xxiv, 52, 105, 143, 215, 232, 247,300,339,366,370,386,387 La Defense case study 217-24, 219, 220, 221, 223 Pare de la Villette 220,382 Pare de la Villette case study 105-9, 107, 108 Sorbonne 47 Tour Montparnesse 217 Pariser Platz; see Berlin Park, Leslie 347 Parks 101-11 Pataki, George E. 268 Paternoster Square; see London Patzcheke, Klotz and Partners 256 Pei, I.M. 220,227 Pelli, Cesar 122, 227, 246, 293 People, models of xx, 365-6 Perrault, Dominique 233, 234 Perry, Clarence 130 Pershing Square; see Los Angeles Petrescu, Anca 199 Petrykowski, Margaret 98 Pevsner, Antoine 193 Peyelevade, Jean 229 Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 49,317 Benjamin Franklin Parkway 25 Center City BID case study 314-7, 315, 316 Chinatown North proposal 30 City Planning Commission 61 garment factories 173 Martin Luther King Jr. Housing 202 Penn Center 47 Penn's Landing 34 Rittenhouse Square 88 Society Hill 173 417 INDEX Phoenix, Arizona 113 Piano, Renzo 94, 261 Pioneer Place; see Portland Pita, Perez 341 Place des Terreaux; see Lyon Planning; see city planning Plater-Zyberk, Elizabeth 210 Poleo, Hector 193 Politics and the English Language xx Pompidou, Georges 218 Porphyrios Associates 252 Portland, Oregon 177, 366 Cadillac-Fairview proposal 117, 118, 118, 371, 383 Ira C. Keller Fountain 78 Pioneer Place 16,383 Pioneer Place case study 117-9, 118, 119 squares 77 Porto Alegre, Brazil cemetery 135, 136 Potsdamer Platz; see Berlin Poundbury, Dorchester, England 97, 214 Powell, Boon 351 Precinct design; see also urban renewal 45-51, 161-201,215-300 arts districts 353 business improvement districts (BIDs) 305, 314-17,386 campuses 189-98,282-90 cohousing 187-8 gated communities 180,186-8 housing 178-88,290-4 planning districts 304-9 retirement communities 180 sites-and-services 339, 344-6 streets 198-201 underground 346-7 waterfront festival markets 294-300 world's fairs 339,341-4 Progressive Architecture design awards 115, 277, 351 Property developers 19, 34, 49, 244, 280, 290, 300, 306,311,362,363,372 Protech, Max 265 Pruitt Igoe; see St. Louis Public realm of decision-making 17-20 physical 7, 10, 13 Public works departments 28 of India 49 Pullman, Illinois 157 Purchase, New York State University of New York 283, 370 State University of New York case study 283-6, 284, 285, 286 Putrajaya, Malaysia 152 Quickborner Team 128 Radburn, New Jersey 130, 179, 179, 198 Raffles, Sir Stamford 174 RAIA (Royal Australian Institute of Architects) 115 Raleigh Park; see Sydney Rationalism and Rationalists xxi, 54, 55, 178, 249, 359,360,380 Rawalpindi, Pakistan Institute for Nuclear Science and Technology 196 Regal Landscape 296 Reichmann, Paul 225,247,382 Reinhard & Hofmeister 169 Reston, Virginia 45 Rez, Jim 277 Rio de Janeiro, Brazil 157 Riverside, California University of California 353 Riverwalk; see San Antonio Rockefeller, David 267 Rockefeller, John D. 120, 168, 172 Rockefeller, Nelson D., 195, 241, 283, 382 Rockefeller Center; see New York Rogers, Sir Richard 233, 234, 259, 260, 261, 262 Rome, Italy 9 Campidoglio 192 Via della Conciliazone 25 Rose Corporation 372 Rossi, Aldo 135 Roth, Emory and Sons 264 Roth, William Ma tson 140 Rotterdam, The Netherlands 50, 215, 336 De Boomjes 294 Rouse Corporation; Rouse, James 69, 118, 295 RSP Architects 177,333 RTKL Associates 297 Rucheim, Ulrich 122 Ruchelman, Leonard xxiv Rudolph, Paul 284 Runcorn, England 67, 151, 209, 304 Runcorn case study 69-73, 70, 71, 72 Saenz de Oiza, Franciscso 343 St. Louis, Missouri Gateway Plaza 75, 76 Pruitt Igoe 134, 148, 179, 184, 202, 209, 291, 362,365,366,369,379 Pruitt Igoe case study 181-3,182 418 INDEX San Antonio, Texas Riverwalk (Paseo del Rio) xxiv, 113, 382 Riverwalk case study 350-3, 352 San Cataldo, Cemetery of; see Modena San Diego, California light rail 323 Sandys, Duncan 165 San Franciscso, California Cannery 141 design guidelines 207 Ghirardelli Square 134, 173, 368, 381 Ghirardelli Square case study 140-3, 142 Pier 39, 294 San Francisco Press building 171 Santa Cruz, California Kresge College 58, 144, 145, 180, 387 Kresge College case study 138-40, 139 University of California at Santa Cruz 138 Sant'Elia, Antonio 125 Sao Paulo, Brazil 157 Sartor, Frank 100 Sasaki Associates 109 Schofield, William 84,381 Schwartz, Frederick 265 Seaside, Florida 97, 300, 374, 387 Seaside case study 210-4, 211, 212, 213, 214 Seattle, Washington Public Library 115 Seoul, Korea new housing 365 Seville, Spain Expo '92, 321 Expo '92 case study 341-4, 342, 343 Shanghai, China 150,374 Lujiazui xxv, 14, 41, 224, 240, 247, 300, 358, 364, 366,372,373,382,386 Lujiazui case study 232-40, 234, 235, 236, 237, 238,239 Nanjing Road 79 Shanghai, Waterfront Park xxv, 101, 109-11, 110 Shanghai Urban Planning and Design Institute 233, 235 Shanghai Urban Planning Bureau 110 Shenzhen, China Shenzhen Citizens Centre xxv, 215, 216-7, 216 Sheppard Robson 251 Shick, Susan F. 277 Shongshang Lake, China 45, 46 Signs and signage 143 Sidell Gibson 251 Siepmann, Wolf 128 Silverstein, Larry 269 Simpson, John 249,251 Singapore 336, 376, 382 Boat Quay 175 central area road levy 37, 330 Clarke Quay 173,203,368 Clarke Quay case study 174-8, 175, 176 comprehensive plan 66 DuxtonHill 173 Housing Development Board 66,332 MRT system 324 MRT system case study 330-4, 331, 332, 333 new towns 46 Orchard Road 9 Urban Redevelopment Authority 66, 174 SITE 91, 113 Skidmore, Owings and Merrill (SOM) 109, 225, 227,237,250,269 Slum clearance 50 Smart growth 54, 360, 388 Smith, Ken 265 Smith, Madison 353 Soerters, Sjoert 293 Soleri, Paolo 124,125,378 Sony 259, 372 Southwestern Illinois Development Authority versus National City Environmental 18 Soviet Union (USSR) 25, 28, 209 Speer, Albert 198 State University of New York at Albany; see Albany State University of New York at Purchase; see Purchase Stein, Clarence xxii Stellenbosch University, South Africa 47 Stimmann, Hans 254 Stirling, James, Michael Wilford and Assoc. 250 Stone, Edward Durrell 169, 196 Strasbourg, France light rail 323 Straus, David 351 Streets 97-102, 198-201 Great Asian Streets conference 97 Sydney, New South Wales, Australia 215 Convention Centre 296 Darling Harbour 109, 294, 300, 301, 377, 384 Darling Harbour case study 295-300, 297, 299 Double Bay 10, 12 George Street 151 George Street case study 98-102, 99, 100 green Sydney 375 King Street Wharf 298 Olympic Games site 47, 48, 376 Olympic Village (Newington) 375 419 INDEX Sydney, New South Wales, Australia (contd) Opera House 296 Raleigh Park 180, 202, 209, 339, 363, 364 Raleigh Park case study 184-6,185,186 underground walkways 347 Walsh Bay 294 Tahoe-Sierra Preservation Council, Inc. versus Tahoe Regional Planning Agency 3 9 Taipei,Taiwan Taipei Financial Centre 237 Taxes, tax revenues 10,34,287 taxation policies 35,326 tax increment financing 37, 277 Tehran, Iran 113 Terry, Quinlan 251 Thapar, P. N. 162 Thatcher, Margaret 224, 225, 335, 382 Thatcherism 225 THINK 265-6 The Hague, The Netherlands De Resident 293, 293 Thompson, Benjamin 381 Tokyo, Japan 376 Rinkai-Yoishin 373 Toronto, Ontario, Canada 347 Town planning; see city planning Traffic; see also streets 64,215,218 segregation 219, 220, 236, 346, 347-50, 370, 371 Travelstead, G. Ware 225 Trough ton Mc Asian 227 Trudeslund, Denmark 180, 391 Trudeslund case study 187-8, 188 Tschumi, Bernard 106 Turk, Robert 350 Turnbull, William 138 TWAArchietcst 355 Typology and types xxii, xxvi building types 57 of urban design projects 56 urban design 42-57 utility and problems of 43-4 Tzanes, Alexander 98 Ungers, Oswald Mathias 229 Unite d'habitation; see Marseilles United Kingdom xxv, 2 5 New towns policies/programmes 45, 151 United States xxv, 25 United States Supreme Court xi Universidad Central de Venezuela; see Caracas University of California at Berkeley 138 University of Liverpool xxi University of Pennsylvania xxi, 315 University of Virginia 284 University of Waterloo, Canada 376 Urban design all-of-a-piece xxv, 5, 27, 30-2, 31, 35, 114, 148, 204-303 and anti-social behaviour 379-80 and comprehensive planning 65 and technological change 377-8,378 and the design professions 21-2, 390-5 buildings complexes and urban design 134-42 controls and incentives; see Controls and incentives definitions xi, xix, xx, xxi, 3, 6 financing 33-5, 246, 273, 277, 316, 326 international 41, 300 guidelines; see Controls and incentives in autocratic and democratic societies 25-6 issues 20-1, 362-89 its future xxvi its objectives 20 paradigms 53-6 phasing of development 156-7, 247-8, 289 piece-by-piece urban design xxvi, 5, 28, 32-3, 304-17 plug-in urban design xxvi, 5, 28, 33, 318-57, 318 procedures and processes 24-41, 25, 380-8 total urban design xxvi, 5, 27, 28-30, 148, 149-203 Urban design awards xxv, 115, 184, 277, 351 Urban Design Group, New York; see New York Urban Design Group, UK 392 Urban renewal 49-51, 167-73,270-82 Vadodara (Baroda), India GSFC Township 73, 151, 179, 202, 203, 364, 370 GSFC Township, case study 158-60, 160 Val-Fourre, France 202 Vancouver, Canada Concord Pacific Plaza 373 False Creek 373 Vankustein Architects 187 Varma, P. L. 162 Vasconi, Claude 229,232 Venice, Italy Peggy Guggenheim Museum 121 Piazza San Marco 17, 75, 76, 112 Venturi, Robert 284 Vigas, Oswaldo 193, 194 Viguier, Jean-Paul 229 420 INDEX Villagranjose Garcia 282 Villaneuve, Carlos Raul 191, 191, 192, 193, 195 Vmoly, Rafael 265 Von Spreckelsen, Johan Ottto 218 von Tardy, Michael 128 Wageningen, The Netherlands 83 Wagner, Cyrus 351 Walker, Peter 267 Wallace, David 271,272,275 Wallace, George M. 287 Wallace, McHarg, Roberts and Todd 271 Walnut Creek, California 270 moratorium on development 39 Washington, DC Metro System 38 Pentagon 201 University of DC 47 Webb, Barry 98 Whitfield, William 251 Wilhelm, Jorge 325 Wilkerson, Chris 337 Willervaljean 220 Woonerf 198, 370 Worcester, Massachusetts Urban River Vision xxv World Bank 237 World Trade Center; see New York Worthington, Carl A. 287 Wran, Neville 295 Wren, Christopher 251 Wright, Frank Lloyd 86, 121, 171 Wurster, Bernardi and Emmons 140 Yale University 138 Yamasaki, Minora 181,264 Yeang, Ken 375,376 proposed towers 375 Zhu Rongji 224,233,382 Zimmer Gunsul Frasca 310 Zoning; see controls and incentives 421